UC-NRLF 


*B    311    bEM 


m 

nil 


.;:  --jgr 


gjjBBWgfri  ,#:■•.• 


Prof .  J •  Henry  Sanger 


^ 


>5*§©s 


s^ 


!0®*3ed& 


^ 


MATERIAL    FOR 


PRACTICAL    GERMAN 
CONVERSATION 


BY 


LAURENCE  FOSSLER 

Professor  of  the  Germanic  Languages  and  Literaturf.s 
University  of  Nebraska 


GINN  &  COMPANY 

BOSTON  •  NEW  YORK  •  CHICAGO  •  LONDON 


OD 


~P  c 


Fz/n 


YL 


tH  MEMORIAL 


Copyright,  1904 
Bv  LAURENCE   FOSSLER 


ALL    RIGHTS    RESERVED 


Cbe  &tbcnatttm  |)re*i 

GINN  &  COMPANY-CAM- 
BRIDGE-MASSACHUSETTS 


TO 

£)t.  e.  35eni.  &ntiretoa 

CHANCELLOR   OF 
MY  ALMA  MATER,  THE   UNIVERSITY  OF   NEBRASKA 

THIS   LITTLE  VOLUME 
IS  AFFECTIONATELY  INSCRIBED 


M125422 


PREFACE 

The  volume  herewith  submitted  to  my  fellow-teachers 
and  their  classes  in  "German  Conversation"  differs  more 
or  less  from  other  text-books  on  that  subject  hitherto  within 
easy  reach.  It  is  not  a  book  for  beginners,  nor  even  for 
second-year  students.  It  presupposes  a  certain  degree  of 
proficiency  in  reading  the  language,  a  proficiency  measured 
by  the  ability  to  read  with  profit  books  such  as  Schiller's 
Tell  ox  Maria  Stuart,  Goethe's  Hermann  und  Dorothea,  Suder- 
mann's  Frau  Sorge,  or  texts  equally  difficult.  It  assumes 
further  that  the  learner  wishes  more  than  a  collection  of 
phrases  pertaining  to  steamboats,  ticket  offices,  and  hotel 
accommodations,  and,  finally,  that  a  review  of  the  main 
points  of  grammar,  in  connection  with  the  lessons,  will  be 
welcomed  by  both  teacher  and  taught. 

A  constant  effort  has  been  made  to  meet  and  explain 
representative  difficulties  which  the  average  student  encoun- 
ters in  his  attempts  to  speak  German.  The  fact  that  the 
field  is  practically  limitless,  and  that  it  is  possible  to  cover 
but  a  small  portion  of  it,  has,  I  trust,  not  escaped  my  atten- 
tion. I  can  but  hope  that  the  book  will  prove  to  be  what 
its  title  claims  for  it  —  Material  for  Practical  German  Con- 
versation, and  that  by  its  aid  the  learner  may  gain  at  least 
a  fair  command  of  the  language  as  actually  spoken. 


VI  PREFACE 

It  remains  to  be  said  that  I  have  made  free  use  of  Fliigel- 
Schmidt-Tanger,  Worterbuch  der  englischen  unci  deutschen 
Sprache,  and  of  Otto  Lyon-Heyse,  Deutsche  Schulgrammatik. 
E.g.,  the  presentation  of  the  sequence  of  tenses,  p.  164, 
follows  Lyon's  treatment  of  that  topic  very  closely.  Hetzel, 
Wie  der  Deutsche  spricht ;  Siitterlin,  Die  deutsche  Sprache  der 
Gegenwart ;  von  Jagemann,  German  Syntax ;  Thomas,  Ger- 
man Grammar,  have  likewise  been  consulted  as  occasion 
demanded.  Furthermore,  I  take  great  pleasure,  on  bring- 
ing my  labors  in  connection  with  this  volume  to  a  close,  in 
acknowledging  my  indebtedness  to  the  editors  of  the  Inter- 
national Modern  Language  Series  for  many  helpful  sugges- 
tions and  criticisms. 


LAURENCE    FOSSLER 


The  University  of  Nebraska 
August  10,  1904 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS 

Page 

Introduction ix 

©rfte  ©precbiibung:    Introductory 3 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  7;  certain  peculiarities  of  German  con- 
structions, p.  8 ;  B,  p.  9. 
3  tt)  e  1 1  e  ©precbiibung:    The  article ;  peculiarities  in  its  use,  etc.     1 2 
Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  18;  B,  p.  20. 

Sritte  ©precbiibung:   The  article  continued 23 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  28;  B,  p.  30. 
SSierte  ©precbiibung:    The  accusative  ;  peculiarities  in  its  use, 

etc 33 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  39;  B,  p.  41. 
$unfte  ©precbiibung:    Prepositions  followed  by  (a)  the  geni- 
tive ;  (b)  the  dative  ;  peculiarities  in  their  use,  etc 44 

Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A,  p.  50 ;  B,  p.  52. 
©  e  d)  ft  e  ©precbiibung:  Genitive  and  dative  constructions  ;  gen- 
eral illustrative  discussion  ;  Gilm's  Allerseelen 55 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A  (adjectives  governing  a  genitive  comple- 
ment; a  dative  complement),  p.  62.  B  (verbs  governing  a  genitive 
complement;  a  dative  complement),  p.  64. 

©tebente  ©precbiibung:  Marie  v.  Ebner-Eschenbach's  Ein 
kleines  Lied ;  prepositions  governing  the  accusative  ;  the  accu- 
sative and  the  dative 68 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.  i  A,  p.  75  ;  B,  p.  78. 
2td)te  ©pre  d)  it  bung:  General  exercise  on  oblique  cases    ...     81 
Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A,  p.  87 ;  B,  p.  89. 

•ifteUttte  ©precbiibung:  General  exercise 90 

Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A,  p.  95  ;  B.  p.  98. 

3e&nte  ©precbiibung:  Word-order ;  discussion, rules, and  tabular 

presentation 101 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  100;  B  (Reinldz's  Der  Faute),  p.  112. 
vii 


viii  TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 

Page 
@lfte©precbubuttg:    Quotations  from  Schiller  and  Goethe; 

pronouns 114 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  122;  B,  p.  124. 

3  rub  If  te  ©pretf}Ubu  It  g:    Trojan's  Herbstmorgen,  Morike's  Er 

isfs  ;  pronouns  continued  ;  dative  of  interest ;  "  ethical  dative  "  127 
Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A,  p.  135  ;  B,  p.  137. 

SJreijebnte  ©precbubung:  The  auxiliary  verbs  (fein,  p.  141; 
fyaben,  p.  141;   roerben,  p.  143);   their  use;  the  passive  voice 

(pp.  143-145) 138 

Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A  (the  more  common  verbs  requiring  jein  as 
auxiliary),  p.  145  ;  reminders  respecting  peculiarity  of  tense  in  German, 
p.  146 ;  B,  p.  148. 

SSiergebnte  ©precbubung:   Subjunctive  mode 151 

Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A,  p.  157;  B,  p.  159. 

^unfjebnte  ©precbubung:  Subjunctive  mode  continued;  tab- 
ular statement;    commands,   wishes,   concessions,   conditions, 
indirect  discourse,  etc.;   tense  required  in  indirect  discourse     .   160 
Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  166;  B,  p.  169. 

©echjebttte  ©precftiiburtg:  Anecdotes  from  Fliegende  Blatter  ; 

Amman's  Abend 172 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  p.  180. 

©iebjebnte  ©precbiibung:  Infinitive  without  ju  after  (a)  modal 
auxiliaries  ;  (b)  belfett,  lebrett,  etc. ;  (c)  pren,  fefjen,  etc. ;  infin- 
itive as  subject  (p.  186).     English  participial  phrases  and  clause 
constructions,  and  their  German  equivalents  (pp.  188-189)  .     .183 
Vokabularstudien,  etc. :  A,  p.  190;  B,  p.  192. 

Stcbtjebttte  ©precbiibung:  Typical  use  of  the  modal  auxiliaries ; 

idioms  and  illustrative  anecdotes  . 196 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  A,  p.  202;  B,  p.  205. 

^eutt^ebnte    ©precbitburtg:    Quotation   from    Faust;    house- 
keeper's talk,  shopping •  208 

Vokabularstudien,  etc.:  Meals,  meats,  vegetables,  drinks,  miscella- 
neous, dining-room  and  kitchen,  etc.,  p.  217. 

ftirjan^igfte  ©precbiibung:   German  proverbs 221 

Reference-list  to  Vokabularstudien  —  German 229 

Reference-list  to  Vokabularstudien  —  English 234 


INTRODUCTION 


Many  students  have  a  laudable  desire  to  acquire,  in 
addition  to  their  reading  knowledge  of  German,  a  certain 
facility  and  command  in  speaking  it.  The  so-called  prac- 
tical uses  of  the  language  for  social  or  business  purposes 
appeal  strongly  to  them.  College  curricula  and  text-book 
makers  have  often  recognized  this  need  and  have  offered 
courses  and  helps  calculated  to  satisfy  it. 

The  present  volume  is  an  attempt  in  this  direction.  It 
is  an  effort  to  base  the  work  in  a  Conversation  Course  upon 
a  systematic  and  rational  basis.  The  chief  task,  it  seemed 
to  the  author,  was  to  surround  the  student  with  an  atmos- 
phere of  common,  every-day  German,  to  present  to  him  suit- 
able and  interesting  material  from  the  language  as  actually 
spoken,  and,  finally,  to  make  a  ready  and  methodical  use  of 
such  material  possible. 

In  conformity  with  these  principles  the  lessons  assume 
three  aspects:  (i)  the  Sprechiibungen,  essentially  a  review 
of  the  main  points  of  grammar,  thickly  interspersed,  how- 
ever, with  idiomatic  expressions,  anecdotes,  poems,  etc. ; 
(2)  the  Vokabularstudien ;  and  (3)  the  Translating  Exercises. 
It  is  assumed  that  classes  using  this  book  have  had  at 
least  two  years  of  German  and  have  acquired  a  fair  reading 
knowledge  of  it.  English  equivalents  in  parallel  columns 
are  given  in  the  Sprechubungen  in  order  to  enable  the  stu- 
dent to  concentrate  his  energy  upon  the  mastery  of  German 
expressions  as  thought-units.  The  English  is  not  to  be 
translated  into  German  or  vice  versa.    So  long  as  the  German 


X  INTRODUCTION 

is  intelligible  to  the  student,  he  should  neglect  the  English  column 
entirely.  In  other  words,  the  translation  given  is  simply  a 
labor-  and  time-saving  device,  to  be  resorted  to  in  case  of 
necessity  but  not  otherwise.  The  preparation  which  the 
student  should  make  for  the  very  important  conversation 
exercises  is  to  read  and  re-read  aloud  the  phrases  and 
expressions  there  employed  until  they  have  become  thor- 
oughly familiar  to  ear  and  tongue.  It  will  be  found  very 
helpful  to  go  over  the  lesson  in  class  before  requiring  its 
preparation  at  home.  A  better  pronunciation  and  greater 
spontaneity  of  expression  can  thus  be  secured. 

The  questions  at  the  bottom  ofsthe  page  are  intended  to 
be  suggestive  rather  than  exhaustive.  Idiomatic  and  other 
common,  every-day  expressions  should  be  drawn  from  the 
student  by  sympathetic,  suggestive  questioning.  Mere  read- 
ing or  even  a  committing  to  memory  of  poem  or  anecdote 
does  not  materially  advance  the  knowledge  of  the  spoken 
tongue.  To  acquire  this  it  is  necessary  to  become  thoroughly 
familiar  with  set  types  of  expression,  to  combine  and  use  these 
under  ever-varying  aspects  and  conditions,  to  think  and  live 
in  the  phrase  and  to  make  it,  instead  of  a  collection  of  iso- 
lated words,  the  unit  of  expression.  The  Vokabularstudien  1 
are  usually  taken  from  matter  more  or  less  familiar  from  its 
occurrence  in  the  preceding  conversation  exercise.  They 
aim  to  present  such  typical  material,  to  develop  and  classify 
it,  and  to  illustrate  its  use.  The  text  thus  offered  should 
be  gone  over  carefully,  should  be  applied  and  varied  as  to 
tense,  person,  number,  word-order,  etc.  In  this  way  there 
will  be  developed  in  the  student  an  experiential  language 
sense,  a  feeling  for  usable  German,  a  sense  and  feeling  which 

1  The  key-words  of  the  Studien  (excluding  the  lesson  on  foods,  clothing,  etc., 
p.  217),  provided  with  proper  reference  to  insure  ready  consultation,  are  arranged 
alphabetically  at  the  end  of  the  volume;  an  English  reference-list  is  likewise  added., 


INTRODUCTION  XI 

will  stimulate  and  guide  every  effort  at  theoretical  or  logical 
sentence  framing. 

In  connection  with  these  oral  exercises,  and  very  largely 
based  upon  them,  there  is  given  a  series  of  translation 
exercises  in  which  the  grammatical  category  discussed  in 
the  previous  Sprechubung  is  still  further  illustrated  and 
emphasized.  These  translations  are  often  mere  variations 
or  combinations  of  locutions  and  phrases  already  given. 
Accordingly,  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  for  the  student 
to  have  mastered  the  vocabulary  and  the  illustrations  before 
undertaking  the  written  exercise. 

As  already  stated,  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  secure 
deflniteness  of  aim  and  systematic  progress  by  grouping  and 
emphasizing  specific  grammatical  categories  in  almost  every 
lesson.  Without  the  "  life-line "  of  grammar  the  average 
student  cannot  hope  to  ride  the  breakers  or  reach  the  shore. 
Without  the  generalized  facts  —  the  grammar  —  of  a  lan- 
guage, the  learner,  not  to  the  manner  born,  essays  a  well-nigh 
hopeless  task.  Do  what  he  may,  he  will  feel  his  efforts  to  be 
fragmentary  and  chaotic,  unsatisfactory  and  disappointing. 

Though  in  a  general  way  I  have  endeavored  to  divide 
the  subjects  treated  into  lessons  of  suitable  length,  it  is  not 
at  all  necessary  to  adhere  to  those  divisions.  Students  and 
classes  differ  in  ability,  in  thoroughness  of  preparation,  and 
in  the  time  they  can  give  to  preparing  these  lessons.  The 
real  purpose  is,  of  course,  to  have  the  subject-matter  mas- 
tered and  applied.  For  greater  convenience  two  sets  of  vocab- 
ularies and  corresponding  exercises  are  usually  given,  —  the 
first,  A,  involving  matter  suggested  in  the  first  half,  the 
second,  B,  that  suggested  in  the  last  half  of  the  preceding 
Sprechubung.  Material  not  called  for  in  the  sentences  can 
be  used  in  supplementary  class-drill,  if  the  instructor  so 
desires. 


„l)bung  macht  den  Meister" 


ABBREVIATIONS 


adj.,  adjective 
adv.,  adverb 
ace,  accusative 
conj.,  conjunction 
comp.,  comparative 
dat.,  dative 
etto.,  zixooA 

f.,  feminine 
gen.,  genitive 
impers.,  impersonal 
indecl.,  indeclinable 
inf.,  infinitive 

in.,  jemanb(en),  ace.  of  person 


jm.,  jemcmb(em),  dat.  of  person 

m.  #r  masc,  masculine 

n.,  neuter 

part.,  participle 

pi.,  plural 

p.p.,  past  participle 

pron.,  pronoun 

prep.,  preposition 

refl.,  reflexive 

sing.,  singular 

subj.,  subjunctive 

sup.,  superlative 

3.  23.,  gum  SBeifpiel 


To  indicate  the  declension  or  nom.  pi.  of  nouns  the  following  signs 
are  placed  after  the  noun  given  :  — fM\  -e,*^  ;  -er,  uev  ;  -n  ;  -en.  Thus  : 
Verier  ["]  is  to  be  read  93ater,  nominative  pi.  Setter ;  £ctg  [-e]  is  to  be 
read  %<XQ,  nominative  pi.  £ctge  ;  etc. 

When  three  vowels  are  bracketed  after  verbs,  the  first,  set  off  by  a 
semicolon,  is  that  of  the  second  and  third  person  sing,  present  and,  in 
verbs  having  the  root-vowel  e  in  the  infinitive  (fehen,  geben,  etc.),  also 
of  the  imperative  singular.  Otherwise  the  vowels  in  brackets  represent 
the  ablaut-scale.  The  verb  fein  or  haben  following  these  is  the  auxiliary 
of  the  perfect  tenses. 


(Srfte  Sjwedjulmng 


9Jietne  §errfdjafien !  2BoKen 
rotr  je£t  nerfudjen  nur  SDeutfcfo, 
gu  fpredjen  ? 

2Benn'3  irgenbrme  mbglid)  ift. 
2Bir  finb  bamit  einoerftanbert. 

2)a§  Sefen  be3  SDeutfdjen 
geltngt  S^n  Qartj  orbentlid), 
footet  id)  tt>et^. 

3a ;  aber  ba§  6pred)en  fa'Kt 
un3  giemlid)  fdjroer. 

©elbfirjerftanbltd) !  ©pre* 
djen  ift  fdjrmeriger  al3  Sefen. 
2)a3  ift  jebermannS  @rfab,rtmg. 

©ie  fyaben  gang  red)t.  2Bir 
nerlafjen  un3  gu  t»tel  auf  urtfre 
2lugen  unb  ntd^t  gertug  auf  bag 

2Bie  natiirltcb, !  §aben  ©ie 
fdjon  Umgang  mit  2)eutfd)en 
gefyabt  ? 


Ladies  and  gentlemen ! 
Shall  we  now  try  to  speak 
only  German  ? 

If  it  is  at  all  possible.  We 
are  agreed. 

You  manage  to  read  Ger- 
man very  nicely,  so  far  as  I 
know. 

Yes;  but  we  find  the  speak- 
ing of  it  rather  difficult. 

Of  course  you  do.  Speak- 
ing is  more  difficult  than 
reading.  That  is  every  one's 
experience. 

You  are  quite  right.  We 
depend  too  much  on  the 
eye  and  not  enough  on  the 
ear. 

Quite  naturally!  Have  you 
ever  associated  any  with  Ger- 
mans? 


i.  Welches  Motto  steht  der  Sprechiibung  voran  ?  2.  Welche  Frage 
stellte  der  Lehrer  an  die  Klasse  ?  3.  Was  bedeutet  das  Wort  „Herr- 
schaften"?  4.  Was  ist  schwieriger:  das  Lesen  oder  das  Sprechen 
einer  fremden  Sprache  ?  5.  Ist  das  auch  Ihre  Erfahrung  ?  6.  Woher 
kommt  das  ?  7.  Sind  Sie  schon  mit  Deutschen  umgegangen  ?  Wo  ? 
Wann?  8.  Worauf  verlassen  sich  Kinder,  wenn  sie  eine  Sprache 
erlernen  ?     9.  Und  Studenten  ? 

3 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


9ta  fyie  unb  ba ;  rotr  bracfyten 
bag  ©precfyen  aber  ntdjt  gut 
ferttg. 

©te  fitrcfyteten  rootyl,  baft  man 
©te  auglacfyen  roitrbe. 

SDag  roemger;  bocb,  tft'g  ung 
mcf)t  gut  gelungen. 

9lur  3Wttt !  „TOt  ber  Sett 
pflutft  man  $ofen",  rote  eg  im 
©prtdjroort  fyeiftt. 

3a,  aber  man  rotrb  nid)t  gem 
auggelacfyt. 

©te  fyaben  troHfommen  re$t. 
£>od)  fann  eg  etnem  mandjmal 
paffieren,  unb,  efyrltd)  gefagt, 
fdjabet  eg  etnem  ntd)tg. 

£)ag  mag  roobj  fetn;  bocfe. 
fitrd)tet  man  fid)  bancr. 

©efyen  ©te  ftd)  bte  ©ad)e 
pfytlofopfytfd)  an.  £)te  ©eut= 
fct)en,  bte  nad)  5lmertla  fommen, 
leben  au6)  giemltct)  lange  auf 
gefpanntem  gufte  mtt  bem  @ng= 
Itfdjen. 

3a;  oft  tft  eg  fefyr  amitfant 
tfynen  gu^ufyoren,  roenn  fie  guerft 
fyeriiberfommen. 


Only  now  and  then ;  but 
we  did  not  succeed  in  speak- 
ing German  very  well. 

You  were  probably  afraid 
you  would  be  laughed  at. 

Not  that  precisely;  still,  we 
did  not  succeed  very  well. 

Courage!  "All  things  come 
to  him  who  waits,"  as  the 
proverb  has  it. 

Yes,  but  one  does  not  like 
to  be  laughed  at. 

Quite  right.  Still,  that 
often  happens,  and,  candidly, 
it  does  not  do  any  harm. 

That  may  be  ;  yet  people 
are  afraid  of  it. 

Look  at  the  matter  philo- 
sophically. The  Germans 
who  come  to  America  are 
also  for  a  long  time  on  bad 
terms  with  the  English  lan- 
guage. 

To  be  sure ;  it  is  often  very 
amusing  to  listen  to  them 
when  they  first  come  over. 


10.  Bringen  Auslanderdas  Deutschsprechen  gut  fertig?  if.  Warum 
nicht  ?  12.  Furchten  Sie  sich  auch  ?  13.  Wie  lautet  das  obige  Sprich- 
wort  ?  14.  Sind  Sie  schon  ausgelacht  worden  ?  Weshalb  ?  15.  Hat's 
Ihnen  viel  geschadet  ?  16.  Auf  was  fur  einem  Fufle  stehen  die  Deut- 
schen  mit  dem  Knglischen  ?  17.  Haben  Sie  ihnen  schon  zugehort  ? 
18.  War's  amiisant  ? 


'■'? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


5 


Hnfer  SDienftmabdjjen,  g.  33., 
bebient  ftdf)  imtner  be§  giir= 
roorts  „he"  tt>etm  e§  fid^  urn 
einen  Sijffel,  urn  $affee  ober 
£fyee  Jjanbelt. 

£)a§  ift  brolltg. 

2Iber  gang  natiirlid).  2Ba§ 
bletbt  il)r  fonft  iibrig  ?  ©ie 
gefyt  eben  rjom  SDeutfcfyen  au§: 
ber  Sbffel,  ber  £affee,  ber 
2$ee. 

3a,  ja;  n)ir  madmen's  eben 
fo.  2Bir  iiberfe^en  audj)  im= 
tner. 

$)a£  tmrb  fdj)on  anber§  lorn- 
men.  „sJtom  ift  ntd^t  an  einem 
£ag  exbaut  roorben."  2)a3 
fyeifct,  eg  gefybren  Sett,  Tint, 
unb  ©ebulb  bagu,  ftcf)  eine 
frembe  ©pracfye  angueignen. 

©eroif} ;  bat)on  finb  rotr  feft 
iibergeugt.  %ux  „gunfn)ocf)en= 
furfe"  finb  rt>ir  nicfyt  einge= 
nommen. 

©olcfye  $urfe  finb  nur  fiir 
bie  $)utnmen  unb  fiir  ben 
„$rofeffor." 

§a,  v)a\  £)a  f)aben  ©ie'§ 
getroffen ! 


Our  servant-girl,  for  in- 
stance, always  uses  the  pro- 
noun "  he  "  when  referring 
to  a  spoon,  to  coffee,  or  to 
tea. 

That  is  funny. 

But  quite  natural.  What 
else  could  she  do  ?  The  fact 
is,  she  starts  with  German  as 
the  basis :  ber  Soffel,  ber 
Saffee,  etc. 

Yes,  yes;  we  do  just  the 
same.  We,  too,  keep  on 
translating  merely. 

Time  will  change  all  that. 
"  Rome  was  not  built  in  a 
day."  ^hat  is  to  say,  it 
takes  time,  courage,  and 
patience  to  acquire  a  foreign 
language. 

Certainly;  we  are  firmly 
convinced  of  that.  We  are 
not  in  favor  of  "  Five  Weeks' 
Courses." 

Such  courses  are  only  for 
the  "  innocents  "  and  for  the 
"  Professor." 

Ha,  ha  !  You  hit  the  mark 
that  time. 


19.  Wiederholen  Sie  das  Sprichwort  betreffs  der  Stadt  Rom. 
20.  Was  gehort  dazu,  eine  fremde  Sprache  zu  erlernen  ?  21.  Was 
halten  Sie  von  den  „Fiinfwochenkursen"  ?  Fiir  wen  sind  diese  ein- 
gerichtet  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


2Btr  roerben  oerfucfyen,  ben 
Untemd)t  fo  prafttfd^  rote  nur 
moglid)  ^u  geftalten.  3$  roerbe 
2lu§briitfe  unb  SBenbungen  ge= 
braucfyen,  beren  man  ftd)  im 
tagltcfyen  Seben  bebieni. 

Sitte,  £err  ^rofeff  or.  @ben 
an  biefen  ift  un§  oiel  gelegen. 
2Bie  fonnen  voxx  unZ  auf  bie 
©tunben  oorbereiten  ? 

9Jlad)en  ©ie  fttf)  fo  oertraut 
roie  nur  mbglid)  mit  ben  2Ben= 
bungen,  bie  in  ber  jeroeiligen 
Seftion  oorfommen.  Semen 
©ie  biefelben  au§roenbtg,  fo 
toeit  e3  tunlid)  ift. 

2Bir  toerben  unfer  3JiogIid)= 
fte§  tun.  %<§  roollte,  nrir  fonn* 
ten  alle  £age  gufammenf  ommen, 
ftatt  nur  breimal  robcfyentlid). 

£)a§  roare  be§  ©uten  bod) 
gu  triel.  sJftontag,  9Rittrood), 
unb  greitag  toerben  fd)on  au3= 
reidjen.  „2(%toiel  ifi  unge= 
funb"  fagt  man.  9Ilfo:  auf 
2Sieberfer)en  bis  ubermorgen! 


We  shall  try  to  make  the 
instruction  as  practical  as 
possible.  I  shall  use  expres- 
sions and  phrases  which  are 
used  in  every-day  life. 

Please  do,  professor.  Such 
phrases  are  of  great  impor- 
tance to  us.  In  what  way 
can  we  prepare  our  lesson  ? 

Make  yourself  as  familiar 
as  possible  with  the  phrases 
occurring  in  each  lesson. 
Commit  them  to  memory  as 
far  as  is  practicable. 

We  will  do  our  utmost.  I 
wish  we  might  meet  every 
day,  instead  of  only  three 
times  a  week. 

That  would  be  too  much 
of  a  good  thing.  Monday, 
Wednesday,  and  Friday  will 
suffice,  no  doubt.  "  Enough 
is  as  good  as  a  feast,"  the 
saying  runs.  So  good-bye 
till  day  after  to-morrow ! 


22.  Wie  soil  der  Unterricht  gestaltet  werden  ?  23.  Was  fur  Ausdriicke 
wird  der  Lehrer  gebrauchen  ?  24.  An  was  fur  Wendungen  ist  den 
Studenten  viel  gelegen  ?  25.  Wie  konnen  sie  sich  auf  ihre  Lektion 
vorbereiten  ?  26.  Welchen  Wunsch  auflerte  der  eine  ?  27.  War  der 
Lehrer  damit  ubereinverstanden  ?  Warum  nicht  ?  28.  Was  bedeutet : 
Auf  Wiedersehen  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  7 

VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 

A 

1.  tW^'fadjett1  (jn.),  laugh  at,  deride:  lafjen  ©ie  fid)  nid)t  — ,  do  not 
make  a  fool  of  yourself ;  au3gelatt)t  toerben,  be  laughed  at ;  cf.  liber  ettU. 
(ace.)  lad)eit,  /3»^4  fl^«/  something. 

2.  fcebie'nett  (jtt.),  j*rz/*,  wait  on  :  bttte,  —  ©ie  fief),  please  help  your- 
self; fid)  einer  ©ad^e  — ,  make  use  of  something. 

3.  citl'tJCfftanbCtt  [P-P-]'  agreed: — !  agreed; — !  be  it  so!  mtt  jilt, 
(ilber  etll?.,  ace.)  —  feilt,  agree  with  some  one  {about  something);  batltit 
bin  id)  — ,  I  am  agreed  to  that. 

4.  fe* 'tig,  ready,  finished,  done :  — e  $leiber,  ready-made  clothes  ;  — er 
9tebner,  fluent  speaker ;  —  auf  Sager,  ready  in  stock;  etiu.  —  brittgen, 
manage  {to  do),  or  accomplish,  something  difficult,  succeed  in  doing  some- 
thing;  fid)  —  tttadjeit,  get  {oneself)  ready  ;  mit  jilt.  (etltf.)  —  feilt,  have 
done  with  some  one  {something) ;  mit  jilt.  —  merbett,  manage,  or  handle, 
some  one. 

5.  fitrdj'tett,  fear,  be  afraid  of:  e§  ftefyt  JU  — ,  it  is  to  be  feared ;  jit. 
—  tttad)eit,  make  some  one  afraid ;  fid)  DOr  etlD.  (dat.)  — ,  be,  or  stand, 
in  fear  of  something,  be  afraid  of  something. 

6.  $ttft  [m.,  *e],  foot:  trocftten  —  e3,  dry-shod ;  jm.  cutf  bent  — e 
folgett,  follow  close  after  some  one,  hasten  after  some  one ;  fid)  tltit  iQCtttb 
U.  —  (or  ^Cittbett  U.  §uf|en)  mebrett,  defend  oneself  with  might  and  main  ; 
lltit  ^tifjett  treteit,  tread  under  foot,  trample  on,  abuse;  mit  bent  — e 
ftofjett,  kick;  auf  freunbfd)aftlid)em  (gefpattntem)  — e  leben,  live,  or  be,  on 
a  friendly  {strained)  footing ;  auf  grofjetlt  — e  lebeit,  live  in  great  style  ; 
auf  freien  —  fefcen  (or  ftellen),  release, free ;  gu  — e,  afoot;  gut  (fd)led)t) 
JU  — e  feitt,  be  a  good  {bad)  walker. 

7.  flatty  whole,  quite,  entire,  unbroken:  —  2lttterifa  (2)eutfd)tattb),  all 

America  {Germany);  SJttt  bem  igiute  in  ber  fganb  fommt  man  burd)  baZ 
— e  Sanb  (proverb),  politeness  always  pays ;  er  ift  ein  — er  $erl,  he  is  a 
capital  fellow  ;  t)OU  — em  ^erjen,  with  one's  whole  heart;  —  Dl)r  fein,  be 
all  ear  {attention)  ;  —  attber3,  wholly  different ;  —  tttO&l,  —  gut,  very 
well;  — rett)t,  quite  right,  exactly;  — nafj,  wet  all  over;  —  unb  gar 
md)t,  not  at  all;  —  orbeutlid)  (&itbfd),  etc.),  quite  nicely  {pretty,  etc.). 

1  In  independent  clauses  accented  prefixes  of  compound  verbs  are  separated 
from  the  personal  verb-forms  (present,  preterit,  imperative)  and  placed  at  the 
end  of  the  clause. 


8  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

8.  getyo'rcit,  belong,  be  connected  with,  be  proper :  roem  geprt  bag? 
to  whom  does  that  belong?  WO  gefyort  bag  fyitt  ?  where  does  this  belong? 
geJjort  er  JU  ben  ^reimaurem  ?  does  he  belong  to  the  Freemasons  ?  eg 
gefydrt  fid),  /'/  *>  right,  it  is  proper ;  f o  gefyijrt  eg  fief),  Ma/  is  the  way  it 
should  be. 

9.  gelingeit  [a-U  ;  few]  (often  impers.,  w.  dat.),  succeed,  be  successful, 
prosper:  bag  ift  gelungen  !  that  came  out  all  right !  that  was  successful ! 
©Olt  laffe  eg  tt)Of)l  — !  may  God  prosper  the  undertaking ! 

Important  Reminders.  —  1.  German  does  not  admit  do, 
did,  as  an  auxiliary  verb  in  questions.  Use  instead  the  main 
verb  in  whatever  tense  required. 

2.  Do  is  not  to  be  used  in  negative  constructions,  nor 
is  there  anything  corresponding  in  form  to  the  so-called 
"  emphatic  "  use  of  do,  did. 

3.  The  so-called  "progressive"  form,  I  am  singing,  going, 
etc.,  does  not  exist  in  German.  It  is  to  be  rendered  by 
forms  corresponding  to  I  go,  I  went,  I  shall  go,  etc. 

4.  The  usual  equivalent  of  the  neuter  pronouns  this,  that,  it, 
as  objects  of  prepositions,  is  ba(t)-;  of  what,  roo(r)-;  forms 
with  x  occurring  when  the  preposition,  always  postpositive, 
begins  with  a  vowel :  rooritber,  barauf,  but  bat)on,  raomtt,  etc. 

5.  Adverbial  modifiers  (whether  word,  phrase,  or  subordi- 
nate clause),  likewise  objects  of  verbs,  cause  inversion  when 
they  stand  first  in  a  sentence.     See  p.  106. 

6.  Unless  inversion  is  required,  independent  clauses  take 
the  personal  or  inflected  verb  immediately  after  the  subject. 
Dependent  clauses,  on  the  other  hand,  require  the  personal 
verb  to  stand  last.     See  p.  106. 

Ubersgtzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  What  are  you  laughing  at  (about)  ?  2.  Whom  does 
she  laugh  at  ?  3.  They  were  afraid  of  being  laughed  at. 
4.  Help  yourself,  sir :  one  must  help  himself  here.     5.  Are 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


9 


they  agreed  to  that?  6.  I  agree  with  you  entirely.  7.  Do 
you  sell  ready-made  clothing  ?  8.  Get  yourself  ready  quickly; 
I  fear  we  shall  be  too  late.  9.  Can  you  get  the  better  of 
him?  10.  He  is  a  ready  speaker.  11.  It  is  to  be  feared 
that  we  shall  not  succeed.     12.    I  am  not  afraid  of  him. 

13.  In  all 1  Lincoln  you  could  not  find   better  neighbors. 

14.  The  whole  town  knows  of  it.  15.  To  whom  does  that 
horse  belong?  16.  It  does  not  seem  to  belong  to  anybody 
(niemartb).  17.  Do  you  succeed?  18.  You  are  a  capital 
fellow ;    if   you    succeed,    I    shall   follow   close    after   you. 

19.  We  are  all  attention;  tell  us  how  you  have  succeeded. 

20.  Very  well ;  it  is  right  and  proper  that  I  should  tell  you 
all.  Are  you  ready?  21.  Whose  little  girl  is  that  (lit.  to 
whom  .  .  .  belong)?     22.  Where  does  this  belong? 

B 

10.  Jjet'^ett  [ie-  et ;  bctben],  (1)  call,  name,  be  called,  say,  be  said:  ettt). 
(ace.)  gut  — ,  approve  something;  er  foil  i^ofyantte^  —  (bibl.),  his  name 
shall  be  John  ;  rote  betfjett  ©ie  ?  what  is  your  name  ?  eg  foil  ttirf)t  — ,  it 
shall  not  be  said ;  eg  beijjt,  er  roare  itant,  he  is  said  to  be  sick ;  eg  betfjt 
in  ber  Sibel  (im  ©pricfytoort),  the  Bible  says  {the  proverb  has  it).  — 
(2)  command,  bid :  beifj'  mid)  geben,  beifj'  mid)  bletben,  bid  me  go,  bid  me 
stay.  —  (3)  signify,  be,  mean:  bag  betfjt,  that  is ;  mag  foil  bag —  ?  what 
does  this  mean  ?  bag  beifjt  ©Ott  t>erfud)en,  that  is  {amounts  to)  tempting 
God  ;  rote  beifjt  bag  auf  (Snglifct)  ?  what  is  that  in  English  ? 

11.  felj'rett,  (1)  turn:  bag  Dberfte  JU  imterft  — ,  turn  things  upside 
down,  or  topsy-turvy  ;  jttt.  ben  Sftitcfen  — ,  turn  one's  back  upon  some  one  ; 
cf.  $ebrt  madjen,  turn  about,  face  about.  —  (2)  fid)  an  etro.  (jn.)  — , 
mind,  heed,  ox  pay  attention  to,  something  {some  one).  —  (3)  sweep,  brush  : 
■Keue  33efen  —  gut  (proverb),  new  brooms  sweep  clean ;  ein  jeber  febre 
t)Or  fetner  %VX,  let  every  one  sweep  before  his  own  door. 

12.  Ite'tjen  [a-e;  fein],  He,  be  situated,  be:  Dmaba  liegt  am  recbten 

SKtffourtufer,  Omaha  is  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Missouri  river  ; 
bag  gimmer  Uegt  nadj  t)Om,  the  room  fronts  the  {main)  street ;  ba  liegt 

l  ©cms  and  §alb,  when  used  without  the  article  before  names  of  cities  and 
countries,  remain  uninflected. 


IO  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

ber  £unb  begraben  (or  bet  Itegt  ber  £afe  im  ^Sfeffer x),  there's  the  rub ;  — 
bleiben,  remain,  be  left  lying ;  —  laffen,  leave,  let  alone,  leave  untouched 
or  undone,  neglect ;  e3  Itegt  mir  »iel  barart,  bafj .  .  .,  it  is  very  important 
to  me  that  .  .  . ,  I  am  greatly  concerned  in  .  .  . ;  e<5  Itegt  tlitt)t  an  mir,  *'/ 
is  not  my  fault,  it  does  not  depend  upon  me ;  barart  Itegt  Btel  (alleS), 
much  (all)  depends  on  that ;  foniel  art  mir  liegt,  as  much  as  lies  in  me, 
as  far  as  I  am  concerned ;  e3  liegt  auf  ber  §anb,  it  is  plain,  or  evident ; 
fitt)  in  ben  ^aaren  — ,  be  quarreling. 

13.  rerfjt,  right,  proper,  suitable  :  ein  — er  9Jtann,  (every  inch)  a  man  ; 
an  ben  3? — en  fommen,  meet  one's  match  ;  ©ie  finb  mir  ber  9^ — e  (ironical), 
a  fine  fellow  you  are  ;  e%  get)t  ttitt)t  mit  — en  3)ingen  JU,  there  is  something 
wrong,  unnatural,  or  uncanny,  about  that ;  2Ber  nttt)t  fommt  jur  — en 
3eit,  ber  mujj  ne&men  roa3  itbrtg  bleibt,  last  come,  last  served ;  nitt)t —  bei 

Xrofte  fein,  be  cracked,  be  somewhat  demented  ;  mir  tft  alleS — ,  I  am  satis- 
fied with  everything  ;  er  bitnft  fid)  ettt)a£>  9? — e3,  he  feels  his  own  impor- 
tance ;  ©ie  fommen  eben  — ,  you  come  just  in  time ;  e3  jm.  —  madden, 
suit  some  one ;  e<o  ift  if)tn  —  geftt)ehen,  it  served  him  right,  good  enough 
for  him  ;  VOXV  miff  en  nidfjt  — ,ob...,wedo  not  quite  know  whether  ...;  — 
haben,  be  in  the  right;  —  behalten,  carry  one's  point ;  jm.  —  geben,  decide 
in  one's  favor. 

Note.  —  In  the  last  three  expressions,  red)t  was  formerly  capitalized, 
being  regarded  as  the  object  of  verbs. 

14.  Derfaffen  [a;  ie-a],  (1)  leave, forsake,  desert:  9Mn  ©ott,  roarum 
haft  bn  mitt)  —  ?  My  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken  me  ?  (2)  refl.,  fitt) 
auf  jn.  (etlD.)  — ,  depend  on  some  one  (something). 

15.  ttor'tommett  [a-0;  fein],  (1)  happen,  occur,  take  place,  be  found: 
eg  ift  ftt)0tt  norgefommen,  bafj  .  .  .,  it  has  already  happened  that .  .  .  ; 
©ifen  fommt  haufiger  OOr  al3  ©olb,  iron  is  found  more  frequently 
than  gold.  (2)  seem  :  e3  fommt  mir  OOr,  al3  Ob  .  .  . ,  it  seems  to  me 
as  if .  .  . 

tfbersetzen  Sie  folgendes  :  — 

1.  What  is  your  name  ?  2.  What  was  her  name  ?  3.  You 
know  how  the  Bible  has  it :  Honor  thy  father  and  thy  mother 
(bu  foHft,  etc.).     4.  There  is  a  rumor  that  he  has  (Ijabe,  subj. 

l  Literally,  There  the  hare  is  lying  in  the  pepper  (=  pungent  sauce) ;  i.e.  the 
hare  and  not  the  sauce  is  the  important  thing.  See  Albert  Richter,  Deutsche 
Redensarten,  p.  64. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  II 

of  indirect  discourse)  lost  his  money.  5.  What  does  that 
mean  ?  Do  you  turn  everything  upside  down  ?  6.  Is  the 
room  swept?  7.  Those  girls  do  not  pay  any  attention  to 
me  (do  not  mind  me).  8.  How  does  the  German  proverb 
about  new  brooms  run  ?  9.  It  seems  to  me  that  I  cannot 
do  anything1  to  suit  you.  10.  Have  I  now  done  it  to  suit 
you?  11.  Where  is  your  house  located?  12.  Do  you  decide 
in  his  favor  or  in  hers  ?  13.  You  come  just  in  time  ;  depend 
upon  it,  we  believe  in  (art)  the  proverb  :  Last  come,  last 
served.  14.  You  cannot  depend  upon  them.  15.  What  is 
"to  sweep"  in  German?  16.  Every  one  knows  that  new 
brooms  sweep  clean.  17.  What  has  happened?  It  seems 
to  me  everything  is  upside  down.  18.  Do  not  pay  any 
attention  to  him.  19.  It  has  often  happened  that  we  came 
too  late  for  dinner.  20.  I  do  not  know  in  whose  favor 
I  should  (foil)  decide.  21.  Iron  is  not  found  as  frequently 
as  gold.  22.  They  feel  their  own  importance.  23.  There's 
the  rub.     24.  Let  that  alone  !  it  does  not  belong  to  us. 

1  Not  anything,  nid&tg;  not  anybody,  niemanb;  not  any,  lein. 


gtoette  SpredjiiBrntg 


©uten  9ftorgen,  §err  $ro= 
feffor.  9Bir  fommen  bo$  nod) 
friif)  genug  ?  £)tefe  §erbft= 
tage  ftnb  fo  J)errlid);  roir 
marten  erft  einen  fleinen  6pa= 
giergang. 

©uten  £ag ;  treten  <5ie  nur 
ein.  Sett  genug !  friil)  genug ! 
SDiefe  Xage  finb  eigentlid)  gu 
fd)5n  gum  ©tubteren.  Seiber 
finb  bie  gerten  norbet. 

@3  !am  un3  nor,  al3  ob  bie 
grojjen  gerien  eigentlid)  gu  Iang 
anfyielten.  3Sir  raoHten  urieber 
an  unfre  SIrbeti. 

Sie   fyaben   eigentlidj    red)t 

(ftebt  nad&.  ber  Uht).  @3  ift  eben 
neun  (Ufyr).  Wxx  roollen  an= 
fangen.  2Boriiber  follen  voxx 
fprecfyen  ? 

£)a3  iiberlaffen  mix  3^n^n 
gang  unb  gar. 


Good  morning,  professor. 
We  are  early  enough,  aren't 
we  ?  These  autumn  days  are 
so  glorious ;  we  took  a  little 
walk  before  coming  to  class. 

Good  morning;  come  in. 
There's  plenty  of  time;  you 
are  early  enough.  These  days 
are  really  too  fine  for  study. 
Alas  !    vacation  is  over. 

It  seemed  to  us  as  if  the 
summer  vacation  really  lasted 
too  long.  We  were  anxious 
to  get  to  work  again. 

That's    the    right   way   to 

feel     (looks  at  his  watch).         It     is 

just  nine.    Let  us  commence. 
What  shall  we  discuss  ? 

We'll  leave  that  entirely  to 
you. 


i.  Wie  griiflt  man  des  Morgens  ?  des  Abends?  des  Nachmittags  ? 
wenn  man  fortgeht?  2.  Weshalb  hatten  sich  die  Studenten  etwas  ver- 
spatet  ?  3.  In  welchem  Monat  fing  die  Schule  wieder  an  ?  4.  Was 
hatte  man  wahrend  der  Sommermonate  ?  5.  Wann  kommen  die  Oster- 
ferien  ?  6.  War's  dem  Herrn  Lehrer  leid,  dafl  die  Ferien  vorbei  waren  ? 
Wie  wissen  Sie  das  ?     7.  Um  wie  viel  Uhr  fangt  die  Klasse  an  ? 

12 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


13 


©often  toir  bie  §auptpunfte 
00m  Slrttlel  normal  burdj= 
nefymen  ? 

2Bie  fie  toollen.  ga,  biite, 
fagen  ©te  un3  bag  2Bid()tigfte 
baoon. 

23etreff3  be§  ©ebrauc&S  be§ 
2Irtif el3  ftimmen  bie  gtoei  ©pra= 
djjen,  ba§  SDeutfcfye  unb  ba§ 
(Snglifcfye,  nid&t  immer  iiberein. 
SSergleicfyen  ©ie,  g.  33. :  ber 
3Rann  ift  2JWlionar,  2(boofat, 
SBauer,  ^rebiger  u.  f.  to.  mit 
bem  ©nglifdjen.  Bitty  abet 
ein  @igenfdfyaft§toort  oor  bem 
§aupttoort,  fo  bebient  man  fid) 
be§  SlriifelS :  er  ift  ein  tiid^ti= 
ger  ^farter,  Slboofat  u.  f.  to. 
getoorben. 

SDiefe  9?egel  ifi  leidfjt  oer= 
ftanbltdjj,  unb  bodfj  mad)t  man 
immer  gefyler  babei. 

£)a§  barf  ©ie  nid)t  befrem= 
ben.  £)a3  (Snglifcfye  ift  eben 
3fyre  9flutierfprad)e  unb  eng= 
lifter  ©prad)gebraudfj  fcfyeint 
Sfynen  then  ber  „naturlidj)e." 

2Ba§  ift  ba  §u  tun  ? 


Shall  we  review  the  main 
points  of  the  article  again  ? 

Just  as  you  please.  Yes, 
tell  us  the  most  important 
things  about  it. 

The  two  languages,  German 
and  English,  do  not  always 
correspond  in  their  use  of 
the  article.  Compare,  e.g., 
ber  -JJlann,  etc.  ("the  man  is  a 
millionaire,  a  lawyer,  a  farmer, 
a  preacher,"  etc.)  with  Eng- 
lish usage.  But  the  article 
is  employed  when  the  noun 
is  preceded  by  an  adjective : 
er  ift  ein  tiicfytiger,  etc.  ("he 
has  become  an  able  preacher, 
lawyer,  etc."). 

This  rule  is  easy  to  under- 
stand, and  yet  one  always 
blunders  in  applying  it. 

That  need  not  surprise 
you.  English,  you  see,  is 
your  mother-tongue,  and  Eng- 
lish usage  seems  "  natural  " 
to  you. 

What  can  we  do  about  it 
then? 


8.  Welchen  Gegenstand  wollte  der  Professor  behandeln?  9.  Wie 
sagt  man  auf  Deutsch  :  he  became  a  lawyer?  10.  Weshalb  machen 
Sie  Fehler  im  Deutschen  ?  11.  1st  das  befremdend  ?  12.  Passen  Sie 
immer  auf,  wenn  ich  Ihnen  etwas  erklare  ? 


14 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


£un  ?  @infad)  fid)  in  ac^t 
nefymen !  aufpaffen ! 

3a,  aber  troijbem  fommen 
gefyler  nor. 

£)a3  fc^abei  bod)  md&iS! 
3Ba§  Itegt  baran,  menn  ©te  ftdj) 
auc^  Heine  gefyler  gu  fdjulben 
fommen  lafjen  ? 

SDanfe  beftenS,  §err  $ro= 
feffor.  2Bir  oerlaffen  un3  auf 
3()ren  guten  2BiIlen.  ^Rur  miif= 
fen  ©ie  nid^t  iiber  un§  lacfyen, 
roenn  unfre  SBerfudjje  gumeilen 
ettuaZ  fomtfd)  auSfallen. 

3  beroafyre!  ©o  etroa§ 
nmrbe  id^  mir  nid)t  §u  fdjulben 
fommen  laffen. 

SSerben  ©ie  fid)  nie  iiber 
un§  luftig  madden  ? 

$)a§  f  ann  idf)  nid)t  oerfpredjen. 
2Benn'§  aber  audj)  gefdjieljt, 
bbfe  ift'3  nirf)i  gemeint. 

©te  33bfer ! 

2113  Sefyrer  roeifj  id)  ja,  roa§ 
fiir  Seller  oorfommen.  9^e^= 
men  ©ie  e§  mir  nid()t  itbel,  roenn 
mir3^te2lntmorten  aud)  mand)= 
mal  fomifd)  t)or!ommen.  ^e^ 
ren  ©ie  ftd)  nid)t  baran ! 


Do?  Why,  just  be  careful 
and  attentive ! 

Yes,  but  in  spite  of  every- 
thing mistakes  will  occur. 

Oh,  that's  of  no  conse- 
quence !  Where  is  the  harm 
if  y&u  do  make  slight  blun- 
ders ? 

Thank  you  very  much, 
professor.  We  shall  rely  on 
your  kindness.  Only  you 
must  not  laugh  at  us  if  our 
efforts  do  seem  rather  comical 
at  times. 

0  dear,  no  !  I  would  not 
be  guilty  of  that  for  anything. 

You  will  never  make  fun 
of  us  ? 

1  can't  promise  that.  But 
even  if  such  a  thing  does  hap- 
pen, no  harm  will  be  meant. 

You  wicked  man  ! 

Being  a  teacher,  I  know 
what  mistakes  occur.  Do  not 
take  it  amiss  if  your  answers 
often  strike  me  as  funny. 
Don't  pay  any  attention  to 
it. 


1 3.  Was  bedeutet :  sich  etwas  zu  schulden  kommen  lassen  ?  14.  Haben 
Sie  sich  noch  nie  iiber  einen  Auslander  lustig  gemacht?  15.  Meinten 
Sie  es  bose  mit  ihm  ?  16.  Was  weifl  ein  Lehrer  ?  17.  Wie  kommen 
ihm  die  Antworten  der  Studenten  oft  vor  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


IS 


©ie  Dctben  redfjt.  „§rif<$ 
geroagt  ift  t)aI6  geroonnen." 

3a,  unb  „@nbe  gut,  atteS 
gut."  —  3e^t  aber  muff  en  roir 
un§  mit  bent  ©tubium  be§  Sir- 
tifel§  abgeben.  ©ie  toiffen  ja, 
bafi  ber  25eutfd)e  guroeilen  ben 
beftimmten  2lrtifel  anroenbet, 
too  man  im  @nglifdfjen  gar 
leinen  gebraud^t.  S.23--  baS 
©olb  tft  fd^roerer  ate  b  a  3  @if  en ; 
bie  £eintoanb  roirb  au%  glades 
gefponnen ;  §omer  ift  ber  3Sater 
ber  2)idjtfunft ;  ber  3Jlenfct) 
tft fterbltcf) ;  bie Xugenb beloljnt 
ftd^  felbft;  bie  grau  ift  bie 
Crone  ber  ©cfybpfung  u.  f.  to. 

§err  ^rofefjor,  ba  madden 
fie  ben  $)amen  aber  ein  nieb= 
Iid)e§  Compliment. 

Wlan  muf$  bocfy  ettoa§  fagen : 
obenbrein  ift  bag  roirfUdj  meine 
2lnfid)t.  £)ie  Sibel  etgctylt 
un§  ja,  bafj  bie  grau  gule^t 
erfcfyaffen  rourbe. 

£)a  fjaben  <5ie  ja  ba§  gauge 
Compliment  oerborben.  2Bir 
badfjten,  fie  fatten  bag  toirfltdjj 
im  (Smfte  gefagt. 


You  are  right.  "  Faint 
heart  never  won  fair  lady." 

Yes,  and  "  All's  well  that 
ends  well."  —  But  now  we 
must  attend  to  our  study  of 
the  article.  You  know  that 
Germans  use  the  article 
occasionally  where  English 
does  not.  E.g.,  ba§  ©olb, 
etc.  ("gold  is  heavier  than 
iron ;  linen  is  spun  from 
flax;  Homer  is  the  father  of 
poetry;  man  is  mortal ;  virtue 
is  its  own  reward;  woman 
is  the  crown  of  creation ; 
etc."). 

Professor,  there  you  are 
paying  the  ladies  a  pretty 
compliment. 

Well,  one  has  to  say  some- 
thing :  besides,  that  is  really 
my  opinion.  The  Bible  tells 
us,  does  it  not  ?  that  woman 
was  created  last. 

Now  you  have  spoiled 
the  whole  compliment.  We 
thought  you  really  meant 
what  you  said. 


18.  Geben  Sie  mir  die  zwei  Sprichworter,  die  auf  dieser  Seite  stehen. 
19.  Was  wissen  Sie  vom  Menschen,  vom  Homer,  von  dem  Gold,  von 
der  Frau  ?  20.  Was  fiir  ein  Kompliment  machte  der  Professor  den 
Damen?     21.  War's  ihm  Ernst? 


i6 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


ftt$tft  fitr  ungut !  3d&  fet»e 
rootyl,  bafj  tdj)  mid?  in  acfyt  nef)= 
men  mufj.  —  SDarf  itf)  S^nen 
nodlj  einige  Setfpiele  anfuljren? 

Sitte  fefjr. 

5luf  beuifd^  fagt  man:  ba§ 
Sllter,  bie  3u$enb ;  m<w  fpritf)t 
r>om  ^Reid^merben,  r>on  ber 
©cfyimfyeit,  oon  bem  ©Uttf; 
man  liebt  ba§  Seben  unb 
fiircfytet  ben  £ob. 

2Sie  finb  folate  SSenbungen 
gu  uerfiefyen  ? 

@3  if±  bodfj  flat,  baf*  in  alien 
biefen  33eifpielen  ber  Slrtilel 
gebraudjit  roirb,  urn  bie  ©at  = 
tung,  bag  ©eneretle,  bie  Piaffe 
an^ubeuten. 

3e$t  Ieud)tet'§  un3  ein. 

SDann  barf  id^  voofyl  nodt) 
eine  anbere  @igentumlid)!eit 
befpredjen  ? 

SBitte,  menu  ©ie  fo  gut  fein 
moHen. 

§aben  ©ie  e§  fcfyon  bemer!t, 
baft  man  auf  SDeutfdj  fagt :  roir 
effen  bretmal  ben  £ag;  eine 
§au3frau  begafylt  fo  unb  fo 
ntel  ba§  $funb  Sutter,  ba§ 
2)u$enb  @ier,  ben  Siter  9J*ild) ; 


Never  mind  about  it!  I  see 
that  I  shall  have  to  be  care- 
ful. —  May  I  cite  a  few  other 
examples  ? 

If  you  please. 

In  German  we  say  bag 
Sllter,  etc.  ("  old  age,  youth ; 
people  speak  of  getting  rich, 
of  beauty,  of  happiness  ;  one 
loves  life  and  fears  death  "). 

How  are  such  expressions 
to  be  understood  ? 

It  is  clear,  is  it  not,  that 
in  all  of  these  examples  the 
article  is  used  to  indicate  the 
genus,  the  idea  of  generality, 
the  class  ? 

Yes,  we  see  it  now. 

Then  perhaps  I  may  go 
on  to  discuss  another  pecu- 
liarity ? 

If  you  will  be  kind  enough 
to. 

Have  you  ever  noticed  that 
in  German  we  say :  rotr  effen 
bretmal  ben^ag,  etc.  ("we  eat 
three  times  a  day;  a  house- 
keeper pays  so  much  for  a 
pound  of  butter,  for  a  dozen 


22.  Weshalb  muflte  er  sich  in  acht  nehmen  ? 
man  im  Deutschen  den  bestimmten  Artikel  ? 
25  cents  a  pound,  10  cents  a  dozen? 


23.  Wozu  gebraucht 

24.  Wie   sagt   man : 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


i; 


xm  Suit  ift'S  gerobEmltd)  fefyr 
rearm ;  mandje  griidjte  roerben 
xm  ©ommer,  cmbere  er[t  im 
£erbfte  reif;  roir  famen  am 
9Jiontag  an  u.  f.  rt>.? 

3a,  roir  i)aben  eg  fd)tm  be= 
merit,  ba£  ber  SIrtifel  mit  ben 
Safyreggeiten,  ben  9Jtonaten  unb 
Sagen  gebraucfyt  roirb,  forote 
aucb,  im  biftributtoen  ©tnne. 

Hm  fo  beffer.  %<fy  raoHte 
Sfyre  Slufmerffamfeit  nur  no<$ 
einmal  auf  biefen  ©prad)ge= 
brand)  ricrjten.  SSergeflen  ©te 
biefe  fHegeltt  nidjt. 

93erfud)en  rootlen  roir  fd)on, 
fie  im  $opfe  gu  befyalten.  2Bir 
fennen  \a  Sftren  SSafyifprud). 

SDer  mare  ? 

„Ubnng  mad)t  ben  9Jieifter." 

§abe  id)  red)t  bamii  ? 

©erotfe ! 

9hir  nod)  ein§,  bann  entlaffe 
id)  ©ie  fur  r)eute.  Suroeilen 
fefct  man  ben  beftimmten  Slrtif el 
ftatt  beg  befi^angetgenben  giir= 
roorteg. 


eggs,  for  a  quart  of  milk;  it 
is  usually  very  warm  in  July ; 
many  fruits  ripen  in  summer, 
others  not  until  autumn ;  we 
arrived  on  Monday;  etc.")? 

Yes,  we  have  noticed  that 
the  article  is  used  with  the 
seasons,  with  months  and 
days,  as  well  as  in  a  distribu- 
tive sense. 

So  much  the  better.  I  just 
wanted  to  call  your  attention 
once  more  to  this  usage.  Do 
not  forget  these  rules. 

We  will  try  to  keep  them 
in  our  minds.  We  know  your 
motto. 

And  what  may  that  be  ? 

"  Practice  makes  perfect." 

Am  I  right,  do  you  think  ? 

Of  course  you  are  ! 

Just  one  thing  more  and 
then  I  shall  dismiss  you  for 
to-day.  At  times  the  definite 
article  is  used  instead  of  a 
possessive  pronoun. 


25.  In  welchem  Monat  sind  Sie  geboren,  Fraulein  N.  ?  Und  Sie,  Herr 
M.  ?  26.  Wann  werden  die  Friichte  reif  ?  27.  Was  bedeutet  „um  so 
besser"  ?  „um  so  langer"  ?  „um  so  lieber"  ?  28.  Was  wollten  die  Schuler 
versuchen?  29.  Was  war  der  Wahlspruch  des  Professors?  30.  Wie 
wird  der  bestimmte  Artikel  zuweilen  gebraucht  ?  Konnen  Sie  mir  die 
Beispiele  auf  Seite  18  anfiihren  ? 


i8 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Unter  roelcfyen  Umftdnben  ge= 
fd)te£)t  bag? 

9htr,  rote  ja  gang  natitrlicfy, 
tnenn  aug  bem  .Sufammenfyang 
beutltdj  E)ert>orgef)t,  tdodoh  bte 
grage  ift.  3-  S3,  fagt  man: 
er  fyat  bag  Seben  t>erloren;  bu 
fotlft  bit  bte  §aare  fd)netben 
laffen;  bte  Sfyne  marten  tfyr 
rriel  jxt  fcfyaffen ;  roenn  tdj)  mid) 
erfalte,  gte^t  eg  fid)  immer  auf 
bie  SBruft;  fdjneibe  bid)  nid)t 
in  ben  ginger,  $unge;  u.f.  n). 

3a,  ja;  ber  „33efi£er"  beg 
$opfroef)g,  ber  3<*f)ttfd)mergen, 
beg  langen  §aareg,  beg  gingers 
ift  ja  ntd)t  ^u  oerroecfyfeln. 
2Ibieu ! 


Under  what  conditions 
does  this  take  place  ? 

As  you  would  expect,  it 
occurs  only  when  the  con- 
text indicates  plainly  what 
the  question  is  about.  E.g., 
we  say  :  er  fyat  bag  Seben,  etc. 
("  he  has  lost  his  life ;  you 
should  have  your  hair  cut; 
her  teeth  gave  her  a  great 
deal  of  trouble  ;  when  I  take 
cold,  it  always  settles  in  my 
lungs;  don't  cut  your  finger, 
boy ;  etc."). 

Yes,  of  course ;  there  can 
be  no  mistake  as  to  who  is 
the  "  possessor  "  of  the  head- 
ache, of  the  toothache,  of 
the  long  hair,  of  the  finger. 
Good-bye  ! 


VOKABULARSTUMEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  $d)t  [f.]>  attention,  heed,  care:  auf  jtt.  (etttJ.)  ad)t  gebett,  pay  atten- 
tion to,  take  care  of,  or  give  heed  to,  some  one  {something) ;  fid)  in  Cld)t 
nefjmett  (t)Or,  dat),  be  cautious,  be  on  one's  guard  (against),  be  careful. 

2.  nbflCbctt  [te;  a-e],  (1)  give  up,  deliver,  hand  over:  eiuett  Srief 
auf  ber  ^JSoft  — ,  mail  a  letter  ;  etn  $afef  — ,  deliver  a  parcel.  (2)  refl., 
fid)  nut  int.  (ettt).)  — ,  have  dealings,  or  associate,  with  some  one  (occupy 
oneself  with  something). 

3.  an'fangcn  [a;  t-a],  (1)  begin,  commence:  ©te  ntiiffen  alleg  roieber 
non  t)Om  — ,  you  must  begin  the  whole  thing  over  again  ;  ©treit  (or  J^attbel) 
tntt  jnt.  — ,  pick,  or  start,  a  quarrel  with  some  one  ;  eitte  <Satt)e  t>erfef)rt 
— 1  S°  a*  a  th*ng  the  wrong  way  ;  etlD.  3ltlbereg  — ,  go  at  something  else. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  19 

(2)  familiar,  do:  roag  foil  tdj  jefct  — ?    what  am  I  to  do  now?   ba  ift 
ttidjtg  anjufangett,  there's  nothing  to  be  done. 

4.  aufpaffen,  (l)  be  attentive,  watch:  paffen  ©ie  auf !  or  aufgepafit ! 

attention!  look  out!  (2)  |m.  — ,  lie  in  wait  for  some  one. 

5.  fcemer'fett,  (l)  mark,  notice,  observe:  tdj  l)abe  ftfjon  oft  bemerft, 

/  have  often  noticed.     (2)  remark,  say:   fyabett  ©IC  etroag  bam  JU— ? 
have  you  any  comments  to  make  on  that? 

6.  fiefpre'rfjeit  [i;  a-o],  talk  over,  discuss,  arrange:  rotr  t)aben  bie 
©arf)e  miteinattber  befprodjett,  we  discussed  matters  with  each  other. 

7.  fcait'djen,  need,  require,  be  in  need  of :  ©te  —  ftd)  ttitt)t  gu  fitrttjtett, 
^/<?«  do  not  need  to  be  afraid;  roag  braud)t  eg  ttteijr  ?  what  more  is 
required?  to)  brattdje  gutett  9mt,  I  stand  in  need  of  good  advice. 

8.  eht'lettrfjtCtt  (figurative),  £<r  evident,  clear,  plain:  je^t  leud)tet'g 
tntr  em,  now  I  see ;  roill  eg  bir  tmmer  nod)  nidjt  —  ?  4c*f  d  still  not 
seem  evident  {clear)  to  you  ? 

9.  eritt'nerit,  (1)  remind:  jtt.  an  ettt).  (ace.) — , put  some  one  in  mind  of 
something.  (2)  refi.  w.  gen.  obj.,  remember:  ftd)  etneg  $reuttbeg  (einer 
©attje)  — ,  remember  a  friend  (a  thing). 

10.  ^C'rietl,  pi.,  holidays,  vacation :  bie  grofjett  — ,  the  midsummer 
vacation  ;  etne  — retfe  madden,  take  a  holiday  trip,  or  a  vacation  trip. 

11.  gefdjeljett  [ie;  a-e;  fetn ;  often  impers.],  happen,  take  place, 
occur:  2)ein  2Btlle  gefdjelje  auf  ©rben  rote  im  SMmtnel,  Thy  will  be  done, 
etc.;  eg  ift  ettt  Uttglucf  — ,  an  accident  has  occurred ;  eg  farm  — ,  bafj .  .  ., 
it  may  happen  that .  .  .  ;  roag  ift  —  ?  what  has  happened  ?  eg  gef  d)et)e,  roag 
roolle,  no  matter  what  happens  ;  eg  tft  gem  — ,  you  are  welcome  (to  it), 
don't  mention  it;  ettt).  —  laffett,  not  hinder  something ;  ifym  tft  em  2)tettft 
bamtt  — ,  it  is  doing  him  a  kindness  ;  eg  gefd)iel)t  if)ttt  red)t,  good  enough 
for  him,  serves  him  right ;  eg  ift  Uttt  Uttg  — ,  we  are  done  for  (undone). 

12.  gcrob'lj'ueu  (art,  ace),  accustom  (to),  familiarize  (with):  an  ettt). 
geroofjnt  fein  (roerben),  be  (become)  accustomed  to  something  ;  ftdj  an  etro. 
(ace.)  — ,  accustom  oneself,  or  get  used,  to  something ;  ftdj  an  em  $ltttta  — , 
become  acclimated. 

Ifbersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  Take  care  !  2.  I  told  him  to  be  on  his  guard  against 
them.  3.  I  did  not  pay  attention.  4.  What  is  he  occupied 
with  nowadays  (fyeutgutage)  ?  5.  If  I  were  in  your  place  I 
would  not  have  anything  to  do  with  him.     6.  Now,  begin  ! 


20  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

7.  We  have  begun  our  study  of  grammar  from  the  very 
beginning  (gang  t)on  t)orn).  8.  How  has  he  set  about  the 
matter,  in  the  right  or  in  the  wrong  way  ?  9.  He  will 
lose  his  arm  if  he  does  not  look  out.  10.  My  son  wants  to 
become  a  farmer;  what's  to  be  done  about  it  (bet)?  11.  Do 
you  not  notice  anything?  12.  I  remember  now:  Homer 
was  called  the  father  of  poetry.  13.  You  do  not  need  to 
tell  us  that  virtue  is  its  own  reward ;  that  is  self-evident  to 
me.  14.  What  have  they  discussed  ?  Did  they  talk  of  get- 
ting rich?  15.  If  you  need  good  advice,  I  can  give  it. 
16.  What  has  happened?  17.  We  read  almost  every  morn- 
ing that  some  (irgenb  ein)  railroad  accident  has  happened 
somewhere  (irgenbrrjo).  18.  I  shall  help  him  gladly  if  that  is 
doing  him  a  kindness.  19.  It  served  him  right.  20.  I  fear 
it  is  all  over  with  them.  21.  Such  a  thing  (©0  ettt)a§)  may 
happen  at  times.  22.  Where  have  you  spent  (§ugebrad)t)  your 
vacation?  23.  We  are  accustomed  to  work.  24.  One  can 
become  accustomed  to  anything.  25.  Is  it  still  not  evident 
to  you  ?  26.  I  shall  discuss  the  matter  with  him,  happen 
what  may.  27.  You  do  not  need  to  remind  me  of  it  : 
I  know  he  was  not  afraid  of  death ;  youth  never  fears  any- 
thing (.  .  .  vox  md)t§).  28.  I  remember  him  very  well.  29.  He 
was  born  on  the  first  of  May.  30.  How  much  are  these 
apples  a  dozen  ?    the  eggs  ? 

B 

13-  fctb  [indecl.,  from  Setb,  sorrow,  grief]  :  e§  tft  (or  tut)  mtr — ,  lam 
sorry,  I  regret  (it)  ;  bit  tuft  mtr — ,  I  am  sorry  for  you,  I  pity  you  ;  e3  tft 
(or  tut)  tf)m  —  UtU  un3,  he  is  sorry  for  us,  he  grieves  over  us;  Ictfj  e§  bir 
ntcf)t  —  fetn  (or  tun) ,  don't  worry  about  it,  don't  take  it  too  much  to  heart ; 
e3  rotrb  t&ttt  nod)  etnmal  —  tun,  he  will  regret  it  some  day. 

Cf.  with  these  phrases :  jm.  ein  #—  (or  2— 3)  tun  (or  jm.  etro.  ju  2— e 
tun),  do  something  to  harm,  hurt,  injure,  or  spite,  some  one  ;  fic6  ein  £ — 3 
antun,  make  away  with  oneself  commit  suicide. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  21 

14.  fttftig,  (1)  gay-,  jolly,  merry:  — oon  temperament,  jovial;  ftdj 
itber  etra.  (ace.)  —  madden,  make  sport,  ox  game,  of  something ;  ba  gebt'3 
—  f)er,  they  are  having  a  jolly  time  {of  it).  (2)  funny,  droll :  ettte  — e 
©ef d)id)te,  a  funny  story.  (3)  in  compounds,  disposed  to :  fyeiratg — , 
inclined  to  marry ;   tanj — ,  eager  to  dance. 

Cf .  with  the  last  meaning :  id)  fyabe  gute  Suft,  /  have  a  good  notion  ; 
bap  bat  er  feine  Suft,  he  is  not  inclined  that  way. 

15.  fd)0  belt  (jm.),  hurt,  harm,  damage  {some  one)  ;  e3  fd)abet  ttid)t3, 
there's  no  harm  done,  that's  nothing ;  roa3  febabet  e3,  roenn  .  .  .  ?  what 
matters  it  if ...  ? 

Cf.  jm.  ©cfoabett  jufugen,  do  some  one  an  injury. 

16.  (5dja"be(n)  [m.,  *en],  damage,  wrong,  loss :  ju  — en  fommen  (or 

— n  nefymen  or  letben),  sustain  a  loss  or  an  injury,  suffer  damage ;  etnen 
— n  roieber  gut  macfoen,  repair  a  loss ;  fort  mtt  — n!  good  riddance  to 
l>ad  rubbish  !  burtf)  — n  wirb  man  flug,  people  learn  by  experience  {hard 
knocks) ;  eS  tft  fd)abe,  it  is  a  pity  ;  e3  tft  febabe  um  tbn,  it  is  too  bad  about 
him  {that  he  is  lost,  ruined,  etc.). 

17.  <Sdnt(b  [f.,  -en],  (l)  debt:  — en  madjen  (or  in  — en  geraten),  run 
into  debt ;  aufier  — en,  aufjer  ©efabr,  out  of  debt,  out  of  danger ;  bt3  iiber 
bie  Dbren  in  — en  ftecfen,  be  over  head  and  ears  in  debt.  (2)  fault,  cause  : 
bie  —  liegt  an  mtr  (or  id)  bin  fcbulb  baran),  it  is  my  fault,  I  am  the  cause 
ofit;  bie  —  auf  jtt.  fdjieben,  lay  the  blame  at  some  one's  door  ;  fid)  ettt). 
l\X  fd)Ulben  fommen  laffen,  be,  or  become,  guilty  of  something ;  fdjulb  (an 
etro.,  dat.)  baben  (fein),  be  at  fault  {about  something) ;  jm.  —  geben,  lay 
the  blame  on  some  one. 

18.  tt'&cl,  (1)  evil,  bad:  —  b(a)ran  fein,  be  in  a  bad  plight,  be  in  a  bad 
way  ;  —  er  Saune  fein,  be  in  a  bad  humor.  (2)  sick:  e3  nwrbe  ibm  itbel, 
he  began  to  feel  sick.  (3)  badly,  amiss :  nebmen  ©te  e3  tttir  nicbt  — , 
don't  take  it  amiss,  don't  be  offended ;  —  anfommen,  come  to  grief  strike 
a  snag,  come  to  the  wrong  shop,  catch  a  Tartar  ;  jm.  —  mitfpielen,  use, 
or  treat,  some  one  badly  ;  roofol  ober  — ,  willing  or  not,  willy-nilly  ;  nicbt 
— ,  not  half  bad,  pretty  well. 

19.  tierfjartett  [a;  ie-a;  baben;  usually  refl.],  (1)  demean,  behave: 
fid)  — ,  behave  oneself.  (2)  be,  be  so  circumstanced :  roie  nerbcilt  e3  fid) 
bamit  ?  how  about  that  ?  what  are  the  facts  in  the  case  ?  bie  ©ad)e  oer; 
bait  fid)  fo,  the  matter  stands  thus. 

20.  Scr^Ct'Ijttttg  [f.]» pardon,  forgiveness :  (jn.)  Itm  —  bitten,  beg  {some 
one' s)  pardon  ;  id)  bitte  taufenbmal  um  — ,  I  beg  a  thousand  pardons. 

Cf.  oerjetben  [ie-ie;  {\m.)]r  pardon  {some  one). 


22  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

i.  I  am  sorry  that  old  age  is  not  as  hopeful  as  youth. 
2.  The  Erl-king  has  hurt  the  little  child.  3.  Vacation  is 
past  (oorbei),  but  don't  let  that  worry  you.  4.  He  was  very 
sorry  that  it  was  his  fault.  5.  I  am  sorry  for  the  poor  children. 
6.  Do  not  make  sport  of  us ;  you  yourself  are  over  head 
and  ears  in  debt.  7.  Did  you  say  that  she  was  inclined  to 
marry  ?  8.  I  have  a  good  notion  to  ask  him  what  the  facts 
in  the  case  are.  9.  I  know  he  is  getting  (rairb)  poorer  daily  ; 
but  really  it  is  his  wife's  fault.  10.  Does  he  lay  the  blame 
on  her?  11.  That  man  has  done  me  a  great  deal  (tnel)  of 
harm.  12.  What  matters  it  if  I  don't  go?  13.  Girls  who 
like  to  dance  are  not  always  eager  (desirous)  to  wed.  14.  Do 
not  take  it  amiss  if  I  am  not  so  jolly  as  the  others.  15.  It 
was  so  close  (fd)ttml)  in  the  room  that  she  began  to  feel  sick. 
16.  Good  riddance  to  bad  rubbish!  17.  Willing  or  not, 
you  must  not  have  anything  more  to  do  with  them.  18.  Are 
you  in  a  bad  humor  this  morning?  What  have  I  been 
guilty  of  ?  19.  Can  that  damage  be  repaired  again  ?  20.  Beg 
your  pardon,  sir ;  would  you  tell  me  how  matters  stand  with 
him?  21.  Do  not  take  it  amiss,  but  I  know  nothing  about 
it.  22.  They  arrived  either  on  Saturday  or  on  Sunday. 
23.  The  American  national  holiday  (^attonal'feieriag)  comes 
in  July.  24.  I  have  a  good  notion  to  go  to  the  mountains 
in  August  or  in  September.  25.  I  am  sorry  that  I  cannot 
go  along  (mitgefyen).  26.  I  have  a  good  notion  to  take  a 
vacation  trip  to  Switzerland  next  summer.  27.  They  spent 
their  vacation  in  Germany,  if  I  am  not  mistaken  (toenn  id) 
mid)  nid&t  irre). 


2>rttte  S^rc^iifiung 


©uten  Xag!  fd^on  roieber 
frtfd)  unb  munter  ? 

3a,  £err  ^rofeffor ;  e§  roar 
im3  barum  $u  tun,  un§  bie^mal 
ma)t  gu  t)erf  paten. 

£eine  ©efa^r!  2luf  bie 
SDauer  roerben  ©te  ba§  gtuh^ 
aufftefyen  aber  faum  au§fyalten. 

2Bir  finb  fo  giemlicfo.  baran 
gerobljnt. 

©ie  glauben  rootyl  an  ba§ 
alte  ©prtdjroort :  ^^orgen* 
ftunbe  I)at  ©olb  im  aJtonbe," 
md)t  roafyr  ? 

£)te  5Jiorgenftunben  biefer 
§erbfttage  finb  ja  rounberooH, 
prad)tt)oll. 

©ie  fyaben  redjt.  5Iud)  id) 
Ijabe  eine  befonbere  SBorliebe  fiir 
ben  Dftober.    3e£t  finb  bie 

2Bctfber     braungolbig,     fterben3= 

frofc- 
©onne     bariiber     unb     3^egen= 

fdjauer  — 


Good  morning  !  fresh  and 
cheery  so  early  again  ? 

Yes,  sir ;  we  took  pains 
not  to  be  too  late  this  time. 

No  danger  of  that !  But  in 
the  long  run  you  will  scarcely 
stand  getting  up  so  early. 

Oh,  we  are  pretty  well 
accustomed  to  it. 

I  suppose  you  believe  in 
the  old  adage,  "The  early 
bird  catches  the  worm,"  don't 
you  ? 

Well,  the  morning  hours 
of  these  autumn  days  are 
wonderful,  grand. 

You  are  right.  I,  too,  am 
especially  fond  of  October. 
Now  are  the 

Woods  masses  of  brown  and  gold, 

gladly  dying  — 
Over  them  sunshine  or  showers  of 


i.  Worum  war  es  den  Studenten  zu  tun?  2.  Was  heiflt  „auf  die 
Dauer"  ?  3.  Sind  Sie  ans  Friihaufstehen  gewohnt  ?  4.  Was  sagt  man 
von  der  Morgenstunde  ?  5.  Wie  gef alien  Ihnen  diese  Herbsttage  ?  6.  Fiir 
welchen  Monat  haben  Sie  eine  Vorliebe  ?     7.  Was  sagt  der  Dichter  ? 

23 


24 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


©te  finb  \a  gang  fd)tt)ar= 
merijdj) ! 

gwoeilen.  —  ©olleri  xvix 
urtfer  uotigeS  Xfyema,  bag  ©tu= 
bium  beg  2lrtilel§,  roeiier  t)er= 
folgen  ? 

8a,  bitte  fetyr.  2)te  ©ad)e 
ift  un3  fet>r  tntereffant. 

©cpn,  bag  ©te  ftdf)  bafi'tr 
tntereffteren.  —  3ft  Sfyttert 
SHiicfettS  „$arbaroffa"  be* 
tamrt  ? 

51ugenblttfltdj  fann  tc|  miclj 
be§  ©ebid)te§  tttdjt  erinnern. 

©elefett  fyabett  ©tc  e§  fcfyon ; 
bag  roeijj  id)  gang  befttntmt :  — 


Why,  you  are  quite  enthu- 
siastic ! 

Occasionally.  —  Shall  we 
go  on  with  our  former  theme, 
the  study  of  the  article? 

Yes,  do,  please.  That  sub- 
ject interests  us  very  much. 

I  am  glad  you  take  an 
interest  in  it.  —  Do  you 
know  Riickert's  Barbarossal 

I  don't  recall  the  poem  at 
this  moment. 

You  must  have  read  it,  I 
am  quite  sure  :  — 


£)er  alte  Sarbaroffa, 
2)er  $aifer  $rieberitt),  .  .  . 


3a,  jc$t  fallt'g  mtr  em : 


Yes,  now  it  comes  to  me :  — 


2>m  urtterirb'f  d)en  ©d)toffe 
§alt  er  Derjaubert  fid). 

©r  i[t  mentals  geftorben, 
@r  lebt  barin  nott)  jefct .  .  . 


§alt!  Iaffen  ©te'g  gut  fetrt. 
3d?  rooflte  ttur  bemerfen,  bag 
audf)  bei  ^erfonennamcn  uttb 
£tteln  ber  3lrtt!el  gebraudjt 
rmrb,  falls  fie  nafyer  befttmmt 


Stop  !  never  mind  going 
on  with  it.  I  merely  wished 
to  remark  that  the  article  is 
used  with  names  of  persons 
and  with  titles  in  case  they 


8.  Interessierte  sich  die  Klasse  fiir  grammatischen  Studien  ? 
nen  Sie  Ruckerts  Barbarossa  ?     Sagen  Sie  es  her,  bitte. 


9.  Ken- 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


25 


finb.  9lIfo:  ber  rite  Sarba* 
roffa,  ber  grofje  ©oetfye,  ber 
alte  grit*1  u.  f.  ro. 


33ttte,  mein  £>err,  rote  finb 
2Iu§briicfe  roie:  tr>ir  Iefen  ben 
©duller,  ben  „gauft",  ben 
„9Jlacbetf)" ;  ober :  bie  9Jtarie 
roar  !ran!;  ber  Sofyann  roirb 
balb  fommen,  §u  oerftefyen  ? 

$n  biefen  unb  at)nlid)en 
gaUen  bient  ber  2Irttfel  baju, 
bie  $erfon  ober  bie  Sadje, 
roooon  gefprodjen  roirb,  al3 
belannt  bar^ufteHen.  3-33- 
„£a§  ift  ber  XeU  am  Siirglen" 
bebeutet :  e3  ift  ber  rool)Ibe= 
fannte  %eU,  ber  braoe  9Jiann, 
ben  jebermann  fennt  u.  f.  ro. 

3$  bin  meiner©adje  nie  gang 
fict)er,  roenn  e3  fid)  urn  ben  2Ir= 
tifel  bei  Sanbernamen  fyanbelt. 

©ariiber  braudjen  ©ie  fid) 
bod)  feine  grauen  §aare  road)= 
fen  3U  laffen. 

©ie  fyaben  gut  reben.  5^nen 
fdjeinen  folate  gragen  leidjt 
genug. 


are  modified.  Consequently: 
ber  alte,  etc.  ("the  aged  Bar- 
barossa,  the  great  Goethe,  Old 
Fritz  [nickname  of  Frederick 
the  Great],  etc."). 

If  you  please,  sir,  how  are 
we  to  understand  expressions 
like  roir  Iefen  ben  ©filler, 
etc.  ("we  read  Schiller,  Faust, 
Macbeth"  or  "  Mary  was  sick; 
John  will  come  soon  ")  ? 

In  these  and  similar  cases 
the  article  serves  to  represent 
the  person  or  the  thing  in 
question  as  being  well-known. 
E.g.,  „£)a§  ift  ber  M",  etc., 
means,  It  is  the  well-known 
Tell,  the  sturdy  man  whom 
every  one  knows,  etc. 

I  never  know  quite  what 
to  do  about  the  article  with 
names  of  countries. 

That  ought  not  to  trouble 
you  greatly. 

It 's  well  enough  for  you 
to  talk  that  way.  Such  ques- 
tions do  not  bother  you. 


10.  Was   bedeutet :    dem    Lorenz   wurde    das    Zweirad    gestohlen  ? 
11.  Lassen  Sie  sich  graue  Haare  iiber  irgend  etwas  wachsen  ? 

1  Contrast  with  these :   Old  Ironsides,  Little  Nell,  Old  Hickory,  Old  Mor- 
tality, etc. 


26 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


3$  gefiefye  eg ;  einen  germffen 
3SorteiI  fyabe  idf). 

3a,  einen  grofjen.  @g  mu| 
etroag  ©clones  bran  fein,  roenn 
man  ftdb.  fo  auf  bag  Refill)!" 
oerlaffen  !ann. 

©ie  madmen's  ja  ebenfo  im 
@nglifd)en.  —  ©ie  fennen  bodb. 
bie  SRegel,  roonacl)  im  allge= 
meinen  ber  Slriifel  nur  bet 
roetblidjien  Sanbernamen 
gulaffig  tfi.  Sllfo  fagt  man 
nid)t:  bag  $Deutfd)lanb,  bag 
granfreid^,  bag  (Snglanb,  fon= 
bern  einfad)  :  SDeutfd^Ianb 
u.  f,  xv.  gaUg  biefe  unb  ah,n= 
licfye  Sanbernamen  burdb.  ein 
Seiroort  nafyer  qualifier!  met* 
ben,  fo  ift  ber  Slrtilel  erforber= 
lidfj:  bag  fcfyone  granfretdj, 
bag  alte  $)eutfd)lanb,  bag  reidfje 
Gmglanb. 

SSag  fangen  ©ie  aber  mit: 
im  (Slfaft,  im  33reiggau  an  ? 

$)teg  finb  2Iugnaf)tnen  jur 
beinafye  aUgemeinen  SHegel,  bafc 
ber  Slrtifel  nur  bei  roeib lichen 


I  have  a  certain  advantage, 
I  confess. 

Yes,  a  decided  advantage. 
It  must  be  fine  to  be  able  to 
rely  on  one's  "  feelings  "  in 
the  matter. 

It's  just  what  you  do  in 
English.  —  You  know  the 
general  rule,  do  you  not, 
according  to  which  the  article 
is  admissible  only  with  fem- 
inine names  of  countries? 
Thus,  one  cannot  say  bag 
SDeutfdbianb,  etc.,  but  simply 
2)etttfri)lanb,  etc.  Whenever 
these  and  similar  names 
of  countries  are  qualified 
by  an  adjective,  the  ar- 
ticle is  required  :  bag  fdjone 
granfretd),  etc.  ("beautiful 
France,  old  Germany,  rich 
England  "). 

But  what  are  you  going  to 
do  with  im  @lfafc,  etc.  ("in 
Alsace,  in  the  Breisgau  ")  ? 

These  are  exceptions  to 
the  well-nigh  universal  rule 
that  the  article  is  used  only 


12.  Warum  hatte  der  Lehrer  einen  groflen  Vorteil  iiber  die  Studenten  ? 
13.  Worauf  konnte  er  sich  verlassen  ?  14.  Bei  was  fur  Landernamen 
ist  der  Artikel  zulassig  ?  15.  Wie  sagt  man:  they  spent  their  vacation 
in  Alsace?  in  Switzerland?  16.  Unter  welchen  Umstanden  wird  er 
auch  bei  sachlichen  Landernamen  gebraucht  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


27 


Sanbernamen  gebraud&t  rotrb. 
3.  33. :  bie  ©d&roeig,  bie  £iir= 
fei,  bie  $falg,  unb  afynlidje. 
Seamen,  bie  nur  in  ber  5ftef)r= 
ja^l  gebraudfjt  roerben,  erforbern 
ben  Slrtifel  in  alien  gallen: 
bie  93ereinigten  ©taaten,  bie 
•ftieberlanbe. 

£>a3  SDunfel  jdjeint  fidO  ju 
listen. 

SRidJttoa^r?  S^jagteS^nen 
ja,  ©ie  foEten  fid)  feine  grauen 
§aare  iiber  biefe  Stage  road^fen 
lafjen.  Stagu  finb  ©ie  nod) 
3U  jung. 

©ie  ^lagegetft ! 

9hm,  nun ;  nicfytS  fiir  ungut ! 
2Bie  tc&  fdjon  einmal  fagte,  eS 
roar  nicfyt  bbfe  gemeint. 

£)a»on  finb  mix  uberjeugt. 

@fye  ©ie  nadj  §aufe  gefyen, 
muj  idj)  midj)  bod)  nodf)  erfun= 
bigen,  too  ©ie  roofynen.  3ft 
roelc&er  ©ttafje  finb  ©ie  gu 
§aufe  ?  roo  lann  man  ©ie 
finben  ? 

3df)  roofyne  an  ber  ©iib  17ten 
©trafce. 


with  feminine  names  of  coun- 
tries. E.g.,  bie  ©djjroeig,  etc. 
("  Switzerland,  Turkey,  the 
Palatinate ")  and  similar 
ones.  Names  used  only  as 
plurals  require  the  article  in 
all  cases :  bie  33ereinigten 
<5taaUn,  etc.  ("the  United 
States,  the  Netherlands  "). 

The  darkness  seems  to  be 
clearing  up. 

Now  does  n't  it  ?  I  told 
you  not  to  grow  gray  over 
the  matter.  You  are  too 
young  for  that. 

You  tease ! 

Well,  well ;  don't  be  vexed 
with  me !  As  I  said  once 
before,  no  harm  was  intended. 

We  are  convinced  of  that. 

Before  you  go  home  I  must 
not  forget  to  inquire  where 
you  live.  On  what  street  do 
you  live  ?  Where  can  you 
be  found  ? 

I  live  on  South  Seventeenth 
Street. 


17.  Wie  stent's  bei  den  Namen,  die  nur  im  Plural  gebraucht  werden  ? 
Geben  Sie  uns  einige  Beispiele.  18.  Wie  nannte  die  Dame  ihren  Lehrer? 
War's  ihr  Ernst  damit  ?  19.  Wovon  war  sie  iiberzeugt  ?  20.  Woruber 
wollte  sich  der  Lehrer  erkundigen  ?     21.  Wo  wohnen  Sie  ? 


28 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


SDer  $eutfdje  rcofynt  nid)t 
an,  fonbern  in  einer  ©trafje. 

$omifd),  bag! 

3a,  bag  mufj  man  gugeben ; 
eg  ift  aber  ber  iiblid)e  2lugbrucf . 

SDamit  molten  ©ie  bod)  nid)t 
fagen,  baf$  man  „im"  Xfyeater= 
plat*,  ober  „im"  $oniggpla£ 
roofynt  ? 

Sftein,  nein!  3Jian  mofynt 
„am"  Sfyeaterplatj  u.  f.  ro. 
$)od)  ift'g  ebenfo  gut,  ja  tnel= 
Ieicf)t  nod)  beffer,  gar  feine  $ra= 
pofttion  gu  gebraucfyen. 

SDanfe  fefyr.  3e£t  rooOen 
<5ie  ung  aber  log  fein,  ntdjt 
roafyr  ? 

Sitie  fefyr !  3dj  pre  S^rem 
^laubern  gerne  ju. 

$)ag  ift  fet)r  freunblid)  oon 
3^nen. 


Germans  do  not  live  on, 
but  /«  a  street. 

But  isn't  that  queer ! 

Yes,  I  must  admit  that ;  but 
it  is  the  regular  expression. 

But  surely  you  do  not 
mean  to  say  that  one  lives  in 
the  Theaterplatz,  or  in  the 
Konigsplatz  ? 

No,  no  !  People  live  am 
("at  the")  Theaterplatz,  etc. 
Still  it  is  just  as  well,  perhaps 
even  better,  to  use  no  prep- 
osition at  all. 

Thank  you.  And  now  you 
want  to  be  rid  of  us,  do  you 
not? 

Oh  no !  I  like  to  listen 
to  your  chatting. 

That  is  very  kind  of  you. 


22.  Wie  gibt  man  auf  deutsch  seine  Wohnung  an  ?  23.  Wie  kommt 
Ihnen  diese  Wendung  vor  ?  24.  Wollte  der  Lehrer  die  Klasse  los  sein  ? 
Warum  nicht  ? 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 
A 

1.  (Ut3'f)aftClt  [d;  te-a],  hold  out,  endure,  bear,  stand:  eg  ift  md)t 
meljr  augjufyalten,  it  cannot  be  endured  any  longer  ;  bte  tytobe  — ,  stand 
the  test ;  feine  $ett  — ,  serve  one  'j  time. 

2.  bctamif  [p.p.  of  befennen,  acknowledge},  (1)  known,  well-known:  eg 
ift  — ,  it  is  well  known  ;  etne  <5ad)e  —  tttadjen,  announce  something,  give 
notice  of  something.     (2)  acquainted :  fyevfyexum  ift  er  tt>Of)I  — ,  he  is  well 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  29 

known  hereabouts  ;  jtt.  (ttttt  einem)  —  matt)ett,  give  some  one  an  intro- 
duction to  some  one  ;  fie  ift  gettatl  bamit  — ,  she  is  very  well  acquainted 
with  it. 

3.  btftCtt  [a-e],  (1)  ask,  request,  implore:  id)  Mtte  ©ie  Uttt  ©Otteg 
ttttllett,  I  beg  {of)  you  for  heaven's  sake ;  biirfte  id)  ©ie  um  bag  ©alj 
(^•leiftt),  33rot)  —  ?  may  I  trouble  you  for  the  salt  {meat,  bread)  ?  barf  id) 
©ie  um  2#ren  Darnell  —  ?  way  7  aJ>£  you  your  name  ?  (2)  intransitive  : 
Mtte,  etttfcbuibigett  ©ie  mitt;,  excuse  me  if  you  please ;  roenn  id)  —  barf, 
if  I  may  ask;  bitte,  roollett  ©te  mir  bas  Srot  reid)en,  will  you  please 
hand  me  the  bread?  bitte,  or  bitte,  eg  ift  gertt  geftt)ebett  (in  reply  to  an 
expression  of  thanks),  don't  mention  it,  not  at  all.  (3)  invite:  jtt.  jtl 
Xiftt)e  — ,  ask  some  one  to  dinner  or  to  supper. 

4.  butt'fett,  (1)  thank,  return  thanks  (fur,/<?r):  battle  ftt)ott  (or  beftettg 
or  fe&r),  thank  you  {very  much).  (2)  decline  an  offer,  refuse:  roollett  ©ie 
ttOtt)  etmag  ©uppe  ?  would  you  like  a  little  more  soup  ?  2>tt)  battle,  no,  I 
thank  you. 

5.  ^fltt'cr  [f.]»  duration  :  auf  bie  — ,  in  the  long  run,  of  long continu- 
ance ;  DOtt  furger  (lattger)  — ,  of  short  {long)  duration. 

6.  erfwt'Mfjen  [refl.],  inquire,  ask  (ttad),  about;  bei,  of):  bei  mem 

baft  bit  bitt)  erfuttbigt  ?  of  whom  have  you  inquired? 

Cf.  ©rlUttbigtlttgett  itber  Jtt.  (etro.)  eittjiebett,  make  inquiries  con- 
cerning some  one  {something). 

7.  gebran'djeit,  use,  make  use  of:  bag  ift  ttitt)t  JM  — ,  that  cannot  be 
used ;  gebratttt)te  ^leiber  (5Barett,  etc.),  second-hand  clothes  {goods,  etc.). 

8.  gfatt'&Ctt,  (1)  believe  (att,  in),  credit:  jm.  (etro.,  ace.)  — ,  believe 
some  one  {something)  ;  id)  glattbe  (ee)  btr,  I  believe  it,  I  believe  you,  I  believe 
what  you  say  ;  barf  matt  ihm —  ?  may  he  be  believed?  id)  glattbe  tt)0hl, 
I  dare  say  ;  jm.  ettt).  —  tttacheit,  make  some  one  believe  something ; 
glattbft  btt  att  ©Ott?  do  you  believe  in  God?  (2)  think,  suppose:  bit 
gtattbft  bod)  ttitt)t,  bafj  .  .  .,  surely  you  do  not  think  that .  .  .;  matt 
glattbt,  it  is  thought,  it  is  believed. 

Cf.  jm.  ©latlbett  fchettfett,  believe  some  one,  with  (1). 

9.  fgaat  [n.,  -e],  hair:  fid)  bag — (or  bie — e)  fdmeibett  laffett,  have  one's 

hair  cut ;  ttttr  ftattbett  bie — e  (^U  Serge,  my  hair  stood  on  end;  tttit  £attt 
Uttb  — ,  completely,  entirely  ;  (big)  aufg  — ,  to  a  nicety,  to  a  T ;  ltttt  eitt 
— ,  almost,  by  a  hair's  breadth  ;  fie  ift  tttcbt  um  eitt  —  beffer  alg  er,  she  is 
not  one  whit  better  than  he  ;  eg  ift  leitt  gtlteg  —  att  tf)ttt,  he  has  not  one 
redeeming  quality ;  fid)  gratte  —  e  (itber  etro.,  ace.)  toachfett  laffett,  trouble 
one's  head  or  oneself  {about  something). 


30  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

Ubersetzen  Siefolgendes :  — 

i.  On  what  street  do  you  live  ?  2.  I  live  at  No.  45  King's 
Square.  3.  I  cannot  stand  this  pain  any  longer.  4.  He  is 
a  fine  fellow ;  I  tell  you  he  stood  the  test.  5.  It  is  well 
known  that  he  had  nothing  to  do  with  it.  6.  He  wanted  to 
inquire  whether  (ob)  I  sold  second-hand  clothes.  7.  Should 
I  have  my  hair  cut,  do  you  think  ?  8.  Where  do  you  have 
your  hair  cut  ?  9.  He  made  us  acquainted  with  each  other. 
10.  If  you  please,  give  me  an  introduction  to  her.  11.  May 
I  ask  for  a  cup  of  coffee  ?  12.  One  can  have  excellent  cheese 
and  wine  in  Switzerland.  13.  Many  Germans  come  annually 
(aEjtifyrlid))  to  the  United  States.  14.  If  you  please,  pass 
the  bread  to  your  neighbor.  15.  Thank  you  very  much! 
16.  Oh,  don't  mention  it !  17.  She  asked  me  to  dinner  for 
(cwf)  next  Sunday.  18.  Would  you  like  some  more  meat? 
19.  No,  thank  you.  20.  I  suppose  you  know  how  this  is  to 
be  used.  21.  No,  but  I  shall  inquire  about  it.  22.  Surely 
you  do  not  believe  that  I  could  endure  that  for  any  length 
of  time  (in  the  long  run)!  23.  Can  you  use  these  books? 
24.  I  think  they  know  each  other;  at  any  rate  (jebenfaftg)  I 
shall  ask  them  to  dinner.  25.  You  should  first  inquire 
(make  inquiries)  about  that.  26.  It's  bad,  I  know;  but  I 
would  (nmrbe)  not  trouble  myself  about  it.  27.  It  is  gener- 
ally known  that  he  has  not  one  redeeming  quality.  28.  What 
do  you  use  that  for  (2Bo§u)  ? 

B 

10.  ttttereffte'rett,  interest:  fitf)  fitr  ettt).  — ,  take,  or  have,  an  interest 
in  something.  Cf.  ^tttereffe  an  etro.  (jm.)  fyaben  (nefymen),  have  {take) 
an  interest  in  something  (some  one). 

11.  fo$,  (1)  loose,  free,  untied:  ein  $ttopf  tft  — ,  a  button  has  come 
off;  $fyre  $raoatte  ift  —  gefommen  (or  geroorben),  your  necktie  has  come 
loose.      (2)  rid  of  (w.  ace.  or  gen.   obj.) :    ettt).  —  roerbett,  get  rid  of 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  3 1 

something.  (3)  indicating  direction,  continuation,  or  intensity  of  action  ; 
frequently  a  lack  of  definite  aim  or  deliberate  purpose :  auf  jn.  — Qefyett, 
go  (with  hostile  intent)  toward  some  one  ;  auf  ftt.  — fdjlagen,  hit  at  some 
one,  hit  some  one  (at  random);  brctttf  —  arbetten  (fmgen,  fd)retben,  etc.), 
work  {sing,  write,  etc.)  assiduously,  heartily ;  brauf  —  plaubern,  chat 
away  (undisturbed,  unconcerned}.  (4)  other  uses :  mag  ift  —  ?  what 
is  up  ?  what's  in  the  wind?  je^t  gebt'g  log  !  now  it  begins  !  now  they  are 
at  it!  bort  ift  ntd)t  Dtel  — ,  there  is  nothing  going  on,  or  there's  nothing 
a-doing,  over  there ;  mit  i&m  ift  nid)tg  — ,  there's  nothing  to  him,  he 
does  not  amount  to  much. 

12.  tun  [tat,  getan],  (1)  do,  make:  —  ©te  mie  ©ie  molten,  do  as  you 
please  ;  bamit  will  id)  nid)tg  JU —  fiabett,  I'll  have  nothing  to  do  with  it ; 
bamit  ift'g  ttid)t  getan,  that  does  not  answer  the  purpose  ;  mag  tut'g  ? 
what  is  the  difference  ?  what  does  it  matter  ?  bag  tut  tttd)tg  jur  ©ad)e,  that 
has  nothing  to  do  with  it,  that  is  immaterial ;  eg  ift  mir  triel  batttm  JU  — , 
I  care  greatly  for  it,  I  am  greatly  concerned  in  it.  (2)  jm.  ettt).  (ttid)tg) 
— ,  hurt  (not  hurt)  some  one.  (3)  various  meanings  with  noun  objects : 
jm.  Slbbitte  — ,  apologize  to  some  one ;  einen  Slid  auf  etroag  — ,  cast  a 
glance  upon,  or  at,  something  ;  eine  ^tCtgc  — ,  put  a  question  ;  jm.  einen 
©ef  alien  — ,  do  some  one  a  favor  ;  einen  <3d)ritt  ((Sprung)  — ,  take  a  step 
(leap)  ;  feme  ©dmlbigfeit  — ,  do  one's  duty  ;  eg  tut  not,  it  is  necessary  ; 
jm.  voef)  — ,  hurt  some  one.  (4)  in  connection  with  advs.  and  preps., 
put,  place:  beifeite  — ,  lay  aside ;  auf  ben  £ifd)  (in  bie  %a\a)e,  etc.), 
place  upon  the  table  (in  the  pocket,  etc.).  (5)  act,  behave,  pretend: 
gut  — ,  behave  (well) ;  bofe  (fd)5n,  uertraut,  etc.)  — ,  act  angry  (nicely, 
familiarly,  etc.)  ;  fie  tut  ttur  fo,  she  merely  pretends. 

13.  toolj'ttett,  live,  dwell:  <3ie  rootmen  febr  bequem,  you  are  well 

housed ;  bei  mem  —  <Sie  ?  at  whose  house  do  you  room  ?  where  do  you 
live  ?  auf  bem  Sanbe  (in  ber  <Stabt)  — ,  live  in  the  country  (in  the  city) ; 
eg  roobnt  fid)  ba  febr  angenebm  (billig),  living  there  is  very  pleasant 
(cheap).     Cf.  bie  2Bobmmg,  quarters,  dwelling,  residence. 

14.  number  [indecl.,  from  3Bunber,  amazement,  surprise}  :  eg  nitttmt 
einen  — ,  one  wonders,  one  is  surprised;  nimmt  eg  ©te  nid)t  aud)  —  ?  do 

you  not  wonder  too  ?  er  benft  fid)  —  tt)ag,  he  imagines  himself  a  prodigy, 
is  very  much  conceited ;  roag  — ,  bafl  .  .  . !  what  wonder  that .  .  .  f 

15.  ttnm'bertt  [refl.,  usually  impers.],  marvel,  be  surprised,  wonder: 
eg  raunbert  ung,  ob  .  . .,  we  wonder  whether  . . .;  eg  foUte  mid)  gar  ntcbt 

— ,  /  should  not  be  at  all  surprised. 

16.  3dt  [£.,  -en],  period,  time :  mit  ber  —  (or  feiner  — ),  in  due  time. 


32  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

i.  What  are  you  interested  in,  sir  ?  2.  I  am  interested  in 
this  little  chap  ($ieinen).  3.  What's  in  the  wind  now? 
4.  Do  you  not  see  how  lustily  he  works  ?  5.  Yes,  I  see,  he 
hits  pell-mell  at  the  others.  6.  I  always  take  an  interest  in 
matters  of  that  kind  (berartige  <5ad)ert).  7.  Chat  away,  I 
like  to  hear  you.  8.  He  told  me  he  could  not  read  Shake- 
speare ;  what's  to  be  done  with  such  a  man  ?  9.  When  I 
cast  a  glance  at  the  mirror  I  saw  that  my  collar  had  come 
loose.  10.  What's  the  difference?  11.  May  I  put  a  ques- 
tion to  you  ?  do  you  think  it  is  (fei)  nice  to  put  your  feet  on 
the  table?  12.  He  acted  as  if  he  had  (subj.)  never  seen 
me.  13.  That  has  nothing  to  do  with  it.  14.  Will  you  do 
me  a  favor  ?  I  want  to  get  rid  of  that  dog  and  don't  know 
how.  Take  him  away.  15.  I  am  greatly  concerned  to  know 
on  what  street  she  lives.  16.  She  lives  in  the  country. 
17.  I  shall  go  there  too;  living  is  much  more  pleasant 
there.  18.  You  are  pleasantly  located  here;  I  wonder 
whether  I  could  find  such  pleasant  quarters.  19.  I  should 
not  be  at  all  surprised  if  in  due  time  you  could  have  this  one. 
20.  I  am  greatly  concerned  in  finding  (to  find)  agreeable 
quarters.  21.  I  wonder  why  students  like  to  read  Tell  so 
much.  22.  A  part  of  the  Netherlands  lies  below  sea  level 
(9Jieere3fpiegel,  m.).  23.  I  wonder  whether  you  know  that 
we  have  done  our  duty. 


SBicrtc  SpretJjiilmttjj 


$)ctrf  id)  eintreten  ? 

SBarumnidjt?  $ommen©ie 
getrofi  herein!  2Ba§  fetylt 
S^nett  ?  ©ie  fefyen  ja  gang 
erfyt£t  unb  ftaubig  au3 ! 

@3  fyat  nid)t3  gu  bebeuten. 
3Jltr  tft  ein  fleineS  Unglittf  paf= 
fiert  (gugeftojjen).  3$  bin 
namlid)  t)om  9Rab  gefalien. 

©ie  fyaben  ficfy  bocfy  nid)t  roefy 
getan?  §offentlicfy  tft'3  nid^t 
t)on  SBebeuiung.  3<*r  ia;  ty 
bad)te  mir,  eg  umrbe  Sfynen 
it&er  furg  ober  lang  etroaS  paf= 
fieren . 

2Biefo,  §err  $rofeffor  ? 

©ie  fafyren  ja  immer  brauf 
Io§  nrie  ba§  2Better. 

Seit  ift  ©elb ;  e§  prefftert  mir 
geroofynltdj). 

@£  fd)eint,  baft  ©ie  immer  in 
@tle  finb.  2Benn  ©ie  aber 
aud^  !eine  @ile  fyaben,  fo  fafyren 
©ie  bod)  iiber  ©todt  unb  ©tein. 


May  I  come  in  ? 

Why  not  ?  Of  course  you 
may!  What's  the  trouble? 
You  seem  to  be  heated  and 
covered  with  dust. 

It  isn't  worth  mentioning. 
I  had  a  little  mishap.  The 
fact  is,  I  fell  off  my  wheel. 

You  have  not  hurt  your- 
self, have  you  ?  I  do  hope 
it's  nothing  serious.  Do  you 
know,  I  felt  sure  something 
would  happen  to  you  sooner 
or  later. 

How  so,  professor  ? 

Just  because  yOu  always 
ride  like  the  mischief. 

Time  is  money;  I  am 
usually  in  a  hurry. 

You  always  seem  to  be  in 
a  hurry.  But  even  if  you 
are  not,  you  ride  along  helter- 
skelter  just  the  same. 


i.  Wie  sah  der  Student  aus  ?    2.  Weshalb  war  er  so  erhitzt  und  stau- 
big  ?    3.  Was  war  ihm  zugestoflen  ?    4.  1st  Ihnen  auch  schon  ein  Ungliick 


auf  dem  Rade  passiert  ?     5. 


Warum  haben  Radler  fast  immer  Eile  ? 
33 


34 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


■Jhm,  man  fann  fid)  bag  ©rag 
bodt)  nicfyt  unter  ben  giifsen 
roadjfen  laffen. 

@§  ift  feine  ©efal)r  t»orfyan= 
ben,  baf$  ©ie  fid)  biefeg  gu 
fdfjulben  fommen  lafjen.  3^et)= 
men  ©ie'3  mir  ntd&t  iibel,  aber 
©ie  foCten  langfamer  fasten. 

2)a§n)illmirntc|teinlend)ten. 
3$  fitrd)te  midfj  nicfyt  t)or  bem 
fd^nellen  gafyren. 

©ie  fyaben  fidjj  eben  baran 
gerobfynt. 

2Bogu  fyabe  id)  mir  erft  vox 
ad^t  Xagen  ein  netted  Slab  an= 
gefdMfi  ? 

Bum  §al§bredt)en,  fdjeint'g. 

SDagu  braudt)e  idfj  lein  neueg. 
3$  fd&affte  mir  ein  neue§  an, 
roeil  bag  alte  §u  farmer  ift. 

2Bie  r»iel  roiegt  e§  benn  ? 

(Stroa  breifjig  $funb. 

2)a3  ift  gtemltcr)  fcfyroer,  bod) 
auf  ein  paar  $ftmb  fommt'3 
nid)t  an,  SSie  oft  fafyren  ©ie 
benn  ? 

Seben  Sag,  fieben  Sage  in 
ber28od)e.    9ladf)ften  ©amStag 


Still,  one  cannot  let  the 
grass  grow  under  one's  feet. 

There  is  no  danger  of  your 
ever  being  guilty  of  that. 
You  won't  mind  if  I  tell  you 
that  you  ought  to  ride  more 
slowly. 

I  cannot  see  why.  I  am 
not  afraid  of  fast  riding. 

Simply  because  you  are 
accustomed  to  it. 

Then  what  do  you  think  I 
got  a  new  wheel  for,  only  a 
week  ago  ? 

To  break  your  neck  with, 
I  suppose. 

I  don't  need  a  new  one  for 
that.  I  got  me  a  new  wheel 
because  the  old  one  is  too 
heavy. 

How  much  does  it  weigh  ? 

About  thirty  pounds. 

That  is  rather  heavy,  yet 
a  few  pounds  don't  matter. 
How  often  do  you  go  riding  ? 

Every  day,  seven  days  in 
the  week.     Next  Saturday  I 


6.  Was  sagt  man  von  einem  Langsamgehenden  ?  7.  Warm  hatte 
der  junge  Mann  sich  ein  neues  Rad  angeschafft  ?  8.  Warum  ?  9.  Wie- 
viel  wog  sein  altes  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


35 


macfie  tdj  eine  grofjere  %onx, 
3$  fyahc  namlicb  Dor,  aufg  Sanb 
gu  get>en. 

©o?    2Weirt? 

$ielletc&t  gefyen  nodf)  etn  paar 
greuube  mit. 

Sftabeln  an  unb  fiii  fidf)  tft  ja 
gang  fd)bn  unb  gut.  3ft  man 
einige  ©tunben  tm  greten,  fo 
fyungert  unb  biirftet  eS.einen. 
©te  friert  e3,  naturlid),  nie  auf 
bem  9ftabe. 

3e£t  fe^e  id),  too  ©ie  fyinau§ 
roouen.  @3  ift  Sfynen  gar  nid)t 
barum  gu  tun,  9toblerangelegen= 
fyetten  gu  befpred)en. 

2Bie  fommen  ©ie  auf  biefen 
©ebaufen  ? 

2Berben  ©ie  garbe  befennen,1 
roenn  idj)  errate,  roorauf  ©ie  e3 
abgefefyen  fyaben  ? 

2Barum  benn  rtidjt  ? 

©in  $td)tettbaum  ftebt  einfam 
^m  9?orben  auf  fabler  £o&'. 
3  fy  n  f d&lafert ;  u.  f.  ro. 

3Sa§  fagen  ©ie  baju  ? 

©ie  fyaben'3  getroffen,  fjabert 
mid)  ertappt. 


am  going  to  take  a  rather 
long  trip.  I  intend  to  go  out 
into  the  country. 

Indeed  ?     And  all  alone  ? 

A  few  friends  will  go  along 
perhaps. 

Wheeling  in  and  of  itself  is 
all  well  enough.  By  being  out 
in  the  open  air  for  a  few  hours 
one  gets  hungry  and  thirsty. 
Of  course  you  never  get  cold 
on  your  wheel. 

Now  I  see  what  you  are 
driving  at.  You  are  not  really 
trying  to  discuss  bicycling 
affairs  at  all. 

Where  did  you  get  that 
idea? 

Will  you  own  up,  if  I  guess 
what  you  have  in  mind  ? 

Why  shouldn't  I? 

©in  $id)tenbaum,  etc. 
("A  fir-tree  stands  all  lonely 
On  a  bleak  northern  height. 
Drowsiness  enwraps  him  ; "  etc.) 

What  do  you  say  to  that  ? 

You  have  struck  it,  you  Ve 
found  me  out. 


io.  Macht  Radeln  guten  Appetit  ?     n.  Was  hatten  die  Studenten 
vor  ?     12.  Worum  war  es  dem  Lehrer  zu  tun  ? 


l  Literally,  "  confess  color,"  i.e.,  follow  suit  in  a  game  of  cards. 


36 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


3d)  glaubte  e3  fdjon  Ictngft  $u 
bemerfen,  baft  ©ie  t)erfd)iebene 
2lffufatit>e  sorbrtngen  rooUten ; 
roar  meiner  ©acfye  aber  nid)t 
gang  fid)er. 

2Ba3  ©ie  rtid)t  fagen ! 

3a,  ja;  §err  $rofeffor, 
„jeben  £ag",  „fieben  Stage  in 
ber  2Bod)e",  „ndd)ften  ©am§= 
tag",  „e3  fyungert  urtb  biirftet 
einen",  „e§  friert  ©ie"  u.  f.  ra. 
—  2)iefe  SBenbungen  lamen 
nid)t  t)on  ungefafyr  auf§  £apet. 

©ie  fyaben  eine  fd^arfe  ©pitr= 
nafe.  Man  muft  fid)  vox  Sfynen 
in  adjt  nefymen.  —  3d)  befenne 
e§,  ©ie  fyaben  mir  in  bie  Garten 
gefefyen. 

yiifyt  roarjr:  midf)  biirftet, 
fyungert,  friert  u.  f.  tr>.  finb 
true  englifd^e§  methinks,  me- 
seems  gu  erflaren  ? 

$ollf  ommen.  Unb  greet  guft, 
fiinf  Waxi,  fed()3  Qoft  erinnem 
an  englifd)e§  five  dozen  eggs, 
four  score  years,  ten  pound. 

(Sinige  biefer  SluSbriide  finb 
aber  nur  bialeftifd). 


I  had  thought  for  some 
time  that  I  noticed  your  try- 
ing to  introduce  various  accu- 
satives ;  but  I  was  not  quite 
sure  of  it. 


You  don't 


say 


Yes,  yes,  professor,  jeben 
Stag,  etc.  ("  every  day,  seven 
days  in  the  week,  next  Sat- 
urday,, one  gets  hungry  and 
thirsty,  you  are  cold,"  etc.). 
These  expressions  did  not 
just  happen  to  occur. 

You  have  a  keen  scent. 
One  has  to  be  on  his  guard 
against  you.  —  I  confess  you 
have  seen  through  my  game. 

Is  it  not  true  that  mid) 
biirftet,  etc.  ("  I  am  thirsty, 
hungry,  cold,"  etc.)  are  to  be 
explained  like  English  me- 
thinks, etc.  ? 

Exactly.  And  groei  gufj, 
etc.,  remind  one  of  English 
five  dozen  eggs,  etc. 

But  some  of  these  expres- 
sions are  merely  dialectical. 


13.  Was  heiflt :  etwas  aufs  Tapet  bringen  ?  14.  Wie  kann  man  sagen 
statt:  Ich  bin  hungrig,  durstig,  schlafrig,  kalt  ?  15.  Was  sagt  Heine 
vom  Fichtenbaum  ?  16.  Was  bedeutet :  einem  in  die  Karten  sehen  ? 
Farbe  bekennen  ? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


37 


£)a3  fc^abet  bodj  md)t§ ! 

2Bie  fd)bn  man  bie  beiben 
©prac^en  mitetnanber  t>erglet= 
cfyen  latin  !  2Bir  fefyen'3  je£t, 
§err  ^rofeffor,  fie  finb  nrirf  ltd) 
feljr  nal)  miteinanber  oerttmnbt. 

©tub  ©cfyroeftern,  Sttnfltnge 
betnafye. —  Sefct  aber  nod)  ein§. 
©efyen  ©te  einmal:  tdj  Iei)te 
©ie  Seutfdj,  3&r  $ab  foftet 
©ie  fimfgtg  dollars,  ©te  fra  = 
gen  midj  biefeS  unb  jene§  — 
groet  Slffufatioe. 

©ibt'3  t>tele  berarttge  $z\U 
robrter  ? 

9ietn.  ©elbft  bet  biefen  tut 
man  oft  beffer,  anbere  2Benbun= 
gen  $u  gebraud)en.  3-  S3,  fann 
man  aud)  fagen :  er  unterrid)tet 
mid)  im  £)eutfd(jen,  ober,  er 
gibt  mtr  beutfd)en  Unterridjt. 

Sllfo  geljbren  „foften",  „fra= 
gen",  unb  „Iefyren"  gu  biefer 
fllaffe? 

3a.  5fttt  „foften"  roirb  aud) 
gumeilen  ber  SDatic  ber  $erfon 
angeroenbet,  bod)  ift  ber  2l!!u= 
fatit)  iiblidjer. 


That  surely  makes  no 
difference ! 

How  nicely  the  two  lan- 
guages can  be  compared ! 
We  see  it  now,  professor, 
they  are  really  very  closely 
related. 

They  're  sisters,  almost 
twins.  —  But  now  one  other 
item.  See  id)  let)re  ©ie,  etc. 
("  I  teach  you  German,  your 
wheel  costs  you  fifty  dollars, 
you  ask  me  this  and  that ")  — 
two  accusatives. 

Are  there  many  such  verbs? 

No.  And  even  with  these 
it  is  often  better  to  use  other 
constructions.  E.g.,  you  can 
also  say  er  unterrid)tet  mid), 
etc.  ("  he  instructs  me  in  Ger- 
man, or,  he  gives  me  German 
instruction  "). 

Then  foften,  fragen,  and 
lefyren  belong  to  this  class  ? 

Yes.  The  dative  of  the  per- 
son is  often  used  with  foften, 
but  the  accusative  is  the 
more  common  construction. 


17.  Wie  viel  hat  Sie  Ihr  Anzug  gekostet  ?  18.  Wer  unterrichtete 
Sie  im  Deutschen  vergangnes  Jahr  ?  19.  Wie  anders  hatte  ich  die 
Frage  stellen  konnen  ? 


38 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


2Bie  fle&t'S  mit  „fragen"? 

©benfo  rote  im  (Snglifd^en : 
<5ie  fragen  mid)  biefe3  unb  jerteS 
(etroaS,  mand)e§,  oiel[c3]); 
aber  man  fragt  nad)  bem  2Bege, 
nad)  eincr  s$erfon.  „93ttten" 
unb  „$ahjen"  —  groet  rotd)tige 
SBerben  —  fyatte  id)  beinafye  »er= 
geffen.  3m  £)eutfdjen  bittet 
man  urn  etroa§,  urn  eine  ©unft, 
urn  SBrot  u.  f.  ro. 


2Bie  nerljalt  e§  fid)  mit 
„Sa*)Ien"? 

@benfo  roie  mit  engltfd)em 
to  pay;  b.  E). :  man  begahit 
feine  ©d)ulben,  eine  SRed^= 
nung,  ben  ©$neiber,  ben 
SDoftor ;  aber  man  begabit 
bem  ©d)neiber  bie  9Red)nung, 
bem  $ned)te  ben  £olm,  bem 
SDoftor  baS  §onorar.  —  $e£t 
aber  aufs  9tab  unb  ins  greie! 


How  about  fragen  ? 

Just  as  in  English :  you 
ask  me  this  and  that  (some- 
thing, many  things,  much); 
but  you  ask  about  a  road 
or  after  a  person.  33ttten 
("beg,  pray,  ask")  and  gar)= 
len  ("pay") — two  impor- 
tant verbs  —  almost  slipped 
my  mind.  In  German  one 
bittet  um  etroa§,  etc.  ("asks 
for  something,  for  a  favor, 
for  bread,  etc."). 

And  how  do  you  use  gar)= 
len? 

Just  as  you  would  English 
"to  pay";  i.e.,  man  begahjt, 
etc.  ("you  pay  your  debts,  a 
bill,  the  tailor,  the  doctor"); 
but  one  begafylt  bem  (5d)net= 
ber,  etc.  ("  pays  the  tailor's 
bill,  the  hired  man  his  wages, 
the  doctor  his  fee  ").  —  But 
now  get  on  your  wheels  and 
off  with  you  into  the  fresh 
air! 


20.  Was  bezahlt  man?  21.  Wen  bezahlt  man?  22.  Wem  bezahlt 
man  ein  Honorar  ?  23.  Verstehen  Sie  die  grammatischen  Punkte,  die 
in  der  heutigen  Lektion  vorkamen  ?  24.  Ubersetzen  Sie :  she  taught 
me  German,  may  I  ask  you  for  a  favor  ?  you  must  pay  him  his  wages 
(2o&n,  m.). 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  39 

VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 
A 

1.  aI3,  (1)  as,  like:  fo  triel  (gut,  fcbon)  —  moglid),  as  much  {well, 
handsome)  as  possible ;  —  tttetttt,  as  if,  as  though.  (2)  with  inversion 
and  verbs  in  subjunctive,  as  if:  —  mare  id)  SDiiUtonar,  as  if  I  were  a 
millionaire.  (3)  in  constructions  involving  a  comparison,  than  :  fd)0tter 
—  bie  SRorgenrote,  more  beautiful  than  the  dawn ;  er  ift  gu  aufgeroedt,  — 
bafj  ex  an  eine  folcfie  2)umm&eit  glauben  fonnte,  he  is  too  shrewd  to  believe 

in  such  a  piece  of  nonsense  ;  eg  ift  gang  anberg  — ,  it  is  wholly  different 

from  ;  niemanb  —  id),  no  one  but  I ;  mer  anberg  —  xo'xx  ?  who  else  but 
we  ?  (4)  being,  as :  —  Slrjt,  being  a  physician.  (5)  when  (only  with 
preterit  and  pluperfect  tenses) :  eben  —  xoxx  bie  Sreppe  foinabgingen, 

famen  fie  \)tXQ.\i\,  just  as  we  went  down  stairs  they  came  up. 

2.  an'lomtttCtt  [a-0;  fein],  (1)  arrive,  reach,  secure  a  place  (in,  5U, 
at,  in)  :  ber  $ug  fommt  fed)g  Ubr  jmanjig  an,  the  train  arrives  at 
6:20.  (2)  befall,  come  over  (often  impers.)  :  eg  fam  mid)  bie  Suft  (bag 
Serlangen)  an,  the  desire  {longing)  came  over  me,  I  felt  inclined. 
(3)  idiomatic  phrases,  always  impers.:  eg  fommt  nur  barauf  an,  ob  .  . ., 
it  is  merely  a  question  whether  .  .  . ;  mir  fommt  nid)t  triel  brauf  an, 
/  do  not  care  for  it  much,  I  do  not  mind  it  much,  I  am  not  anxious,  or 
concerned,  about  it;  foUett  XOXX  eg  barauf —  Iaffen  ?  shall  we  take  our 
chances  {on  it)  ? 

3.  att'fdjaffett,  procure,  furnish  :  fid)  ettt).  — ,  buy,  purchase,  ox  furnish 
oneself  with,  something. 

4.  <Jtt  Uttb  fttr  fid),  in  and  of  itself,  considered  by  itself. 

5.  ar'gern,  (l)  annoy,  vex,  irritate:  9Jtenfd),  cirgere  bid)  ntd)t!  tut, 

man,  don't  let  anything  {of  this  kind)  upset  you  !  (2)  refi. :  fid)  tiber 
ettt).  (ace.)  — ,  be  vexed  at  something,  fret  about  something. 

6.  auy'gclien  [i;  a-e],  (l)  spend,  expend:  mebr —  alg  einnebmen, 

live  beyond  one's  income.  (2)  give  out,  become  exhausted :  bie  Quelle  gtbt 
aug,  the  resource  is  being  exhausted  (figuratively).  (3)  often  refi.,  pass, 
pass  off,  palm  off:  fid)  fiir  me&r  alg  man  ift  — ,  pass  oneself  off  for  more 
than  one  is. 

7.  bcftn'nCtt  [a-0;  refi.],  (1)  fid)  (iiber  ettt).,  ace.)  — ,  consider  {some- 
thing), deliberate  {upon  something)  ;  fid)  anberg  — ,  change  one's  mind ; 
fid)  etneg  33effem  — ,  think  better  of  it,  change  one's  mind  for  the  better. 
(2)  fid)  auf  ettt).  (ace.)  —  (or  fid)  etner  ©acfoe  entfinnen),  recollect,  ox  call 
to  mind,  something. 


40  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

8.  tvt'al'ttn  [refl.] :  fid)  — ,  take  a  cold:  <3ie  roerben  fxd^  erfaltet  fyaben, 

presumably  you  took  cold. 

9.  fefj'leit,  {!)  miss,  fail,  commit  a  fault :  roeit  gef  ef)lt,  far  from  it; 
er  t)at  Diet  gefe^It,  he  has  erred  much.  (2)  be  absent,  be  wanting :  er 
fef)(t  rtOCf),  he  is  still  absent,  he  is  not  here  yet.  (3)  impers.,  fail,  lack,  be 
short  of:  e3  famt  nid)t  — ,  it  cannot  fail ;  e3  fefylt  tnir  an  ©elb  (or  tnir 
fe^Ct  (Mb),  I  am  short  of  money  ;  an  mix  foil  e3  ntO)t  — ,  it  shall  not  be 
my  fault  {I  shall  do  my  part)  ;  tljm  jolt  e3  an  md)t3  — ,  he  shall  not  lack 
anything ;  eZ  fertile  roenig,  fo  wave  er  ertrunfen,  a  little  more  and  he 
would  have  drowned,  he  just  missed  being  drowned.  (4)  ail,  trouble :  W)a% 
fe^tt  bir  ?  what's  the  trouble  with  you  ?  ifjm  fef)It  nitt)t3  al^  .  .  .,  there's 
nothing  the  matter  with  him  except .  .  . 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  They  have  just  arrived  from  Europe.  2.  My  friend 
does  not  mind  spending  (au^ugeben)  a  thousand  dollars. 
3.  Have  you  bought  a  new  wheel  this  fall  ?  4.  No,  I  was 
short  of  money.  5.  The  old  wheels  are  much  heavier  than 
the  new  ones.  6.  How  much  did  yours  cost  you  ?  7.  It 
cost  me  fifty  dollars ;  I  paid  fifty  dollars  for  it.  8.  Some 
one  asked  me  whether  Mr.  N.  ever  (je)  paid  (subj.)  his  debts  ? 
9.  I  am  never  cold  when  I  have  on  my  big  overcoat.  10.  He 
was  so  sleepy ;  he  could  scarcely  keep  his  eyes  open.  11.  No 
one  but  I  was  at  home  when  the  visitors  (SBefud))  arrived. 
What  do  you  say  to  that?  12.  You  must  take  care  of  your- 
self; don't  take  cold.  13.  I  did  take  a  cold  last  evening; 
we  are  having  so  much  rain  this  month.  14.  Being  a 
teacher,  I  cannot  pass  myself  off  as  a  millionaire ;  if  I  can 
pay  my  debts  I  am  satisfied.  15.  How  many  of  your  books 
are  missing?  16.  I  asked  the  little  fellow  what  ailed  him, 
but  he  would  not  answer  me  at  first  (juerft).  17.  I  believe 
they  spend  more  money  than  they  take  in ;  their  business  is 
not  prospering  (tfyr  ©efcfydft  gefyt  nid)t  gut) ;  what  the  trouble 
is  I  do  not  know.  18.  My  dear  fellow,  don't  let  anything 
ruffle  you!     19.  In  and  of  itself  it  does  not  matter  greatly 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


41 


whether  you  succeed  in  this  or  not.  20.  I  am  not  very  well ; 
I  do  not  know  what  is  the  trouble  with  me.  21.  Does  he  pre- 
tend to  be  richer  than  ever?  22.  No,  he  has  thought  better 
of  it ;  he  does  not  pray  as  much  as  formerly.  23.  Ask  him 
whether  he  can  (pres.  subj.)  go  with  us  to-morrow  afternoon. 

6 

10.  fent  [f.]»  heed,  guard:  fet  (Utf  beitter  —  !  be  on  your  guard ! 
xx.-ljft'tett,   (1)  guard,  watch,  look  after:  bag   %\t\) — ,  herd  cattle. 

(2)  bag  dimmer  (33ett)  —  muffen,  be  obliged  to  keep  to  one's  room  {bed). 

(3)  refl. :  fief)  (t)Or  jm.  or  ettt).)  — ,  shun,  be  on  one's  guard  {against  some 
one  or  something) ;  id)  merbe  mid)  —  eg  JU  tun,  catch  me  doing  it!  I  shall 
take  good  care  not  to  do  it. 

12.  fiufit  \l\joy,  pleasure:  —  uttb  Siebe  ju  etnem  Sing  mad)en  alle 
9ftub'  gerittg  (proverb),  love  lightens  labor  ;  —  an  etm.  (dat.)  baben,  take 
pleasure  in  something ;  id)  fiatte  gute  — ,  /  had  a  good  notion;  roer  — 
f)Q.t  .  .  .,  whoever  wishes,  cares  .  .  . 

13-  Jwffte'ren  [fcin],  (l)  pass,  cross:  eine  23rttcfe  (ein  £>aug)  — ,  cross 

a  bridge  {pass  a  house).  (2)  pass  {muster)  :  bag  pafftert  nod),  this  still 
passes  muster.  (3)  come  to  pass,  happeti,  occur :  toettn  ibm  nur  nidjtg 
paffiert  ift !  if  only  nothing  has  happened  to  him  !  ift  fottft  nott)  etmag 
pafftert  ?    has  anything  else  happened? 

Cf.  fid)  ju'tragen,  ftatt'finben,  fid)  ereig'nen,  gefdje'ben. 

14.  ^rcfftC'ren  [chiefly  as  an  impers.]  :  preffiert'g  fo  ?  is  there  such  a 
hurry?  are  you  in  such  a  rush?  mtr  preffiert'g,  I  am  in  a  hurry ;  eg 
prefftert,  no  time  is  to  be  lost. 

15.  Sag  [m.,  -e],  (1)  day  {light)  :  eg  nrirb  — ,  day  is  dawning ;  bet 
— e,  by  daylight ;  6ei  bellem  — e,  in  broad  daylight ;  eg  nrirb  ftt)on  nod) 
an  ben  —  fommen,  it  will  come  to  light  some  time  or  other  ;  eg  liegt  am 
— e,  it  is  plain  {as  daylight),  evident.  (2)  day  {time) :  aKe  — e,  every  day  ; 
ben  lieben  langen  — ,  the  whole  livelong  day ;  bret  — e  btntereinanber, 
three  days  in  succession  ;  beute  liber  ad)!1  (toterjebn)  — e,  a  week  {two  weeks) 
from  to-day ;  beutjutage,  nowadays  ;  mein  Sebtag,  in  all  my  life,  as  long 
as  I  live;  nadjfter  — e,  one  of  these  days  ;  jmeimal  beg  — eg,  twice  a  day  ; 
eineg  — eg,  one  day,  some  day. 

1  „9ld}t  £age  ftnb  ein  alter  SluSbruc?  fiit  bte  SBodie,  tnbem  man  toon  ber  nenen 
3Botf)e  ben  erften  Xag  mitaa^It."  Gotzinger,  Reallexicon  der  deutschen  Alter- 
tiimer,  under  3aI)Ien. 


42  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

16.  tt&erle'gett,  turn  over  in  one's  mind,  reflect:  —  ©ie  fid)  bie  <Sad)e, 
think  the  matter  over ;  id)  (jabe  e$>  mtr  reiflirf)  Uberlegt,  I  reflected  upon 
it  carefully. 

17.  t)Orl)att'bett,  at  hand,  extant:  —  feitt,  exist ;  ift  nod)  etwaS  ba»on 

—  ?  is  there  any  of  it  left?  eg  ift  @efat)r  — ,  there  is  danger. 

18.  toefj,  (1)  adj.  and  adv.,  sore,  aching, painful :  fie  fyat  eittett  TOefyen 
<QCtl3,  she  has  a  sore  throat ;  e3  tut  einem  — ,  it  hurts,  or  pains,  one. 
(2)  interj.,  woe,  alas :  0  — !  «/aj  /  —  mtr  !  woe  is  me!  atf)  unb  —  fd)reien, 
lament,  wail. 

19.  511'bringen  [brad)te  —  gebrad)t],  employ,  spend,  pass  (of  time)  : 
tt)ie  bringt  er  feine  $ett  §U  ?  how  does  he  spend  his  time  ? 

20.  $u'fcf)ett  [ie;  a-e],  watch,  witness  (dat). 

21.  ,ynuei  'leu,  at  times,  now  and  then,  occasionally :  e§  ift  mil  fd)on 

—  pafftert,  bafj  id)  mid)  ganj  augigegeben  ^abe,  *  has  happened  occasion- 
ally that  I  spent  the  last  cent  I  had. 

Ubersetzen  Sic  folgendes : — 

1.  He  was  not  on  his  guard.  2.  One  must  be  on  his 
guard  with  you.  3.  Catch  him  doing  such  a  thing!  4.  I 
have  a  good  notion  not  to  let  him  pass  over  the  bridge. 
5.  What  do  they  take  pleasure  in  ?  6.  Tell  me  what  has 
happened.  7.  I  believe  that  something  has  happened  to 
them.  8.  What  could  happen  to  them  in  broad  daylight  ? 
9.  Why  are  you  in  such  a  hurry  ?  It  seems  to  me  at  times 
that  you  do  not  take  pleasure  in  anything  but  work.  10.  She 
is  in  a  hurry,  she  wants  (mocfyte)  to  go  home.  11.  Last  week 
it  rained  three  days  in  succession.  12.  In  all  my  life  I  never 
saw  anything  of  that  kind  (fo  ettt)a§).  13.  One  of  these  days 
I  shall  visit  you  in  the  country.  14.  Think  the  matter  over  ! 
15.  Two  weeks  from  to-day  I  shall  spend  a  few  hours  with 
you.  Don't  lament!  I  shall  not  stay  too  long.  16.  Have 
you  ever  watched  children  at  play  (beim  ©piel)  ?  17.  I  watch 
them  at  times  ;  I  often  spend  hours  doing  it  (bamit).  18.  The 
doctor  comes  to  visit  the  patient  almost  every  day.  19.  You 
ask  me  what  is  the  matter  with  me :  I  have  a  sore  throat 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  43 

and  my  head  hurts  me  too.  20.  It  is  very  plain  that  you 
have  taken  a  cold.  21.  That  can  happen  to  every  one. 
22.  What  has  become  of  the  apples  ?  are  there  any  left  (finb 
nod)  roeld)e  ttorfycmben)  ?  23.  How  will  you  spend  your  sum- 
mer vacation,  at  home  or  at  a  watering-place  (im  23abe)? 
24.  I  do  not  need  to  deliberate  very  long  about  that ;  I 
haven't  the  money  to  go  to  a  watering-place  (in§  S3ab). 


$imfte  <3j)redjulmttg 


§err  ^rofefjor,  roollen  6ie 
tm3  einen  ©efaKen  tun  ? 

©efyr  gem,  roenn'S  in meinen 
£raften  ftef)t. 

SBitte,  erHaren  ©te  un§  ben 
©ebraud)  ber  ^rapoftttonen. 

„2Benn  man  ben  2Bolf  nennt, 
fommt  er  gerennt."  3d)  ^attc 
namlidj  t)or,  3fyte  2Iufmerffam= 
fett  auf  bie  ^rapofitionen  ober 
SSorroorter  gu  rid)ten. 

$5a3  fbnnte  fid)  ja  md)t 
fdjoner  treffen.  §offentlid) 
roirb  e§  S^nen  geltngen,  2\6)t 
gu  fdjaffen. 

£>er  rtdjttge  ©ebraudj  ber 
SSorrobrter  ift  nid^t  im  §cmb= 
umbrefyen  abgemacfyt. 

£)a§  fonnen  wit  tm§  u>of)l 
einbilben. 

Reiner  5lnfid)t  nad)  lofynt  e§ 
fid),  bie  r»erfd)iebenen  Stften  ber 
^rapofitiqnen  auSroenbig  gu 
lemen.  $)amtt  ift  e§  aber  nod) 
nid)t  abgemadjt. 

i.  Was  fragten  die  Studenten  den  Lehrer?  2.  Was  war  seine  Ant- 
wort?  3.  Was  sollte  er  erklaren  ?  4.  Welches  Sprichwort  fiihrte  er 
an  ?     5.  Was  hatte  er  vor  ?     6.  Was  kann  man  sich  leicht  einbilden  ? 

44 


Professor,  will  you  do  us 
a  favor  ? 

Gladly,  if  it's  in  my  power. 

Please  explain  to  us  the 
use  of  the  prepositions. 

"  Speak  of  angels  and  you  '11 
hear  theirwings."  I  had  been 
planning  to  call  your  atten- 
tion to  the  prepositions. 

There  could  not  be  a  hap- 
pier coincidence.  I  hope  you 
will  succeed  in  letting  light 
into  dark  places. 

The  correct  use  of  prepo- 
sitions cannot  be  settled  off- 
hand. 

We  can  well  understand 
that. 

In  my  opinion  it  pays  to 
commit  to  memory  the  vari- 
ous lists  of  prepositions.  But 
even  that  is  not  enough. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


45 


2lu3r»enbig,lernen  tfi 
unfre  <5atf)e  md^t ;  roenigftenS 
icf)  ftnbe  e3  fdjroer. 

®ie  Siften,  bie  id)  Sfynen  cwf = 
gebe,  laffen  ftd)  etroaS  rfyntfymifd) 
fyerleiern.  9Jttt  bem  93er3maf$ 
mitffen  .©ie'S  rttd^t  fo  genau 
nefymen. 

£)a§  finb  rao^I  ed^te  „$erlen" 
ber  beutfcfyen  Siteratur. 

©nafsen  <5ie,  forriel  ©ie  rooI= 
len.  SDtefe  ^niittefoerfe  laffen 
ftd)  leister  bem  ©ebadjtms  ein= 
pragen  ate  alpfyabetifdje  Siften. 

®ermf$!  bamit  finb  rmr  iiber= 
eintjerftanben,  unb  obenbrein, 
rair  finb  3*men  fefyr  cerbunben. 

guerft  raollen  trjir  bie  ^ka= 
pofitionen,  bie  ben  ©enetio 
regieren,  burdjnefjmen.     Sllfo : 


Committing  to  memory  is 
not  our  forte  ;  at  least  I  find 
it  hard. 

The  lists  I  am  going  to  give 
you  can  be  reeled  off  in  a  sort 
of  rhythm.  Only  you  must 
not  be  too  particular  about 
the  meter. 

I  presume  the  lists  will  turn 
out  to  be  real  "gems"  of 
German  literature. 

Make  as  much  fun  of  them 
as  you  please.  Such  doggerel 
verses  are  fixed  in  the  mind 
more  easily  than  alphabetical 
lists. 

Of  course  they  are;  we 
quite  agree,  and,  what  is  more, 
we  are  greatly  obliged  to  you. 

To  begin  with,  let  us  run 
through  the  prepositions  that 
govern  the  genitive. 


Unroeit,  mittcIS(t),  fraft  unb  roa&=  Not  far  from,  by  means  of,  in 
renb,  virtue  of,  during, 

laut,  oermbge,  ungeacfotet,1  by  the  tenor  of,  by  dint  of,  not- 

withstanding, 

innerhalb  unb  aufjerfoalb,  inside  of  (within),  outside  of  (with- 

out), 

7.  Was  sagte  der  Schuler  iiber  das  Auswendiglernen  ?  8.  Wie  nannte 
er  die  Kniittel verse  ?  9.  War's  ihm  Ernst  damit  ?  10.  Was  latft  sich 
dem  Gedachtnis  leicht  einpragen  ?  11.  Welche  Vorwbrter  nahm  der 
Professor  zuerst  durch  ?      12.  Wiederholen  Sie  die  lange  Liste. 


1  Often  postpositive:  bc§  2Sater§  ungeadjtet,  the  father  notwithstanding. 


46 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


oberfialb  unb  unterfoalb, 

biesfeit(3),     jenfett(3),    ♦foalben,1 

*roegen, 
*foalber,2  *balb,3  *um  . . .  rmUen, 

ftati, 
flange,  tentlang,4  jufolge,  trofc, 

fte&en  mit  bem  ©enetitj. 
2)oa)  bei  biefen  lefcten  tneren 
f  ann  man  2)ath)e  fonftruieren. 

2Bie  gefagt,  ein  literarifcfceS 
9Jlei[tertt)er! ! 

5ftad)en  6ie  ftdj)  lufttg  barii= 
6er,  foutel  ©ie  rooHen.  SSir 
roollen  bie  Seilen  normal 
fyerfagen :  „Umt)ett,  mitiels" 
u.  f.  n).  —  ©o,  ba§  gefyt  gang 
orbentltdf). 

3a,  nid)t  voafyx  ? 

23ernarJ)laffigen  ©ie  ba§  ent= 
fnredjenbe  @nglifd)e  nidf)t. 

9tan,  genrifj  nid^t.  $)te 
Sifte,  obgleidfj   lang,  tft  ntd&t 


at  the  upper  end  of  (above),  at 
the  lower  end  of  (below), 

on  this  side,  on  that  side,  *for  the 
sake  of  (on  account  of),  instead 
of, 

falongside  of,  in  consequence  of, 

in  spite  of, 
stand  with  the  genitive. 
Yet  with  the  last  four 
the  dative  may  be  construed. 

I  told  you  the  verses  would 
be  a  literary  masterpiece  ! 

Laugh  at  them  as  much  as 
you  want  to.  Let  us  repeat 
the  lines  once  more  :  Unroett, 
etc.  There  !  that  goes  very 
nicely. 

Yes,  doesn't  it? 

Don't  neglect  the  corre- 
sponding English. 

No,  certainly  not.  The  list 
is  not  hard  even  if  it  is  long. 


13.  Was  ist  besonders  zu  bemerken  bei  „halben",  „wegen",  etc.?  bei 
„ungeachtet"  ?  14.  War  der  Lehrer  bose,  dafl  sich  die  Klasse  iiber  die 
Zeilen  lustig  machte  ? 

1  Always  postpositive.  With  the  genitive  of  a  personal  pronoun  hal&en, 
halber,  balb,  tuegen  and  (urn  .  . .)  toillen  become  enclitic,  the  pronouns  assuming 
the  forms  meinet=,  beinet=,  feinet=,  ifirct-,  unferet=,  euret=:  mcinetbalben,  etc. 

2  Postpositive ;  occurs  especially  with  nouns  used  without  the  article:  gefunb* 
bett3balbet,/0r  reasons  of  health. 

*  Especially  in  tueShalb,  beg&nlb,  wherefore,  therefore. 
4  When  postpositive,  it  governs  the  accusative :  ben  2Beg  (ba8  %al)  cntlang, 
along  the  road  (the  valley). 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  47 

fdjroer.     3$  fctmt  fie  je£t  fdjon  Even  now  I  know  it  almost 

faft  auStoertbig.  by  heart. 

SDaS     2BortgefUngel      fyilft         The  jingle  helps  one,  don't 

einem,  nid)t  ttmfyr  ?  you  think  ? 

Unbebingt !  To  be  sure  it  does  ! 

©oil  id)  nod)  eine  glangenbe         Shall  1   produce   another 

„tyexk"  fyeroorbringen  ?  bright  "gem  "? 

„SafJet   euer  £id)t   leudjten         "Let  your  light  shine  before 

oor    ben    SRenfc^en/'    fyetJ3t'3  men,"  the  Bible  says  some- 

irgenbtoo  in  ber  SBibel.  where. 

^rdgen    ©ie    btefe    3eilen         Then    fix    these  lines   in 

Sljrem  ©ebadjtniS  ein:  your  mind: 

©djretb:    mit,   nad},1   nebft,   bei,      Use  with  the  dative:  with,  after 
famt,  gemafj,2  (according  to),  together  with,  by 

(at,  near,  with),  together  with, 

conformably  to, 
non,  fett,  gu,  gegeniiber,2  nac&ft,         of  (from,  out  of),  since  (time),  to 

(at,  on),  opposite  to,  nearest  to, 
entgegen,2  au£er,  au3,  gunriber,8         toward(s),  out  of  (except),  out  of, 

contrary  (repellent)  to, 
Unb  birtnen  mit  bem  £>att»  nicber.      within  (time). 

9Men  Bit  fo  gut  fein,  btefe  Will  you  be  kind  enough 
Setlen  normal  ju  trjieber&olen?     to  repeat  these  lines  ?     . 

15.  Finden  Sie  es  leicht,  solche  Listen  auswendig  zu  lernen  ?  16.  Was 
hilft  einem  dabei  ?  1 7.  Welche  Bibelstelle  fiihrte  der  Student  an  ? 
18.  Bitte,  wiederholen  Sie  die  Vorworter,  die  mit  dem  Dative  gebraucht 
werden.  * 

1  Postpositive  when  meaning  according  to:  bem  <2$tei&en  natf),  to  judge  by 
the  -writing. 

2  Usually  postpositive :  bcm  Scfc^Ic  gemafj,  in  accordance  with  the  com- 
mand. 

s  Always  postpositive:  bcm  gefunbcn  9Utenfd)cnocrftanbe  juwibct,  against 
common  sense. 


48 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


9Jtit  SBergniigen:  „©cf)reib 
mtt,  nadj),  nebft"  u.  f.  ro.  3^id^t 
roafyr,  grdulein  9L,  ©ie  fonnen 
fie  mir  je£t  fyerfagen  ? 

9? —  netn,  nod)  ntdfjt ! 

9J?ad(jen  ©ie  boa>  ben  3Set= 
fuc^ !  gangen  Ste  gang  un- 
gentert  (zheniert*)  an ! 

(Sin  anbermal,  bitte. 

!Rurt  ja,  rcenn  <5ie  rooflen. 
2)iefe3  ©efltngel  Ibnnen  Ste 
Ietd)t  im  ^opfe  befyalten. 

Seiber  ift  bie  <&a<fye  bamit 
nidjt  abgemadht ! 

Urn  gu  lernen,  rate  bie  3Sor= 
roorter  gebraucfjt  roerben,  mug 
man  Slugen  unb  Dfyren  offen 
fyalten  unb  —  ©ebulb  fyaben. 
Urn  btefeS  gu  bemeifen,  entnefyme 
tdfj  etlidjje  Setfpiele  bem  2Bor= 
terbudfje.1 

bet.  (l.  Drt):  —  ber  tfirche; 
bie  <Sd)lad)t  —  Seipjig ;  —  £iftt)e 
fi^en ;  —  einem  ©lafe  28etn ;  nafie 

—  ber  &anb ;  —  £>ofe ;  —  Corner ; 

—  ber  ©att)e  bleiben ;  etro.  —  fttt) 
tragen;  biefe  $a»iere  rourben  — 
ihm  gefunben;  Unterria)t  —  int. 


With  pleasure:  ©Q^reib  mit, 
etc.  Miss  N.,  you  can  recite 
those  lines  now,  can  you  not  ? 

N —  no,  not  yet ! 
Oh,  but  try!    Pay  no  atten- 
tion to  anybody ! 

Please  let  me  do  it  some 
other  time. 

All  right,  if  you  prefer  to. 
You  can  keep  this  jingle  in 
your  mind  easily  enough. 

Unfortunately,  that  does 
not  settle  the  matter ! 

If  you  want  to  learn  how 
the  prepositions  are  used 
you  have  to  keep  your  eyes 
and  ears  open  and  —  to  be 
patient.  To  prove  this  I'll 
choose  a  few  examples  from 
the  dictionary. 

by.  (1,  place:  at,  near,  etc.): 
near  the  church ;  the  battle  of 
Leipzig ;  sit  at  table  ;  over  a  glass 
of  wine  ;  near  at  hand ;  at  court ; 
in  Homer  ;  stick  to  a  theme ;  carry 
something  with  one ;  thase  papers 
were  found  on  his  person  or  in  his 


19.  Was  bedeutet  „ungeniert"  ?  „ich  geniere  mich"  ?  20.  Womit  ist 
die  Sache  noch  nicht  abgemacht  ?  21.  Was  gehort  dazu,  den  Gebrauch 
der  Vorworter  zu  bewaltigen  (master)  ? 


1  Fliigel-Schmidt-Tanger  under  6ei. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


49 


nefimen ;  —  \m.  roofinen ;  —  ben 
foment ;  —  un3 ;  fid)  —  jm.  mel= 
ben;  —  jm.  anflopfen;  id)  fagte 
—  mir  felbft ;  —  ©ott  ift  nid&tS 
unmoglid)  u.  f.  to. 


(2.  3ett,  (Megenfieit,  Umftdm 
be) :  —  Xage ;  —  &ellem  £age;  — 
£id)te  befefoen;  —  ©iibroinb;  — 
offenem  $enfter;  —  Xobe^ftrafe; 
—  bem  jefctgen  ©tanbe  ber  SBiffen; 
fc&aft  u.  f.  to. 

(3.  im  Sefifce  con):  —  (Mb 
ober  flaffe ;  nid)t  —  tfaffe  fetn ;  — 
©innen  (—  SSerftanbe)  fein  u.  f.  to. 

(4.  SBeseidjnungen  unb  83eteu= 
erungen) :  —  ^amen  nennen ;  — 
meiner  ©eele ;  —  meiner  @fire ;  — 
£eibe  nid)t  u.  f.  to. 

§bren  ©ie  auf,  §err  ^ro= 
feffor!  ©ie  madden  un§  gang 
fonfu§. 

3$  mute  S^^n  .  natiirltd) 
nid)t  gu,  aKe  biefe  Skifpiele  im 
Kopfe  gu  befyalten. 

SRidjt  roafyr,  ba§  mare  gu  t>tel 
©erlangt  ? 

3a.  ©o  tnel  lann  idj  glmen 
md)t  gumuten.  $d)  fiil)rte  btefe 
SBeifptele  nur  an,  urn  gu  geigen, 
mie  mid)tig  biefeS  gauge  Sterna 
ift. 


lodging ;  take  lessons  ^/some  one ; 
live  atf  some  one's  house ;  among 
the  Romans;  with  us;  report  or 
announce  oneself  to  some  one ; 
knock  at  some  one's  door  ;  I  said 
to  myself ;  nothing  is  impossible 
with  God ;  etc. 

(2,  time,  circumstance):  by  day; 
in  broad  daylight ;  look  (at  a  thing) 
closely ;  the  south  wind  blowing ; 
the  window  being  open;  upon  pain 
of  death  ;  in  the  present  state  of 
science ;  etc. 

(3,  in  the  possession  of) :  flush 
(of  money);  be  short  (of  money); 
be  in  one's  right  mind  ;  etc. 

(4,  designations  and  assevera- 
tions) :  call  one  by  name ;  upon 
my  soul;  upon  my  honor;  by  no 
means;  etc. 

Stop,  professor !  you  are 
bewildering  us  completely. 

Of  course  I  do  not  expect 
you  to  keep  all  these  exam- 
ples in  mind. 

That  would  be  asking  too 
much,  would  it  not  ? 

Certainly.  I  cannot  ask 
so  much  of  you.  I  brought 
up  these  examples  merely  to 
show  you  how  important  the 
whole  subject  is. 


22.  Verstehen  Sie  jetzt,  wie  „bei"  gebraucht  wird  ?     23.  Weshalb 
fiihrte  der  Lehrer  die  vielen  Beispiele  an  ? 


50  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

(§3  ift  gotten  gelungen.  And  you  succeeded. 

Db  wit  e§  je  fertig  bringen,  Whether  we  can  ever  man- 

bie   SSorraotter  rid^tig   gu   ge=  age  to  use  the  prepositions 

braudjen,  ift  eine  anbere  Stage,  correctly    is    quite    another 

matter. 

2lugen,D()renoffenge^aIten!  Keep  your  eyes  and  ears 

3^ur©ebulb!  open!     Have  patience ! 

24.  Welchen  Rat  gab  er  den  Schulern  ? 
VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  ai\8f  (1)  out,  out  of:  foeben  fommt  man  —  ber  $irtf)e,  people  are 
just  coming  from  church  ;  —  ben  2lugen,  —  bem  ©inn,  out  of  sight,  out 
of  mind ;  — ber  2ftobe  fein,  be  out  of  fashion.  (2)  from  :  bie  SBorte 
famen  u)r  —  bem  feerjen,  the  words  came  from  her  heart ;  er  ftammt  — 
einer  alten  $amilte,  he  comes  from  an  old  family.  (3)  {made)  of:  in 
Slmerifa  toerben  triele  jQanfer  —  JqoIj  gebaut,  in  America  many  houses 
are  built  of  wood ;  roor —  toerben  <Stt)uE)e  gematt)t?  what  are  shoes  made 
of?  Cf.  also  :  mag  madjen  feme  @Item  —  t^m  ?  what  are  his  parents 
making  of  him  ?  toaS  nrirb  (ift . . .  geroorben)  —  if)t  ?  what  is  she  going  to 
be  {has  become  of  her)  ?  —  bit  totrb  nie  etloa3,  you  will  never  amount  to 
anything.  (4)  caused  or  occasioned  by,  from,  through:  —  Siebe  (§ajj, 
$urd)t,  9lot),from,  or  through,  love  {hatred,  fear,  distress). 

2.  au'fter,  (l)  out  of:  —  bem  &aufe,  out  of  doors ;  —  2Item,  out  of 

breath.  (2)  except,  besides:  aHe  —  mtr,  all  except  myself;  ber  9ftamt 
roar  —  fid)  nor  $reube  (<5d)recfen),  the  man  was  beside  himself  with  joy 
{fear). 

3.  bet,  cf.  p.  48  of  Spree hiibung. 

4-  Mtt'nen,  within :  —  atyt  Xagen,  within  a  week ;  —  einer  ©tnnbe, 

within  an  hour;  —  fur^em,  within  a  short  time. 

5.  ntU,  (1)  connection,  close  relation,  with,  by :  — einanber,  together, 
with  one  another  ;  atte  — einanber,  all  together.  (2)  condition  :  roaS  ift 
—  tfym  ?  what  is  the  matter  with  him  ?  e3  ift  au3  —  if)tn,  /'/  is  all  over 
with  him.  (3)  time  relations  :  —  ber  $eit,  in  time ;  —  jtoanjig  ^atyren, 
at  the  age  of  twenty.     (4)  manner  and  circumstance  :  —  einem  SJiale,  all 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  5  I 

at  once;  —  ber  $oft  (ber  ©ifenba^n)  anfommen,  arrive  by  mail  (by  rail); 

—  QUtem  ©enriffetl,  with  a  good  conscience.  (5)  with  adjs.  or  verbs: 
jufrteben  —  etro.  fein,  be  satisfied  with  something ;  —  etro.  anfangen 
(auftjoren),  begin  (stop)  with  something.  (6)  adverbially,  jointly,  simul- 
taneously, together :  — efjett,  sit  down  to  dinner  with  others,  join  others  in 
eating;  — Qefyetl,  go  along ;  — jtttgen,  join  in  singing ;  etc. 

6.  ttUd),  (1)  direction,  to,  towards:  —  25eutfrf)lanb,  to  Germany ;  — 
alien  9iitf)tungen,  in  every  direction ;  —  £>aitfe,  home(wards) ;  —  ber 
©tabt,  to  town,  into  town.  (2)  goal,  aim,  for :  —  bem  Slrjte  fd)tcfen,  send 
for  the  doctor ;  —  bem  SBogelttefte  Icmgett,  reach  for  the  bird's  nest. 
(3)  time  relations,  after: —  beenbetem  ®otte£>bienft,  after  church;  — 
bem  ©ffen,  after  dinner  ;  —  ©id)t,  after  sight.     (4)  sequence  :  ber  SReit)e 

—  (or  ettt£>  —  bem  Ctttbem),  one  after  the  other,  seriatim.  (5)  conformity, 
after,  by,  according  to :  —  bem,  TOCtio  id)  f)5re,  according  to  what  I  hear  ; 
ctllem  2lnfd)eine  — ,  to  judge  by  appearances ;  —  meiner  U^r,  by  my 
watch;  fetnem  2lnfef)en  — ,  to  judge  by  his  looks;  jn.  bem  ^ctmen  — 
fenrtert,  know  some  one  by  name ;  ber  Jlegel  — ,  as  a  rule ;  —  meittem 
©eftt)macf,  to  my  taste.  (6)  adverbially,  behind,  after :  mir  —  !  follow 
me  I  —  unb  — ,  little  by  little,  gradually ;  —  ttrie  t)0r,  as  before. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

i.  Mrs.  N.  is  going  to  Germany  next  summer.  2.  What 
do  you  think  of  the  proverb,  "  Out  of  sight,  out  of  mind?" 
3.  Your  hat  is  out  of  fashion  ;  for  propriety's  sake  (anftcmbS- 
fjalber)  you  ought  to  get  a  new  one.  4.  That  advice  comes 
from  the  depth  of  your  heart.  5.  You  know,  of  course,  that 
she  comes  of  an  old  family,  one  of  the  very  best  in  New 
England.  6.  I  wonder  what  has  become  of  her.  7.  A  little 
old  mill  stood  just  below  the  bridge.  8.  For  Heaven's  sake  ! 
what  is  up  now  ?  9.  What  has  happened  during  my  absence 
(Stbroefenheit)  ?  10.  I  tell  you,  dear  friend,  I  was  beside  my- 
self with  joy  when  they  told  me  that  I  could  (forme)  go  to 
America,  n.  I  can  say  with  a  good  conscience  that  I  have 
never  yet  stolen  anything.  12.  Not  even  apples  ?  You  are 
satisfied  with  yourself,  (as)  I  see.  13.  Sit  down  and  take 
dinner  with  us.     14.  Will  you  not  come  along?  the  park  is 


52  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

not  far  from  the  river.  15.  Well,  yes,  for  all  I  care  (meinet= 
roegen),  but  I  must  not  stay  too  long.  16.  I  am  going  home 
now;  will  you  come  along?  17.  When  we  attacked  the 
enemy,  he  fled  in  all  directions.  18.  Where  shall  we  go 
after  dinner?  19.  Go?  To  all  appearances  it  is  going  to 
rain  this  afternoon.  We  had  better  stay  (bleiben  lieber)  at 
home.  20.  Inside  of  one's  four  walls  one  is  out  of  danger. 
21.  Is  my  dress  according  to  your  taste?  22.  What  time 
is  it  now  by  your  watch  ?  According  to  mine  it  is  half  past 
ten.  23.  I  know  from  my  own  experience  (ctu§  eigener 
©rfafyrung)  how  hard  it  is  to  learn  things  by  heart. 

B 

7.  ttb'ttg,  necessary:  burchcntiS — ,  absolutely  necessary;  e§  ift  md)t 
— ,  there  is  no  need ;  etto.  (ace.)  —  Ijaben,  be,  or  stand,  in  need  of  some- 
thing;  etro.  (ace.)  fitr  —  hctlten,  regard  something  as  necessary. 

8.  fdjttrie'rtjj,  difficult,  hard:  eine  — e  ^rcige,  a  difficult  question  or 
matter ;  ba3  <5d)toterigfte  haben  ©ie  jefct  Winter  ftcb,  the  worst  is  now 
over  {for  you). 

9.  fctt,  since:  —  TOCttttt  ?  since  when  ? —  ettttgett  %a$en,for  the  last 
few  days  ;  —  einiger  3eit,  for  some  time  past. 

10.  treffen  [i;  a-o],  (l)  hit,  strike:  in3  ©cfotoarse  — ,  hit  the  mark 
(lit.  the  black  center  in  the  target) ;  ©ie  haben'6  getroffett,  you  struck  it. 
(2)  meet,  find:  jn.  auf  ber  ©trajje  — ,  meet  some  one  on  the  street ;  bet 
S3rief  traf  mid)  in  23.,  the  letter  reached  me  in  B.  (3)  refl.  impers., 
chance,  happen:  e3  trifft  fid)  ja  gatt3  nett,  it  chances  very  nicely  ox  just 
right. 

11.  Don,  (1)  answering  the  question  "whence",  of ,  from  :  — alien 
(Seiten,  from  all  sides;  —  auften  (innen,  oben,  unten,  fitnten,  corn), 
from  without  [within,  above,  below,  behind,  before  or  in  front);  — toeitem, 
from  a  distance  ;  —  TOO  <XU%r  (starting)  from  which  point,  ox  from  whence  ; 
griifcen  ©ie  ihrt  —  mir,  give  him  my  regards  ;  e§  roar  bumm  —  bir,  it 
was  stupid  in  you ;  bein  93rief  oom  1.  b.  2JJ.  (erften  biefe^  WlonatZ) ,  your 
letter  of  the  1st  inst.  (2)  corresponding  to  genitive  constructions,  of: 
eine  £otf)ter  —  mir,  one  of  my  daughters,  or,  also,  a  daughter  of  mine  ; 
bet  3<VT  —  ^ujjlctnb,  the  Czar  of  Russia.  (3)  in  other  modifying  (noun 
or  adjective)   phrases,  of,  by:   flein  —  ^Serfon,  small  of  size ;  —  JQ0I3 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  53 

(©tctljl,    ©tfett,    etc.),   of  wood   {steel,   iron,  etc.);  —  ©eburt,   by  birth. 

(4)  with  agent  in  passive  constructions,  by :  —  jm.  gef e&en  tnerbett,  be 
seen  by  some  one.  (5)  concerning,  about :  t\l  f annft  —  ©littf  rebett,  you 
may  consider  yourself  lucky.  (6)  in  connection  with  verbs  :  —  roem 
fiaben  ©ie  bag  gefauft  (geborgt,  etc.),  of  whom  did  you  buy  (borrow, 
etc.)  that? 

12.  Jit,  (1)  place  relations,  to,  at,  in,  by:  icfi  gefoe  —  Sett,  I  go  to  bed ; 

—  SBoben  fallen,  fall  to  the  floor,  fall  down  ;  —  Sjbatlfe,  at  home  ;  — V 
$irc&e  (©ajule)  geben,  go  to  church  (school) ;  —  £ija)e  fifcen,  sit  at  the 
table  ;  —  93uff  alo,  at  B. ;  —  ebtter  @rbe,  on  the  ground  floor  ;  —  SBaffer 
unb  —  Sanb,  by  water  and  by  land;  etro.  — m  $enfter  bmaugroerfen, 
throw  something  out  through  the  window.     (2)  time  relations,  at,  on : 

—  Dftern,  at  Easter  ;  —  9Kittag  fpeifen  (or  effen),  dine,  eat  the  noonday 
meal ;  —  geitett,  at  &***.     (3)  purpose,  end,  for,  to:  tun  ©ie  eg  ttttr 

—  ©efallen,  do  it  to  please  me  ;  SBaffer  — m  £rtttfen,  water  for  drinking; 
eg  tft  — ttt  Xotlacfeen,  /'/  is  funny  enough  to  kill  (a  cat).  (4)  equivalent  of 
an  objective  gen.,  to,  of:  Siebe  —  ©ott,  love  to  God ;  Suft —  eitter  ©atf)e, 
desire,  or  liking,  for  a  thing ;  ber  <Sd)lilffel  — m  i£aug,  the  key  to  the  house. 

(5)  manner,  way :  — r  9tot,  in  case  of  need  or  necessity ;  — m  erften 
(3tt)eiten,  britten,  etc.)  Wial(e),  for  the  first  (second,  third,  etc.)  time; 
— m  ©liicf,  fortunately,  luckily;   —  $UJ3  (;$ferb),  afoot  (on  horseback). 

(6)  with  verbs,  to,  at,  about:  —  ettt).  lacftett,  laugh  at  something ;  jn.  — ttt 
'profeffor  Cprdftbentett)   ertndljlen,  elect  some  one  professor  (president). 

(7)  before  inf.,  to:  eg  ftebt —  boffen,  it  is  to  be  hoped;  wag  gibt'g — 
tUtt  (fehen,  borett,  efjett,  etc.),  what  is  there  to  do  (see,  hear,  eat,  etc.)  ; 
ofine  eg  —  nrifjen,  without  knowing  it ;  anftatt  etro.  banon  —  fagen, 
instead  of  saying  anything  about  it.  (8)  adverbially,  (a)  in  the  direction 
of:  er  fontmt  auf  mitf)  — ,  he  comes  toward  me ;  immer  — !  go  on  I  go 
ahead!  (b)  too:  eg  tat  ibr  gar —  raeb,  it  pained  her  entirely  too  much, 
(c)  shut,  close:  macbe  bag  $enfter  (bie  Slugen,  etc.)  — ,  close  the  window 
(the  eyes,  etc.). 

Ubersetzeti  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  You  may  consider  yourself  lucky  to  live  where  your 
children  can  go  to  school.  2.  When  I  am  at  home  I  go  to 
bed  at  ten  o'clock.  3.  Do  you  consider  it  necessary  to 
borrow  money  from  them  ?  4.  The  king  of  England  is  also 
emperor  of  India.     5.  Since  when  is  Mr.  N.  in  the  city?  I 


54  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

met  him  this  afternoon  on  the  street ;  I  recognized  (erfennen) 
him  at  a  distance.  6.  Your  letter  of  the  ioth  inst.  reached 
me  at  F.  7.  It  was  very  stupid  in  me  to  leave  (the)  town 
without1  saying  anything  about  it.  8.  Is  there  any  water 
to  drink?  9.  I  shall  come  home  at  Easter;  then  we  shall 
all  sit  together  at  the  table.  10.  I  have  a  fine  room  on  the 
fourth  floor  ((Stotf,  m.),  whence  I  can  look  over  the  park  and 
the  river.  11.  My  best  friend  is  a  German  by  birth ;  what 
do  you  think  of  that?  12.  They  are  now  at  the  table. 
13.  Of  whom  did  you  buy  your  wheel?  14.  Have  you 
closed  the  windows  and  doors?  15.  It  is  going  to  rain  ; 
we  must  close  the  windows.  16.  Who  is  that  coming 
towards  us?  17.  Give  him  my  best  regards.  Of  course,  I 
know  that  congratulations  (©ludftt)urtfd)e)  come  to  him  from 
all  sides.  18.  I  hurt  her  without  knowing  it.  19.  Instead 
of  going  home  and  to  bed  early,  they  stayed  until  after  mid- 
night. What  do  you  say  to  that  ?  20.  At  church  one  prays 
"for  all  travelers  by  water  and  by  land."  21.  Can  you  not 
dine  with  us?  Please  do  so  to  please  my  wife.  22.  It  is 
funny  enough  to  kill  a  cat  to  hear  him  tell  what  happened 
to  him  on  his  way  home.  23.  In  1900  Mr.  Roosevelt  was 
(ttmrbe)  elected  vice-president  of  the  United  States ;  in 
1904,  president. 

1  Cf.  P.  74. 


©ed)fte  S^redjit&Mtjj 


Sfyre  (SrHdrungen  uber  bte 
^rdpofition  unb  bie  t)telen 
SBetfpiele,  bie  ©ie  anfitfyrten, 
fyaben  mir  gefyolfen,  §err  $ro= 
feffor. 

SJttr  fefyr  angenehm.  SSomit 
fann  itf)  fyeute  btenen  ? 

@§  faEt  etnem  mandjmal 
fdjroer  gu  entfcfyeiben,  too  e§ 
am  meiften  fehJt. 

2Bare  e§  3()nen  tnelleidfjt 
red)t,  roenn  idj  ben  ©enetiu  unb 
ben  $)atit)  nodj)  ndher  befpradje? 

fIRir  tuu'rbe  bag  paf[en. 

Wlxx  autf). 

Un§  alien,  id^  uerjttf)ere  ©te. 

£)iefem  2Bin!e  muf$  idj  roofyl 
f olgen  (golge  leiften) .  §offent= 
ltd£)  fann  id)  %t)ner\  nodj)  bef)tlf= 
Itdj)  fein. 


Your  explanations  of  the 
preposition,  and  the  many- 
examples  you  cited,  helped 
me  a  great  deal,  professor. 

I  am  glad  to  hear  it.  In 
what  way  can  I  be  of  service 
to  you  to-day? 

It  is  often  hard  to  decide 
where  help  is  most  needed. 

I  wonder  if  you  wouldn't 
like  to  have  me  discuss  the 
genitive  and  the  dative  more 
in  detail. 

It  would  suit  me. 

And  me,  too. 

It  would  suit  all  of  us,  I 
assure  you. 

I  must  follow  out  your 
suggestion.  I  hope  I  can 
be  of  further  assistance  to 
you. 


i.  Was  hat  der  Klasse  geholfen  ?  2.  Welche  Antwort  gab  der 
Lehrer  ?  3.  Ubersetzen  Sie  :  in  what  way  can  I  be  at  your  service  ? 
4.  Wissen  Sie  immer,  wo  es  Ihnen  im  Deutschen  fehlt  ?  5.  Was  wiirde 
der  Klasse  passen  ? 

55 


56 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


£)ct3  trauen  roir  Sfynen  un- 
bebingt  gu.  ©ie  fyaben  un3 
fdjon  fo  t)iel  gefyolfen,  un3 
fdjon  fo  manges  erflart,  bafc 
roir  un3  gang  unb  gar  auf  ©ie 
oerlaffen. 

3n  einer  SBegiefyung  tft  mir 
3fyr  33ertrauen  fet)r  angenefym, 
unb  bod)  .  .  .  -JBtffen  ©te,  tdf) 
roei£  aud)  ntd)t  tmmer,  roo  am 
metften  nad^ufyelfen  tft. 

9Jltr  fdjeint  e§  mancfymal,  al3 
fefyle  e§  un3  liberal!. 

£)artn  lann  id)  3^)n^n  nid)t 
red)t  geben.  ©te  roiffen  nid)t, 
roieoiel  id)  Qfynen  gutraue.  ©ie 
antroortenmir  ja  fo  fd)bn,  roenn 
id)  ©ie  btefeg  ober  jene§  frage. 

©ie  rootten  un3  9flut  etn= 
foremen;  nun  ja,  ba3  gletcfyt 
Sfynen  gang  unb  gar. 

2Bogu  ift  man  ntdjt  fafytg, 
roenn  man  ben  3JJut  bagu 
£>at!? 

3a,  barin  mufc  id)  Stynen 
beiftimmen. 


We  have  every  confidence 
in  your  ability  to  do  that. 
You  have  already  helped  us 
so  much,  and  explained  so 
many  things,  that  we  rely 
entirely  upon  you. 

In  one  way  your  trust  in 
me  is  very  pleasant,  and  yet 
—  do  you  know  —  I  am  not 
always  sure  myself  where 
the  most  help  should  be 
given. 

It  seems  to  me  sometimes 
as  if  we  were  weak  on  every- 
thing. 

I  cannot  agree  with  you 
there.  You  do  not  know 
how  much  confidence  I  have 
in  you.  Why,  you  answer 
me  so  nicely  when  I  ask 
you  this  or  that. 

You  wish  to  encourage  us; 
very  well,  that  is  just  like 
you. 

There  is  nothing  one  can- 
not do,  if  one  only  has  the 
courage. 

True  !  I  believe  as  you 
do  about  that. 


6.  Weshalb  hatten  die  Studenten  so  viel  Zutrauen  zum  Lehrer  ? 
7.  Was  sagte  er  zu  diesem  Vertrauensvotum  ?  8.  Wie  schien  die  Lage 
der  Dinge  einem  Studenten  ?  9.  War  der  Herr  N.  damit  einverstanden  ? 
Was  sagte  er?     10.  Weshalb  tat  er  das ? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


57 


2Bie  geftiKt  3#nen  bag  beut= 
f$e  ©prtdj)trjort :  „2Bem  nid^t 
§u  raten  ift,  bem  ift  aud)  nid^t 
gu  fyelfen"  —  §aben  ©ie  eg 
nod)  me  gefyort? 

;iftein,  eg  ifi  mtr  nic&t  be= 
fannt.  3$  fann  meinem  $e= 
bacbtmg  fo  giemltdt)  trauen ;  bod) 
bag  ©pridhroort  ift  tnir  fremb. 

£>od)  bag :  „9iad)  bem  SRegen 
fdjeint  bie  ©onne"  unb  „2Iug 
bem  SHegen  in  bie  Xraufe"  ift 
3fynen  fcfyon  $u  Dfyren  ge= 
fommen  ? 

9lein,  bodj)  nerftefye  idj  beibe. 
9?aturlic& !  ©iemitfien  3{)nen 
leicht  oorfommen. 
9hir  md)t  gefdimeidjelt ! 

2Beg&aIb  fottic  iti)  SImen 
fd)meid)eln?  ©ie  biirfen  mir 
glauben,  bag  tue  tdj)  me. 

©inb  ©ie  Sfctet  ©adfje  ganj 
ftcber  ? 

©ang. 


How  does  the  German 
proverb  strike  you  :  2Sem 
nid)t,  etc.  ("They  that  will 
not  be  counseled  cannot  be 
helped  ")  ?  Have  you  never 
heard  it  ? 

No,  I  am  not  acquainted 
with  it.  I  can  trust  my  mem- 
ory fairly  well ;  but  I  don't 
think  I  ever  heard  the  saying. 

Yet  you  have  heard  sJ?acfe 
bem  9tegen,  etc.  ("  After  rain 
comes  fair  weather ")  and 
Slug  bem  3ftegen,  etc.  ("Out  of 
the  frying-pan  into  the  fire"), 
have  you  not  ? 

No,  but  I  understand  both. 

Of  course  you  do  !  they 
must  seem  easy  to  you. 

Whatever  you  do,  don't 
flatter  us  ! 

Why  should  I  flatter  you  ? 
I  never  do  that,  you  may  be- 
lieve me. 

Are  you  quite  sure  ? 

Quite. 


ii.  Was  halten  Sie  von  den  drei  Sprichwortern,  die  in  der  heutigen 
Ubung  vorkommen  ?  12.  Wiederholen  Sie  alle  drei,  bitte.  13.  Welche 
englischen  entsprechen  diesen  ?  1 4.  Was  bedeutet  das  Wort :  Schmeichel- 
katzchen  ?  1 5.  Hat  man  es  gern,  wenn  man  einem  schmeichelt  ?  16.  Wer 
sagt :  "  But  when  I  tell  him  he  hates  flatterers,  he  says  he  does,  being 
then  most  flattered  "  ?     17.  Sind  Sie  Ihrer  Sache  ganz  sicher  ? 


58 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


©ie  giirnen  mir  bodfj  nidjt, 
§err  ^Srofeffor  ?  @£  rodre  faum 
ber  9Jtufye  roert,  bofe  auf  mid)  gu 
fein. 

3lmen  bofe  fein?  —  baoon  ifi 
feine  9ftebe. 

(©tubcnt  fur  fid).)  @g  gefd)iel)t 
mir  red[)t;  e§  ftel)t  (befommt) 
etnem  ©filler  fd)led)t,  fold^e 
SluSbriitfe  fetrtem  Secret  gegen= 
tiber  gu  gebraudfjen. 

©ie  braudjen  ftd)  beffen  gar 
nid)t  $u  fd)dmen.  SBebienen 
©ie  fid)  ber  SluSbritdfe,  bie 
Sfynen  gelduftg  finb.  9Jftr  fon= 
nen  ©ie  leinen  grofjeren  ©e= 
fallen  tun. 

3d)  banfe  gljnen  fyerglidj); 
©ie  finb  fefyr  freunblid).  2Bir 
oerbanfen  Sfynen  fd)on  fo  oiel. 

@3  ift  aHe§  gem  gefct)et)en ; 
bag  braud)e  id)  ^Ijnen  faum  $u 
oerfid)ern.  —  ©agen  ©ie  mir 
mal :  roaren  ©ie  fd)on  in  einer 
beutfcHutfyerifc^en^ird&e,  wenn 
bie  Sitanei  oerlefen  rourbe  ? 
finb  ©ie  fd)on  ba  geroefen, 
§err  3M 

9hir  einmal;  id)  erinnere 
mid)     aber     befonberg     einer 


You  are  not  provoked  at 
me,  are  you  ?  It  would  not 
be  worth  while  to  be  angry 
with  me. 

Be  angry  with  you  ?  —  that 
is  out  of  the  question. 

(Student  to  himself.)      It    Serves 

me  right  ;  it  is  n't  becoming 
to  a  pupil  to  use  such  expres- 
sions to  a  teacher. 

You  need  not  be  ashamed 
of  that.  Use  the  expres- 
sions that  are  familiar  to 
you.  You  cannot  do  me  a 
greater  favor. 

Thank  you  heartily.  You 
are  more  than  kind.  We  owe 
you  so  much  already. 

I  have  done  it  all  very 
gladly ;  I  scarcely  need 
to  assure  you  of  that.  — 
Tell  me :  were  you  ever  in 
a  German-Lutheran  church 
when  the  Litany  was  read  ? 
have  you  ever  been  there, 
Mr.  N.  ? 

Only  once.  I  remember 
one    phrase    that    occurred 


1 8.  Wie  ermutigte  der  Lehrer  die  Schiiler?  19.  Gehen  Sie  zuweilen 
in  die  deutsche  Kirche  ?  20.  Fallt's  Ihnen  schwer,  den  Ffarrer  zu 
verstehen  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


59 


28enbung,  bie  fo  oft  forfam, 
tttimltcfy :  „§err,  §err,  erbarme 
bid)  unfet!" 

2Juf  biefe  9Benbung  fyatte  tdfj 
eS  eben  abgefefyen.  9ftan  er= 
barmt  fid),  §.  33.,  etneg  $tnbe3, 
ober  eineS  2lrmen.  2).  f).,  man 
nimmt  jtdj  fetner  an,  man  fytlft 
tfym,  man  ftefyt  ifym  bet.  — 
(Srtnnern  6te  fid)  beg  Series, 
iiber  ben  ber  §err  ^Paftor  pre= 
bigte? 

31 —  nein  .  .  .  etroaS  iiber 
bag  ©id)freuen,  glaube  itf). 

SDodj)  ni<$)t :  „greut  eud)  be§ 
SebenS,  roeil  nodj)  bag  2amp= 
djjen  gliit)t"  ?  ba§  ift  \a  ein 
©tubentenlieb. 

2lf),  je£t  faat'8  mir  ein: 
„greuet  eudfj  mit  ben  gri% 
lichen  unb  roeinet  mit  ben 
SSeinenben."  3d)  entftnne 
midj)  ber  SSorte  gang  beutlid). 

©ie  fyaben  aber  ein  gut  ©e= 
bd($tni§.  3Son  Sett  gu  Sett 
foUten  ©ie  btefeS  unb  jeneS 
auSmenbtg  lernen. 

©a§  tun  mir  audjj.  3df) 
fenne,  g.  33.,  §eine§  „&>relei" 


especially  often  :  §err,  §err, 
etc.  ("  Lord,  have  mercy  upon 
us")! 

I  had  that  very  phrase 
in  mind.  One  erbarmt  ftdj, 
etc.  ("  takes  pity,  e.g.,  on 
a  child  or  a  poor  person. 
I.e.,  one  takes  an  interest 
in  him,*  one  helps  him,  one 
assists  him  ").  —  Do  you  re- 
member the  text  from  which 
the  minister  preached  ? 

N —  no  .  .  .  something 
about  rejoicing,  I  think. 

Surely  not  from  greut  eu<fy, 
etc.  ("  Delight  in  life  so  long 
as  the  lamp  holds  out")  ?  that 
is  a  student-song. 

Ah,  now  I  recollect  it: 
greuet  eud),  etc.  ("Rejoice 
with  them  that  do  rejoice, 
and  weep  with  them  that 
weep").  I  remember  the 
words  very  plainly. 

You  have  a  good  memory. 
You  ought  to  learn  a  few 
things  by  heart  every  now 
and  then. 

But  we  do  that.  I  know, 
for  instance,  Heine's  Lorelei 


21.  Welches  Gebot  steht  in  der  Bibel  betreffs  der  Frohlichen  und 
der  Weinenden  ?  22.  Was  fur  deutsche  Lieder  haben  Sie  schon  aus- 
wendig  gelernt?     23.  Welchen  Rat  gab  der  Lehrer  den  Schulern  ? 


6o 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


unb  ©oet^es  „®er  gifd&er. " 
SDie  finb  pradjtooll. 

3a,  eg  lofynt  fid),  fold&e 
ed)ten  ^erlen  bem  ©ebad&tnis 
eingupragen.  —  @rft  fiirglid) 
fam  mir  ©ilrng  „Merfeelen" 
in  bie  §anbe.  2Benn'3  g^ncn 
lieb  ift,  fo  lefe  id)  eg  oor. 

3a,  bitte,  tun  ©ie  bag ! 


and  Goethe's  Der  Fischer. 
They  are  magnificent. 

It  certainly  pays  to  fix 
such  genuine  gems  in  the 
mind.  —  Only  lately  Gilm's 
Al/erseelen("  All  Souls'  Day") 
came  into  my  hands.  I'll 
read  it  if  you  like. 

Yes,  please  do  ! 


3ltterfeelen 

©tell'  auf  ben  Sifd)  bie  buftenben  sJtefeben, 
2)te  le^ten  roten  Slftern  trag'  fyerbei, 
Unb  lafj  ung  rcieber  ©on  ber  Siebe  reben 
SBie  einft  im  2Kai. 

<&ib  mir  bie  £mnb,  bafj  to)  fie  freunblitf)  briicfe, 
Unb  roenn  man'g  fiefyt,  mir  tft  eg  enter lei ; 
©ib  mir  nur  einen  beiner  fufcen  Slide 
2Bie  einft  im  2Kai. 

@g  blitfjt  unb  funfelt  tyeut'  auf  jebem  ©rabe, 
©in  Sag  im  ^aljre  ift  ben  Xoten  frei ; 
$omm'  an  mein  $ers,  bafj  id)  bio)  mieber  fyabe, 
2Cie  einft  im  2J?at. 


$)ag  ift  nrirflid)  prad)ttg. 
■JBoHen  ©ie  ung  einen  ©efallen 
tun,  fo  fd)reiben  ©ie'g  auf  bie 
SSanbtafel,  fo  bafj  roir'S  afc 
fdjreiben  lonnen. 

@g  foil  gefdjefyen. 

$)anfe  befteng. 


That  is  really  splendid. 
If  you  wish  to  do  us  a  favor, 
please  put  it  on  the  board 
so  that  we  can  copy  it. 


24.  Bitte,   wiederholen 
Fischer" ;    Heines  „Lorelei 


It  shall  be  done. 
iThank  you  very  much. 

Sie    Gilms    „Allerseelen" ;    Goethes    „Der 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


61 


2Ber  won  ^\)mn  roiU  e§  ctu3= 
roenbig  lemen  fiirg  nacbjie 
Ski! 

3*. 

3$  aud). 

©ut.  2)amt  roenn  nod)  je= 
manb  bie  „2orelet"  nrieberfyolt 
unb  melletcfyt  jemanb  embers 
hen  „5ifd)er",  fo  fyaben  rair 
ein  auSgeseicfyneteg  $rogramm. 
2llfo,  abieu. 

Slbieu,  §err  ^rofeffor. 


Which  one  of  you  will 
learn  it  for  next  time  ? 

I. 

So  will  I. 

Very  well.  Then  if  some 
one  else  will  repeat  the 
Lorelei  and  still  another  one 
the  Fischer,  we  shall  have 
an  excellent  programme. 
Good-bye,  then. 

Good-bye. 


This  translation  was  made  by  Miss  May  Chamberlain,  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Nebraska. 


ALL  SOULS'  DAY 

Place  on  the  board  the  asters'  crimson  glory, 
The  last  sweet  mignonette,  too,  bring  to-day ; 
And  let  us  of  our  love  retell  the  story 
As  once  in  May 

Give  me  thy  hand ;  I  'd  clasp  it,  closely  pressing, 
And  should  they  see,  I  care  not  what  they  say. 
Show  me  but  once  thy  glance's  fond  caressing 
As  once  in  May. 

On  every  grave  rests  flower  or  wreath  as  token 
That  once  each  year  we  give  our  dead  this  day 
Come  to  my  heart,  that  love's  joy  be  unbroken 
As  once  in  May. 


62  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


The  following  are  among  the  more  common  adjectives  which 
require  a  genitive  complement  as  an  equivalent  of  the  English  of 
construction.  Notice  that  in  German  the  adjective  follows  its 
complement:  ber  <Sad)e  miibe,  tired  of  the  affair,  feiner  ©aa)e  geroifj 
fein,  be  sure  of  one's  case,  etc. 

i.  an'ftdjttg :  einer  ©arf)e  —  roerben,  get  sight  of  something. 

2.  fcebiirftig,  needy,  in  need  of. 

3.  fai)t{J  [also  with  gu  and  dat.],  capable,  ft:  ju  allem  —  fein,  capable 
of  anything. 

4.  gettmfjr/  [also  with  ace],  aware:  jn. — roerben,  notice,  or  see, some  one. 

5.  gettnfj',  sure,  certain:  feiner  ©ad^e  —  fein,  be  sure  of  one's  case 
{position,  view). 

6.  ftttt'btg,  experienced,  skillful:  einer  ©adje  —  fein,  be  posted  as  to 
something. 

7.  [o§  [more  commonly  with  ace,  or  DOtt  and  dat.;  cf.  p.  30],  rid, 
free :  ettt).  —  roerben,  get  rid  of  something. 

8.  madj'ttg  :  einer  ©aaje  —  fein  (roerben),  have  (get)  the  mastery  of  a 

thing. 

9.  Ittit'be,  tired,  weary:  juttt  Utttf alien  — ,  tired  to  death;  er  tft  e§ 
(really  an  old  gen.)  — ,  he  is  tired  of  it. 

10.  fait,  sated,  weary,  satisfied:  effen  ©te  ftdj  — ,  eat  plenty,  eat  your 
fill ;  ftdj  —  an  ettt).  (dat.)  fefyen,  look  at  something  to  one's  heart's  content. 

11.  fdjul'btg,  (1)  guilty  :  fttf} — befennen,  plead  guilty.  (2)  indebted, 
owing  (this  meaning  requires  the  ace):  nrietriel  bin  tdj — ?  how  much 
do  I  owe  ?  btft  bu  tfym  etroag  —  ?  do  you  owe  him  anything? 

12.  ffdjer,  sure,  safe :  f)ter  ift  man  beg  SebenS  nidjt  — ,  here  one's  life 
is  in  danger. 

13.  tt»ert,  worth,  deserving:  e3  tft  tttd^t  ber  2HiU)e — ,  /'/  is  not  worth  the 
trouble,  or  worth  mentioning ;  fie  ift  eg  (old  gen.)  — ,  she  is  worthy  of  it. 

Their  compounds  with  tin  (un=faf)t8,  =geroifj,  =funbig,  ^jd^ulbig, 
=ftd)er,  =roert)  are  construed  in  the  same  way. 

The  following  are  the  more  common  adjectives  construed  with 
the  simple  dative  where  English  usually  has  to: 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  63 

14.  afjlt'Itdj,  similar,  like:  jm.  —  feljett,  resemble  some  one ;  bag  fteljt 
ifyttl  — ,  that's  just  like  him. 

15.  utiytwttyto, pleasant,  agreeable:  eg  roirb  (roiirbe)  ung  feljr —  feitt, 

we  shall  {should)  be  very  glad. 

16.  fccfamtt',  known,  acquainted:  mir  ift  ttidjtg  baoott — ,  I  do  not 
know  anything  about  it,  I  have  no  knowledge  of  it. 

17.  frequent',  convenient,  comfortable:  eg  fid)  —  tttaajett,  make  oneself 
at  home  or  comfortable  ;  roetttt  eg  bir  —  ift,  jf  it  suits  you,  if  it  is  con- 
venient for  you  ;  —  roofynen,  be  comfortably  lodged. 

18.  battfOfir,  thankful,  grateful. 

19.  fremb,  unknown,  strange:  ©ie  fittb  tttir  — ,  you  are  a  stranger  to 
me  ;  —  tlttt,  act  surprised,  assume  a  surprised  air. 

20.  gefyor'fttm,  obedient. 

21.  gele'gett,  opportune,  convenient:  —  fommett,  be  very  welcome ; 
©ie  f  ommen  mtr  ferjr  — ,  you  are  just  the  one  I  want. 

22.  gtettfj,  like,  alike,  similar,  equal :  jm.  —  fettt,  be  like  some  one ; 
(impers.)  eg  ift  tttir  — ,  /  do  not  care,  it  is  all  the  same  to  me ;  jm.  — 
tlttt,  match,  or  rival,  some  one. 

23.  flttt  (lit.  "good"):  jm.  —  feitt  (trjerben),  love  {learn  to  love)  some 
one,  be  fond  of. 

24.  ttci'btfrf),  envious,  jealous  of:  —  feitt  (ttjerbett),  be  {become)  envious. 

25.  ftf)»)Cr,  hard,  difficult:  bag  fallt  mir  — ,  that  is  hard  for  me;  eg 
ftel  Uttg  — ,  we  found  it  hard. 

26.  trett,  true,  faithful :  feinetlt  ©^arafter  — ,  true  to  his  character. 

27.  ttitUtomntett,  welcome:  fei  mir  — !  welcome!  —  feitt,  be  acceptable, 
be  welcome. 

Ifbersetzen  Siefolgendes :  — 

1.  As  soon  as  I  caught  sight  of  him  I  knew  that  he  was 
capable  of  anything.  2.  Are  you  sure  of  that  ?  3.  I  can- 
not get  rid  of  this  cold  (ber  ©cfynupfen).  4.  I  know  it  is  not 
very  pleasant  to  have  a  cold.  5.  I  would  be  very  thankful 
(to  you)  if  you  could  help  me.  6.  So  (5lIfo)  he  still  owes 
you  money?  7.  Well,  that's  just  like  him,  it  comes  very 
hard  for  him  to  pay  his  honest  debts.  8.  He  was  a  stranger 
to  me,  unknown,  but  I  didn't  consider  (fyaltert)  him  capa- 
ble of  dishonesty.     9.  He  is  true  to  his  character,  I  fear. 


64  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

10.  We  make  ourselves  at  home  here  in  your  house,  as  you 
see.  ii.  It  is  all  the  same  to  me,  my  wife  is  not  at  home. 
12.  We  are  grateful  to  her  for  it.  13.  I  knew  and  she 
knew  that  her  little  visit  at  her  mother's  (6ei  .  .  .  )  would 
come  in  very  opportunely  for  you  bachelors  Qunggefellen). 
14.  Well,  old  fellow  (%la,  dte§  §au§),  you  live  very  comfort- 
ably here;  I  almost  envy  you  :  (sings)  "Dear  love  (<5d)at}), 
I  remain  true  to  you."  15.  If  she  could  see  you  now,  she 
would  forgive  you  all  you  said  about  her  visit.  16.  Yes,  yes ; 
it  is  just  like  her.  I  know  that  I  am  welcome  to  my  little 
cousin  Anna  when  I  —  go.  17.  Shame  on  you  (©cfyame  bid))  ! 
eat  and  drink  your  fill.  You  will  then  be ■  in  better  humor. 
18.  It  shall  be  my  pleasant  duty  (I  shall  be  very  glad)  to 
obey  you.  19.  It  became  known  to  us  that  the  family  was 
in  need  of  help.  They  were  strangers  to  us  and  did  not 
wish  to  accept  what  we  offered  them.  But  help  came  very 
opportunely.  20.  We  became  acquainted  with  them  and 
now  we  do  not  find  it  at  all  hard  to  regard  them  (an^ufefyen) 
as  neighbors.     21.  Certainly  they  will  be  thankful  to  you. 

22.  The  old  bachelor  became  very  fond  of   the  children. 

23.  Are  you  sure  of  your  case  ?  I  fear  he  will  never  get  rid 
of  them.  24.  I  am  tired  to  death;  can  you  not  make  me  a 
cup  of  coffee?  25.  I  do  not  care  whether  he  comes  or  not. 
26.   We  shall  be  very  glad  to  meet  him  to-morrow  evening. 


The  following  are  among  the  more  common  reflexive  verbs 
which  require  a  genitive  as  a  secondary  object : 

1.  (ftc&)  nu'ucfymcn  [i;  a-o],  take  charge  of:  nimm  bid)  bod)  fetner 

an,  do  take  charge  of  him,  do  take  pity  on  him. 

2.  (fid))  bcbie'ncu,  make  use  of:  id) .  braud>e  mid)  nid)t  beg  SEBorter- 

bud^eS  JU  — ,  I  don't  need  to  make  use  of  the  dictionary. 
1  Use  the  present. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  65 

3.  (ftd))  licmrirf)  'ttgett,  get,  or  obtain,  control  of,  become  master  of:  roenn 
man  fta)  einer  fremben  ©praaje  —  mill,  fo  .  .  .,  if  one  wishes  to  master 
a  foreign  tongue  .  .  . 

4.  (fid))  cntftmtcH  [a-o],  recollect,  remember:  id)  fonnte  mid)  beffen 

tlitt)t  — ,  /  could  not  recollect  it. 

5.  (fid))  er burnt CH,  take,  or  have,  pity  on,  have  mercy  on  :  ber  ©erea)te 
erbarmet  fid)  fetneg  $iebeg,  a  righteous  man  regardeth  the  life  of  his  beast. 

6.  (fid))  eritt'nent,  remember,  recollect:  ertnnerft  bu  bid)  iJjrer  nod)? 

do  you  remember  her  still? 

7.  (fid))  freu'ett  [likewise  construed  with  iiber  (ace.)  or  roegen  (dat, 
gen.)],  rejoice,  be  glad. 

8.  (fidj)  frfjii'men  [likewise  construed  with  iiber  (ace.)  or  roegen  (dat., 
gen.)],  be  ashamed:  ftt)amft  bu  bid)  fetner  (or  iiber  ibn)?  are  you  ashamed 
of  him  ?  febame  bid^  !  for  shame  !  shame  on  you  ! 

The  following  verbs  (and  others,  chiefly  compounds  with  an, 
auf,  aug,  bet,  ein,  ent,  entgegen,  naa),  etc.)  require  their  object  in 
the  dative  case  : 

9.  attt'ttJOrten,  answer  [takes  auf  (ace)  to  express  that  to  which  one 
answers:  baft  bu  auf  ben  93rief  geantroortet ?  or  baft  bu  ben  Srief 
beanttnortet  ?  have  you  answered  the  letter  ?]  :  anttoorte  mir  !  answer  me  ! 

10.  begen/neu  [fein],  meet,  run  across :  roer  ift  bir  begegnet  ?  whom 

did  you  meet  ? 

11.  be  font  UtCIt  [a-0;  fetn;  often  impers.],  be  becoming,  agree  with 
one's  health  :  TOObl  befomm'g !  profit !  to  your  health  ! 

12.  batt'fett,  thank,  be  under  obligation  :  bag  baft  bu  mir  §U  — ,  you 
have  me  to  thank  for  that. 

13.  bte'nett,  serve,  wait  on  :  roomit  fann  id)  $bnen  —  ?  what  can  I  do 
for  you  ?  bamit  ift  mir  nid)t  gebient,  that  does  not  serve  my  purpose,  that 
does  not  do  me  any  good. 

14.  erfdjet'ttett  [ie-ie;  fein],  appear,  make  an  appearance. 

x5-  felj'lett  [often  impers.],  lack,  be  wanting,  ail,  be  short  of,  trouble : 
eg  feblt  mir  etroag,  something  is  the  matter  with  me. 

16.  fofgett  [fein],  (1)  follow,  attend.  (2)  [fein  or  baben],  obey: 
toarum  baben  ©ie  mir  nitijt  gefolgt  ?  why  did  you  not  obey  me  ? 

17.  Befallen  [a;  ie-a;  f)aben;  frequently  impers.],  please,  suit: 
roarum  follte  eg  mir  nicbt —  ?  why  should  it  not  please  me  ?  roie  gefallfg 
^bnen  bier  ?  how  do  you  like  it  here  ? 

18.  geljo'ren,  belong:  mo  gebort  i>a%  bin  ?  where  does  this  belong? 


66  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

19.  geljor/djett,  obey. 

20.  gcttit'gett,  suffice:  bag  geniigt,  that's  enough,  that  answers  the 
purpose. 

SI.  gcfdje'ljett,  happen:  eg  ift  ibttl  red)t  — ,  good  enough  for  him,  or 
that  is  what  he  deserved. 

22.  glou  ben  [takes  dat.  of  person,  but  ace.  of  thing],  believe,  trust: 
roenn  id)  bir  —  foU,  if  I  am  to  believe  you. 

23-  gfetdjen  [i-i],  resemble,  be  like :  bag  £inb  gleiajt  bem  Safer,  the 

child  resembles  his  father. 

24.  fyeffen  [i;  a-o],  help,  assist. 

25.  man'gcltt  [often  impers.  with  an  (dat.)],  lack,  be  in  need  of,  be 
wanting:  eg  mangelt  mtr  an  @elb,  I  am  short  of  money :  mangelt  ibm 
irgenb  etroag  ?  is  he  in  need  of  anything  whatever  ? 

26.  ttiifjett,  be  of  benefit,  do  good :  TOOglt  foil  bag  —  ?  what  is  the  use 
of  that  ? 

27.  paY fettf  fit,  suit,  be  convenient:  paftt  btr  ber  neue  Sftotf  ?  does  the 
new  coat  fit  you  ?  pafjt'g  btr,  mttjugeben  ?  does  it  suit  you  to  go  along? 

28.  frfja'bett,  do  harm,  damage  :  nmg  fd)abet'g  ?  what's  the  harm  ? 

29.  fdjei'nett  [ie-te],  seem,  appear:  m\X  fd)etnt'g  alg  06,  it  seems  to 
me  as  if. 

30.  fdjmet'djeut,  flatter. 

31.  tTflU'Ctt,  trust,  have  confidence  in. 

32.  pr'nett  [foaben ;  also  construed  with  auf  (ace.  of  pers.)  and  iiber 
(ace.  of  thing)],  be  angry,  be  provoked. 

To  these  must  be  added,  as  likewise  requiring  a  dative  object, 
verbal  phrases  of  similar  meaning :  beljUfltd)  fctn  =  foelfen ;  $olge 
Icifteit  =  f olgen ;  ©faufcen  fdjenfett  =  glauben ;  5lnttt>ort  gefcen  =  ant= 
roorten;  etc. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes  :  — 

1.  She  did  not  want  to  take  care  of  the  child.  2.  I  should 
like  (mocfyte  gem)  to  know  whether  he  remembers  us  still. 
3.  The  lame  man  had  "to  make  use  of  a  stick.  4.  Can't 
you  remember  how  the  minister  prayed,  "  Lord,  have  mercy 
upon  us!"?  5.  Have  pity  on  me  !  6.  I  do  not  remember 
him  any  more  (nid)t  mefyr).     7.  Are  you  not  rejoiced  at  it? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  67 

8.  Shame  on  you  that  you  did  not  answer  them  !  9.  What 
are  they  so  glad  about  (2Boruber,  etc.)  ?  10.  Have  you 
answered  him  ?  Have  you  answered  his  letter  ?  11.  Whom 
have  you  met  to-day?  12.  Your  friends  met  me  on  the 
street.  13.  I  thank  you  ;  how  does  my  new  hat  suit  you? 
14.  How  long  have  you  served  him?  15.  Follow  me! 
16.  To  whom  does  this  dog  belong?  17.  To  no  one  ;  he 
does  not  seem  to  follow  any  one.  18.  Believe  me,  he  is 
not  in  want  of  anything.  One  cannot  help  him.  If  one 
wanted  to  try  it  (t)erfucfyen),  it  would  do  him  more  harm  than 
good.  19.  It  is  not  convenient  for  me  now  to  go  along. 
Just  go  ;  I  trust  you.  20.  You  will  be  angry  at  me  if  I  go 
alone.  21.  It  seems  to  me  that  nothing  suits  her.  In  that 
respect  (biefer  33egiefytmg)  she  is  like  her  mother.  22.  Don't 
flatter  me  ;  it  is  sufficient  to  know  that  I  did  not  do  him 
any  harm.  23.  Tell  me,  what  ails  you  ?  what  has  happened 
to  you  ?  24.  Do  not  be  angry  with  me;  I  cannot  now  tell 
you  what  I  am  most  in  need  of.  25.  Is  he  ashamed  of  his 
father  and  mother?  26.  When  I  meet  him  I  shall  tell  him 
what  I  think  of  it  and  of  him.  27.  We  should  be  very  glad 
if  we  could  be  of  any  assistance  to  you.  28.  Cold  weather 
does  n't  do  us  any  harm. 


<Steknte  S^rcdjulmttg 


@in  HeineS  Sieb,  roie  gebt'3  nur  an, 
£)afj  man  fo  lieb  ee>  haben  fann, 
2Ba3  liegt  barin?    (Stable! 

—  (§3  liegt  barin  ein  roentg  $lang, 
@in  roentg  SBofyUaut  unb  ©efang 
Unb  eine  ganje  ©eele. 


£)tefe  2Borte  t>on  9Jlarie  p. 
@bner=@fd)enbad)  fommen  mir 
nid^t  auZ  bem '  6inn,  fettbem 
©ie  un3  „Merfeelen"  norlafen. 

S)a3  ©ebtd)t  fc^eint  etnen 
@tnbrud  auf  ©te  gemacfyt  ju 
fyaben. 

3a ;  mix  banfen  Sfynen  fet)r 
bafiir. 

3$  roiirbe  gem  nod)  anbere 
®ebid)te  norlefen,  aber  leiber 
mangelt  e§  un3  an  Sett  fyeute. 

2Borauf  fyaben  ©te  e§  benn 
abgefefyen  Ijeute  ?  auf  nod)  mefyr 
SSorrobtter  ?  TOr  traumte  bie 
gange  Wafyt  banon. 


I  can't  get  these  words 
of  Marie  von  Ebner-Esch en- 
bach's  out  of  my  mind  since 
you  read  „5lflerfeelen"  to  us. 

The  poem  seems  to  have 
made  an  impression  on  you. 

Yes;  we  are  greatly  obliged 
to  you  for  it. 

I  would  gladly  read  other 
poems  to  you,  but  unfortu- 
nately we  have  not  the  time 
to-day. 

What  do  you  purpose  doing 
to-day  ?  do  you  intend  to  give 
us  some  more  prepositions  ? 
I  dreamt  all  night  of  them. 


i.  Wiederholen  Sie  das  kleine  Gedicht,  womit  die  heutige  Lektion 
anfangt.  2.  Von  wem  ist's  ?  3.  Wie  gefallt's  Ihnen  ?  4.  Wiederholen 
Sie  „Allerseelen."  5.  Weshalb  wollte  der  Professor  keine  andern 
Gedichte  vorlesen  ?     6.  Worauf  hatte  er  es  abgesehen  ? 

68 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


69 


2Ba§  fie  nid)t  fagen!  ©0 
gefafyrlici)  roar  bie  ©ac^e  bod) 
nid^t ! 

■Jfleine  Gouftne  t)erfid)erte 
mir,  bie  ^rapofition  „bet"  roare 
i\)x  bie  gange  %latf)t  nut  fo  im 
$opfe  fyerumgeroirbelt.  2Bafyr= 
fdjeinlidf)  iibertreibt  fie '3  ein 
roenig. 

%la,  g-raulem  -ft.,  fyahe  idfj 
roirflidj)  ifyren  ©d)laf  geftort  ? 
2)a3  tut  mir  fefyr  leib,  bitte 
urn  ^erjei^wng. 

$efyren  ©ie  fid)  gar  nid)t  an 
mid);  id)  roerbe  e3  fdfjon  au§= 
fyalten. 

©teften  ©ie  fidj  bie  ©ad^e 
nid)t  gu  fdjroterig  vox,  meine 
$)amen.  !TJad^  unb  nadj)  rotrb 
fid)  aHe§  von  felbft  geben. 

„9JUt  ber  Sett  brid&t  man 
Sffofen,"  roie  ©ie  tm3  fcfyon 
einmal  fagten. 

5Ric^tig.  9Rur  mufj  man  bag 
anbere  ©pricfyroort  nidfjt  t>er= 
geffen:  „$eine  S^ofen  olme 
SDornen." 

3a;  rntr  foEtert  nid)t  gu 
oiele  $)ornen  fein. 


You  don't  say  so  !  It 
was  n't  so  bad  as  all  that, 
I  hope. 

My  cousin  assured  me  that 
the  preposition  bei  had  kept 
spinning  around  in  her  head 
the  whole  night  long.  Very 
likely  she  exaggerated  a  little. 

Well,  Miss  N.,  have  I  really 
disturbed  your  sleep  ?  I  am 
sorry  for  that,  I  beg  your 
pardon. 

Don't  bother  about  me  ;  I 
can  stand  it  all  right. 

Don't  imagine  this  thing 
worse  than  it  really  is,  ladies. 
Everything  will  come  out  all 
right  by  and  by. 

"  All  things  come  to  him 
who  waits,"  as  you  told  us 
once  before. 

Certainly.  Only  the  other 
proverb  must  not  be  forgot- 
ten :  "  No  rose  without  a 
thorn." 

True  ;  but  there  ought  not 
to  be  too  many  thorns. 


7.  Was  sagte  der  Student  iiber  den  Eindruck,  den  die  vorigen  Prapo- 
sitionen  auf  ihn  gemacht  hatten?  8.  Hat  die  „Cousine"  die  Sache 
ubertrieben?  9.  Was  fragte  der  Lehrer  Fraulein  N.  ?  10.  Welche 
Antwort  gab  sie  ihm  ? 


;o 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


£)a§  oerfterjt  fid)  ja  t)on  felbft ! 
3d)  trjeif*  ja  rootyl,  meine  §err= 
fdjaften,  ^^Xllgu^iel  ift  mtge* 
funb."  2)e3l)alb  tperbe  id)  e§ 
mir  nid)t  nrieber  gu  fdjulben 
fommen  laffen,  Sfyren  <Sd)laf 
gu  ftbren. 

2Id),  §err  ^rofeffor,  e§  gibt 
fo  r>iele3,  bag  roir  roiffen  fottten! 
@3  fd^abet  gar  nid)t3,  menu  roir 
aud)  rnand)mal  „bran"  mitffen. 


greilid)  fcfyabet  e3  md)t£.  — 
£>eute  moHen  toir  ein  fur  alle= 
mal  mit  ben  23orroortem  auf= 
raumen,  roenn'3  Sfynen  gefallig 
ift. 

©d)dn. 

$)ie,  toelcfye  unter  alien  Um> 
ftanben  ben  2lffufatio  regteren, 
fonnen  ©ie  fo  im  ©ebadjtnis 
befyalten : 
S3ei :  bt3,  burtf),  f i'tr,  gegen,  ohne, 

urn,  fonber,  roiber,  mu^ 
ber  Slffufatit)  ftebn 
itnb  nttt)t  ber  2>atiou3. 


Certainly  not !  I  know 
well  enough,  ladies  and  gen- 
tlemen, that  "  Enough  is  as 
good  as  a  feast."  For  that 
reason  I  shall  not  again  be 
guilty  of  disturbing  your 
slumbers. 

Ah,  professor,  there  is  so 
much  that  we  should  like  to 
know !  It  does  not  do  any 
harm,  even  if  we  do  have 
to  "  buckle  down  "  to  work 
occasionally. 

Of  course  it  doesn't  do 
any  harm.  —  If  it  suits  you, 
let  us  once  for  all  make  a 
clean  sweep  of  the  preposi- 
tions to-day. 

All  right. 

Those  which  invariably 
govern  the  accusative  you 
can  keep  in  mind  thus : 


With  "till  (up  to),   through,  for, 

against,  without, 
around,  without,  against," 
the    accusative,    not    the    dative, 

must  be  used. 


ii.  Geben  Sie  mir  die  drei  Sprichworter,  die  in  der  heutigen  Lektion 
vorkommen.  12.  Was  bedeutet :  er  muflte  dran  ?  13.  Womit  wollte 
der  Lehrer  auf raumen  ?  14.  Haben  Sie  Ihr  Zimmer  schon  aufgeraumt  ? 
15.  1st  ein  Unterschied  zwischen  „aufraumen"  und  „mit  etwas  auf- 
raumen"  ?  welcher  ?  16.  Bitte,  wiederholen  Sie  die  Vorworter,  die 
immer  den  Akkusativ  regieren. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


71 


yiifyt  roafyr,  §err  — ,  btefe§ 
ift  roieber  fo  eine  „$erle"  rote 
bie  oortgen  ? 

SSeit  fcpner! 

2Biefo  ? 

SSetl  furger  ! 

Unb  beSroegen  urn  fo  fd^oner? 

3a/  then.  3)ie  ^rapofitton 
„fonbern"  ift  mir  nid^t  befnnnt. 

Wify  „fonbern"!  „fonber" 
—  eine  etroa§  ungerobfynlicfye 
gorm  fiir  „ofme"  :  fonberglet= 
djen,  without  an  equal ;  fon= 
ber  3^^f^^  without  a  doubt. 
2Utd)  in  ber  2)irf)terfpratf)e  fiet)t 
man  ba§  2Bort  guroeilen. 

©ut,  id)  roerbe  mir'§  merfen. 


Here  you  have  again  a 
"gem  "  like  the  former  ones, 
haven't  you,  Mr.  —  ? 

■Oh,  far  more  beautiful ! 

How  so  ? 

Because  it  is  shorter  / 

And  therefore  all  the  more 
beautiful  ? 

Precisely.  —  I  never  heard 
of  the  preposition  fonbern 
before. 

Not  fonbern,  but  fonber  — 
a  rather  unusual  form  for 
ofyne:  fonbergleicfyen,  etc.  The 
word  also  occurs  in  poetic 
language  occasionally. 


All  right,  I'll  bear  that  in 
mind. 

33t§  ("till,  until,  up  to")  is 
usually  combined  with  other 
propositions ;  e.g.,  big  an  bie 
SSanb,  etc.  ("up  to  the  wall, 
clear  into  the  forest,  down  to. 
the  end  of  the  garden,  etc."). 

But  still  people  say  bt3  groet 
VLty,  etc.  ("till  two  o'clock, 
till  to-morrow,  till  that  time 
or  to  that  place,  till  Christ- 
mas, etc."). 

17.  Weshalb  hielt  sie  der  Student  fiir  schoner?     18.  Was  wissen  Sie 
von  „sonder"  ?  von  „bis",  von  „statt",  von  „ohne"  ? 


„93i§"  ift  geroofynlid)  mil 
anbern  ^rapofitionen  oerbun= 
ben ;  g.  93. :  bi§  an  bie  2Banb, 
bi§  in  ben  2BaIb,  bis  gum  Gmbe 
be§  ©artenS  u.  f.  ro. 

9J?an  fagt  aber  bodj:  „bt§ 
groei  Ufyr",  „bi§  morgen", 
,rbi§ba^n"/„bt§2Be^nad)ten// 
u.  f.  ro. 


72 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


©eroifj. — 3e£t  rntr  nod)  eine 
Sifte,  bann  finb  tuir  fertig.  3$ 
fagte  3f)Ken  ja,  roir  rooHten 
fyeute  mit  biefem  gangen  £b,ema 
aufraumen. 

@3  gibt  alfo  nodj  eine  Sifte? 

3a.  Dbgleid)  e§  feine  lange 
ift,  mad)t  fie  ben  ©tubenten 
eigentltd)  am  meiften  gu  fd^affen. 
©ie  ©adje  oerfyalt  fid)  namlid) 
fo  .  .  .  $)od)  t)on  red)t£  roegen 
foflte  id)  fie  Sfynen  juerft  bif= 
iieren.   Sllfo: 

3ln,  auf,  Winter,  neben,  t>or, 

uber,  unter,  groifd^en,  in 

fte&n  mit  bem  Stffufatto, 
roenn  man  fragen  mufj:  2Bo&in? 
$ragt  man  aber:  2Bo  ?  fo  bat 
Mental  ber  2)atto  ftatt. 

©ie  feb,en,  e§  fyanbelt  fief)  alfo 
nur  barum,  ob  man  bag  ©ein 
ober  bie  SBeroegung  inner  = 
^alb  etneS  SftaumeS  oberDrteS 
ober  bie  s33eroegung  n  a  d)  bem= 
felben  bejeicfynen  roiH. 

3uroeiIen  ift  biefe  grage  aber 
nid)t  fo  leid)t  abgemad)t. 


Undoubtedly.  —  Now  just 
one  list  more  and  we  are 
done.  I  told  you,  did  I  not, 
that  we  wanted  to  make  a 
clean  sweep  of  this  whole 
subject  to-day  ? 

What!  Is  there  still  an- 
other list  coming? 

Yes.  And,  though  it  is 
not  long,  it  is  the  one  that 
gives  students  most  trouble. 
The  way  the  matter  stands 
is  this  —  But  by  rights  I 
ought  first  to  dictate  it  to 
you.     Here : 

at  (on),  upon  (on),  behind,  along- 
side of,  before, 

over,  under  (below,  among),  be- 
tween, in, 

stand  with  the  accusative,  answer- 
ing the  question  Whither  ?  But 
in  answer  to  the  question  Where  ? 
the  dative  is  employed. 

You  see,  then,  it  depends 
upon  whether  one  wishes  to 
express  existence  or  motion 
within  or  towards  (to)  a  region 
or  place. 

But  sometimes  this  ques- 
tion can't  be  so  easily  settled. 


20.  Welche  werden  zuweilen  mit  dem  Akkusativ  und  dann  wieder  mit 
dem  Dativ  gebraucht  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


73 


$)a§  gebe  id)  gem  gu.  Unb 
bod)  farm  man  etne  2Irt  „53e= 
roegung"  felbft  au§  bilblidjen 
2iu§bruden  f)erau3ful)len. 

@inige  $roben,  bitte. 

■Jton:  tdj)  fd()reibe  an  bie 
2BanbtafeI,  roerfe  mein  2luge 
aufbaSSud);  etroag  fallt  un3 
in  bie  Slugen ;  ©ie  fyaben  33er~ 
trauen  auf  mid)  u.  f.  to. 

S)a3  lefcte  Seifpiel  ift  un§ 
nid)t  gang  liar.  2Barum  2lf!u= 
fatto? 

@troa  fo :  ©ie  fd^enfen  ober 
geben  mir  Sfyr  33ertrauen.  @3 
ift  eine  £at,  bie  rjort  Sfynen  auf 
mtd)  iibergefyt;  id)  bin  ba§ 
„3tel"  berfelben.  Srmlidje 
2lu3briide  finb :  glaubft  bu  an 
©ott?  id)  benfe  oft  an  meine 
Gutter;  rair  fpredjen  itber 
biefe§  unb  jene§  u.  f.  to. 

9ftit  Inapper  9?ot  gefjt'S,  eine 
2lrt  „23eroegung"  fyerauSgufiir^ 
len,  roie  ©ie  fagen. 

@ntfd)ulbigen  ©ie !  $ur 
nod)  einen  Slugenblid ! 

9Bir  fte^en  grmen  gu  £)ien= 
ften.     3d)  badjte  ofjnelun,  ©ie 

21.  Worauf  kommt  dieser  Gebrauch  an  ? 
leicht  zn  entscheiden  ? 


I  grant  you  that  willingly. 
And  yet  one  can  sense  a  kind 
of  "  motion,"  even  in  figura- 
tive expressions. 

Give  us  a  few  samples, 
please. 

Well :  tdj)  fd)reibe,  etc.  ("  I 
write  on  the  blackboard,  cast 
my  eye  on  a  book ;  we  catch 
sight  of  something ;  you  have 
confidence  in  me,  etc."). 

The  last  example  is  not 
quite  clear.  Why  the  accu- 
sative ? 

I  can  perhaps  explain  it 
best  in  this  way :  you  place 
your  confidence  in  me.  It  is 
an  act  that  passes  from  you 
to  me.  I  am  the  "objective 
point."  Similar  expressions 
are  ©laubft,  etc.  ("dost  thou 
believe  in  God  ?  I  often  think 
of  my  mother;  we  spoke  about 
this  and  that ;  etc."). 

It  is  just  possible  to  sense 
a  kind  of  "motion,"  as  you 
call  it. 

Pardon     me!       Just    one 
moment  more  ! 
;    We    are    at   your  service. 
I  thought  you  were  sending 

22.  1st  diese  Frage  immer 


74 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


fdjjidEten  tm§  fyeute  etnmS  gu 
fru£>  nadj)  §au|e. 

3»d)  roollte  nur  nodj)  bemerfen, 
bag  „ohne"  fetjr  oft  ofyne  Slrtifel 
gebraucfyt  rotrb.  Ubrigeng  i[t 
bag  aud&  ber  gaE  nut  bem 
engltfcfyen  without. 

2Btr  tjabtn  ba3  fd)on  bemerft. 
5lud>,  bag  ber  3nPnttb  ftatt 
be§  engltfcfyen  ©erunbiumS  in 
-ing  gebraucfyt  roirb. 

©o  ift'3  red)t!  @3  fjetgt, 
3.  33.:  „olme  gu  effen,  gu 
roiffen,  gu  fcfylafen"  u.  f.  tt).  — 
9Jlit  „ftatt"  ober  ^anftatt"  fte^t 
e3  ebenfo:  „(an)ftatt  in  bk'u 
ben,  aufeuftefyen,  gu  traumen" 
u.f.ro. 

33eftett£)anf  fur  tfjre  9ftul)e. 
$Die  fyeutigen  „9ftofen"  fyaben 
nid^t  mele  „$)ornen."  -Jftan 
braudjt  leine  §anbfd)uf)e,  um 
fie  angufaffen. 

Um  fo  beffer !  —  SSielleid)t 
finb  fie  nur  oerftedft. 

(2>er   cine   ©djiilet   311m   onbetn.) 

2Ba3  mag  baS  bebeuten  ? 

(Srlauben  ©ie,  bag  icf)  3#nen 
nur  etnige  fitfylen  laffe.  -Jflan 
fagt,  3.  33.:    ba§   93uc&   liegt 

23.  Wie  heitft  M  without  eating," 
bridge  "  ?     24.  Hatten  die  heutigen 


us  home  rather  too  soon 
to-day. 

I  just  wanted  to  add  that 
rjhrte  is  often  used  without 
the  article.  By  the  way,  that 
is  also  the  case  with  English 
''without." 

We  have  noticed  that. 
Also  that  the  infinitive  is 
used  instead  of  the  English 
gerund  in  -ing. 

Good!  We  say, for  instance, 
ofme  %w  effen,  etc.  ("without 
eating,  knowing,  sleeping," 
etc.).  Likewise  „ftatt"  or 
„anftatt"  :  (an)ftatt  gu  bleiben, 
etc.  ("  instead  of  staying, 
rising,  dreaming,"  etc.). 

We  are  much  obliged  to 
you  for  your  trouble.  Today's 
"  roses "  do  not  have  many 
"  thorns."  They  do  not  need 
to  be  handled  with  gloves. 

So  much  the  better!  Per- 
haps the  thorns  are  only 
hidden. 

(One    pupil    to    another.)         What 

may  that  mean  ? 

Permit  me  to  let  you  feel 
some  of  them.  For  instance, 
we  say  bag  33ud),  etc.  ("the 

"  instead  of  staying,"  "  as  far  as  the 
„Rosen"  keine  „Dornen"  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


7S 


auf  bent  £ifdj;  idj  bin  tfym 
auf  offner  ©trafje  begeguet; 
er  ftubiert  auf  ber  Unberfitat ; 
er  rourbe  auf  frifcfyer  £at  er= 
tappt;  geb.  gefdjroinb  auf  3 
s$oftamt;  je|t  roollen  rotr  unS 
a  u  f  ben  2Beg  madden ;  auf 
Sfyre  ©efuubfyeit !  fie  ift  einige 
Xage  auf  S3efud) ;  auf  etnmal 
f onute  id)  ifyrt  nid)t  met)r  fefyen ; 
tuie  fyeifjt  bag  auf  SDeutfcfc.  ? 

u.  f.  tt). 

5(d)  ja !  —  $)omen !  fogar 
fefyr  fpiije ! 

©o  ?  3e£* a&?*  fommen  <Ste 
gut  nad)  §aufe ! 


25.  Weshalb  fiihrte  der  Lehrer 
an  ?     26.  Was  sagte  er  zuletzt  ? 


book  lies  on  the  table  ;  I  met 
him  in  the  public  street ;  he 
is  studying  at  the  university; 
he  was  caught  in  the  very 
act ;  run  to  the  post-office 
quickly;  now  let  us  start  (lit. 
get  on  the  road) ;  to  your 
health !  she  is  on  a  visit  for 
a  few  days;  all  at  once  I 
could  not  see  him  any  more  ; 
what  is  that  in  German? 
etc." 

Oh  yes !  —  thorns  !  And 
sharp  ones  too ! 

They  are,  are  they  ?  Well, 
good-bye  (lit.  I  wish  you  a 
safe  journey  home) ! 

die  vielen  Bedeutungen  von  „auf" 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  ati:  h  with  dat.  (1)  answer  to  question  "where  "?  at,  on,  in:  — 
toelcfiem  Drte  ?  at  what  place  ?—  Drt  unb  ©telle,  on  the  {very)  spot,  at  the 
proper  place  ;  —  fetner  ©telle,  in  his  place  ;  —  ber  2Battb,  on  the  wall ; 
am  £immel,  in  the  sky ;  am  lifer,  on  the  bank ;  er  ift  ^Brofeffor  —  ber 
Uninerfttat  Setpjig,  he  is  a  professor  at  the  University  of  Leipzig  ;  —  ber 
Slrbett  ft$en  (fern),  sit  {be)  at  work ;  fie  roufjte  ntc&t,  roor—  fie  roar,  she 
did  not  know  what  to  make  of  it;  fo  t)iel  —  ttttr  liegt,  as  much  as  lies  in 
my  power ;  eg  mufj  ettt).  b(a)ratl  fettt,  there  must  be  something  to  it. 
(2)  answer  to  question  "when"?  on,  at:  am  Sftorgen,  in  the  morning ; 
am  erften  Dftober,  etc.,  on  the  first  of  October,  etc.  (3)  prepositional 
phrase  modifiers  :  —  ber  ©fjulera  fterben,  die  of  the  cholera;  fid)  —  jm. 
Oerfuttbigen,  sin  against  some  one  ;  —  etlD.  jroetfeltt,  doubt  {the  truth  of) 


J6  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

something;  e3  liegt  nidjt  an  mir,  it  is  not  my  fault;  mir  Uegt  triel  bar — , 

I  am  greatly  concerned  about  it,  I  desire  greatly  ;  franf  —  Setb  Uttb  ©eele, 
sick  in  body  and  soul ;  —  jm.  DOrbetgehen,  go  past  some  one.  (4)  sequence, 
often  in  impersonal  constructions :  je£t  ift  e3  —  3>bnen  (btr,  mir,  etc.), 
now  it  is  your  turn  {mine,  etc.).  II,  with  ace.  (1)  answer  to  question 
"  whither  "  ?  to,  near :  fict)  —  ben  Xifd)  {ba$  Planter)  fe^en,  sit  down  to  the 
table  {the  piano)  ;  —  jn.  fdjreiben,  write  to  some  one ;  etro.  —  jn.  fdbttfen, 
send  something  to  some  one.  (2)  not  implying  location :  fid)  —  ettt). 
geroohnen,  become  accustomed  to  something ;  —  eine  ©ad)e  glauben,  have 
faith  in  something. 

2.  befommen  [a-o;  baben],  get,  obtain,  receive:  eine  $ranfhett— , 
be  taken  sick  ;  genug  JU  effen  — ,  get  enough  to  eat;  Suft  JU  etro.  — -,  get,  or 
have,  a  mind  to  do  something,  become  desirous  of  something  ;  SBurjeln  — , 
throw  out  roots ;  3latf)X\&)t  (®rlaubnt3,  etc.)  — ,  get  news  {permission, 
etc.). 

3-  Ct'tttg,  united:  iiber  etro.  (ace.)  —  fein,  be  agreed  about  something ; 
—  roerben,  come  to  an  agreement. 

4-  fle'&Ctt  [i;  a-e],  (1)  give,  grant:  ©ott  gebe  e§!  God  grant  it! 
2lnttt)0rt — ,give,  or  make,  answer  ;  bofeS  33htt — ,  cause  bad  blood ;  [eine 
©inrotlligung  JU  etro.  — ,  give  one's  consent  to  something ;  jm.  ©ehor  — , 
listen  to,  or  be  influenced  by,  some  one  ;  fid)  SUiUbe  — ,  take  pains  or  trouble  ; 
yiafyvifyt  »on  jtct)  — ,  let  oneself  be  heard  from  ;  jm.  ©tunben  — ,  give 
private  lessons  to  some  one.  (2)  give,  play :  voa%  rotrb  beute  tm  theater 
gegeben  ?  what  is  to  be  given  in  the  theater  to-day  ?  (3)  with  prep.  : 
anf  fein  ©efebrotit*  ift  roemg  JU  — ,  little  attention  is  to  be  paid  to  his 
talk.  (4)  with  adj.,  part.,  and  adv.:  hmb  — ,  announce,  make  known ; 
»erloren  — ,  give  up  as  lost.  (5)  with  inf. :  fid)  jn  erfennen  — ,  make 
oneself  known,  disclose  one's  identity;  etttem  Slrmen  etro.  JU  effen  — ,  give 
something  to  eat  to  a  poor  man.     (6)  idiomatic,  be :  e3  gtbt J  (gab,  hat 

1  These  forms  of  geben  —  always  in  the  singular  —  are  followed  by  an 
accusative  as  a  subject;  i.e.,  e3  is  treated  as  the  grammatical  subject:  e8  flibt 
tetueu  ^ufal!,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  accident.  This  use  of  the  verb,  so 
idiomatic  and  peculiar,  is  seen  {a)  especially  in  expressions  in  which  the  real 
subject  is  represented  as  the  result  or  consequence  of  something  else :  nntiirlirb 
gob  c8  Strctt,  of  course  they  quarreled;  and  {b)  in  expressions  in  which  the 
simple  existence  of  the  subject  —  when  in  its  natural  environment,  or  also  with- 
out any  specific  reference  to  place  —  is  to  be  predicated :  friirjer  gob  e8  oiete 
58uffel  auf  ben  roeftIirX)en  ^Staricn,  formerly  there  were  many  buffaloes  on  the 
western  prairies ;  but  eS  i  f  t  audj  cin  93iiffcl  im  $art,  there  is  also  a  buffalo  at 
the  park. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  JJ 

gegeben,  etc.),  there  is  (was,  has  been,  etc.);  eg  gtbt  immcr  nod)  gute 

2Jienftt)en,  there  are  still  good  people  ;  ebe  eg  ©vfettbabnen  gab,  before  the 
days  of  the  railroad ;  nun,  roag  gtbt'g  sJteueg  ?  w<?//,  what's  the  news? 

5.  ©efaHen  [m.],  liking,  pleasure,  favor :  an  etro.  (dat.)  —  finben, 

/#&?  a  liking  to  something ;  jm.  etn).  JU  —  tun,  do  a  favor  to  some  one. 
Cf.  roalo  ift  l^btten  gefdUig  ?  w/£a/  <ra«  /  do  for  you  ?  in  what  way  could 
I  serve  you  ? 

6.  gertt  [comp.  Keber,  sup.  am  Ue&ftett],  gladly,  with  pleasure  (fre- 
quently paraphrased  with  like  to) :  VOXX  feben  ©ie  intttter  — ,  we  are 
always  glad  to  see  you  ;  jn.  (ettt).)  —  babett,  like  some  one  (something)  ; 
©te  trinft  —  ^affee,  she  likes  to  drink  coffee. 

7.  9li>t  [!.]•  netd,  distress,  trouble :  tttt  $alt  ber  — ,  in  case  of  necessity, 
if  need  be  ;  tttit  fnapper  — ,  scarcely,  narrowly  ;  feine  liebe  —  tttit  jm. 
(etn>.)  babett,  have  "  a  time  "  with  some  one  (something) ;  eg  \)<xi  feine 
— ,  (a)  there  is  no  need,  (b)  there  is  no  danger ;  roetttt  bie  —  eitttttal  an 
ben  2ftann  lommt,  if  necessity  arises,  in  case  of  need ;  gut  — ,  at  a  pinch. 

8.  fto'ren,  disturb:  barf  ia)  Sic  einen  2(ugenbltcf  —  ?  may  I  disturb 
you  a  moment? 

9.  trau'lttCtt  [frequently  impers.],  dream:  mix  bat'g  getrdumt,  / 
dreamt;  fo  etroag  babe  ia)  mir  nie  —  lafjen,  I  never  had  such  a  thing 
enter  my  head,  I  never  dreamt  of  such  a  thing. 

Zfbcrsetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  We  found  everything  in  its  proper  place.  2.  There 
were  many  white  clouds  in  the  sky.  3.  I  am  told  (Tlan  fagt 
mir)  your  son  is  a  professor  at  (the)  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
4.  I  do  not  know  what  to  make  of  her  ("where  I  am  at"  with 
her);  it  seems  we  can  never  agree.  5.  We  get  very  tired 
when  we  sit  for  hours  (fhmbenlartg)  at  our  work.  6.  "As 
much  as  in  you  lieth,  be  at  peace  (r)abt  .  .  .  grteben)  with 
all  men."  7.  In  the  evening  I  go  to  bed  early  in  order 
to  get  up  early  in  the  morning.  8.  It  is  not  my  fault 
that  the  little  one  is  sick  with  the  measles  (3Jlafem,  pi.). 
9.  We  saw  them  when  they  went  past  our  house.  10.  Sit 
down  to  the  table ;  we  will  see  whethei  there  is  anything 
good  to  eat.     11.  I  wonder  if  we  shall  get  anything  to  eat. 


78  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

12.  I  got  news  from  her  that  she  arrived  safely.  13.  One 
must  take  more  pains  to  do  people  a  favor  occasionally. 
14.  You  do  not  disturb  me;  I  like  to  listen  to  you.  What 
do  you  wish  to  talk  about?  15.  No  one  can  say  anything 
against  that,  and  besides,  I  have  nothing  against  the  family. 
16.  "  The  mother  we  gave  up  for  lost."  17.  Do  me  the  favor 
to  lay  (and  lay)  the  book  on  the  table.  18.  Sit  down  beside 
me;  you  won't  disturb  me.  19.  There  are  many  Germans 
in  America.  20.  I  tell  you,  we  had  "a  time"  with  them. 
I  never  dreamt  that  their  parents  would  (nmrbert)  not  give 
their  consent.  21.  Mr.  N.,  might  (biirfte)  I  disturb  you  just 
for  a  moment  ?  I  should  (mocfyte)  like  to  ask  you  whether 
you  could  give  my  daughter  private  lessons.  22.  Let  us 
stand  under  this  tree  till  the  rain  is  over.  23.  I  would 
rather  go  to  the  little  hut  behind  those  trees.  24.  We 
cannot  get  there  without  getting  wet  (rtaJ3).  25.  I  gladly 
admit  that  there  are  many  who  would  do  me  a  favor. 

B 

10.  ubcrtrctbcit  [ie-ie],  exaggerate,  overdo:  — <2>ie  e3  bod)  ntdjt  fo 
ftctrf !  don't  exaggerate  so  tremendously  ! 

11.  tUtt,  (1)  place,  around,  at:  —  jn.  feiit,  be  about  some  one ;  jm.  — 
ben  §al$  fallen,  fall  (up)on  some  one's  neck.  (2)  time,  at,  about:  —  fyalb 
Diet,  at  half  past  three  ;  —  nrie  Otel  U&r.  ?  at  what  time?  (3)  alterna- 
tive :  einen  £ctg  —  ben  cmbern,  every  other  day ;  einer  —  ben  anbem 
tam,  one  after  another  came.  (4)  cost,  price,  at,  for :  —  ljunbert  staler, 
for  a  hundred  thalers ;  —  jeben  %Xt\%,  at  any  price ;  —  alleS  in  bet 
28elt,  for  all  the  world  ;  —  \ox\%  for  nothing,  in  <vain.  (5)  difference  in 
comparisons,  by:  —  jefjn  $af)re  i^GCr,  younger  by  ten  years ;  —  fo 
beffer,  so  much  the  better.  (6)  with  respect  to:  ttrie  fterjt'3  —  tyl'.f 
how  about  him?  (7)  adverbial,  over,  past:  bte  gett  tft  — ,  time  is 
up.  (8)  with  inf.,  in  order  to :  —  ftd)erer  jU  gefyen,  to  go  more  safely. 
(9)  idioms :  —  ettt).  (fete  SBermogen,  etc.)  fommen,  lose  something  (one's 
fortune,  etc.);  — fommen,  perish,  die  ;  jn.  —  etm.  (ace.)  brtngen,  cause 
some  one  to  lose  something,  get  something  away  from  some  one;  jn. 
— bringen,  kill  some  one. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  79 

12.  ntl'ttt,  (1)  place  where,  under,  below,  among:  —  etttem  £>CtC&, 
under  one,  or  a,  roof ;  jm.  —  bie  2lrme  greifen,  aj\M.tf,  or  >4^,  .w/rc<?  0«<r 
(<?«/  of  a  difficulty);  etlO.  —  ben  £)iinben  baben,  Aaw  something  in  hand, 
be  busy  with  something.  (2)  time :  —  ber  gett  (or  — beff  en) ,  in  the  meantime. 
(3)  among:  —  UttS  gefagt,  between  us  ;  —  bie  ©ulbaten  gehen,  enter  the 
army,  enlist;  —  bie  Seute  fommen  (gehen),  mingle  with  people ;  —  nier 
2lugert,  privately,  between  us.  (4)  circumstance,  way,  on,  by,  under :  — 
©d)luJ3  tinb  3tiegel,  under  lock  and  key,  behind  the  bars  ;  \V<X%  oerftehetl 
©te  bar —  ?  what  do  you  understand  by  that  ?  nur  —  ber.  Sebingung, 
only  on  the  condition. 

13.  toertra'geu  [a;  u-a],  (l)  endure,  bear,  stand:  bie  §\%t  roar  ntdjt 
mehr  311  — ,  the  heat  was  no  longer  bearable  ;  metn  SJtami  fann  2ftiltt) 
nia)t  — ,  milk  does  not  agree  with  my  husband.  (2)  refl.,  fid)  mit  jm.  — , 
be  on  good  terms,  ox  get  along  well,  with  some  one  ;  bie  jwei  fomtett  fid) 
ttict)t  — ,  those  two  cannot  get  along  together. 

14.  ttor,  (1)  place  where,  before,  at,  in  front  of:  —  ber  %\\X,  before 
the  door ;  jm.  bie  Xiire  —  ber  9iafe  jufdjlagen,  shut  the  door  in  one's 
face ;  —  jm.  ben  £ut  abnetjmen,  tip  {take  off)  one's  hat  to  some  one. 

(2)  time  when,  before,  since,  ago,  ere:  —  9J2itternad)t,  before  midnight ; 

—  einer  SBocfie  (einem  3)£onat,  etc.),  a  week  (a  month,  etc.)  ago ;  —  alters, 
in  days  of  yore ;  —  furjem,  a  short  time  since ;  —  $ahren,  years  ago. 

(3)  precedence,  above:  —  allem,  above  everything;  —  alien  $)ingen, 
above  all  things.     (4)  reason,  occasion,  of,  on  account  of  through,  with  : 

—  hunger  fterben,  die  of  hunger  ;  ftarr  —  $iilte,  stiff  with  cold;  —  bem 
Stirm,  on  account  of  the  noise.  (5)  with  verbs,  adjs.,  nouns,  etc.,  express- 
ing various  relations,  of,  from,  for :  fid)  —  jm.  fitrchten,  be  afraid  of  some 
one ;  ftd)er  —  jm.  fein,  be  safe  from  some  one ;  2ld)tung  —  bem  ©efe£ 
haben,  have  respect  for  the  law. 

15.  tJOr/fyafcett,  (1)  be  occupied,  or  busy,  with  :  maS  hat  er  t)Or  ?  what 
is  he  busy  with?  (2)  plan,  intend:  ettt).  93bfe3  — ,  be  planning  some- 
thing bad,  be  up  to  some  mischief ;  ma3  haft  bu  heute  abenb  t)Or  ?  what 
have  you  on  hand  for  this  evening? 

16.  gug'htft  [f.]  or  ^Ug  [m.],  draught,  current  of  air :  fid)  ber  — 
or  bem  —  au3fe£en,  expose  oneself  to  a  draught. 


Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  I  do  not  believe  him;  I  know  he  likes  to  exaggerate. 
2.  Have  you  not  exaggerated  that  somewhat?      3.  I  have 


80  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

been  about  her  very  much,  and  have  not  seen  anything  of 
that  kind.  4.  To-morrow  I  shall  rise  at  half  past  six  o'clock. 
5.  At  what  time  does  the  train  arrive  ?  6.  I  bought  me  a 
new  hat  for  two  dollars.  One  after  another  of  my  (lady) 
acquaintances  asked  me  how  much  I  had  paid  for  it.  Did 
I  tell  them  ?  7.  Not  for  anything  in  the  world  would  I 
have  told  them  (fytitte,  etc.).  8.  I  assure  you,  she  looked 
ten  years  younger  than  when  (al§  ba)  I  saw  her  the  last  time. 
9.  I  fear  he  has  lost  his  fortune  entirely.  10.  Many  a  man 
has  lost  his  good  name  in  trying  (irtbem  er  oerfucfyte1)  to 
become  rich  quickly.  11.  They  got  everything  away  from 
the  old  man.  Shame  on  you,  that  you  did  not  help  him. 
12.  I  do  not  remember  that  I  ever  (je)  helped  them  out  of 
any  difficulty.  13.  Between  us,  he  plans  to  enter  the  army. 
What  do  you  think  of  that  ?  I  never  should  have  dreamt  of 
his  doing  that.  14.  He  always  speaks  of  the  "hoi  polloi2"; 
tell  me,  what  is  to  be  understood  by  that  ?  15.  That  is  just 
like  him  ;  I  have  a  good  notion  to  shut  the  door  in  his  face, 
when  he  comes  again.  16.  Good  !  I  take  off  my  hat  to  you. 
17.  I  spoke  to  Mr.  N.3  about  a  week  ago,  but  I  do  not  think 
that  I  can  interest  him  in  the  matter.  18.  Above  all,  do 
not  expose  yourself  to  a  draught,  otherwise  (fonft)  you  will 
take4  cold.  19.  What  are  those  young  fellows  up  to  now? 
20.  You  are  safe  from  them ;  they  will  not  come4  into  your 
house  again. 

1  Cf.  equivalents  of  English  participial  constructions,  p.  189. 

2  ol  ttoWoL,  "  the  masses,  the  herd." 

8  Use  the  accusative  without  a  preposition. 
4  Use  the  present  tense. 


9ldjte  S^redjuBmtg 


3e£t  rodre  e§  un§  abet  lieb, 
roenn  ©ie  un§  balb  etnmal 
etroaS  iiber  bte  beutfcfye  2Bort= 
folge  fagten. 

3>rf)  fyabe  mtr  fcfjon  oorgenom= 
men  eine  ©tunbe  barauf  $u  oer= 
roenben,  bocb.  fyeute  molten  rotr 
tm§  t)on  tmfern  grammattfdf)en 
„©trapa$en"  au§rufyen.  £tbrt= 
gen§  geltngt  Sfynen  i<*  bic  2Bort= 
folge  auggegetdjmet. 

©eljr  fretmbltd)  won  3^en. 
2Btr  ftnb  jo  gtemltdj  baran  ge= 
robfynt,  bodf)  mangelt  un§  ber 
tt)eoretifd)e  ©tanbpunft. 


©te  geben  \a  fo  gut  ad()t, 
bafj  nut  raenige  gebjer  oor!om= 
men.  — 2Benn'§  Sfynen  beltebt, 
raollen  mir  bte  ©ad^e  morgen 
ober  iibermorgen  abmacfyen. 
SSertrauen      ©ie      etnftroetlen 


We  should  like  very  much 
to  have  you  tell  us,  before 
long,  something  about  the 
order  of  words  in  German. 

I  have  planned  to  devote 
an  hour  to  that  subject,  but 
to-day  let  us  recuperate  from 
our  grammar  "  hardships." 
Besides,  you  do  not  have  any 
difficulty  with  the  word-order. 

It  is  very  kind  of  you  to 
say  that.  We  are  fairly  well 
accustomed  to  the  German 
word-order,  yet  we  lack  a 
knowledge  of  the  underlying 
theory. 

You  pay  such  close  atten- 
tion that  but  few  mistakes 
occur.  —  If  you  don't  mind, 
we  will  dispose  of  that  matter 
to-morrow  or  the  day  after. 
For  the  present  you  can  trust 


I.  Was  ware  den  Studierenden  lieb  ?  2.  Was  hatte  der  Lehrer  vor? 
3.  Weshalb  nannte  er  die  grammatischen  Studien  „Strapazen"  ?  4.  Wie 
gelang  ihnen  die  Wortfolge  ?     5.   Woran  mangelte  ihnen  ?     6.  Weshalb 


kamen  so  wenige  Fehler  vor  ? 
Studenten  ? 


7.  Welchen  Rat  gab  der  Professor  den 
81 


82 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Sfyrem    ©efiiljL    —    2Barum 
ladjjen  ©ie  ? 

SBitie  urn  SSergei^ung !  @ben 
fiei  mir  ba§  6prid)U)ort  ein: 
„%va\x},  fcfeau',  roem!" 

$)a§  ift  md)t  itbel!  ©ie 
madden  fidjj  bod)  nirf)t  luftig 
iiber  mid)  ? 

3  beroafyre !  3d)  meine  nur, 
meinen  „©efuhien"  jet  ntdfjt 
redjjt  gu  trauen. 

9lur  ©ebulb !  nacfyfter  £age 
roerben  voix  btefem  Ubelftanbe 
abfyelfen. 

3l)r  SBerfpredjen  genligt  un§. 
3d)  nteineSteite  roerbe  mtd) 
fyuten  3{)nen  corgufcfyreiben, 
roaS  ©ie  tun  follen. 


9Jtad)ten  ©ie  geftern  ben 
©pajiergang,  roogu  id)  Sfynen 
tiet? 

2Bir  trauten  bem  2Better  nic^t 
red)t.  @3  fafy  etroaS  nacf)  Sftegen 
au3 ;  iibrtgenS  fatten  rmr  audi) 
gu  t)iel  ju  tun. 

S)od^  nid^t  mit  ©iubteren? 


your  feelings.  —  What  are 
you  laughing  at  ? 

I  beg  your  pardon  !  Just 
now  the  proverb  £rau',  etc. 
("be  careful  whom  you 
trust")  came  into  my  mind. 

That  isn't  bad!  You  are 
not  making  sport  of  me,  I 
hope. 

O  dear,  no !  I  am  merely 
thinking  that  my  "  feelings  " 
are  not  to  be  trusted. 

Be  patient !  one  of  these 
days  we  will  remedy  the  evil 
you  complain  of. 

Your  promise  is  sufficient. 
For  my  part  I  shall  take  good 
care  never  to  prescribe  what 
you  should  do. 


Did  you  take  the  walk 
yesterday,  which  I  advised 
you  to  take  ? 

We  were  rather  suspicious 
of  the  weather.  It  looked  a 
little  like  rain  ;  besides,  we 
had  a  great  deal  to  do. 

Surely  not  with  your 
studies  ? 


8.  Welches  Sprichwort  fiel  dem  einen  ein  ?  9.  Machte  er  sich  lustig 
iiber  jemand  ?  10.  Was  sollte  nachster  Tage  geschehen  ?  II.  Wo- 
vor  huteten  sich  die  Schuler?  12.  Wozu  hatte  man  ihnen  geraten  ? 
13.  Weshalb  machten  sie  den  Spaziergang  nicht  ?     14.  Wie  sah  es  aus  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


83 


3a,  bod),  §err  $rofef(or. 

Qa  fieEjt  man  bodf),  t»ie  ©ie 
Sfyrem  Secret  folgen !  SDa3 
©tubieren  fotnmt  einem  noa> 
mal  fo  lctd)t,  toenn  man  ntd^i 
immer  iiber  ben  Siidjjern  ft|t. 

SDaoon  ift  leine  9ftebe  bei 
un§. 

©ie  entftnnen  fidfj  ber  ©d)u= 
lerfgene  im  „gauft",  ntdjt  roafyr? 

@3  ift  ein  fehr  befd)ranfter  9iaum, 
Wan  fieht  nia)t3  ©riine3,  fetnen 

23aum, 
Unb  in  ben  ©aten,  auf  ben  33an!en 
Sergeht  mir  £>oren,  ©ehen   unb 

2)enfen. 

3Iber,  §err  ^rofeffor,  ©ie 
finb  bodf)  fein  9JJepf)iftopl)e(e3 ! 2 

5^a,  fyoffentltd)  nidjt;  bodf) 
roeifj  id)  au§  eigener  @rfafyrung, 
roie  roiflfommen  unb  roofyltu* 
enb  Heine  SluSfliige  finb. 

(Sin  anbermal  toerben  nrir 
Sfynen  folgen.  ©eten  ©ie  un§ 
nidjt  bofe!  2Bir  finb  3f)nen 
redfjt  banlbar,  bafs  ©ie  ftdfj  fur 
un§  intereffieren. 

15.  Weshalb  soil  man  nicht  immer  uber  den  Biichern  sitzen  ? 
16.  Konnen  Sie  mir  die  Stelle  aus  dem  „Faust"  anfiihren?  17.  Was 
konnen  Sie  mir  von  kleinen  Ausfliigen  sagen?  18.  Wofiir  interessieren 
Sie  sich  besonders  ? 

1  Bayard  Taylor's  translation  of  11.  1884-1887. 

2  The  representative  of  Evil  in  Goethe's  great  poem,  Faust. 


Yes,  sir ! 

A  good  illustration  of  how 
you  obey  your  teacher ! 
Studying  is  as  easy  again  if 
one  is  not  constantly  poring 
over  books. 

That  is  out  of  the  question 
in  our  case. 

You  remember,  do  you  not, 
the  scholar-scene  in  Faust? 

'T  is  all  so  cramped  and  close  and 

mean, 
One  sees  no  tree,  no  glimpse  of  green, 
And  when  the  lecture-halls  receive 

me 
Hearing,  seeing,  and  thinking  leave 

me.1 

But,  professor,  you  are  not 
a  Mephistopheles ! 

Well,  I  hope  not;  yet  I 
know  from  my  own  experi- 
ence that  little  excursions  are 
very  welcome  and  beneficial. 

We  shall  follow  your  advice 
the  next  time.  Don't  be  pro- 
voked with  us,  please!  We 
are  very  grateful  to  you  for 
the  interest  you  take  in  us. 


84 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Semegtmg,  frifdje  Suft,  etn= 
fad&e  $oft  —  mit  anbern  2Bor= 
ten,  „©als  unb  SBrot  madden," 
rote  man  fagt,  „bie  SBangen 
rot." 

3a,  aber  ber  ©tubent  fyaite 
bodj)  recfyt,  alg  er  btefeS  9^ept 
etroaS  abdnberte.  23ei  ifnn  fyiejj 
e3  namlidj) : 

Slber  Sutterbroter  (=brote) 
2ttatt)en  ©ie  t>iet  roter. 

SDagegen  fyahz  id)  aud)  md)t3 
einguroenben. 

3$  audj)  nid^i.  3d)  fttmme 
biefer  SSerfion  fogar  ooEfommen 
bei. 

3fyre  Siberalitdt  fommt  un§ 
fefyr  erroimfdf)t,  roenn  aud^  etroag 
unerroartet.  3$  glaubte  ndm= 
lid),  ©ie  woEten  nn§  mit  „Salg 
unb  SBrot"  abfpeifen,  fya,  fya! 
SDiefe  $oft  mare  un3  iibel  be= 
fommen. 

3a,  marten  <5ie  nur,  <5te 
SBofer !  td)  raerbe  fc|on  nodj) 
mett  mit  Sfynen  merben. 

S)a3  finb  fie  fd)on  Id'ngft. 


Exercise,  fresh  air,  simple 
food  —  in  other  words,  "salt 
and  bread,"  as  the  old  say- 
ing goes,  "make  the  cheeks 
red." 

Yes,  but  the  student  was 
right  after  all,  when  he 
changed  that  recipe  some- 
what.    His  version  ran, 

But  bread  and  butter 
Makes  them  ruddier. 

I  have  no  objection  to  that 
way  of  putting  it. 

Nor  I.  I  agree  with  this 
version  entirely. 

Your  generosity  is  wel- 
come, although  somewhat  un- 
expected. You  see,  I  thought 
you  were  probably  going  to 
put  us  off  with  "bread  and 
salt."  That  diet  would  not 
have  agreed  with  us. 

Just  wait,  you  wretch !  I 
shall  get  even  with  you  yet. 

Oh,  you  were  that  long  ago. 


19.  Was  macht  die  Wangen  rot  ?  20.  Wie  anderte  ein  gewisser 
Student  dieses  Rezept  ab?  21.  Sind  Sie  damit  ubereinverstanden  ? 
22.  Wie  anders  konnte  man  diese  letzte  Frage  (21)  stellen  ?  23.  Was 
glaubte  der  eine  Student  ?  24.  Haben  Sie  das  Wort  „abspeisen" 
schon  gehort?  verstehen  Sie's  ?  25.  Was  bedeutet :  mit  jemand  wett 
werden  ? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  85 

SSMen  bte  §errfd)aften  mtr  Will  you  permit  me  to  read 
erlau6en,etroa§au§bemgeui(le=  you  something  from  the  sup- 
ton1  ber  „grcmffurter  fettling"  plement  of  the  Frankfurter 
Dorgulejen?  (Sigentlid)  tun  <Ste  Zeitung?  Really  you  would 
toofjl  barcm,  ben  SluSgug  felbft  do  well  to  read  the  extract 
gu  lefen,  benn  tnelleicfyt  finb  yourselves,  for  you  may  not 
©te  biefeg  3eitung3beutfd)  md)t  be  accustomed  to  newspaper 
gerobljnt.     @3  ift  tivoa%  German.     It  is  called 

2(u3  ber  ^utbljeit  ber  (£tfenbaf)nen 

$&ier32  oerljielt  fief)  nod)  im  ^afyxe  1836  gegen  ben  23au  oon  @ifen= 
babnen  ableljnenb :  benn  man  „mbd)te  mdjt  gem  buret)  bie  Stnlage  oon 
(5tfenbal)nen  ba3  2eben  ber  9ieifenben  auf3  ©piel  fe|en." 

^ranj  2lrago 3  riet  bet  ber  SBerljanblung  iiber  bie  SSerfailler  ?8afyn  »on 
bem  39cm  eine3  £unnel3  ab,  „xve\i  ba3  Seben  ber  ^affagiere  bura)  ben 
2Bed)fel  ber  £emperatur  unb  bura)  bie  2Jibglic&fett  von  @r.ploftonen  ber 
^ofomotioen  feljr  gefcibrbet  nriirbe." 

^Sapft  ©r  eg  or  XVI  erflarte  bie  @ifenbal)n  fur  ein  „burcbau3  oerab= 
fcbeuungSrourbige^XranSportmittel." 

©in  grower  Sri'mner  $abrifant  namenS  21  uf  pifc  brad),  al3  er  baoon 
borte,  bafj  dt  0 1 b  f  d)  i  I  b  eine  SBabn  oon  2Sien  nad)  Sriinn  bauen  roollte, 
in  ben  hbfynifeben  3tuf  au3 :  „9}arrl)eit !  2)ie  diligence  oerfebrt  immer 
leer  auf  ber  ©trecfe,  unb  ba  foil  fid)  eine  33ar)n  rentieren  ?" 

2113  £aifer  $erbtnanb  bem  Sanquier  (banfie')  SRotr)fcr)ilb  ba3  $ri= 
oilegium  jur  ©rbauung  ber  9Jorbbabn  erteilte,  meinte  er :  „©eben 
roir'S  tbm,  lange  !ann  ftd)  fo  etroaS  bod)  nid)t  halten." 

©ri  I  loader4  fpottete: 

(JifenBa&nett,  Slnlebn  unb  Sefuiten 
6inb  unbeftritten 
2>ie  SBcgc,  bie  roarjren, 
Sum  5Teufet  gu  fabren. 

1  The  Feuilleton  is  that  part  of  many  European  journals  which  is  devoted  to 
light  literature,  anecdotes,  etc.  It  is  usually  at  the  foot  of  the  page  and  separated 
by  a  line  from  the  general  news. 

2  Pronounce  ti-err';  a  French  statesman  (1797-1877). 
8  A  French  scientist  (1786-1853). 

4  An  Austrian  poet  (1 791-1872). 


86  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

@f)e ber 23au ber  (Sifenbafyn oon  9turnberg  nad)  § ii r t b. !  begonnen 
rourbe,  gab  bag  banerifcfye  DbermebiainalJoUegtum  ein  @ut= 
ad)ten  bafyin  ab,  bafj  ber  ^afyrbetrieb  mit  £)ampfroagen  im  ^ntereffe  ber 
offentlidjen  ©efunbfjeit  gu  unterfagen  fet.  2)ic  frfjnelle 
33eroegung  erjeuge  unfeljlbar  eine  ©e&irnf rantfyeit  bet  ben  $affa= 
gieren,  roeld)e  eine  befonbere  2lrt  beg  delirium  f uriosum  barftelle.  SBolIten 
bie  ^a^renben  ber  ©efafyr  tro^en,  fo  miifje  ber  <5taat  roenigfteng  bie 
3ufrf)auer  fdnifcen.  25er  blofce  Slnblicf  eineg  rafd)  bafyinfa&renben 
£>ampfroageng  erjeuge  genan  biefelbe  ©ebjrnfranf&ett ;  eg  fei  begfyalb 
3U  oerlangen,  bafj  ber  Safynforper  ju  beiben  ©eiten  mit  einem  bitten, 
minbefteng  fttnf  $ufj  fyofyen  Sretterjaune  umgeben  roerbe.— -©in  ^efc 
ner  beg  banerifa)en  Sanbtageg  metnte,  bap*  SBanern,  ba  eg  feme  iiberfee; 
tfdjen  $erbinbungen  fyabe,  aud)  !eine  ©ifenbatyn  braudje. 

2Ug  ber  Dberroegebauinfpeftor  fiir  Comment,2  -Keub.  aug,  nad)  ®ng- 
lanb  reifen  rooUte,  urn  fid^  iiber  bie  neuen  ©tfenbafynen  ju  unterrid)ten, 
fertigte  i§n  Seutfy,  ber  25ireftor  ber  2lbteilung  beg  preufjifd)en  $inans= 
mtntfteriumg  fiir  £>anbel  unb  SBauroefen,  mit  ben  SBorten  ab:  „2ieber 
■ifteufyaug,  id)  fyabe  <Sie  big  |e£t  fiir  einen  oerniinftigen  9Jienfd)en  gefyalten, 
aber  id)  fange  an,  baran  gu  jroeifeln." 

$omg  ©rnft  Sluguft  t>on  £>anno»er  mollte  feine  ©ifenbabnen 
im  Sanbe,  meil  „fonft  jeber  ©c&ufter  unb  ©djneiber  fo  rafa)  reifen  fonnte 
roie  ber  $onig." 

Slber  eg  fyat  aud)  nidjt  an  roeitfirfjtigen  SWannero  gefefylt,  bie  mit 
fd)arfem  Singe  ben  2Bert  ber  ©ifenbafynen  fofort  erfannt  tyaben. 

2Bir  finben  bag  etraag  fdjtnie*  We  find  that  rather  diffi- 

rig.     3SoEen  tnir  eg  nid)t  auf  cult.     Shall  we  not  save  it 

ein  anbermal  fparen  ?  up  for  some  other  time  ? 

2Bie   Sfynen   beliebt.      5Rur  Just  as  you  please.     Only 

TDoHen  roir'g  einmal  Iaut  burets  we  ought  to  go  over  it  aloud 

nefytnen  —  ber  rid)tigen  Slug*  —  for  the   sake   of  correct 

fpracfye  roegen.     ($>er  Scorer  legt  pronunciation.      (The  instructor 

Defortberert  Stflrfjbrud  auf  bie  gtemb*        pays  special  attention  to  foreign  words.) 

wortct.)    ©o,  je$t  rotrb'g  roo^i     There  now,  that  will  do. 
gefyen. 

1  The  first  railroad  constructed  in  Bavaria. 

2  Pomerania,  a  province  of  Prussia. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  87 

§err    $rofeffor,    roa§    ftnb  Professor,  what  are  „9In= 

„2lnleben"?  lefcen"? 

9^e^men  Sie  nur  getroft  S^r  Don't  be  afraid  to  consult 

2Bbrterbud)  bctgu.     @3  lommen  your  dictionary  for  this  les- 

einige  5lugbrii(fe  t)or,  bie  S^nen  son.     There  are  several  ex- 

unbefcmnt  finb.     2Ufo,  prdpa=  pressions   you   don't    know, 

rieren    ©ie    bie    Seftion    auf  Prepare  the  lesson,  then,  for 

morgen.  to-morrow. 


VOKABULARSTUDEEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  an'stc^cn  [jog  —  gejogen],  (l)  put  on,  don:  anbere  $leiber  — , 

change  one's  clothes  ;  reine  2Bctfd)C  — ,  put  on  clean  linen.     (2)  dress : 
ftd)  — ,  dress  oneself ;  eitt  $inb  — ,  dress  a  child. 

2.  tttt^fc^Clt  [ie;  a-e],  appear,  look:  Jung  — ,  appear  young ;  toie  bu 
au3ftehft !  how  you  do  look !  e3  fah  niajt  barnatf)  au<S,  it  did  not  look  like 
it;  tt)ie  fte&t'3  CW3  ?  how  does  everything  look  ?  e3  fie&t  au3,  al3  ob  .  .  ., 
it  looks  as  if .  .  .;  e§  fah  nach  !Regen  au3,  it  looked  like  rain. 

3-  auS^teljett  [jog  —  gejogen],  (l)  take  off:  bie  ©tiefel  — ,  take  off 

one's  boots.     (2)  undress :  fitf)  — ,  undress.     (3)  with  auxiliary  fetn,  move 
out:  am  1.  b.  9ft.  jie&e  id)  au3,  I  shall  move  out  the  first  of  the  month. 

4-  fici'fttmmCtt,  assent,  agree :  id)  farm  ^htten  nic&t  — ,  /  cannot  agree 
with  you. 

5-  (efte'fiett :  I,  trans,  like,  wish:  — ©ie  ttOd)  ettt)a3?  would  you 
like  anything  else  ?  —  ©ie  einjutreten,  please  to  enter.  II,  intrans.  w. 
dat.  of  pers.  please,  suit:  tint  ©ie,  roa3  Sftttett  beliebt,  do  as  you  please  ; 
roa§  beliebt  ?  what  is  your  pleasure  ?  what  can  I do  for  you  ?  roie  beliebt  ? 
sir  ?  madam  ?  what  did  you  say  ? 

6.  bflfe,  wicked,  evil :  jm.  (or  auf  jit.)  —  fetn,  be  angry  with  some 
one ;  er  roar  ganj  —  baruber,  he  was  greatly  angered  at  it;  eg  roar  nicf)t 

—  gemeint,  /  had  no  ill  intentions,  nothing  harmful  was  intended. 

7.  ettt'fattett  [a;  ie-a;  fein],  (I)  fall  in  (house,  wall,  etc.);  (2)  sink 
in:  nut  eingefallenen  SBangen  (2utgen),  with  hollow,  sunken  cheeks 
(eyes).    (3)  make  an  inroad,  invade :  ber  $einb  ift  in  ba3  Sanb  eutge^ 

fallen,  the  enemy  invaded  the  country.     (4)  come  into  one's  mind,  occur, 
recollect :  roa3  fdltt  bir  ein  ?  what  notion  is  that  you  have  ?  e3  tOOllte 


88  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

tttir  nitt)t  — ,  some  way  I  could  not  recollect ;  fo  etnmS  fiel  mir  nie  im 
£raume  ein,  /  never  dreamt  of  such  a  thing ;  roa3  bit  nitt)t  alles  einfallt ! 
what  queer  notions  you  take  / 

8.  Cttt'niCnbCtt  [regular,  or  ttmnbte  —  gcroanbt],  object,  urge  against: 
bagegen  liefj  ftd)  nittjtS  — ,  nothing  could  be  said  against  that ;  t)aft  bu 
ettDctS)  bagegen  etnjuroenben  ?  have  you  any  objections  to  that? 

9-  (Srfafy'ntttg  [f.,  -en],  experience:  —en  mactyen,  have  experiences: 
au3  eigner — ,from  one's  own  experience  ;  in  —  bringen,  learn,  find  out ; 
burd)  —  nrirb  man  flug,  a  burnt  child  dreads  the  fire. 

10.  fnUj'fttttfen,  eat  breakfast :  cf.  gum  $ril£)ftutf ,  for  breakfast. 

11.  dhit'adjten  [n.]t  opinion,  judgment :  molten  ©ie  mir  ^x —  bar- 

liber  geben,  will  you  give  me  your  judgment  about  this  ? 

12.  tte&,  (1)  dear,  beloved:  ber — e  ©ott,  the  good  Lord ;  unfre — e 
%X(XVL,  the  blessed  Virgin  ;  ba§  toetfj  ber  — e  SjMmmel,  Heaven  knows  that ; 
(ofy)  bu  — e  geit!  good  gracious !  man  t)at  feine  —  e  9iot  mit  Hinbern, 
one  has  trouble  enough  with  children  ;  ettt).  (jn.)  —  fyaben,  &  /<?«</  0/ 
something  {some  one)  ;  einem  —  fein  (merben),  be  {become)  endeared  to 
one  ;  eg  ift  mir  — ,  I  am  glad,  I  like ;  e3  mare  mir  —  geroefen,  I  should 
have  liked.  (2)  agreeable,  pleasant :  menu  e3  bir  —  ift,  if  agreeable  to 
you. 

13-  ^affagtcr'  (-zhir)  [m.,  -c],  passenger. 

14.  f^a5tC/rCtt  (or  —  geljen),  promenade,  take  a  walk,  take  an  airing. 

15.  ©pajter'gang  [m.^e],  walk,  airing, promenade :  molten  mir  nict)t 
einen  f  leinen  —  madjen  ?  shall  we  not  take  a  little  walk  ? 

16.  Stem'ftdj,  (1)  adj.,  passable,  tolerable,  considerable :  eine  — e  SJJenge 
(©trecfe),  a  considerable  number  {distance).  (2)  adv.,  pretty,  tolerably, 
rather,  quite,  fairly :  —  gut,  pretty  well ;  bie  2lrbett  ift  fo  —  fertig,  the 
work  is  just  about  done ;  —  fpat,  rather  late ;  e§  ift  fct)on  —  lang  t)er, 
it  is  quite  a  while  ago  ;  —  giinftigeiB  ^Better,  fairly  favorable  weather  ; 
f 0  — ,  fairly  well,  or  one  can't  complain. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  The  mother  dressed  her  child  before  she  permitted  it 
to  take  a  walk.  2.  I  must  agree  with  you ;  he  looks  fairly 
well.  3.  What  did  you  say,  sir  ?  4.  I  must  dress  now ;  it 
might  (mo<f)te)  occur  to  them  to  call  (rjor^ufpredjen).  5.  It 
pleased  them  to  stay  more  than  an  hour ;  I  had  no  objections 
to  that.     6.  Would  you  like  another  (nod)  eine)  cup  of  coffee  ? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  89 

7.  You  look  as  though  you  hadn't  a  friend  in  the  world. 

8.  Undress  now  and  go  to  bed;  otherwise  (fonft)  you  will1 
take  it  into  your  head  to  go  out  once  more.  9.  I  shall  do 
what  I  please.  10.  I  don't  remember  now  what  he  said,  but 
I  believe  he  was  very  angry  about  the  stories  they 2  told  about 
him.  11.  No  harm  was  intended;  it  did  not  occur  to  any 
one  to  wish  to  harm  him.  12.  Nothing  can  be  urged  against 
that  (@<o  Itifrt  fid),  etc.).  13.  I  know  from  my  own  experience 
that  it  is  dangerous  to  express  one's  opinion  about  every- 
thing. 14.  I  am  glad  to  hear  that  you  think  so.  15.  I 
invited  them  to  breakfast  with  me.  If  you  like,  stay,  and 
eat  with  us.  16.  We  should  prefer  (@§  rotire  un3  lieber)  to  come 
another  time.  17.  There  were  fifteen  hundred  passengers  on 
the  steamer  —  a  pretty  large  number  (^Irtgafyl),  I  can  tell  you. 
18.  Well,  shall  we  now  take  a  walk?  19.  No,  let  us  wait 
till  we  have  had  breakfast ;  it  is  rather  far  over  there. 
20.  I  am  just  about  done  with  my  work.  21.  As  soon  as  I 
am  done  with  my  lesson  I  can  promenade  as  much  as  I  please. 
22.  How  is  the  weather  ?  does  it  look  like  rain  ?  23.  O  dear, 
no  !  no  danger  !  24.  That  man  is  very  fond  of  his  children  ; 
they  are  all  well  dressed  and  they  all  look  healthy. 

B 

1  (®rften3).  Ubertragen  ©ie  ben  auf  ©eite  85  abgebrncften  Slu^ug 
au3  bem  'Jeuilleton  ber  ^ranff.  3*9-"  in3  (Snglifcbe,  unb  sroar  fdjriftltdj. 

2  (3tt)eiten3) .  ©tellen  ©ie  alle  5#nen  unbef cmntett  2Borter  alpbabetif c& 
jufammen,  urn  fie  fobann  bem  ©ebtid)tm3  einjuprdgen. 

3  (25ritten3).  2Jtacf)en  ©ie  ben  33erfud),  ba§,  roaS  in  bem  befagten 
2lu^ng  iiber  „bie  ^inbfyeit  ber  (Sifenbafynen"  gefagt  roirb,  miinblid)  gu 
nrieberljolen. 

1  Use  the  present  tense. 

2  The  German  does  not  permit  the  omission  of  the  relative  pronoun. 


SWcuntc  Styredjiilimtg 


§eute  finb  ©ie  aber  fpat! 
einen  ©pagtergang  gemaa)t  ? 
tuaS? 

9}etn,  meine  greunbin  unb 
id)  fatten  einen  lleinen  ©ang 
ju  tun  (madden). 

91a,  legen  Sie  nur  ab  !  @3 
geljt  midfj  \a  md)t3  an,  roenn 
<5te  fid)  guroetlen  audi)  etroaS 
nerfpaten. 

2Btr  fatten  etntgeS  gu  beforgen, 
efye  n)ir  fyierfyer  famen.  §offent= 
lid(j  fommt'3  ntcfyt  nrieber  vox. 

2)a§  tut  nid)t3,  ©ie  braudjjen 
ftdj)  feme  SBorrourfe  bariiber  gu 
madjen. 

25a  rait  gerab.e  am  SBeidjten 
finb,  fo  .  .  . 

2Idj,  laffen  ©ie  ba§  gut  fein ! 
bie  paar  TOnuten  fyaben  ja 
nid)t§  gu  bebeuten. 

@3  brangt  midfj  bodf),  ein 
offeneS  ©eftanbmS  abjulegen. 


You  are  late  to-day!  You've 
been  taking  a  walk,  have  n't 
you? 

No,  my  friend  and  I  had  a 
little  errand  to  do. 

Come,  you  may  as  well 
take  off  your  things !  It  is 
none  of  my  business  if  you 
are  late  now  and  then. 

We  had  a  few  things  to 
attend  to  before  coming.  I 
hope  it  will  not  happen  again. 

It  really  doesn't  matter, 
you  need  not  blame  yourself 
for  it. 

Since  we  are  in  the  confess- 
ing business,  we  .  .  . 

Ah,  never  mind !  the  few 
minutes  you  have  lost  are  of 
no  consequence. 

I  feel  impelled  to  make  a 
clean  breast  of  it. 


i.  Warum  hatte  sich  die  eine  Studentin  verspatet?  2.  Wozu  wurde 
sie  eingeladen  ?  3.  Geht  es  den  Lehrer  etwas  an,  wenn  sich  die  Schuler 
verspaten?  4.  Wer  besorgt  Ihre  Einkaufe?  5.  Weshalb  machte  sich 
Fraulein  N.  Vorwiirfe  ?  6.  Was  bedeutet :  Lass  das  gut  sein  ?  7.  Was 
drangt  es  einen,  wenn  man  ein  Unrecht  auf  dem  Gewissen  hat? 

90 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


91 


Sfam,  rote  ©te  rooflen.  SSenn 
©te  mid)  bureaus  $u  S^rem 
33etd)tt)ater  mad)en  rootten,  fo 

Ijore  id)  3^nen  9ern  8U-  ®0(^ 
metnetroegen  braudjen  ©ie'g 
nid)t  gu  tun. 

$cfo.  lag  ^euie  morgen  t>on 
einem  grofjen  ©elegenfyettgoer* 
lauf  in  ber  Sllterfyetligenftrajse. 
©0  etroag  roollte  itf)  bod)  nid)t 
oerpafien. 

2llle  taufenb !  @ntfdj)ulbigen 
©te  mtcfo ;  beefy  fyeraug  mit  ber 
©prad>e!  finb  ©ie  etroa  „bretn= 
gef  alien"? 

Urn  etn  §aar;  benn  bie 
Slngetge  (Reclame)  roar  aucfy 
gu  oerlocfenb. 

©te  rotffen  ja  bod),  rote  man 
fagt:  „@tn  roohjfetler  $auf 
lodt  bag  ©elb  aug  bem  Battel." 
2Bag  rooHen  ©te?  ber  $auf= 
mann  fann  fetne  guten  SSaren 
bod)  ntd)t  oerfdjenlen. 

9iein,  roenn  id)  eg  mir  red)t 
itberlege,  fo  fefye  id)  etn,  baft 
tfym  ba§  unmbgltcfy  ift. 


Well,  just  as  you  please. 
If  you  are  bound  to  make  me 
your  father  confessor,  I  shall 
listen  to  you  gladly.  But 
you  must  not  do  it  simply 
for  my  sake. 

This  morning  I  read  of  a 
big  bargain  sale  in  All  Saints 
Street.  Of  course  I  did  not 
want  to  miss  anything  of  that 
kind. 

The  deuce  you  say!  Ex- 
cuse me  ;  but  now  let's  have 
the  whole  story !  I  suppose 
you  fell  into  the  trap. 

I  came  within  a  hair's 
breadth  of  it ;  for  the  adver- 
tisement was  too  tempting. 

But  you  certainly  know  the 
old  saying,  "A  good  bargain 
is  a  pick-purse."  What  else 
do  you  expect  ?  a  merchant 
certainly  cannot  give  his  wares 
away. 

No,  come  to  think  of  it,  I 
see  that  he  can't  do  that. 


8.  Haben  Sie  einen  „Beichtvater"  ?  9.  TJnter  welchen  Umstanden 
tut  es  not,  einen  Beichtvater  zu  haben  ?  10.  Wo  sollte  der  Gelegen- 
heitsverkauf  stattfinden  ?  11.  Sind  Sie  auch  schon  „dreingefallen"  ? 
Wie?  wo?  12.  Glauben  Sie  wirklich,  dafl  man  nichts  auf  Anzeigen 
geben  kann  ?  13.  Was  sagt  man  von  einem  wohlfeilen  Kauf  ?  14.  Was 
konnen  Kaufleute  nicht  tun  ? 


92 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


Dft  finb  aufcerorbentlid)  Ml* 
lige  ©adjen  aufterorbentlicb, 
teuer.  SBeim  ©infaufemadjen 
Ijeifst'S:  aufpaffen!  ©o  mir 
ntdjtS  bir  nid)t3  brangugefyen 
iff  gefafyrltdj. 

3ia,  man  fann  nid)t  erroarten, 
baj$  man  etrvaZ  umfonft  be- 
!ommt.  Set  un3  beforgt  bie 
Gutter  gerobfynlid)  bie@intaufe. 
©ie  rjerftefyt  fid)  barauf.  2Bie 
madjen  ©ie'3  gu  §aufe,  §err  9J.  ? 

•  33)  iiberlaffe  meiner  grau 
bie  gange  ©ad)e.  ©ie  fann 
roeit  beffer  mit  ©elb  umgefyen 
al3  id).  3$  muft  geftefyen, 
auc^  fie  roartet  mancfymal  auf 
©elegen^ettgoerldufe ;  bod)  ge= 
roofynlid)  rate  id)  ifyr  banon  ab. 
£)ie  grauen  finb  eben  alle  %'6fy 
ter  @r»a§. 

((Sine    bet    £amen. )       Unb    bie 

banner  ©bljne  SlbamS. 

(Sine  anbere.)   „$)a3  2Beib,  bag 

bu  mir  gegeben  fyafi,  §ab  mir 
ben  Slpfel  unb  id)  afc." 

©ie  finb  ja  feljr  in  ber  53ibet 
beroanbert,  graulein  X. 


It  often  happens  that  ex- 
traordinarily cheap  things 
are  excessively  dear.  In 
shopping  one  must  have  for 
his  motto,  Look  out !  Going 
at  it  haphazard  is  dangerous. 

Yes,  you  can't  expect  to 
get  something  for  nothing. 
Mother  usually  attends  to 
our  shopping.  She  is  an 
expert  at  it.  Who  does  it  at 
your  house,  Mr.  N.  ? 

I  leave  the  whole  business 
to  my  wife.  She  handles 
money  a  great  deal  more 
judiciously  than  I.  I  must 
confess,  she  too  looks  out  for 
bargain  sales  occasionally ; 
but  I  usually  dissuade  her 
from  it.  The  fact  is,  women 
are  all  daughters. of  Eve. 

(One    of    the    ladies.)       And    the 

men  are  sons  of  Adam. 

(Another  one.)       "  The    WOmatl 

whom  thou  gavest  to  be  with 
me,  she  gave  me  of  the  tree, 
and  I  did  eat." 

You  seem  to  be  very  well 
versed  in  the  Bible,  Miss  X. 


15.  Was  ist  gefahrlich  ?  16.  Was  ist  nicht  zu  erwarten  ?  17.  Wem 
sollten  Professoren  alles  Geschaftliche  uberlassen  ?  18.  Hat  diese  Kegel 
keine  Ausnahmen?  rg.  Konnen  Frauen  besser  mit  Geld  umgehen  als 
Manner?     20.   Welche  Ausrede  (excuse)  hatte  Adam  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


93 


SDarauf  fann  id)  feine  groften 
silnfprud)e  madden,  mad)e  audj) 
feine.  33on  ©efdjaften  t>erftef)e 
id)  audj)  md)t  r»iel. 

2)a§  mirb  fidf)  fdjon  nodj 
madjjen.  SBarten  6te  nur,  bt§ 
©ie  mal  3fy*e  eigne  §au3b,al= 
tung  fyaben. 

„2)agu  fyaft  bu  nodf)  eine 
lange  grift" ! 

3a,  fo  &et&t'8  tm  „gauft" ; 
ttber  man  fann  nie  miffen. 
©eien  ©ie  guten  9Jtut§,  bie 
®elegenb,eit  roirb  fd)on  f  ommen. 

3df)  fyabemirnod)  feinegrauen 
§aare  baritber  raadjfen  laften, 
§err  ^rofeffor.  ©omeit  fann 
id)  mid)  nod)  auf  bie  2Benbung : 
„2Ui§  nid^t^  roirb  nid)t3"  berufen. 

„@§  ifi  nodb,  nid)t  aller  Stage 
Slbenb",  roie  man  fagt.  —  §err 
33.,  roie  ift'3  3f)nen  ju  5Rutc 
bei  biefer  Unabb,angigfeit§er= 
flarung  fettenS  graulein  £'3? 

3a,  roa3  lajst  fid)  ba  fagen  ? 
•JRtr  mare  etxva%  meniger  Unab= 
pngigfeit  lieber. 


I  cannot  lay  any  great 
claims  to  that,  and  I  don't. 
Neither  do  I  know  much 
about  business. 

That  will  all  come  in  good 
time.  Just  wait  till  you  keep 
house  for  yourself  some  day. 

"  The  time  is  long  :  thou 
need'st  not  now  insist." 

Yes,  that's  the  way  the 
line  runs  in  Faust ;  still,  one 
can  never  tell.  Don't  be 
discouraged,  your  time  will 
come. 

I  haven't  grown  gray  wor- 
rying over  it,  professor.  So 
far  I  can  appeal  to  the  say- 
ing, „2(u§  nidnV'  etc.  ("Out 
of  nothing  nothing  comes  "). 

"  Time  will  show,"  as  the 
saying  runs.  —  Mr.  B.,  how 
do  you  feel  about  this  decla- 
ration of  independence  on 
the  part  of  Miss  X.  ? 

Well,  what  can  be  said  at 
such  a  time  ?  I  should  prefer 
a  little  less  independence. 


21.  Worauf  konnte  Fraulein  X.  keine  Anspriiche  (claims)  machen  ? 
22.  Wann  wird  sie  etwas  von  Geschaften  verstehen  ?  23.  Woruber 
laOt  sie  sich  keine  grauen  Haare  wachsen  ?  24.  Auf  welchen  Ausdruck 
beruft  sie  sich  ?  25.  Welche  Frage  richtete  der  Lehrer  an  einen  der 
jungen  Herren  ?     26.  Was  ware  diesem  lieber? 


94 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


Sftefjmen  <5ie  lieber  bie  oorige 
(Srflarung  nid^t  fo  genau.  @3 
gibt  audf)  nod)  an b ere  @rfla= 
rungen.  —  3$  mu6  mic^  aber 
bod)  nod)  erfunbtgen,  note  e§ 
mit  ber  geftrigen  Slrbeit  oon 
ftatten  ging.  SSollen  ©ie  fo 
gut  fein,  3*)*e  fdjriftli^e  Slrbeit 
am  @nbe  ber  ©tunbe  t)ter  auf 
ben  Xtfd)  gu  laffen  ?. 

@inige  2Benbungen  fonnte 
id)  !aum  beroaltigen;  3.  33.  „ft$ 
ablefynenb  gegen  etraaS  oer^aI= 
ten" ;  „gab  ba3  banerifdjje  Dber= 
mebigtnalfoEegtum  ein  ®uU 
ac^ten  bafyin  ab"  ;  unb  toa§  ift 
ein  „33al)nfSrper"  unb  ein 
„Dberu>egebauinfpeftor"?  Sludj) 
roufcte  id)  nid^t  red)t,  roa§  mit  bem 
©a£e:  „fertigte  ifyn  SBeutfy, 
ber  SDireftor  ber  2lbteilung  be3 
preufjtfdjen  ginangminifterium§ 
fiir  §anbel  unb  Sauroefen,  mit 
ben  2Borten  ah/'  gu  mad)en  fei. 
2Bie  gefagt,  einige  biefer  2Iu3= 
britde  unb  2Benbungen  marten 
mir  oiel  $u  fdjaffen. 


27.  Woriiber  erkundigte  sich  der 


Don't  take  the  declaration 
too  literally.  There  are,  as 
you  know,  other  and  differ- 
ent declarations.  —  But  I 
must  inquire  how  you  got 
along  with  yesterday's  exer- 
cise. Will  you  be  kind 
enough  to  leave  your  written 
work  here  on  the  table  when 
you  go  out  ? 

I  could  scarcely  manage 
a  few  of  the  expressions ; 
e.g.,  fidj  ablefynenb,etc.  ("look 
askance  upon  something," 
"the  Bavarian  State  Board 
of  Health  gave  a  decision  to 
the  effect");  and  what  is  a 
SBafynforper  ("  entire  length 
of  track ")  and  an  £)bern)e= 
gebauinfpeftor  ("  chairman  of 
the  (Board  of)  Highway 
Commissioners")?  And  then, 
too,  I  did  not  know  quite 
what  to  make  of  the  sentence 
fertigte  ifm,  etc.  ("  B.,  the 
Director  of  the  Division  of 
Commerce  and  Architecture 
in  the  Prussian  Treasury  De- 
partment, dismissed  him  with 
the  words  ").  As  I  told  you, 
a  few  of  these  expressions 
bothered  me  a  great  deal. 
Lehrer,  ehe  er  die  Klasse  entliel*? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  95 

$en  -Btut  rntr  md^t  nerloren,  A  stiff  upper  lip,  sir !  such 

mem  §err !    foldje  ©djnriertg=  difficulties  are  of  little  impor- 

fetten  fyabtn  md)t§  §u  bebeuten.  tance.     I   have  offered  you 

3d)  fyaU  3f)nen  meine  §ilfe  \a  my  help,  have  I  not,  as  often 

angebotert,  fo  oft  ©ie  e§  nijttg  as  you  need  it  ?  —  I  shall  look 

fyahen.  —  3d)  roerbe  3f)re  Slrbett  over  your  work,  and  correct 

burcfyfeljen,    unb,    fctlte  %fykx  ^mistakes,  in  case  there   are 

tJorfommen,  forregiere  id)  fie.  any.     In  the  meantime  don't 

Urtterbeffen  laffen  ©te  ben  Tint  get  discouraged. 
nid)t  fmfen. 

$eme  9tebe  banrm !  Not  a  bit  of  it ! 

28.  Was  hat  der  Lehrer  der  Klasse  angeboten  ?      29.  Wie  oft  ? 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  ab'fafyrctt  [a;  u-a;  fem],  start,  set  out. 

2.  ab'legen,  (1)  lay  off  or  aside,  put  down :  Mtte,  legen  ©ie  ab ! 

won't  you  lay  off  your  things  (overcoat,  etc.)?  ben  alien  2JJenftf)en  — , 
/«/  off  the  old  man  ;  ettt  ®eft(inbni3  — ,  make  a  confession  ;  eine  ftt)led)te 
@etrjof)nf)eit  — ,  lay  aside  a  bad  habit. 

3.  ttn'feteten  [0-0;  Ijaben],  offer,  proffer :  jtn.  feine  2)ienfte  — ,  offer 
some  one  one's  service ;  cf.  jm.  ein  Slnerbteten  mattjen,  make  an  offer  to 
some  one. 

4-  att'geljett  [gtng  —  gegangen;  fein],  (1)  go  on:  roollen  bie  §anb= 
ftf)ul)e  nitt)t  —  ?  ww/7  the  gloves  go  on  ?  (2)  &g*» :  je£t  gef)t'§  gteict)  an, 
«<w  it  will  begin  at  once.  (3)  [trans.;  fjaben],  concern,  regard,  touch: 
V0<X%  ge^t  ba3  bid)  an  ?  W/W  0fo.r  «f  concern  you  ?  what  business  is  it 
of  yours?  what  have  you  to  do  with  it?  er  geljt  mid)  mdjt3  an,  he  is  not 
related  to  me,  he  is  nothing  to  me  ;  e3  geljt  ntemanb  tt)a3  an,  it  is  nobody's 
business. 

5-  aitS'fmbett  [a-u]  or  auSftnbig  mad)en,  find  out,  discover. 

6.  bcfor'gen  (ettt).,  ace),  attend  or  give  attention  (to  something),  have 
(something)  in  charge,  look  after  (something) :  bie  $inber  — ,  look  after 
the  children;  einen  3luftrag  — ,  attend  to  an  errand;   Sillete  ($letfd), 


96  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

S3tOt,  etc.)  — ,  attend  to  getting  tickets  {meat,  bread,  etc.);  bttte,  —  <Sie 
meine  9tett)nung,  will  you  please  make  out  my  bill  ? 

7-  ebett,  (1)  adj.,  even:  git — er  (Srbe,  on  the  ground floor  ;  — madden, 
level.  (2)  adv.,  just,  exactly,  very:  —  \t\i,  just  now;  ba3  ift  e3  — , 
that's  just  it;  ba$  mm —  nitt)t,  not  that  precisely  ;  fo  roare  e£  tttir — 
red)!,  Ma/1  is  just  the  way  I  should  like  it ;  e3  ift  —  fo  bamit,  these  are  the 

facts  in  the  case ;  man  fann  e3  thm  —  nia)t  red)t  madden,  you  just  cannot 

suit  him  ;  barauf  roar'3  —  abgefeben,  that  was  the  very  object  {in  view)  ; 
—  ttJOlIen  (with  following  inf.  without  311),  be  on  the  point,  be  just  about 
to  .  .  .;  er  roollte  —  fort(geften),  dig  .  .  .,  he  was  just  about  to  go  when 
.  .  .;  id)  fam  —  red)t,  /  came  just  in  time.  (3)  in  compounds  with  pron. 
and  adv. :  nod)  — berfelbe,  still  the  same ;  — barum,  — be^roegen,  for 

that  very  reason;  — fo  oiel  (niele),  just  as  much  {many);  — fo  rooht 
.  .  .  al<of  as  well  as,  both  .  .  .  and. 

8.  entfdjufbigeii,  excuse,  justify :  fid)  bei  jm.  roegen  etro.  (dat.  or  gen.) 

— ,  excuse  oneself  to  some  one  on  account  of  something ;  —  (2>ie!  pardon! 
beg  your  pardon  !  —  ©ie  mid),  excuse  me  ;  id)  bitte  mid)  JU  — ,  /  beg 
to  be  excused ;  er  Itifct  fid)  — ,  he  sends  his  regrets  ;  e3  Itifjt  fid)  nid)t  — , 
there 's  no  excuse  for  it. 

9.  feljl,  adv.  in  compounds,  miss,  amiss:  — ge&en  (or  laufen),  make 
a  blunder,  miss  one's  way  ;  ber  23rief  ging  — ,  the  letter  miscarried  or 
was  missent ;  ber  grojje  $}3lan  fd)lug  — ,  the  big  plan,  or  scheme,  failed. 
Cf.  also  —  greifen,  make  a  mistake ;  —  treten,  miss  one's  footing. 

10.  fiUj'reit,  (1)  lead:  eine  2>ame  jn  £ifd)e  — ,  take  a  lady  in  to  ditiner  ; 
jn.  an  ber  -ftafe  bernm — ,  lead  some  one  by  the  nose ;  ein  $inb  an  ber 
§anb  — ,  lead  a  child  by  the  hand.  (2)  have,  carry,  bear :  ©elb  bet  fid) 
— ,  carry  money  on  one's  person  ;  eitten  gnten  9?amen  — ,  have  a  good 
name  {reputation)  ;  ba<o  UBort  — ,  be  spokesman.  (3)  attend  to,  manage : 
bie  £affe  (33iid)er)  — ,  act  as  cashier  {keep  the  books) ;  bie  £au3baltung. 
— ,  keep  house.  (4)  conduce,  be  conducive:  tt)03U  foil  ba3  — ?  where  is 
this  to  end  ?  what  is  to  be  the  outcome  of  this  ?  e3  fu&rt  }U  nid)t3,  nothing 
will  come  of  it. 

11.  ©anfl  [m.,  *e],  (1)  going,  walk, gait,  course:  jn.  am  —  erfennen, 
recognize  some  one  by  his  walk  ;  alle3  gefot  fo  jiemlid)  feinen  — ,  every- 
thing is  going  along  as  usual.  (2)  errand:  etnen  —  tun  (or  mad)cn  or 
beforgen),  attend  to  an  er,rand.  (3)  saving,  course:  alleS  ift  in  OOlIem 
— e,  all  is  in  full  swing  or  blast ;  in  —  bringen  (or  fe^en),  start,  set 
going;  im  — e  balten,  keep  going.  (4)  passage:  ein  fd)maler — ,  a  nar- 
row passage.     (5)  course  {of  dishes):  erfter  — ,  entree. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  97 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  When  does  the  train  start?  2.  Has  the  Denver  train 
started?  3.  Won't  you  lay  off  your  top-coat?  4.  Thank 
you,  it  is  very  warm  in  the  house.  5.  May  I  offer  you  my 
services,  sir?  6.  No,  thank  you;  everything  is  attended  to. 
7.  How  does  that  concern  them  ?  They  cannot  find  out  any- 
thing about  the  money  they  lost.  8.  It  does  concern  them 
greatly,  since  I  am  told  that  the  thief  made  a  confession. 
9.  I  was  just  about  to  ask  you  to  attend  to  my  tickets  for 
me.  10.  I  have  an  errand  to  attend  to  before  I  go  home; 
it  is  not  worth  while  (eg  ift  md)t  ber  9JUif)e  roert)  to  lay  off  my 
things.  11.  What  brought  you  hither  ?  12.  How  is  every- 
thing going  with  you?  1.3.  Everything  is  going  along  as 
usual  so  far  as  I  know.  14.  I  am  told  that  his  business  is 
in  full  swing.  15.  You  cannot  go  amiss  if  you  go  straight 
ahead  (gerabectug).  16.  I  fear  the  letter  has  miscarried. 
17.  A  very  narrow  passage  led  up-stairs  (nad)  oben).  18.  Did 
they  have  a  good  deal  of  (t)iel)  money  with  them  ?  19.  Who 
keeps  the  pocketbook  at  your  home?  20.  Excuse  me,  sir, 
I  can  attend  to  that  myself.  21.  You  are  just  in  time,  we 
were  just  talking  about  you.  22.  You  are  right,  I  came  just 
in  time.  23.  Did  you  say  that  the  factory  (bie  gctbrif)  has 
started  up  again  ?  24.  Yes,  but  whether  they  can  keep  it 
going  is  questionable  (frctgltd)).  25.  I  beg  to  be  excused 
for  a  moment,  I  am  greatly  concerned  in  mailing  this  letter. 
26.  How  long  has  he  kept  books  for  that  firm  ?  27.  Did  he 
also  act  as  cashier?  28.  One  can  recognize  him  by  his 
walk.  29.  How  many  courses  did  they  have  at  their  banquet 
(Jefteffen)  ?  30.  Excuse  me,  sir,  it  just  occurs  to  me  that  I 
have  still  some  errands  to  attend  to.  31.  May  I  offer  you 
a  cigar  before  you  go  ?  32.  I  gladly  accept  your  offer, 
thank  you. 


98  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

B 

12.  (tjclc'ncitfjcit  [f., -en],  chance,  opportunity:  auf  eme —  paffen  (or 
marten),  wait  for  an  opportunity;  eine —  ergreifen  (oerpaffen),  seize 

(lose)  a  chance  ;  mit  erfter  — ,  at  the  first  opportunity. 

13.  ®e(e'j»ettl)eit3&erfattf  [m.,  *e],  bargain  sale. 

14.  He'fcer  (comp.  of  gem),  rather,  sooner,  better :  fommen  ©ie  —  mit, 
you  had  better  come  along ;  md)t3  ift  mix  —  al3  .  .  .,  I  would  sooner  have 
.  .  .  than  .  .  . ;  etn).  (in.)  —  fyabetl  (or  mogen)  al3  .  .  .,  prefer  something 
(some  one)  to  ...  ;  je  eber,  je  — ,  the  sooner  the  better  ;  id)  mill  (or  mod)te) 
— ,  /  would  rather,  I  should  prefer. 

15.  mad)Cn,  (1)  do,  make:  roaS  —  ©ie  ba  ?  what  are  you  doing  there  ? 
voa$  macfot  ber  $ranfe?  >&<w  is  the  patient  doing?  lafs  ibn  nur — Just  let 
him  have  his  way,  let  him  alone ;  e3  ift  ntd)t3  JU  — ,  there  is  nothing  that 
can  be  done  ;  man  fcmn  Utd)t3  mit  ibttt  — ,  there's  nothing  to  be  done  with 
him  ;  mad)',  bafj  bu  fortfommft,  see  that  you  get  away,  (2)  with  an  ace. 
object :  2lnf»riid)e  auf  etn).  (ace.)  — ,  lay  claim  to  something;  Slnftalt(en) 
— ,  make  preparation^) ;  2luffefoen  — ,  create  a  sensation  ;  jm.  ©bre  — , 
reflect  honor  on  some  one ;  (Sroft  mit  etn).  — ,  be  in  earnest,  or  serious,  about 
something ;  $eierabenb  — ,  leave  off,  or  quit,  work  (at  sundown) ;  @elb 
— ,  make  money;  ©efc&afte  — ,  do  business ;  fein  ©Itid  — ,  make  one's 
fortune  ;  Spocbjeit  — ,  marry,  get  married ;  jm.  Spoffnung  — ,  give  some 
one  hope  ;  eine  3teife  — ,  make  a  trip  ;  jm.  ©d)anbe  — ,  bring  disgrace 
upon  some  one;  ©dmlben — ,  run  into  debt;  ©paf[ — ,  joke,  make  fun  ; 
(triele)  llmfttinbe  — ,  be  ceremonious,  make  much  fuss,  etc.  (3)  with  a 
prep,  phrase  as  complement,  make:  jn.  gum  2)Ottor  (Slboofaten,  etc.) 
— ,  make  some  one  a  doctor  (lawyer,  etc.) ;  id)  tttac&te  fie  JU  meiner  $rau, 
/  made  her  my  wife ;  ettt).  jU  ©elb  — ,  turn  something  into  money. 
(4)  with  an  adj.,  adv.,  or  part,  as  complement,  make,  render:  jm.  angft 
unb  bange  — ,  frighten  some  one  greatly ;  feine  2lnftd)ten  geltenb  — , 
assert,  or  urge,  one's  views  ;  um  e3  lurj  JU  — ,  in  short,  to  be  short ;  jn. 
fd)led)t  — ,  slander,  or  calumniate,  some  one ;  jm.  etn).  mei3 — ,  deceive 
some  one,  get,  or  lead,  some  one  to  believe  something.  (5)  refl. :  fid)  an 
bie  2lrbett  — ,  set  to  work ;  fid)  auf  ben  2Beg  — ,  set  out,  start;  fta)  au3 
bem  ©taube  — ,  abscond,  run  away  ;  e3  TDirb  fid)  f  d)On  — ,  that  will  come 
out  all  right. 

16.  9Httt  [m.],  (1)  mood,  humor:  guten  Tinted  fein,  be  of  good  cheer, 
be  in  good  humor ;  mir  roar  gut  (fdjlecbt)  %w  —  (or  jumute),  I  felt  badly 
(disappointed,  discouraged,  etc.);  un3  mar  JU  — e,  aid  Ob  .  .  .,  we  felt  as 
if '. . .;  nun,  roie  ift'd  eua)  JU  — e?  well,  how  do  you  feel  (about  it)? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


99 


(2)  courage:  jm.  —  macben  (or  eittflofjett),  encourage  some  one ;  —  faffen, 
take  courage ;  ben  —  nerlteren  (or  ftnfen  lafjen),  lose  heart ;  ben  —  nur 
ntdjt  t>erloren !  or  nur  — !  courage ! 

17.  ttirf)t3,  nothing,  not  anything:  gang  Uttb  gar — ,  nothing  at  all ; 
—  ber  2lrt,  nothing  of  the  kind ;  fo  »iel  (or  gut)  U)te  — ,  next  to  nothing; 
bag  bat  —  gu  bebeuten  (or  §u  fagen),  that  is  of  no  consequence,  that  does 
not  matter ;  roemi  eg  roetter  —  tft,  if  that  is  all ;  —  roeniger  alg,  any- 
thing but ;  eg  ift  —  roert,  it  is  of  no  value,  or  no  good ;  aug  —  rairb  — , 
from  nothing  nothing  comes  ;  baraug  roirb  — ,  that  won't  work,  you  can- 
not make  that  go  ;  mtr  —  bir  — ,  coolly,  nonchalantly,  without  any  more 
ado. 

18.  um'gc^Ctt  [ging  —  gegangen ;  fein],  (1)  (mtt  jm.),  associate,  keep 
company  (with  some  one) :  er  roetfs  mtt  SKenfcben  umjugefjen,  he  knows 
the  world;  ntit  roem  gef>t  er  um  ?  with  whom  does  he  keep  company  ? 
(2)  handle,  use :  fte  nerftebt  mtt  ©elb  umgugeljen,  she  knows  how  to 
handle  money  ;  gelje  etroag  fparfam  mtt  ber  Sutter  um,  be  somewhat 
sparing  of  the  butter.  (3)  entertain,  be  occupied  with  :  er  gtng  mit  bent 
©ebanfen  (^Slane)  um,  he  entertained  the  thought  {plan). 

19.  tJerbatt'fett  (jm.  etro.),  owe,  be  under  obligation  {to  some  one  for 
something) :  bag  Ijaben  ©te  ibr  JU  — ,  you  owe  that  to  her,  you  have  her 
to  thank  for  that. 

20.  Dcrbett'fett  (occurs  mostly  in  expressions  involving  the  infinitive), 
take  amiss,  blame :  eg  ift  tbr  ntdjt  ju  — ,  man  f ann  eg  tbr  nttf)t  — ,  she 
cannot  be  blamed  for  it ;  tcb  nerbenfe  eg  bir  gar  nicbt,  I  do  not  blame  you 
in  the  least. 

ZJbersetzen  Sie  folgendes  :  — 

1.  What  are  you  waiting  for?  an  opportunity  to  buy 
cheaply?  2.  I  went  to  a  bargain  sale,  but  I  would  rather 
not  tell  you  what  I  bought.  3.  You  had  better  stay  for 
dinner.  4.  Come  again  soon  ;  and  the  sooner  the  better. 
Of  course  you  want  to  see  what  we  are  all  doing.  5.  You 
had  better  come  over  here  (fyter  fyerttber);  there  is  more 
room.  6.  What  are  you  doing  over  there  (bort  briiben)  ? 
Do  you  know  how  to  handle  a  gun?  7.  No,  but  it  will 
come  out  all  right  in  time.  8.  Go  to  work  now !  don't  lose 
this  chance  to  make  a  little  money.     9.  One  cannot  blame 


100  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

him  for  losing  courage  (baj$  .  .  .  t)erlor);  he  had  next  to 
nothing  after  the  fire.  10.  Courage!  all  that  will  come  out 
all  right,  n.  I  heard  (DJtcm  fagte,  etc.)  he  had  run  away  on 
account  of  his  debts ;  I  wonder  whether  there  is  anything 
to  it.  12.  But  now  it's  high  time  to  start  if  we  want  to  get 
there  (fyirtfommen)  before  night.  13.  I  would  not  associate 
with  them  if  I  were  in  your  place.  14.  The  farmer  could 
not  use  the  young  man  because  he  did  not  know  how  to 
handle  horses.  15.  You  have  already  done  so  much  for 
me  !  how  much  I  owe  to  you  !  16.  That  is  of  no  conse- 
quence ;  you  had  better  not  say  anything  more  about  it. 
17.  Take  courage,  my  dear  fellow  !  a  man  who  knows  how 
to  handle  money  and  how  to  treat  people  can  make  his  for- 
tune in  America.  18.  Don't  run  into  debt  ;  turn  the  little 
which  you  have  into  money  and  begin  again.  19.  He  asso- 
ciated with  (some)  people  who  reflected  little  honor  upon 
him.     20.  Is  he  going  to  make  her  his  wife  ? 


Seljnte  SjjredjiUmng 


With  this  U&ung  compare  Von  Jagemann,  German  Syntax,  §§  212-246. 


§eute  raoHen  mix  un3  aber 
an  bie  2BortfoIge  madjen. 

Mix  ift'S  red)t.  3d)  l)ahz 
3#nen  ja  t>erfprod()en,  eine 
©tunbe  barauf  gu  oerrrjenben. 

©ie  erinnern  fidj)  nodlj,  ntc^t 
roafyr,  bafj  ©ie  un§  rieten  un= 
ferem  „©efu^I"  gu  oertrauen  ? 
Xro^bem  ma$t  un%  bie  beutjcfjc 
SSortfolge  t>iel  gu  fd^affen. 

2)a3  ift  nidjt  gum  3Sertt)un= 
bem.  ©ie  gefyen  eben  gu  t)iel 
com  @nglifd)en  au§. 

2Ba§  anbereS  bleibt  unferei= 
nem  iibrig  ? 

3d>  r-erbenfe  eg  3$nen  ja 
nidjt.  ©ie  roerben  aber  fefyen, 
bafj  bie  ©acfye  feine  fd)rt)ie= 
rtge  ift.  @3  fyanbelt  fid)  nur 
barum,  einige  fefte  $unfte  gu 
geroinnen.  $)ie  3SortfoIge  ift 
nid&t  fo  t>ertr»idelt,  rote  fie 
fdjeint. 

Sfyeoretifdj)  rjielleicijt  nicfyt, 
aber  .  .  . 


Let  us  get  at  the  order  of 
words  to-day. 

I'm  willing.  I  promised 
you  to  devote  an  hour  to 
that  subject,  didn't  I  ? 

You  remember,  I  suppose, 
that  you  advised  us  to  trust 
to  our  "feelings"  in  the 
matter  ?  Despite  that,  the 
German  order  of  words 
bothers  us  a  great  deal. 

Which  is  not  surprising. 
You  take  English  too  much 
as  your  model. 

What  else  can  one  do  ? 

Why,  I  don't  blame  you 
for  it.  But  you  will  see  that 
the  subject  is  not  difficult. 
It  is  simply  a  question  of  fix- 
ing a  few  points  firmly  in 
your  mind.  The  order  of 
words  is  not  so  complicated 
as  it  seems  to  be. 

Perhaps  not,  theoretically, 
but  .  .  . 


101 


.  i  o; 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


r .  fi^oretifd^e  Senntnifte  finb 
bie  (Srunblage  ber  $raji3,  rae= 
nigfteng  finb  fie  tran  fyijd)fter 
2Bid)tigfeit.  $)e3fyalb  merfen 
©ie  ftd&'S  : 

1.  SDer  normale  SBefyaups 
tungSfaij1  erforbert  —  ebenfo 
rate  im  @ngltfd)en —  ba§  flef  = 
tierte  3^traort  unmittel  = 
bar  natf)  bem  ©ubjeft.  £)ie 
grofjte  Stbraeidjung  t)om  eng= 
lifcfyen  ©pradjgebraucb,  ift  bie 
©telliing  be§  gnfmitioS  unb 
be§  $arti$ip§  (b.  \).  ber  nomi= 
nalen  SSerbformen)  am  @nbe 
be§  ©aijeS  :  ber  Seljrer  £)at  ben 
©tubenten  bie  beutfcfye  2Bort= 
f  olge  erf  I  art ;  ber  Sefyrer 
rairb  .  .  .  er  Heir  en. 

2.  $)agegen  raiH  e§  ber 
beutfcfye  ©pracfygebraud),  bafj  im 
9fobenfa£e  ba§  fleftierte  $zit= 
roort  alien  an  bem  ©a£  = 
unb  SRebeteilen,  felbfi  bem 
^nfinitio  unb  bem  ^arti^ip, 
nacfygefe^t  rairb:  al3  ber 
£eb,rer  ben  ©tubenten  bie 
beutfcfye  2Bortfolge  erflarte; 
fobalb  ber  Seljrer  .  .  .  erflart 
I) at,  ober  erfldren  rairb, 
u.  f.  ra. 

1  For  the  interrogative,  imperative, 


Theoretical  knowledge  is 
the  foundation  of  practice, 
at  least  it  is  of  the  highest 
importance.  For  that  rea- 
son notice  : 

i.  The  normal  declarative 
sentence  requires  —  just  as 
it  does  in  English  —  the  in- 
flected verb  immediately  after 
the  subject.  The  greatest 
deviation  from  English  usage 
is  the  placing  of  the  infini- 
tive and  of  the  participle  (i.e. 
the  nominal  verb-forms)  at 
the  end  of  the  sentence :  ber 
Seljrer,  etc.  ("the  teacher  has 
explained  the  German  order 
of  words  to  the  students ;  the 
teacher  will  explain,  etc."). 

2.  On  the  other  hand  Ger- 
man usage  demands  that  in 
a  dependent  clause  the  in- 
flected part  of  the  verb  be 
placed  after  all  other  parts  of 
speech,  even  after  the  infin- 
itive or  the  participle  :  al3 
ber  Sefyrer,  etc.  ("when  the 
teacher  explained  the  Ger- 
man order  of  words  to  the 
students ;  as  soon  as  the 
teacher  has  explained,  or 
shall  explain,  etc."). 

and  optative  construction,  see  p.  106. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


103 


3.  <5tet)t  im  33eljauptung3= 
fa|e  irgenb  em  Itmftanbgroort, 
ober  anbrer  aboerbialer  ©a|= 
teil,  irgenb  ein  Dbjelt  (in 
roeldjem  %aU  e§  audjj  fei)  ober 
enblid)  bag  gur  (Sinfii^rung  be§ 
eigentlidjjen  6ubjefte3  bienenbe 
„e§",  fo  finbet  ©teHenraedjfel 
jrotfd^en  ©ubjett  unb  fleftiertem 
Seitroort  ftatt :  fyeute  erf  I  art 
berSefyrerben  ©tubenten  bie 
beutfcfye  2Bortfolge;  e§  roirb 
ber  Sefyrer  .  .  .  erflaren. 

®an!e  beftenS.  Sine  tabel= 
Iartfd>e  Uberficfyt  auf  (Snglifd) 
roiirbe  t>ielleid^t  nid)t3  fcr)aben. 
3m  Jail  ber  Sftot  fonnten  roir 
un3  bann  orientieren. 

■fta,  meinetroegen.  ©rft 
mocfyte  itf)  aber  nod)  gtoei  rotd)= 
tige  ^ringipien  oorau§fd)icfen. 
SDa^erfte:  3m  allgemeinen 
ftellt  ber  beutfd&e  ©a§ 
ba§  roeniger  2B t d) 1 1 g e 
bem  2Bidjtigeren  ooran. 
2)a§  groeite,  oon  ben  ©tubenten 
fo  oft  oemacfylaffigte  :  2)  a  § 
SBefcfyreibenbe  gefyt  bem 
33ef  djriebenen  ober  bem 
gu  $8efd)retbenben  ooran. 

@tn  it>eitlaufenbe§  ^rtn^ip, 
ba§  letjere!  §alt'3  immer 
©ltd)? 


3.  If  a  declarative  sen- 
tence is  introduced  by  an 
adverb  or  other  adverbial 
expression,  by  an  object 
(either  direct  or  indirect),  or 
by  the  introductory  e§,  inver- 
sion takes  place  :  t)eute  er= 
Hart,  etc.  ("to-day  the  teacher 
explains  the  German  order  of 
words  ;  the  teacher  will  ex- 
plain, etc."). 


Thank  you  very  much. 
A  tabular  survey  in  English 
would  perhaps  not  be  amiss. 
We  could  then  get  our  bear- 
ings in  case  of  need. 

Well,  all  right.  But  first 
I  should  like  to  lay  down 
two  important  principles. 
The  first :  Generally  speak- 
ing, the  German  sentence  places 
the  less  important  before  the 
more  important.  The  second 
(the  one  so  frequently  vio- 
lated by  students) :  Modifiers 
precede  the  thing  modified  or 
the  thing  to  be  modified. 

A  far-reaching  principle, 
the  last !  Does  it  always 
hold  good  ? 


104 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


StuSgenommen  bat>on  ftnb 
nur  *Prdpofitionaln)en= 
bungen,  SR elatiof d^e  imb 
(roenn  and)  nidjt  immer)  ©ene= 
t i t) e  bet  ©emeinnamen, 
guroeilen  aud)  ber  ©igennamen : 
bie  ©efd)td)te  turn  geftern ;  ber 
Setter,  ber  ben  ©djitlern  bie 
beutfcfye  SSortfolge  erfldrte ;  ber 
Seller  ber  Piaffe  u.  f.  tt). 


@3  ift  ja  im  (Snglifcfyen  eben= 
f* 

3a,  freilidf) !  9htr  auf  e  i  n  e 
tr)td)tige  2lbtt)etcr)ung  com  @ng* 
Hfcfyen  muji  ic§  Sie  aufmerf= 
fam  madden.  SDaS  $)eutfd)e 
erforbert  namlid),  bajj  fogar 
attrtbutioe  ^artigipiairoenbtm= 
gen  bem  ©ubftanttoe  n  o  r  a  n= 
geftellt  roerben.  2Ilfo:  bie 
au3  £)eutfd)lanb  eingefiifyrte 
2Bare;  ber  feiner2Bol)ltdtigfeit 
roegen  fo  beriifymte  §err  9R.  91. 

2ld)  ja ;  mit  biefem  ©a|ge= 
fiige  f)at  man  feine  liebe  -Mot ! 

9Rid)t  roenn  man  ftcf)  in  ad)t 
nimmt.  Sllfo,  eine  englifdje 
Stabetle  mare  3f)^n  Iieb? 
6dj)on!    tyier  ift  fie. 


The  only  exceptions  are 
prepositional  phrases,  rela- 
tive clauses,  the  genitives  of 
common  nouns  (yet  not 
always),  occasionally  also  the 
genitives  of  proper  nouns  : 
bie  ©efdjicfyte,  etc.  ("that  story 
of  yesterday;  the  teacher 
who  explained  the  German 
word-order  to  the  scholars ; 
the  teacher  of  the  class," 
etc.). 

It  is  the  same  way  in 
English. 

Certainly  it  is  !  But  I  wish 
to  call  your  attention  to  just 
one  important  deviation  from 
English.  German  demands 
that  even  participial  phrases 
when  used  attributively  shall 
precede  the  substantive. 
Hence,  bie  au§  3)eutfd)Ianb, 
etc.  ("wares  imported  from 
Germany;  Mr.  N.  N.,  so  re- 
nowned because  of  his  bene- 
factions"). 

Ah,  yes  ;  what  endless 
trouble  one  has  with  this 
construction  ! 

Not  if  one  is  careful.  You 
would  like  to  have  a  tabular 
survey  in  English,  you  say  ? 
Very  well  !  here  it  is. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


105 


W 
r-> 
fc 
W 
H 
& 
H 

is 

< 
o 

s 

5 

H 
H 

g 


< 

-O     4. 

,2  i 

J!  S 

0  .£ 

are     two     or 
more)   in  the 
following  se- 
quence : 

1.  Adjective 

2.  Separable 

particle 

3 .  Participle 

4.  Infinitive2 

a 
H 
i 
> 

a 
< 

4       £  £   e  .£2 

usually  arranged  in  the 
order  of  — 

1.  Time 

2.  Place 

3.  Manner     or     Cir- 
cumstance.    However, 
variations    occur    con- 
formably   to    principle 
II,  p.  106.    A  very  com- 
mon variation  consists 
in  shifting  the  least  im- 
portant adverbial    ele- 
ment   (usually   that   of 
time)  to  the  beginning 
of  the  clause  or  after  a 
pronoun  object. 

in 

H 

u 

I 

A 
O 

fe 

» 
O 

T3                1 

s  "s  *!  a 

•  .a  a  0 
O   °   a 

Y 

qualified  by  all  of  their  modifiers :  adjectives,  prepositional 
phrases,  or  clauses.     The  latter  may  likewise  be  placed 
outside  the  limits  set  for  the  adjuncts  of  the  verb.     Cf. 
foot-note,  p.  107. 

In  case  there  are  both  noun  and  pronoun  objects,  the 
latter  usually  precede.     Cf.  principle  II,  p.  106. 

< 

u 

H 
M 
O 
55 

a 

0 
z 

0 
as 

m 

e 
O 

(5 

8 

< 

§■ 

Per- 
sonal 
or  in- 
flected 
verb 

*9   "O 

3      CO 

§  3 

^  ft 

G      CD 

•8   .• 

CU       > 

1  Sc- 

U     <u      (0 
0     <o     i) 

0  "3  ** 

s  Sj 

2      C      <U 

5     «    J3 

S  ft  *• 

2  «    1 

3  T3     1 

tollowing  the  sub- 
ject, and  adjectives 
preceding  it. 

8  : 


en  « 

.  *  a 

8  .2  £  ft 

«   B  "    « 

^5 


E  a 


1   ? 


c  »..£:  * 
*>       .~  •« 

■S  ^  =u 

to  ■**  .2      • 
u  «>  .»   8 

§fs| 

2   S   S2.3 

>  *   «  a 

2  e  a  s 

»    5     SJ 

•J    ,1;      u    ,g, 

tilt 

*  -°  ^  * 

^  -g  f  s 

2  •S'S-s 

*  §  g  i 

§  *2  S1 

.S.    4)     o    -^ 

^h    co    p.    tfl 

rt    u    J    & 

■sils 

CO    .tJ 

>  c    >.  £ 

co  <2  =5  S 

CO      .M       (0     a 

II  n 

-  S  ^-S 

>«•  a  >—    o. 
.^:    u    c    - 

??    II 


106  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

The  two  following  principles  underlie  the  German  sen- 
tence :  — 

Principle  I.  The  modifier,  unless  it  be  a  common  noun  in  the  genitive, 
a  prepositional  phrase,  or  a  dependent  clause,  precedes  the  thing  modified. 
This  principle  demands,  for  instance,  that  a  qualifying  participle  shall 
precede  its  noun  and  shall  in  its  turn  be  preceded  by  its  own  modifiers. 
Compare  English  "a  never-to-be-forgotten  circumstance,"  "the  long- 
looked-for  draft,"  etc.  Frequently  English  participial  modifiers  —  the 
bird  sitting  on  a  branch,  etc.  —  are  preferably  rendered  by  a  subordinate 
clause:  ber  &ogel,  ber  auf  bent  groeige  fifct,  rather  than  ber  auf 
bem  ^roeige  ft^enbe  SSoget.  Infinitives,  likewise,  must  be  preceded  by 
their  qualifiers  or  complements  :  roir  bebienen  unS  be3  35eutf djen,  um  e£ 
fo  balb  rote  mogltcfo  JU  erlernen,  "  we  make  use  of  the  German,  to 
learn  it  as  soon  as  possible." 

Principle  II.  The  adjuncts  of  the  verb  {objects,  adverbial  modifiers, 
predicatives'),  and  likewise  different  members  of  each  class  of  adjuncts,  are 
placed  in  the  inverse  order  of  their  importance.  Thus,  for  example, 
pronouns  precede  nouns,  adverbs  of  time  those  of  place,  reflexives  other 
pronouns,  etc.     See  table  on  page  105. 

There  are  two  variations  of  the  "  Normal "  order,  given 
in  the  tabular  statement  on  page  105,  viz.  Inversion  and 
Transposition. 

Inversion  consists  in  placing  the  personal  verb  of  the  independent 
clause  before  its  subject.  It  occurs  always  when  any  adverbial 
modifier  (whether  word,  phrase,  or  clause),  any  object  (whether  direct 
or  indirect),  or  any  predicative  begins  the  sentence.  Cf.  English  "  *  Well,' 
said  he,"  "  Never  were  we  more  ready,"  " « Never  mind,'  thinks  I." 

The  same  order  (inversion)  must  be  observed  in  interrogative,  con- 
ditional, optative,  and  imperative  sentences,  as  well  as  in  the  exceedingly 
common  construction  with  the  expletive  e3,  there:  63  brauft  eirt  SHuf 
rote  SDormerfoaU,  "There  sounds  a  voice  like  thunder-peal";  ©3  flogen 
brei  SBurfcben  roo&l  itber  ben  9?hetn,  "Three  youths  went  across  the 
Rhine,"  etc.  Inversion  may  also  occur  for  emphasis  in  exclamatory 
sentences. 

Transposition  is  the  placing  of  the  personal  or  inflected  verb  at 
the  very  end  of  the  clause.  It  occurs  in  all  dependent  clauses  actually 
introduced  by  a  relative  pronoun  or  a  subordinate  connective. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  IO? 

3e|t  tnacpn  <5ie  mal   ben         Now  try  to  fit  the  follow- 

23erfud),    bie   folgenben   ©>a£e  ing  sentences  to  the  scheme, 

bem  Schema  an^upaffen.   ©eben  Account  to  yourselves  for  the 

©ie  fid)  SRedjenfdjaft  iiber  bie  position  of  every  word  in  the 

©teEurtg  eineS  jeben   2Borte3  sentences, 
im  ©a£e. 

1.  2)er  alte  £err  ift  geftern,  abenbs  fiinf  Up,  fanft  entfdjlafen. 

2.  2)er  alte  £err,  ber  fcpn  fo  lange  franf  gelegen  ptte,  ift  geftern 
fritl)  urn  fiinf  Up  geftorben. 

3.  2(13  ber  alte  §err  geftorben  war,  ging  fein  ©op,  ber  an3  Slmerifa 
an  fein  ©terbebett  geeilt  roar,  roieber  guriicf. 

4.  fcaft  bu  bem  Settler,  ber  bid)  pnie  morgen  nm  etn  2Ilmofen  bat, 
mdf)t£>  gegeben  ? 

5.  3d)  baajte,  bu  ptteft  eg  beinem  $rennbe  oerfprodjen,  t)on  fe|t  an 
fieifuger  311  ftubieren.1 

6.  SSergangene  2Boa)e  fdjon  fagte  er  mir,  bafe  er  ntd)t  longer  roillenS 
roare,  in  meinem  ©ienfte  gu  bleiben. 

7.  $$  fagte  thm :  ©epn  ©ie  nur ;  id)  !ann  aud)  ope  ©ie  fertig 
roerben. 

8.  groar  fanb  id)  feine  ©rflarung  unb  fein  ganjeS  Setragen  pdjft  un= 
fdjidlid) ;  bod),  rote  id)  Spen  faQef  bin  id)  aud)  ope  ip  fertig  geroorben. 

9.  9ftoge  e3  ip  nidjt  gereuen! 

10.  §ab'  id)  bie  ©trafjen  ber  ©tabt  nod)  nie  fo  einfant  gefepn!  3ft 
boa)  bie  ©tabt  roie  gefept ! 

11.  $ame  ©oetp  nad)  SBeimar  gurucl,  fo  roiirbe  er  bie  gimmer,  bie 
er  friipr  beroopte,  ganj  fo  geplten  finben,  roie  er  fie  oerliefj.2 

12.  2Kan  roollte  mir  ben  Sop  nid)t  bejahlen,  ben  id)  bod)  fo  reblid) 
oerbient  ptte.2 

1  Though  theoretically  other  more  direct  adjuncts  of  the  personal  verb  (here, 
oetfarocfien)  should  stand  last,  it  is  permissible  and  frequently  imperative  that 
the  infinitive  occupy  that  position.  Especially  must  this  order  be  observed 
when  the  infinitive  has  its  own  adjuncts.     Cf.  Note  2,  p.  105. 

2  A  dependent  clause  may  be  regarded  as  a  semi-independent  element.  It  is, 
accordingly,  quite  often  placed  after  the  direct  predicate-complement  of  the  main 
verb ;  cf.  table,  p.  105.  This  is  done  to  obviate  the  cumbersome  and  involved 
construction  which  would  result  from  placing  the  direct  adjunct  at  the  end  of 
the  sentence.  Good  usage  does  not  admit  constructions  like,  e.g.,  gang  fo,  ttrie  tx 
fie  oerliefe,  gehalten  finben.    Ibid.,  Note  2. 


io8 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


13.  2ftan  rooUte  mir  ben  £ofm,  ben  id)  boa)  fo  reblta)  oerbient  tyatte, 
nidfjt  bejafylen. 

14.  8$  erfudjte  meine  £augfrau,  einen  fleinen  ©ang  fiir  mitt)  ju  tun. 

15.  2)urfte  ttt)  ©ie  erfutt)en,  einen  fleinen  ©ang  fiir  mitt)  ju  madden  ? 

16.  @g  freute  mid)  ungemein,  ben  £unb,  ben  id)  ftt)on  oerloren  gu 
fyaben  glaubte  (or  glaubte  oerloren  ju  fyaben),  bafyeim  anptreffen. 

17.  SBillft  bu  mir  bag  33utt),  bag  bir  beine  £ante  gufdjitfte,  nitt)t  seigen  ? 

18.  ©ie  laben  mitt)  immer  ein,  nur  rett)t  tiidjtig  jujulangen,  roarum 
effen  ©ie  felbft  md)t  ? 

19.  „@g  brauft  ein  9tuf  roie  2)onnerE)alI,  rote  ©d)roertgeHirr  unb 
SBogenprall." 

20.  $ommen  ©ie  boa)!    <paben  ©ie  mid)  nitt)t  oerftauben  ? 

21.  ©eftern  gab  er  ifym  bag  ©elb ;  er  gab  it)m  geftern  bag  ©elb ;  er 
gab  u)m  bag  ©elb  geftern. 

22.  ©r  roar  fitt)  beffen  nitt)t  mefyr  beroufjt. 

23.  -Kimm  bie  2Dorte  juriid,  bie  bu  foeben  geforodjen  Ijaft. 

24.  2>ener  §e**  mufe  ber  ©»rad)e  ntd)t  matt)tig  fein,  benn  to)  pre  if)n 
niemalg  fprett)en. 


§err  ^rofeffor,  roarum  ftefyt 
nidfjt :  tdjj  tfyn  niemals  fpredjen 
fyore  ? 

3fyre  grage  erinnert  mid)  an 
etne  SRegel,  bie  mir  momentan 
entfaflen  mar;  namlidjj  bie: 
aber,  allein,  benn,  ober, 
fonbem,  aud)  unb  beroirlen 
feinerlei  23erfe£ung  beg  ?>z\U 
roortg. 

©inb  bag  bie  etngtgen  33in= 
beroorter,  bei  benen  bag  ber 
%aU  ift  ? 

3a;  bo$  Iaffenalfo,  bod), 
inbem,  j  e  b  o  d)  unb  3 m a r 


Professor,  why  does  this 
sentence  not  read  \6)  ifyn, 
etc.  ? 

Your  question  reminds  me 
of  a  rule  that  I  had  forgotten 
for  the  moment.  It  is  this  : 
aber  (however,  but),  aHetn 
(but,  but  then),  benn  (for), 
ober  (or),  fonbern  (but1),  unb 
(and),  cause  no  displacement 
of  the  verb. 

Are  these  the  only  con- 
junctions with  which  that  is 
the  case  ? 

Yes,  although  alfo  (accord- 
ingly, hence,  then),  bod)  (yet, 


1  Strongly  adversative,  used  only  after  negatives. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  109 

fotrjol)!  bie  gerabe  al§  aud)  bie     anyway,     certainly),     inbem 
inuertierte  SSortftellung  gu.  (while),  jebod)  (however),  and 

gttxxr   (it    is    true,    I    admit, 
indeed)     can     be     followed 
by  either  the  normal  or  the 
inverted  order. 
2Btr  finb   3#nen  feljr  »er=         We  are  under  great  obliga- 
bunben  fur  bie  fyeuttge  Seftton,      tions  to  you  for  to-day's  les- 
sen:  s$rofefior.     ©ie   roerben      son,    Professor.      You   shall 
fefyen,  ba]j  mix  unfere  Slugen     see  that  we  have  kept  our 
unb  Dfyrett  offen  fytelten.  eyes  and  ears  open. 

9hir  nod)  etmge  6a£e :  Just  a  few  additional  sen- 

tences : 

25.  !Reicf)  ift  er  ^voav,  ctber  er  &at  nod)  leinem  2ftenfd)en  gefiolfett. 

26.  3$  ptte  eg  geme  getan,  aHein  id)  fonnte  ntd)t,  benn  ba3  llnter= 
nefimen  iiberftieg  meine  ilrafte. 

27.  9?id)t  ber  Sugertb,  fonbern  bem  2Hter  fcfiemt  bie  geit  auf  9Binbe3= 
fc&roingen  bcmortjueilen. 

28.  3raarmu^manaugeben/ba^bieSugenb5eiteinegIudEltc^eift;  jebod) 
toiirbe  bag  Sitter  ntii  fetnen  £eben3erfa&rungen  nid^t  mit  ifir  taufdjen. 

[Instead  of  the  usual  question-and-answer  exercise,  the  class  should 
analyze  the  sentences  submitted  to  determine  their  agreement  with 
the  schematic  presentation  of  German  word-order  on  p.  105.] 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 
A 

1.  (Jtt'prett,  (1)  listen  to,  give  ear  to:  jtt.  ttic&t —  toollett,  refuse  to 
listen  to  some  one.  (2)  \m.  etro.  (ace.)  — ,  perceive,  or  detect,  something  by 
listening  to  some  one. 

2.  2lu'gettMttf  [m.,  -e],  twinkling  of  an  eye,  wink,  moment:  jebett — , 
CtHe  — e,  every  moment;  tttt  le^tett  (red)ten)  — ,  at  the  last  moment  {in  the 
nick  of  time). 

3.  fcerett'ett,  repent,  regret:  bu  tt»irft  e§  nod)  — ,  you  will  regret  it 
some  day. 


IIO  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

4-  befdjaf'ttgen,  occupy,  employ :  befcpftigt  fein,  be  busy:  fid)  (mit, 

in,  with,  on)  — ,  busy  oneself. 

5.  befu'rfjen,  (l)  visit,  pay  a  visit:  toarum  —  ©ie  im3  nidjt  bfterS? 

why  don't  you  call  on  us  more  frequently  ?  cf.  jm.  33efutf)  ab'ftat= 
ten.  (2)  frequent,  attend,  visit:  ©efienSrourbigfeiten  — ,  go  to  see  sights ; 
bie  ©dmle  (bie  Unit)  erf  itat)  — ,  attend  school  {the  university);  bie 
$laffe  ift  ftarf  (fe&r)  befud)t,  the  class  is  well  attended. 

6.  eut'bUbett  [red.],  fancy,  imagine:  er  bilbet  fid^  em,  er  ware  $onig 

VOXl  ©nglanb,  he  imagines  himself  to  be  king  of  England ;  fid)  ett»a3  (or 

fid)  tuel)  — ,  be  conceited;  fie  bilbet  fid)  triel  auf  ifor  ^ranjbfifd)  ein,  she 

prides  herself  on  her  French. 

7.  citt'Iabcn  [labeft  or  labft ;  u-a],  (1)  load.  (2)  invite:  \n.  gu  £tfd) 
laben,  invite  some  one  to  dinner ;  ein  fitr  allemal  eingelaben  fein,  have 

a  standing  invitation. 

8.  ©Ot'te^biettft  [m.,  -e],  divine  service,  church  service :  bem  — e  bei= 
roohnen,  «//*«</  service ;  ber  —  ift  an3  (fiat  angefangen),  //5<r  j^rz/^  «■ 
over  (has  begun). 

9.  ttttft,  wet,  moist:  gang  (or  burd)  Uttb  burd})  — ,  wet  through;  naffeS 
^Better,  wet  weather,  damp  weather. 

10.  rCtt'Ctt  [impers.,  with  ace.  of  person],  repent,  regret:  eg  reut  mid), 
bid),  Utt3  Ctlle,  I,  you,  all  of  us  regret ;  cf.  bereuen,  above. 

11.  toor'tyretfjen  [i;  a-o],  a*//,  w^  a  call,  drop  in;  fprecfien  <Sie 
bod)  mal  (bei  un^)  t)or,  drop  in  (on  us). 

12.  jurerfjf',  ft>  rights,  in  order,  in  proper  shape,  in  the  right  place, 
etc.:  fid)  —  fittben,  find  one's  way,  get  one's  bearings ;  fid)  (dat.)  ettt).  — 
legert,  turn  over  a  matter  (in  one's  mind)  ;  —  mctcfien,  get  ready,  prepare, 
adjust ;  —  fe^en,  set  in  proper  order  or  place ;  jn.  —  roetfen,  (a)  show 
some  one  the  right  way,  (b)  reprove  some  one. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  If  you  attend  church  services  in  Germany  you  will 
hear  a  prayer  „fiir  $atfer  unb  SReid)"  every  Sunday.  2.  You 
will  laugh  at  me,  but  when  the  lights  went  out  I  got 
afraid.  3.  Where  I  attended  school,  we  had  to  get  our 
written  work  in  shape  first  of  all  (gu  allererft).  4.  I 
should  rather  not  have  heard  (fycitte  lieber)  what  people  said 
about  the  matter.  5.  One  can  tell  by  your  accent  that 
you  are  a  foreigner.     6.   I  am  greatly  concerned  in  your 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  III 

speaking1  to  them  about  it.  7.  We  were  very  sorry  not  to  be 
able  to  visit  them.  8.  Many  a  one  who  prides  himself  upon 
speaking2  a  foreign  language  faultlessly  can  be  detected  at 
the  first  word.  9.  It  was  impossible  for  me  to  sleep  a  wink 
after  midnight.  10.  For  the  last  two  weeks  I  have  not  been 
able  to  sleep  well.  11.  I  hope  you  can  sleep  well  now 
since  the  nights  are  getting  cooler.  12.  My  dear,  I  do  not 
merely  imagine  that  I  am  wet ;  I  am  wet.  13.  When  I 
attended  the  University  of  Leipzig  I  often  went  out  on  the 
battle-field  where  the  great  battle  was  fought  (bie  3Soller= 
fd)Iad)t  gefd)Iagert  nmrbe).  14.  If  I  were  in  your  place  I 
should  not  invite  them;  no  one,  who  knows  them,  associ- 
ates with  them.  15.  I  cannot  imagine  how  he  looks  now. 
16.  He  will  regret  some  day,  no  doubt,  that  he  did  not  invite 
them.  17.  I  cannot  imagine  why  he  should  ever  (je)  regret  it. 
18.  True,  he  regretted  it  greatly ;  but  what  could  he  do?  what 
is  done  is  done.  19.  When  I  asked  him  why  he  never  came 
to  call  on  us  he  said  he  was  (fei)  very  busy.  20.  He  assured 
me  he  would  visit  us  (drop  in  on  us)  as  soon  as  possible. 
21.  Imagine  how  one  feels  in  a  foreign  land  if  one  does  not 
know  its  language  ;  how  can  one  get  his  bearings  ?  22.  Do 
you  remember  how  glad  they  were  when  we  invited  them 
to  go  along?  23.  Listen  to  me  :  if  you  do  not  take  an  um- 
brella along,  you  will  get  wet.  24.  Just  a  moment!  I  just 
happen  to  be  (bin  ebert  or  bin  gerabe)  busy  with  something 
important.  25.  Drop  in  on  us  when  you  come  to  town  the 
next  time.      26.  "Men  speak  (@§  reben)  and  dream  much 

1  Important  !  Predicate  complements  consisting  of  a  preposition  and  a 
verbal  noun  in  -ing  are  generally  to  be  rendered  by  Ott(r)  —  the  preposition 
being  attached  —  and  a  subordinate  clause  introduced  by  fcafe:  e§  Uegt  mir  toiel 
baran,  bafe  <Sie  mtt  ifinen  batiiBet  \X> red)  en. 

2  If,  however,  the  logical  subject  of  the  verbal  noun  and  of  the  governing  verb 
coincide,  an  infinitive  phrase  with  ju  can  and  should  take  the  place  of  the  clause : 
mandicm,  ber  fidf»  einbilbet  erne  frembc  ©fctacfje  fetjterlog  ju  fpredjen,  lann 
man  Beim  crften  SBotte  cmfioren,  ba%  c§  nttfit  feme  9Jmtterfprac&,e  ift. 


112  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

of  better  future  days  ;  one  sees  them  run  and  strive  towards 
(lit.  chase  after)  a  happy  golden  goal"  1  (Schiller). 


$er  gaule 

„£>eute  nad)  ber  ©djule  gel)en, 

£>a  fo  fd)bne3  ^Better  ift  ? 
9iein,  tdoju  benn  immer  lernen, 

2Ba3  man  fpater  bod)  oergtfct  ? 

£)od)  bie  $eit  nrirb  lang  mir  raerben, 

Unb  roie  bring'  id)  fie  fyerum  ?  — 
©pi£,  fomm  f)er !  bid)  mill  td)  leljren, 

£unb,  bu  bift  nod)  otel  ju  bnmm ! 

2lnbre  £unbe  beine3  Silted 

£6nnen  bienen,  ©d)ilbroadj'  fteljn, 
$onnen  tanjen,  apportieren, 

2luf  23efet)l  tn3  SBaffer  gef>n. 

2>a,  bn  benfft,  e3  gefyt  fo  roeiter 

2Cie  bu'S  fonft  getrieben  l)aft. 
SRein,  mein  ©pu^,  je$t  fyetfjt  e3  lernen. 

<pier  !  Romm  t)er  I  llnb  aufgepafjt ! 

©o !  —  nun  [tell'  bid)  in  bie  @tfe  — 

£odj !  2)en  $opf  ju  mir  geridjt't ! 
^Pfbtdjen  geben !  —  ©o !  9loty  einmal ! 

©onft  gibt'3  ©d)lage !  —  SBillft  bu  nidjt  ? 

2Ba3  ?  bu  fnurrft  ?  bu  ruiUft  nidjt  lernen  ? 

©el)t  mir  bod)  ben  f aulen  2Btd)t ! 
2Ber  nid)t  lernt,  oerbienet  ©trafe, 

$ennft  bu  biefe  SRegel  nid)t  ? 

$ord) !  —  2Ber  !ommt  ?"  —  ©3  ift  ber  Stater, 

©treng  ruft  er  bem  $naben  ju : 

„28er  nid)t3  lernt,  oerbienet  ©trafe ! 

©pridb,  unb  roaS  oerbienet  bu  ?" 

Mcinicl. 

1  3iel.     Try  to  translate  metrically. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  113 

After  committing  the  above  to  memory  paraphrase  it 
somewhat  like  this  and  translate :  — 

Once  upon  a  time  a  lazy  boy  said  to  himself,  "  Ought 
I  to  go  to  school,  now  that  the  weather  is  so  beautiful  ? 
I  scarcely  think  so.  What  is  the  use  of  learning  and  keep- 
ing on  learning  what  one  is  sure  to  forget  anyway?  I  am 
tired  of  going1  to  school."     And  he  did  not  go  to  school. 

But  in  the  course  of  the  forenoon  time  hung  heavily  on 
his  hands  and  he  wondered  how  he  might  spend  it  most 
pleasantly.2  So  he  called  his  little  dog  Spitz  to  him,  telling 
him  he  wished  (urtb  fagte  ifym,  er  rooUe)  to  teach  him  this  and 
that,  for  it  seemed  to  the  boy  that  his  dog  was  not  as  clever 
by  far  as  were  other  dogs.  It  must  be  admitted  the  poor 
dog  had  not  made8  the  best  use  of  his  time,  and  perhaps 
things  could  not  go  on  as  they  had  been  doing.  There 
were  trained4  dogs,  at  least  so  the  boy  had  been  told,  who 
could  fetch  and  carry,  stand  guard,  dance,  and  the  like. 
What  other  dogs  had  done,  his  could  learn  (to  do). 

No  sooner  said  than  done.5  The  boy  stood  poor  Spitz 
up  in  a  corner  and  commenced  to  train  him  to  give  his 
paw,  to  turn  his  head  this  way  and  that,  to  bark  once  to  say 
"yes"  and  twice  to  say  "no,"  until  poor  Spitz  got  very 
tired  of  the  whole  business.  He  snarled  and  he  growled. 
But  all  in  vain  !  The  boy  began  to  scold  and  threaten 
his  pupil.  "  See  that  lazy  fellow,  will  you  ! "  he  exclaimed. 
"  Do  your  work  better,  or  (else)  I  shall  use  a  stick.  You 
deserve  to  be  punished  if  you  don't  learn  anything." 

Just  then  the  boy's  father  came.  He  had  overheard  the  last 
words  of  the  truant.6  "  You  are  right,"  he  said  sternly  to  his 
son,  " you  are  right,  that  is  the  rule.  In  the  future  it  means  learn 
and  pay  attention,  otherwise  I  shall  have  to  apply  the  rule." 

1  be§  Sd)ulgel)ett3;  2om  angerteljmfien;  8 1»atte  feine  gcit  nidjt  sum  beffen 
angeioenbet;  *  brcfficrtc;  6  gefogt,  getan;  6be8  SJlufeiggangerS. 


@lftc  S^rc^ilBung 


§err  $rofeffor,  e§  ift  im§ 
bod)  oiel  leister  um§  §erg, 
feitbem  ©ie  un3  bie  2BortfoIge 
au3etnanberfe£ten. 

©o  tyalb  unb  fyalb  !ann  id^ 
mir  Dorftetten,  rate  e3  3$nen  gu 
9Jhitei[i. 

2Bag  man  fdjroarj  auf  roeijj  fieft^t, 
$ann   man    getroft    naa)    <Qaufe 
tragen, 

fagt  ber  ©cfyuler  im  „gauft". 

£)a§  trtfft  gu,  audfj  in  unfe= 
rem  gaUe.  —  ©ie  &alten  fefyr 
oiel  auf  ©oetfye,  md;i  toafyr  ? 

2Bie  gang  natiirliclj ! 

©o  oiel  \tf)  roetfj,  roar  er 
lein  Sraumer  roie  ©filler. 

©ie  tun  ©filler  unrest. 
@3  ift  ja  roafyr,  er  roar  mefyr 
Qbealtft  al3  fein  grower  greunb. 


Professor,  you  can't  im- 
agine how  relieved  we  feel 
now  that  you  have  explained 
the  order  of  words  to  us. 

I  can  realize  fairly  well 
how  you  feel  about  it. 

What  one  has  thus  in  black  and 
white 

One  can  take  home  without  mis- 
giving, 

the  Scholar  is  made  to  say 
in  Faust. 

That  applies  to  our  case 
too.  —  You  esteem  Goethe 
very  highly,  do  you  not? 

It  is  quite  natural  that  I 
should. 

I  have  always  thought  he 
was  not  a  dreamer  like  Schil- 
ler. 

You  wrong  Schiller.  True, 
he  was  more  of  an  idealist 
than  was  his  great  friend. 


I.  Warum  waT's  dem  Sprechenden  leichter  urns  Herz  ?  2.  Trifft 
das  bei  Ihnen  auch  zu  ?  3.  Was  konnte  der  Professor  sich  vorstellen  ? 
4.'  Welche  Zeilen  vom  „Faust"  werden  angefiihrt  ?  5.  Auf  welchen  eng- 
lischen  Dichter  halten  Sie  am  meisten  ?  auf  welchen  amerikanischen  ? 

114 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


US 


§a,  fyal  ©ie  tr>oHten  \m% 
ba^u  anleiten — nerleiten  lieber 

—  bem  ©duller  ins  ^anbroerf 
gu  pfufdfjen.  ©arts  unnerfyofft 
finb  mir  bie  S^ilen  in  btc 
§anbe  gefaflen :  — 

@3  reben  unb  traumen  bie  Tien- 
fcf>en  met 

SSon  befferen  fiinfttgen  Xagen, 
^att)  etnem  gliidtttfjen,   golbenen 
Biel 
©te&t  man  fie  rennen  unb  jagen. 

2td)  ja !  ba§  roar  ja  ber  Ie£te 
©a£  in  ber  rjorletjten  2Iufgabe. 

—  §aben  ©ie  bie  geilen  r«er- 

%la,  ba§  gu  entfdjeiben  mitf= 
fen  roir  Sfynen  iiberlaffen.  — 
2Bir  fyaben  ©driller  feb,r  gem. 
©te  bod)  aud)  ? 

3>ct,  er  ifi  ja  ein  £anb3mann 
r»on  mir. 

£)od)  nid)t  nur  beSfyalb? 
3d)  badjte  guroetlen  fd)on,  ©ie 
rcaren  ein  §u  grower  9lrtfyanger 
©oeifyeS,  um  ©filler  geredjt  $u 
roerben. 

2)a  taufcfien  ©ie  fid)  aber  ge= 
roaltig.    3d)  fann  nicfyt  itmfytn, 


Ha,  ha!  You  wanted  to 
induce  us — or  rather  seduce 
us  —  to  poach  upon  Schil- 
ler's preserves.  The  verses 
fell  into  my  hands  quite  by 
chance  :  @3  reben,  etc. : 

Men   talk   and   dream    of    better 
days, 

Of  future  brighter  hours  ; 
A  happy  golden  goal  they  chase 

That  in  the  distance  towers. 

Oh  yes !  why,  that  was 
the  last  sentence  in  the  last 
lesson  but  one.  Have  you 
bungled  the  lines  in  trans- 
lating them  ? 

Well,  we  must  leave  that 
for  you  to  decide.  —  We  like 
Schiller  very  much.  So  do 
you,  don't  you  ? 

Yes,  he  is  a  countryman 
of  mine. 

Surely  that  is  not  the  only 
reason  ?  Occasionally  I  have 
thought  that  you  were  too 
devoted  a  disciple  of  Goethe's 
to  be  just  to  Schiller. 

You  are  greatly  mistaken 
in  that.    I  cannot  but  admire 


6.  Was  konnen  Sie  mir  von  Schiller  sagen  ?  7.  Was  tun  die  Men- 
schen  ?  was  sieht  man  sie  tun  ?  8.  Welchen  deutschen  Dichter  haben  Sie 
am  liebsten  ?     9.  Was  konnte  der  Lehrer  nicht  umhin  zu  bewundern  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


fetne  Sbeale,  feine  poetifdje 
$raft  unb  feine  fyerrlidje  ©pra= 
d)e  gu  benmnbern. 

@3  gehtunS  ebenfo.  2)a§ 
gliiE)enbe  £eben  in  feinen  @fya= 
rafteren  impomeri  un§. 

£)a3  freut  midj.  ©ie  finb 
nicfyt  bie  ein^igen,  bie  fid)  in 
©filler  nerliebt  haben.  —  @nt= 
finnen  ©ie  fidj  ber  geile : 

3n  beiner  93raft  finb  beine§  ©d)icf= 
falS  ©terne  ? 

$>a§  ift  ja  ungefafyr  n?ie 
©fyaf e3peare§ : 


his  ideals,  his  poetic  strength, 
and  his  superb  diction. 

That  is  just  the  way  we 
feel.  The  glowing  life  in  his 
characters  impresses  us  for- 
cibly. 

I  am  glad  of  that.  You  are 
not  the  only  ones  who  have 
fallen  in  love  with  Schiller. 
—  Do  you  recall  the  line, 

In  thine  own  bosom  rise  and  set 
thy  stars  ? 

Why,  that  is  somewhat 
like  Shakespeare's 


The  fault,  dear  Brutus,  is  not  in  our  stars, 
But  in  ourselves,  that  we  are  underlings. 


@tn  treffenbeg  Gitai !  SBtel* 
Ieid)t  fbnnte  man  nod)  anbere 
gufammenfteHen.     3-  23. : 

£)te  93lume  ift  htnroeg  au%  metnem 

Seben, 
Unb  fait  unb  farbloS  feh'  id) '3  t>or 

ntir  Itegen, 

erinnert  an : 


An  apt  citation  !  Perhaps 
one  could  find  others  like  it. 
E.g., 

The  bloom  of  life  is  gone, 
Livid  and  cold  I  see  it  lie  before 


reminds  one  of 


unb: 


My  way  of  life 
Is  fall'n  into  the  sere,  the  yellow  leaf; 

and 

Frailty,  thy  name  is  woman  ! 


10.  Was  ist  es,  das  dem  Leser  imponiert,  wenn  er  Schiller  liest? 
ii.  Welche  drei  Citate  von  Shakespeare  und  Schiller  werden  oben 
verglichen  ? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


117 


ift  etvoa  roie  ©cfcillera : 


is  somewhat  like  Schiller's 


llnb  ein  gebrett)Ud)  SGBefen  ift  ba§      And  woman  is  a  frail  and  weakly 
2Beib.  thing. 


Via,  na,  §err  ^rofeffor, 
tt)orauf  tyaben  ©te  e3  abgefe= 
ben?  ©ie  roollen  un§  bod) 
nidjt  etroa  beietbtgen  ? 

&eine  9ftebe  batron !  e§  ift 
mtr  nur  barum  gu  tun,  etroag 
Uber  ©filler  gu  fagen.  3Siel= 
Ietd)t  fyabe  id)  befjer  ©lucf  mtt 
©oetbe. 

■Dtit  tfym  finb  mtr  roeniger 
befannt.  @r  fdjeint  mefyr  93er= 
ftanbeSmenfd)  gu  fein  al3  fetn 
grower  greunb. 

2)aran  fyaben  ©ie  roohj  recfyt. 
©filler  fd)a£te  ttm  fefyr  fyod). 

©filler  roar  aud)  tfym  Iteb 
unb  roert. 

Unbebmgt.  $)te  greet  2)tcfi= 
ter  ergangten  etnanber.  @§ 
roar  eine  eble  greunbfdjaft,  bie 
grotfd)en  ben  betben  SDid^ter- 
furften  ejtfiterte.  —  (Srlauben 
©ie  mtr,  etroaS  tron  ©oetfye 
angufiifyren. 


Oh,  come,  professor !  what 
are  you  driving  at?  You 
surely  do  not  wish  to  insult 
us? 

Not  in  the  least  !  All  I 
am  after  is  to  say  something 
about  Schiller.  Perhaps  1 
shall  have  better  luck  with 
Goethe. 

We  know  less  about  him. 
He  seems  to  be  more  matter- 
of-fact  than  his  great  friend. 

You  are  probably  right  in 
that.  Schiller  esteemed  him 
very  highly. 

He,  too,  valued  Schiller 
greatly. 

Undoubtedly.  The  two 
poets  supplemented  each 
other.  It  was  a  noble  friend- 
ship, that  which  existed  be- 
tween the  two  poet-princes. 
— May  I  cite  something  of 
Goethe's  ? 


12.  Worum  war  es  dem  Lehrer  zu  tun?  13.  Mit  welchem  deutschen 
Dichter  haben  Sie  am  meisten  Bekanntschaft  ?  14.  Was  konnen  Sie 
mir  von  Goethe  sagen  ?  1 5.  Wer  sind  die  zwei  Dichterf  iirsten  ?  Wes- 
halb  werden  sie  so  genannt  ? 


n8 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Wlit  33ergniigen. 

9Bcr  mit  bem  Seben  fptelt, 
$ommt  nie  guredjt, 

SBer  fid)  nidjt  felbft  befiebli, 
SBletbt  immer  $nett)t. 

Hub  TDteber :  — 

SBillft  bu  immer  metier  fc&weifen  ? 

©teb,  bag  ©ute  liegt  fo  naf). 
Seme  nur  bag  ©liicf  ergretfen, 

2)enn  bag  ©liitf  ift  immer  ba. 

@g  ift  aber  fdj)on  giemlid^ 
fpat.  2Bir  mitffen  bag  $r;ilo= 
fopfyieren  bleiben  laffert. 

33itte,  fasten  6te  bodfj  fort; 
eg  ift  fefyr  intereffant. 

2Bir  rnotlert  bodf)  lieber  eint- 
geg  iiber  bie  Jurrrjorter  beibrirt* 
gen. 

giirrobrter?  bag  finb  vooty 
bie  ^ronomen  ? 

^atiiriid)!  @g  foHte  micf) 
fefyr  nmnberrt,  roenn  gar  !eine 
©d&roierigfeiten  brin  ftedften. 
3Bie  bringen  ©ie  ben  ©ebraud) 
t)on  „bu,  betn(er),  bir,  bid)" 
fertig  ? 


We  should  be  glad  to  have 
you. 

To  toy  with  life's  great  end 

Sure  failure  means ; 
Who  does  not  self  control 

A  slave  remains. 

And  again :  — 

Wilt  thou   strive  and  strive  for- 
ever ? 

Lo  !  the  Good  is  all  around. 
Happiness,  wouldst  thou  attain  it, 

In  thyself  it  must  be  found. 

But  it  is  growing  quite  late. 
We  must  stop  philosophizing. 

Oh,  please  keep  on  ;  it  is 
so  interesting. 

After  all,  we  had  better 
bring  up  something  about 
pronouns. 

giirroorter  ?  That  means 
"pronouns,"  I  presume. 

Of  course  it  does !  I 
should  be  greatly  surprised 
if  there  were  no  difficulties 
whatever  in  that  subject. 
How  do  you  manage  the 
use  of  bu,  etc.? 


16.  Wer  kommt  nicht  zurecht  ?  17.  Welche  Frage  stellt  Goethe  an 
uns?  Welchen  Rat  gibt  er  dem  Leser  ?  18.  Was  bedeutet :  etwas 
bleiben  lassen  ?  19.  Wenden  Sie  diese  Phrase  an,  bitte.  20.  Haben 
Sie  schon  Quaker  sprechen  horen?  21.  Was  ist  eigentiimlich  an  ihrer 
Sprache  ?     22.  Machen  Ihnen  die  Furworter  auch  zu  schaffen? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


119 


©0  giemltd).  guroeilen 
fommt  e§  ja  roofyl  vox,  bafj  mix 
bie  gormen  von  „©ie"  unb 
„bu"  t>ern)etf)feln. 

Qstxva.  rate :  Charlie,  how  are 
you,  and  how  is  thy  mother  ? 

3a,  Ieiber!  ®odj  ba3  ge= 
fduefyt  nur,  menu  man  ftcfy  md)t 
in  afyt  nimmt.  Slber  bie  t)er= 
fd)iebenen  „tfyr"!  rote  t)iele 
gibt'3  betm  etgentltdj? 

Nun:  ifyr  "to  her";  ifjr 
"their";  ^fyr '-'your";  unb  \i)X 
"ye,  you",  bie  3JJe^a^l  won 
„bu". 

2Bann  totrb  biefeS  Severe 
benn  in  Slnroenbung  gebracfjt? 

SSo  „bu"  in  ber  (Singa^l 
gulafftg  roare,  ift  „tfyr"  in  ber 
•Jftefyrjafyl  erforberltd). 

2)a3  ift  ja  bie  (Sinfad^ett 
felber. 

§ofUd)!eit§f)aIber  gebraudjt 
man  e§  mandimal  in  ber  @tn= 
gar^I,  alteren  Seuten,  befonberS 
33ern)anbten  gegentiber. 

3n  ber  Stteratur  fommt  ba§ 
SBort  aud)  immer  vox. 

©emif*.  griper  gebraudjte 
man  e§  ftatt  be§  jetjtgen  „©ie". 
©elbftnerftanblid)  bebient  man 
fttf)  ber  entfpredjenben  itbrigen 


Fairly  well.  It  does  oc- 
casionally happen  that  we 
mix  up  the  forms  of  ©ie  and 
bu. 

Somewhat  like  "Charlie, 
etc."? 

Alas,  yes!  Still,  that  hap- 
pens only  when  one  is  not 
careful.  But  all  those  differ- 
ent tfyr's !  how  many  are 
there   anyway? 

Well,  ifyr  "to  her,"  itjr 
"  their,"  %fyx  "  your,"  and  tfyr 
"ye,  you,"  the  plural  pf  bit 
"thou." 

When  is  this  last  one 
used  ? 

Wherever  bit  is  admissible 
in  the  singular,  ifyr  is  called 
for  in  the  plural. 

That  rule  is  simplicity  it- 
self. 

gfyr  is  often  used  as  a 
courteous  singular  in  address- 
ing older  people,  especially 
relatives. 

The  word  occurs  con- 
stantly in  good  literature. 

So  it  does.  Formerly  it 
was  employed  instead  of  the 
©ie  which  is  current  nowa- 
days.      It    is    quite    evident 


23.  Erklaren  Sie  mir  den  Gebrauch  von  „ihr"  als  Subjekt. 


20 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


$afu3,  roo  „\\)x"  al§  ©ubjeft 
t)or!ommi. 

£)a§  fa)etnt  un§  etnguleuri)* 
ten.    $inbern  .  .  .  ? 

$a,  $inbern  unb  Xieren  ge- 
geniiber  gebraucfjt  man  naturlia) 
aud)  immer  „bu",  unb  „ifyr" 
(in  ber  9M)rgat)l). 

§a,  fya!  ba3  ift  gelungen! 

2Soruber  madjen  ©ie  ftd) 
benn  luftig  ? 

„£tnbern  unb  Steren  gegen= 
iiber!"  ©ie  fyaben  §umor, 
§etr  ^rofeffor. 

3)aS  gefyort  gum  Sefyramte. 
3d)  mod)te  3*)*e  2lufmer!fam= 
feit  bod)  nod)  auf  eintge  S^len 
in  „%eft"  rid)ten :  — 

^omm  bu  foeroor,  bu  SBrtnger  5itt= 

rer  <5a)mersen, 
9ftetn  teureS  £leinob  jefct,  mem 

hoa)fter  <Sa)afc  — 
©in  ftxel  rotll  to)  bir  geben,  bag 

bi§  jefct 
£>er  frommen  SBitte  unbura)bring= 

Ha)  roar  — 
2)oa)  bir  foil  e3  ma)t  roiberfte&n  — 

u.  f.  ro. 

2Bir  oerftefyen,  roa3  ©ie  bamit 
fagen  tooEen.     ^erfonifigterte 


that  the  rest  of  the  corre- 
sponding cases  must  be  used 
if  ifyr  occurs  as  the  subject. 

That  seems  plain  enough. 
To  children  .  .  .  ? 

Yes,  in  speaking  to  chil- 
dren and  animals  one  uses 
bu  and  (in  the  plural)  ifyr. 

Ha,  ha!  That  is  a  good 
one! 

What  is  the  joke  now  ? 

"To  children  and  ani- 
mals ! "  You  have  a  great 
deal  of  humor,   professor. 

One  needs  that  in  teach- 
ing. I  should  like  to  call 
your  attention  to  a  few  lines 
in  Tell:  — 

Now  come  thou   forth,  of  bitter 

griefs  the  bearer, 
My  dearest  jewel  now,  my  trusted 

friend  — 
A  mark  I'll  give  thee,  that  until 

this  hour 
Was  never  touched  by  any  pious 

prayer  — 
Thee  it  shall  not  withstand  — 

etc. 

We  understand  what  you 
wish    to    illustrate.       Quite 


24.  Welches  Pronomen  gebraucht  man  Kindern  und  Tieren  gegen- 
iiber? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


121 


leblofe     ©egenftanbe 
natiirlid)  „gebugt." 


2Bo  fyahtn  ©ie  ben  SluSbrucf 
f)er? 

£)a§  roeifj  id)  felbfi  nid)t 
mefyr.  (Srflaren  ©ie  un§  bocr) 
nodj  bie  fomifcfyen  2lu3britde: 
„tt>ag  roimfcrjen  ber  §err  2)of= 
tor?"  „bie  gran  ^rofeffor 
fagen,"  „feine  GsrxeHenj  finb 
auggefafyren,"  u.  f.  n>. 

SDie  (Srflarung  ift  fe^r  etn= 
fadf).  9ttcr)t  nmfyr,  ©ie  trmrben 
fid^  be§  ^pluralg  bebienen,  roenn 
ftatt  beg  ©ubftanttos  ein  $ro= 
nomen  in  ber  2Inrebe  ftimbe  ? 

Unbebingt !  £>od)  .  .  .  21$ 
ja,  fe%t  ifi'S  Hat!  £>a§  finb 
etnfad)  §bflid)feit3formen. 

©etroffen!  ®ie  SWe^a^I 
be§  SeitroortS  roirb  ja  al§ 
(Singarjl  gebraudjt  ntit  „©ie" 
unb,  rr>a§  nodj  fdfjlimmer  ift, 
bie  brttte  ftatt  ber  groeiten  $er= 
fon. 

©ie  fyaben  recfyt.  $)anfe  r»er= 
binblicrjft  fur  $ftre  TOtye. 

Sitte,  bitte,  e§  ift  gem  ge= 
fdfjefyen. 

25.  Wie  erklaren  Sie:  Wollen 


roerben  naturally  one  uses  bu  in 
speaking  to  personified  life- 
less objects. 

Where  did  you  get  the  ex- 
pression gebugt  ? 

I  do  not  remember  now. 
If  you  please,  will  you  ex- 
plain the  odd  expressions  tr»a§ 
n)iinfcr)en  ber  §err  SDoftor,  etc. 


The  explanation  is  very 
plain.  You  would  use  the 
plural,  would  you  not,  if  in- 
stead of  a  substantive  a  pro- 
noun were  used  in  address- 
ing any  one  ? 

Why,  of  course  !  Yet . . .  Oh 
yes,  now  it  is  clear!  These 
are  simply  polite  forms. 

Just  so!  You  know  well 
enough  that  the  plural  of  the 
verb  is  used  as  a  singular 
with  ©ie,  and,  what  is  still 
worse,  the  third  person  in- 
stead of  the  second. 

You  are  right.  We  are 
greatly  obliged  to  you  for 
your  trouble. 

Don't  mention  it ;  you  are 
entirely  welcome, 
gnadige  Frau  schon  nach  Hause  ? 


122  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 

A 

i.  tmf fatten  [a;  ie-a;  fein],  (jm.)  — ,  strike  some  one  as  strange  or 
odd,  astonish,  surprise  some  one:  bte3  XOQX  tttir  rite  aufgefallert,  I  had 
never  noticed  that. 

2.  ait3ehtatt/ber,  apart,  asunder:  — fallen,  fall  to  pieces  ;  —  geben, 
separate;  — macfyett,  {cause  to)  separate ;  — fe^ett,  set  {put)  in  different 
places ;  (fig.)  explain,  analyze. 

3.  fceftenett,  (1)  order,  give  an  order  for  something:  ettt).  (^letfd), 
33rot,  eineri  2Bagert,  etc.)  — ,  order  something  {meat,  bread,  a  carriage, 
etc.).  (2)  appoint:  jn.  auf  mein  gttttmer  (ben  ©otttttag)  — ,  make  an 
appointment  to  have  some  one  come  to  my  room  {on  Sunday).     (3)  deliver: 

einen  Srtef  (©ruf;  Don  jm.)  an  jn.  —  (or  au^riajten),  deliver  a  letter 

{give  some  one's  best  regards)  to  some  one.  (4)  arrange,  be  in  a  condition  : 
e3  ift  ftfjledjt  (gut)  bet  i&ttt  beftellt,  he  is  in  a  bad  predicament  {is  all 
right). 

4.  biefoen  [ie-ie;  fein],  (1)  remain,  stay:  \\xxM  (or  babinten)  — , 
stay  behind.  (2)  continue  (in  state  or  condition) :  rubig  (fret,  Jung,  etc.) 
— ,  remain,  or  continue  to  be,  calm  {free,  young,  etc.) ;  ^unggefelle  — , 
remain  unmarried  or  a  bachelor.  (3)  stay  away :  TOO  bleibt  er  |0  lartg  ? 
where  is  he  staying  so  long?  (4)  with  prep.:  am  Sebett  — ,  survive  ;  bei 
ber  SBabrbeit  (bee  ©acbe)  — ,  stick  to  the  truth  {the  point) ;  e3  bletbt 
babet!  that's  a  bargain!  agreed!  e3  blieb  alle3  beim  alten,  everything 
remained  just  as  it  was ;  Uttb  babei  bletbt%  and  that  ends  it,  there 's 
no  use  talking  ;  bleib'  tttir  ttOttt  §alfe,  don't  bother  me  !  keep  away  from 
me  !  (5)  with  certain  verbs  in  fixed  combinations :  liegett  — ,  remain  in 
bed,  or  lying  {anywhere) ;  ftebert  — ,  stop,  arrest  one's  step  ;  fifcett  — , 
remain,  keep  one's  seat,  stay ;  —  <Sie  bod)  nod)  etttert  2lugenblicf  ftfeen  ! 
stay  a  little  longer  !  fteden  — ,  get  stuck  {in  the  mud,  lit.  or  fig.),  not  be 
promoted,  fail  of  promotion  ;  ettt).  —  laffen,  leave  something  undone  ; 
lafl  ba£  —  !    never  mind  {doing  that)!  stop  that! 

5.  fort,  (1)  on,  onwards,  forwards,  along:  e3  mill  bet  Utt3  ntd)t  — ,  we 
don't  seem  to  get  along  (well)  ;  —  Uttb  — ,  continuously,  on  and  on  ;  Uttb 
JO  — ,  and  so  on  ;  in  etttettt  — ,  at  one  stretch  {without  stopping).  (2)  away, 
off, gone:  tOtr  tttitffett  — ,  we  must  be  off.  (3)  interj.,  —  !  off!  —  battttt ! 
away  with  it!  —  ttttt  bir !  away  with  you!  (4)  in  compounds,  indi- 
cating continuance  or  removal :  — art,  henceforth  ;  — bleiben,  stay  away  ; 
— faforett,  go  on,  continue  ;  — laufert,  run  away  ;  — rtefottten,  take  away. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  123 

6.  geldtt'ftg,  (1)  familiar,  easy:  ba§  ©ttgltftf)e  ift  iljm  — ,  he  is  familiar 
•with  English.  (2)  adv.,  readily,  fluently :  ex  fprirf)t  fet)r  — ,  he  speaks 
fluently. 

7.  ilttftait'bc  [adv.]  :  —  jetn,  have  the  hardihood,  be  able,  not  hesitate, 
be  in  a  condition :  ex  voixxe  — ,  mtr  ben  le^ten  pfennig  ctbjUtnefymen,  he 
■would  not  hesitate  to  take  the  last  penny  from  me;  ex  ift  tttd)t — ,  ber= 
artigeS  511  tlltt,  he  could  not  do  anything  like  that. 

8.  fatt'fctt,  buy,  purchase :  auf  33org  — ,  buy  on  credit. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  It  struck  me  as  odd  that  he  was  never  able  to  pay  his 
debts.  2.  Can  you  explain  how  that  came  about?  3.  You 
haven't   forgotten    to    order    meat   for    dinner,   have  you? 

4.  Have  the  kindness  to  deliver  this  letter  to  her  and  tell 
her  that  I   shall   stay  here  for  some  time  (eine  Seitlcmg). 

5.  Miss  N.  speaks  German  quite  fluently:  it  struck  me  the 
first  time  I  heard  her.  6.  Of  whom  do  you  order  your  Ger- 
man books?  7.  She  is  in  a  bad  predicament:  she  is  com- 
pelled to  stay  in  bed  right  along  (beftanbig).  8.  I  wonder 
where  they  are  staying  so  long ;  you  have  not  seen  anything 
of  them,  have  you  ?  9.  Stick  to  the  truth,  sir  !  The  language 
is  familiar  enough  to  you  if  you  care  (roenn  e§  3^nen  barum 
gu  tun  i[t)  to  tell  me  what  has  happened.  10.  I  am  not  able 
to  tell  you  what  has  become  of  your  things.  11.  Keep  your 
seat  and  go  on  with  your  story  !  12.  I  must  be  off.  13.  She 
spoke  right  along  without  stopping ;  I  for  my  part  (metne§= 
tetl§)  cannot  see  that  English  is  less  familiar  to  her  than  to 
me.     14.  Have  you  anything  else  (fonft  nodj  ettxm§)  to  order? 

15.  I  had  never  noticed  that  the  house  had  fallen  to  ruin. 

16.  You  don't  say  (2Ba§  bu  mdfjt  fagft)!  remained  a  bachelor, 
did  he  ?  17.  Keep  away  from  me  !  I've  had  trouble  (9ftufye) 
enough  with  you.  18.  What  are  you  doing  there?  Never 
mind  (doing)  that  !  19.  You  would  (rodreft)  not  have  the 
hardihood  to  treat  us,  your  best  friends,  that  way;  would 


124  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

you?  20.  I  have  not  the  time  now  to  explain  everything 
to  you.  21.  The  carriage  is  ordered  for  (cwf)  ten  o'clock: 
does  that  suit  you?  22.  What!  a  carriage?  You  are  a 
capital  fellow  (ganger  $erl),  there's  no  use  talking.  23.  I 
never  buy  on  credit,  as  so  many  do.  24.  I  could  not  sleep 
at  night  if  I  were  over  head  and  ears  (bt3  iiber  bie  Dfyren) 
in  debt.  25.  Go  on  with  your  story;  you  can  stay  a  little 
longer,  I  am  sure.     26.  No,  I  must  be  off  now.     Good-bye. 


9.  ffllii\)t  [f-,  -en],  trouble,  toil,  painstaking,  effort:  mit  Meier  (lettt)t*r 
or  roenig)  — ,  with  much  {little)  trouble ;  matt)en  ©ie  fitt)  feine  — ,  don't 
go  to  any  trouble  ;  fttt)  —  mit  (or  bet  or  Uttt)  jttt.  (ettn.)  geben,  take  pains 
with  some  one  {something)  ;   jm.  —  matt)en,  give  some  one  trouble  ;  bie 

—  Utltfonft  fyaben,  have  one's  pains  for  nothing,  have  one's  labor  lost; 
jm.  bte  —  erfparert,  save  some  one  the  trouble  ;  ber  —  roert  fettt,  be  worth 
the  trouble. 

10.  ^artte'  [fc,  -en],  (1)  company.    (2)  £anb—  (2Calb=,  SBaffer— ),  an 

excursion  into  the  country  {to  the  woods,  on  the  water).  (3)  marriage, 
match  :  etlte  QUte  —  matt)en,  make  a  good  match,  marry  well ;  eine  gute 

—  jein,  be  a  good  catch  (colloquially),  be  a  desirable  match. 

11.  ^ftt'frfjCtt,  bungle,  botch  :  jm.  tn3  £ctnbroerf  — ,  dabble  in  some  one's 
business,  trespass  upon  some  one's  ground,  hunt  in  some  one's  preserves. 
Cf.  $fltftt)er,  bungler,  dabbler,  botcher;  also  ^ftlfttjerei',  {action  of) 
bungling. 

12.  frfjaf'feit  [regular  ;  fyaben],  (1)  do,  be  busy  or  occupied, give  trouble : 
ettt).  mit  jm.  JU  —  I)aben,  have  dealings  with  some  one;  bamit  fyaben 
wvc  nid^ta  511  — ,  that's  none  of  our  business;  fein  £af)n  (number  %u% 
etc.)  matt)te  (or  gab)  if)m  V\el  iU  — ,  he  had  a  great  deal  of  trouble  with  his 
tooth  {sore  leg,  etc.).  (2)  take,  carry,  convey  :  natt)  §(Ulfe  — ,  take  home  ; 
etro.  (ace.)  ctuS  bem  SBege  (or  betfeite)  — ,  remove  something;  fid)  etro. 
(ace.)  t)Om  <patfe  — ,  rid  oneself  of  something. 

13.  SBergntt'gett  [n.],  pleasure,  delight:  jm.  (ein)  —  mactyen,  afford, 
or  give,  some  one  pleasure ;  eine  9teife  jum  —  (or  eine  SBergniigungS- 
reife)  mattjen,  take  a  pleasure-trip  ;  mit  grbfetem  — ,  with  the  greatest 
pleasure;  to)  merbe  mir  ein  —  barauS  mad)en,  .  .  .,  /shall  be  glad,  or 

delighted,  to  .  .  . 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  125 

14.  fcerlte'&ett  [refl.]  :  fid)  in  jn.  — ,/alI  in  love  with  some  one. 

15.  fcerftefot',  in  love:  er  ift  fterbltd)  (narrifd))  in  fte  — ,  he  is  infat- 
uated with  her. 

16.  toer^fu'fdjett,  spoil,  hack,  make  a  mess  of:  bie  ganje  ©acfye  ift  vex- 

pfufd)t,  you  made  a  mess  of  the  whole  thing. 

17.  tocrfteljen  [werftanb  —  t>erftanben],  (l)  understand,  know.  —  ©ie 

!Deutfdj  ?  do  you  understand  German?  (ba3)  t)erfteJ)t  ftd)  (t)01t  felbft), 
(that  is  a  matter)  of  course  ;  Derftctnben  ?  do  you  understand  that  ?  <Spaf; 
(etnen  2Binf)  — ,  take  a  joke  (a  hint).  (2)  fid)  anf  ettt).  (ace.)  — ,  be  an 
expert  in  something. 

18.  5U/fdgett,  (1)  ()ttt.  ettt).) promise  something  to  some  one.  (2)  agree 
with  some  one,  be  to  some  one's  taste :  ba3  Xreiben  fagt  mir  tttd)t  %\X,  these 
doings  do  not  suit  my  taste. 

19.  $uftau'bc  [adv.]  :  ettt).  (ace.)  —  bringen,  achieve,  or  succeed  in 
doing,  something,  bring  something  about ;  —  fomtttett,  come  about,  come 
off,  be  brought  about. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes : — 

1.  Don't  go  to  any  trouble  about  me.  2.  I  am  afraid  it 
will  give  you  and  your  mother  too  much  trouble  to  cook 
for  so  many.  3.  You  can  save  yourself  the  trouble;  she 
is  too  good  a  match  for  you.  4.  To-morrow  I  shall  make 
a  foot-tour  into  the  country,  perhaps  my  last  one  this  fall. 
5.  Do  you  have  anything  to  do  with  him?  6.  Whenever 
he  takes  cold  his  old  wound  gives  him  a  good  deal  of 
trouble.  7.  I  made  a  good  match,  old  fellow;  shall  I 
tell  you  how  it  came  about?  8.  Naturally  you  delight  in 
telling1  everybody  about  it.  9.  I  only  wonder  how  a  girl 
could  fall  in  love  with  you.  10.  Crabbed  old  bachelor, 
you !  Of  course  you  always  made  a  mess  of  your  courting 
(Gourmadjerei) !     11.  I  am  an  expert  in  (auf)  such  things. 

12.  And  I  shall  remain  a  bachelor  as  a  matter  of  course. 

13.  You  should  get  rid  of  some  of  your  bad  habits.  14.  It's 
easy  enough  for  you  to  laugh  ($)u  fyafi  gut  lad)en),  but  it 

1  Cf.  note  2,  p.  in. 


126  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

is  a  question  whether  your  wife  made  as  good  a  match  as 
you  (did).      15.   Come  to  dinner  next  Sunday  ;   I  shall  be 

delighted  to  introduce  (Dorfteden)  Mrs. to  you.     16.  I 

accept  the  invitation  with  the  greatest  pleasure  ;  I  shall  tell 
her  what  kind  of  a  bargain  she  has  made.  17.  When  the  pro- 
fessor requested  the  class  to  retranslate  a  few  lines  of  Schiller 
from  English  into  German  he  should  have  known  (fycitte  .  .  . 
foUen)  that  we  would  make  but  bungling  work  of  it.  18.  We 
did  not  succeed  in  doing  it  well  (gut).  19.  Is  such  work 
to  your  taste  ?  20.  No  ;  I  do  not  like  to  dabble  in  Schiller's 
business.  21.  I  told  you  she  was  in  love  with  me  :  you  cer- 
tainly can  take  a  joke,  can  you  not  (bod))  ?  22.  I  do  believe 
that  you  would  not  hesitate  to  take  her  away  from  me,  but 
you  will  not  succeed  in  it,  my  dear  fellow.  23.  Nonsense ! 
we  just  had  a  little  boat-ride  together.  24.  "Ye  are  my 
friends,  if  ye  do  whatsoever  I  command  (gebiete)  you." 


gtoiitfte  Sj>red)ttl)Mtg 


§aben  ber  §err  ^rofeffor 
gut  gef  deafen? 

SDanle  ber  guttgen  9}acf)frage. 
5lud(j  fdfjon  frifcf)  imb  munter? 
@3  fiet)t  beinafy'  am,  al§  ob'3 
fyeute  fcfyneten  nmrbe. 

@3  fottie  midj)  gar  mtf)t  nmn= 
bem.  £)a3  SBetter  fdngt  ja  an, 
orbentlirf)  fait  $u  roerben. 

3a,  iiber  furj  ober  lang 
miiffen  <5te  roofy!  3#*e  §anb= 
fcfyufye  unb  Ubergie^er  fyert)or= 
fucfyen. 

@3  tut  einem  leib,  bag  bte 
pradfjttgen  §erbfttage  t)orbet 
finb. 

Tempus  fugit,  fagt  ber  2a* 
teiner.  SDie  Sett  fliefyt;  fie 
Idfet  [id)  ntc&t  auffyalten. 

^etn,  leiber  nid)t ! 

SSa^renb  be3  £erbfte£  hdtte 
tdfj  3#nen  bod)  So^anneS  %xo- 
jan'3  „§erbftmorgen"  norlefen 
fatten. 


Did  you  sleep  well  last 
night,  professor? 

Yes,  thank  you.  Up  bright 
and  early,  I  see.  It  almost 
looks  as  if  we  were  going  to 
have  some  snow  to-day. 

I  should  n't  be  at  all  sur- 
prised. It  is  beginning  to 
be  quite  cold. 

Yes,  it  won't  be  long  before 
we'll  have  to  hunt  up  our 
gloves  and  overcoats. 

I  am  sorry  that  the  glorious 
autumn  days  are  past. 

Tempus  fugit,  the  Latins 
used  to  say.  Time  flies ; 
one  cannot  stop  it. 

Alas,  no ! 

I  really  ought  to  have  read 
Johannes  Trojan's  Herbst- 
morgen  to  you  during  the  fall 
months,  I  suppose. 

i.  Wie  redeten  die  Schuler  ihren  Lehrer  an  ?  2.  Was  sagte  er 
darauf  ?  3.  Wie  sah  das  Wetter  aus  ?  4.  Welche  Jahreszeit  hat  man 
jetzt  ?  5.  Was  mufl  man  iiber  kurz  oder  lang  tun  ?  6.  Wie  sagten  die 
alten  Rdmer?  * 

127 


128  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

£)ctgu  ift  tmmer  nod)  geit,  There  is  plenty  of  time 
roetm  ©te  fo  gut  fetn  roollen.         still  for  that,  if  you  will  be 

so  kind. 

iRtm,    jet.     9Raa%er   formen  Just  as  you  like.    You  can 

<3ie'§  ctbfd)retben  unb  au3tuen=  copy  it  afterwards  and  mem- 
big  lernen,  roenn  <Sie  roollen.        orize  it,  if  you  care  to. 


«§erbftmorgen 

&erbftmorgen  fyat  bie  %lux  geroecft ; 
©ie  regt  fid)  nirfjt,  bie  9?ad)t  tear  fjart. 
^Surpume  flatter,  iiberbecft 
9Jftt  $erlen,  ftnb  nod)  gang  erftarrt. 

(Sin  blauer  £>uft 
pat  am  tin  ;  fiitl  ift  bie  Suft. 

Srombeer  greift  ranfenb  iiberS  $elb, 
2)e3  2Banbrer3  $ufj  erfajricft  t>or  iljr. 
SRauboogelfajret  mitunter  gellt 
33on  fernfyer  au%  bem  SBalbremer. 

llnb  nrieber  balb 
2Birb  aHeS  full,  fein  Saut  erfdjaUt. 

2luf  einmal,  einem  ©fatten  gletd)t'3,. 
Xaud)t  au$  bem  9Jebel  bag  ©efpann 
2)e3  ^flugerg  auf,  unb  langfam  fteigt'3 
©emeffnen  ©d)ritt3  am  23erg  f)tnan, 

Unb  roenbet  urn 
3m  2)uft  uerblaffenb  roieberum. 

D  $orn,  nun  balb  roexcr)  jugebecft, 
9fony  fanft,  fajon  ift  bein  33ett  gemadjt. 
33i^  bid)  bie  $ritf)ling3fonn'  erroedt, 
33i<S  bafytn  ift  mand)  lange  3laa)t. 

2Ber  nrirb  einft  fefyen 
$a3  Styrenfelb  in  SBogen  geE)en  ? 

7.  Wie  gefallt  Ihnen  Trojan's  „Herbstmorgen"  ?     8.  Konnten  Sie  es 
in  ein  englisches  Gedicht  umwandeln  ? 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


129 


©eljr  gctrt  gefufylt,  bod)  etroaS 
traurig. 

■Wun,  bie  3eit  lommt  audj 
roieber,  too  man  mit  @buarb 
9Jtortfe  fingen  lann: 


The  expression  is  very  del- 
icate, but  it  seems  rather  sad. 

Well,  the  time  will  soon 
come  again  when  you  can 
sing  with  Eduard  Morike  : 


$rit&ling  Itifst  fein  blaue3  23cmb 
9tieberflattern  burtt)  bie  Siifte ; 
©iifje,  roo&lbeianttte  2)iifte 
©tretfen  afomtng3t)oU  ba3  Sanb. 
33etld)ert  Mumen  fd)on, 
SOBollen  balbe  fommen. 
—  £>ord),  oon  fern  ein  leifer  ^arfenton ! 
$rubling,  ja,  bu  btft'3 ! 
2)td)  fyab'  to)  DernommenI 


§err  $rofefjor,  rote  tiberfe^t 
bie  beutfdje  Sibel  bie  SSer= 
heifcung  betreffg  ber  $al)re3= 
jetten? 

Wq,  ©te  metnen  toohl  bie 
poettfcfye  ©telle,  too  e§  fyetjjt: 
„©o  lange  bie  @rbe  ftefyet,  foil 
nid)t  aufl)bren  ©amen  tmb 
@rnte,  groft  unb  §t#e,  ©om= 
mer    unb    SBtnter,    Xag    unb 

2)an!e  fd)on.  2Bie  oft  iff  ntir 
bag  ©oetfyefd&e  2Sort  nid^t  fdjjon 
etngefaHen,  toenn  tdf)  ben  3Ser= 
fud)  mad)e,  beutfdf)  gu  fpred^en ! 

2Beld&e§? 


Professor,  tell  us  how  the 
German  Bible  translates  the 
promise  about  the  seasons. 

You  are  probably  thinking 
of  the  poetic  passage :  "  While 
the  earth  remaineth,  seed- 
time and  harvest,  and  cold 
and  heat,  and  summer  and 
winter,  and  day  and  night 
shall  not  cease." 

Thank  you  very  much. 
How  often  that  word  of 
Goethe's  has  come  to  my 
mind  when  I  was  attempt- 
ing to  speak  German ! 

What  word  ? 


9.  Wie  sagt  Ihnen  Morikes  Gedicht  zu?      10.  Ubersetzen  Sie  die 
Bibelstelle  :  While  the  earth  remaineth,  etc.     11.  Was  sagte  Goethe  ? 


130 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


(StttmS  au§  bem  „gauft"  — 

2Ba3  man  md)t  roeifc,  bag  eben 

brauajte  man, 
Unb  roa3  man  roeifj,  fann  man 

nid)t  braudjen. 

3d)  mufj  gugeben,  ba§  pagt 
in  trielen  gallen.  @§  ift  eben 
ein  grogeS  Unternefymen,  einc 
frembe  6prad}e  gu  erlernen. 

£)a»on  finb  nur  langft  iiber= 
geugt. 

©tgentltcf)  foEten  urir  mit 
bem  ©tubium  ber  giirroorter 
fortfaljren.  3dj  gebe  gern  gu, 
bag  man  eine  ©pradje  ntcfyt 
ber  ©rammati!  roegen,  fonbern 
bie  ©rammati!  ber  ©pracfye 
roegen    treiben  foEte. 

9ttemanb  fann  ©ie  befd)ttl= 
btgen,  bag  ©te  einen  ®ofyn 
au§  ber  ©rammati!  madden. 

§offentlid)  ntd)t !  gebod) 
miiffen  urir  fyeute  einige  be= 
ftimmte  $unlte  berur)ren.  SSer= 
ftet)en  ©te  biefe  ©a$e?  „£)en 
fcfcredft  ber  23erg  nid)t,  ber  bar= 
auf  geboren" ;  „3Ber  befefylen 
mill,  mug  gefyorcfyen  lernen" ; 
„2Bem  nid)t  gu  raten,  bem  ift 


Something  from  Faust  — 

That  which  one  does  not  know, 
one  needs  to  use ; 

And  what  one  knows,  one  uses 
never. 

I  must  admit,  that's  very 
often  the  case.  The  fact  is, 
it's  a  great  undertaking  to 
acquire  a  foreign  tongue. 

We  were  convinced  of  that 
long  ago. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  we 
ought  to  continue  with  our 
study  of  the  pronouns.  I 
fully  admit  that  a  language 
ought  not  to  be  studied  for 
the  sake  of  the  grammar,  but 
rather  the  grammar  for  the 
sake  of  the  language. 

Nobody  can  accuse  you  of 
making  an  idol  of  the  gram- 
mar. 

I  hope  not !  However, 
we  must  touch  upon  a  few 
definite  points  to-day.  Do 
you  understand  these  sen- 
tences ?  ®en  | d)rerf t,  etc.  ("  A 
mountain  has  no  terror  for 
one  born  on  it";  "Who 
would  command  must  learn 

12.  Was  fur  ein  Unternehmen  ist  das  Sprachenlernen  ?  13.  Wes- 
halb  studiert  man  Grammatik  ?  14.  Wessen  kann  man  den  Professor 
nicht  beschuldigen  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


131 


aud)  md)t  §u  fyelfen" ;    „2Be§ 
Srot   id)    eft',    be3    Sieb   idfj 

£)em  letjten  lann  id)  gar 
feinen  ©efd)mad  abgeroinnen. 

3d)  aud)  nid)t.  S)er-$oIf3= 
munb  ift  bafiir  t)eranttt)ortIict). 

@§  fc^eint  eine  fprid)n)i)rt= 
Iid)e  9Reben§art  gu  fein.  — 
Hnfer  nortger  Secret  t»at  tm§ 
einmal  einen  3Ser§  au§  trgenb 
einem  Stebe  btfttert,  roorirt  fefyr 
tuele  giirroorter  norfamen.  2Sie 
fmg'8  bod)  an?  @3  ftanb  etrnaS 
barm  con,  t>on  .  .  .  SSoIlen, 
ober  SBtnben,  ober  afynlidjem. 


28ar'§  ein  $trd)enlieb? 
©ooiet  tcf)  rneijj. 
©annfjab'idj'SttJO^l.  §oren 
©ie  mal: 

93efiefil  bu  beine  SBege, 
llnb  wa§  betn  §er;$e  frtinft, 
2)er  allertreuften  ^Pflege 
25e§,  ber  ben  §immel  lenft. 
$)er  2Botfen,  Suft  unb  2Binben 
©tbt  2Bege,  Sauf  unb  93a&n, 
2)er  roirb  and)  SBege  ftnben, 
2Bo  bein  gufj  ge&en  fann. 


to  obey";  "Who  cannot  be 
advised,  cannot  be  helped  "; 
"Whose  bread  I  eat,  his 
praise  I  sing"). 

Oh,  I  don't  like  that  last 
one  the  least  little  bit. 

No  more  do  I.  Popular 
usage  is  responsible  for  it. 

I  imagine  it  is  a  prover- 
bial saying.  —  Our  former 
teacher  dictated  a  verse  of 
some  poem  to  us  once,  "a 
verse  in  which  there  were  a 
great  many  pronouns.  Let 's 
see  if  I  can  remember  how 
it  began.  There  was  some- 
thing in  it  about  —  clouds, 
or  winds,  or  that  sort  of 
thing. 

Was  it  a  church  hymn  ? 

So  far  as  I  know. 

Then  I  probably  know 
what  you  mean.     Is  this  it  ? 

Do  thou  thy  ways  commend 
(Whatever  grieve  thy  soul) 
To  Him,  thy  faithful  Friend, 
Who  holds  and  guides  the  whole. 
He  who  directs  the  wind, 
The  clouds,  in  courses  fleet, 
Should  He  not  also  find 
A  path  for  stumbling  feet  ? 

15.  Welche  vier  Satze  sind  oben  in  Anfiihrungszeichen  (quotation 
marks)  gesetzt  ?  16.  Sagen  Sie  mir  den  Vers:  Befiehl  du  deine 
Wege,  u.  s.  w. 


132 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


©ang  berfelbe  23er§.  2Sie 
©ie  bag  nur  roiffen  fonnten  ? 

@3  bleibt  ja  mancfyeS  an 
einem  fyangen,  roenn  man  in 
ber  2BeIt  fyerumfommt.  Unb 
obenbrein  finb  bie  beutfd)en 
.Hircfyenlieber  fefyr  beriifymt. 
?yragen  ©te  irgenb  etnen  2)eut= 
jdjen,  ob  er  md)t  mit  biefem 
^iebe  befannt  ift. 

Sft'3  etroa  rote  mit  unferem 
"  Nearer,  my  God,  to  Thee  "  ? 

©ie  fatten 'S  nid)t  beffer  tref= 
fen  fbnnen.  9Ser  fid)  irgenbnrie 
fur  folate  ©acfyen  intereffiert,  ift 
mit  biefem  Siebe  befannt.  — 
©oil  id)  ©ie  je$t  entlaffen? 

Un§  preffiert'S  nid)t;  roenn 
©ie  3eit  fyaben,  fo  bleiben  mir 
gerne  nod)  eine  Seitlang. 

2luf  ein  93iertelftunbd)en 
fommt'3  mir  nidjt  an.  Ubri= 
gen§,  lange  roerbe  id)  %\)xt 
5Iufmerffamfeit  nid)t  in  5ln= 
fprud)  nefymen.  @3  fyanbelt 
fid)  nur  barum,  ben  fogenann= 
ten  ethical  dative,  ober  t)iel= 
mefyr,  ben  dative  of  interest 
gu  befpredjen. 

17.  Wie  kam  es,  daf*  der  Lehrer 
heiflt:  es  kommt  (kam)  mir  nicht 
zwischen  Ihnen  ? 


The  very  one !  I  wonder 
how  you  could  know  that  ! 

A  good  deal  sticks  to  a 
man  as  he  goes  through  life. 
And  besides,  German  church 
hymns  are  very  famous.  Just 
ask  any  German  if  he  knows 
this  hymn  and  see. 


Just  as  we  would  be  apt 
to  know  our  "  Nearer,  etc."? 

You  could  not  have  hit 
upon  a  better  illustration. 
Any  one  who  takes  any  inter- 
est in  such  matters  knows 
that  hymn.  —  Shall  I  dismiss 
you  now  ? 

We  are  not  in  any  hurry ; 
if  you  have  time,  we  shall  be 
glad  to  stay  a  while  longer. 

I  do  not  mind  a  little  while. 
However,  I  shall  not  claim 
your  attention  for  any  length 
of  time.  It  is  merely  a  ques- 
tion of  discussing  the  so- 
called  "ethical  dative,"  or 
rather  the  "  dative  of  inter- 
est." 


sich  des  Verses  erinnerte  ?     18.  Was 
darauf  an  ?  worum  handelt  es  sich 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


133 


3$  bacfyte  tmmer,  bie  gtoei 
Segeid^mmgen  becften  fid). 

%litf)t  gang.  3"  einem  ge= 
rotffen  ©inne  if!  bag  \a  roofyl 
ber  gad,  benn  ber  etl)ifd)e  £)atio 
ift  eine  2lrt  beg  bating  beg 
Sntereffeg.  ©efyen  rcir  ung 
bte  ©adfje  nal)er  an.  ©age  idf), 
g.  23.:  nun,  rote  gefyt  eg  bir? 
tu'  mtr  ben  ©efatlen,  einmal  bet 
mir  oorgufpredjen ;  mtr  afynte 
nid&tg  bacon;  eg  gefd)ief)t  bir 
red)t ;  „leben  mir,  fo  leben  mir 
bem  §errn" ;  id)  Iiejj  mir  ein 
33ud)  aug  ©eutfcfjlanb  fommen 
u.  f.  n).,  fo  fyaben  nrir  natitrlid) 
lauter  „3)atioe  beg  $5nterefje§.y/ 
3).  fy.,  biefe  £)atioe  begeidf)nen 
bie  $erfon  ober  bag  2Befen, 
bag  „an  ber  §anblung  tnnerlid) 
beteiligt  ift." *  ©age  iti)  aber : 
gefy  mir  nid)t  mefyr  fyinaug !  er 
foil  mir  nur  fommen!  „©inbbir 
gar  Iodere,  Ieid^te  ©efellen" ; 
,,'nen  Slpfel  fdjtefjt  ber  SSater 
bir  00m  33aum"  u.  f.  ro.,  fo 
mirb  mittelft  beg  (Ratios  beg) 
giirroortg  ein  etroag  lofereg 
Sntereffe  feiteng  beg  SRebenben 
ober  §orenben  oorauggefetjt. 


I  had  always  thought  these 
two  terms  synonymous. 

Not  exactly.  In  a  certain 
sense  it  is  true  enough,  for 
the  ethical  dative  is  a  kind 
of  dative  of  interest.  Let 
us  look  at  the  matter  more 
closely.  If  I  say,  e.g.,  nun, 
raie  gefyt  eg  bir?  etc.  ("well, 
how  goes  it  with  you  ?  do  me 
the  favor  of  dropping  in  on 
me  sometime ;  I  had  no  sus- 
picion of  it ;  it  serves  you 
right ;  *  if  we  live,  we  live  unto 
the  Lord';  I  sent  to  Germany 
for  a  book,"  etc.),  we  have, 
of  course,  datives  of  interest 
pure  and  simple.  I.e.,  these 
datives  designate  the  person 
or  being  who  is  concerned  in 
the  action.  But  if  I  say  gel) 
mir,  etc.  ("  don't  go  out  again 
now !  just  let  him  come,  I  '11 
fix  him  ;  '  they  are  wanton, 
frivolous  fellows,  I  tell  you  ' ; 
'father  can  shoot  an  apple 
from  a  tree,  I  assure  you/ 
etc."),  a  somewhat  vaguer  in- 
terest on  the  part  of  speaker 
or  hearer  is  presupposed. 


19.  Verstehen  Sie  den  Unterschied  zwischen  dem  „ethischen"  Dativ 
und  dem  Dativ  des  Interesses  *• 

1  SUtterlin,  Die  deutsche  Sfrache,  p.  283. 


134 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Sflit  biefem  Unterfd)ieb  ift'3 
aber  bod)  nia)t  roett  fyer! 

Nun,  roie  <5te  molten,  gd) 
gebe  gem  gu,  bafj  bte  beiben 
2)atioe  rial)  miteinanber  oer= 
roanbt  finb.  XlbrigenS  gibt'3 
aud)  ,ret^tfd^e"  2)atioe  im  @ng= 
lifajen.  2113  tdj  fyeute  morgen 
an  groei  Sungen  oorbeiging, 
fagte  ber  eine  gum  anbern: 
N.  N.  (em  guf$batlfpieler)  is 
a  good  one  for  you.  (5t)ctfe= 
fpeareg  Inquire  w<?  what 
Danskers  are  in  Paris  (Ham- 
let, ii.  i)  ftel  mir  em  al3  ein 
gmette§  Seifpiel. 

„Um)erf)offt  fommt  oft!" 
3$  fyatte  mir  nie  traumen  Iaf= 
fen,  bafj  in  einem  for  you  ein 
etfyifdjer  3)ati»  ftede. 

3a,  fo  gefyt'3  mandjmal. 
„9flan  mufj  ben  Stag  md)t  oor 
ben  Slbenb  loben."  3e£t  aber 
fommen  ©ie  gut  nad)  §aufe. 


That  distinction  does  not 
appeal  to  me  very  strongly! 

Just  as  you  feel  about  it. 
I  grant  you  that  the  two 
datives  are  closely  related. 
By  the  way,  there  are  some 
"  ethical  "  datives  in  English 
also.  As  I  was  passing  a 
couple  of  boys  this  morning, 
one  was  saying  to  the  other  : 
"N.N.  (a  football  player)  is," 
etc.  Shakespeare's  "Inquire 
me"  etc.  came  into  my  mind 
as  another  instance. 


"  The  unexpected  often 
happens."  I  should  never 
have  dreamt  that  an  ethical 
dative  lay  hidden  in  a  "for 
you." 

Well,  that  is  the  way  it  goes 
at  times.  "  Don't  whistle  be- 
fore you  are  out  of  the 
woods."  But  now  good-bye, 
and  a  safe  journey  home  ! 


20.  Welche  Beispiele  des  ersteren  wurden  aus  dem  Englischen  ange- 
fixhrt  ?  2i.  Welchen  Wunsch  auflerte  der  Professor  zuletzt  ?  22.  Wie 
lauten  die  zwei  obigen  Sprichworter  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  135 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  aufftefjen  [ftanb,  geftanben;  fein],  stand  up,  get  up,  rise  (from 
table,  bed,  etc.) :  bu  fdpeinft  mit  bem  linfen  %u$  auf  geftanben  ju  fein,  you 

seem  to  have  gotten  out  the  wrong  side  of  the  bed,  ox  to  be  cross,  or  out  of 
sorts ;  anf  (geftanben)  fein,  be  up,  be  out  of  bed. 

2.  ttUi§  [in  many  verb  compounds ;  denotes  completion]  :  — ftfjlctfen, 
haver  one's  sleep  out ;  — effen,  eat  up,  empty  the  dish  ;  — trinlen,  drink 
the  last  drop,  drain,  empty  (a  glass,  cup) ;  fid)  fur  \W.  (ettt).)  — geben, 
try  to  pass  oneself  off  as  some  one  {something) ;  — mctdjen,  settle ;  eine 
— getnadjte  &a$t,  a  settled  matter ;  ba§  ntad)t  nid)t3  — ,  that  is  of  no 
importance  or  conseqtience ;  — fyungem,  starve,  be  starved ;  — jefyren,  be 
sick  with  consumption,  become  emaciated. 

3.  etn'fdjfafett  [a;  ie-a;  fein],  go  to  sleep ;  er  ift  etngefd)lafen,  he 
has  fallen  asleep ;  ber  $ufj  ift  mir  eingefdjlafen,  my  foot  is  asleep. 

4.  et'toa^,  (1)  adj.,  some :  —  ©elb,  some  money  ;  —  9?eue3,  something 
new ;  —  anberes>,  something  else.  (2)  pron.  or  subst.,  something,  some, 
any:  fo  — ,  such  a  thing,  a  thing  of  this  sort;  feib  ftille,  roemt  id)  — 
fage,  be  quiet  when  I  say  something ;  ba3  XOQXt  —  fiir  Un3,  that  would 
suit  us ;  barau3  fann  —  roerben,  something  may  come  of  that,  or  that 
may  come  to  pass.  (3)  adv.,  rather,  a  little :  bie  ^rebigt  banerte  —  Ictttg, 
the  sermon  was  rather  long. 

5.  fallen  [a;  ie-a;  fein],  (1)  fall:  ber  2lpfel  fatlt  nid)t  roett  nam 
©tamm  (proverb),  like  father,  like  son;  mit  ber  %\XX  in£  £>au3— ,J  make 
no  preambles,  blurt  right  out ;  ber  $unge  ift  nid)t  anf  ben  $o»f  gef  alien, 
that  young  fellow  is  nobody's  fool,  or  is  shrewd  enough  ;  ber  ©emeinbe 
jur  Saft  — ,  come,  or  be  a  burden,  upon  the  community  ;  in  Dfymnaajt  — , 
faint  (away);  \m.  in  bie  9iebe  — ,  interrupt  some  one;  e3  fallt  un£ 
fdjraer,  we  find  it  hard  or  difficult.  (2)  —  laffen,  let  fall,  drop:  feine 
2lnf»rud)e  Cplane,  etc.)  —  laffen,  give  up  one's  claims  (plans,  etc.). 

6.  tr'genb  [adv.],  (l)  some :  —  ein  Sflenfd),  some  person  ;  au§  —  einem 
©runbe,  for  some  reason  (or  other) ;  —  jetnanb,  some  one  (or  other) ;  — 
ettt)a3,  something  (or  other)  ;  — n)ie,  in  some  manner  ;  — TOO,  somewhere  ; 
— TOO^er,  from  somewhere  (or  other) ;  — mofyin,  to  some  place.  (2)  in 
sentences  expressing  doubt,  uncertainty,  or  contingency,  any  at  all, 
possibly:  fomme,  raenn  bn  —  fannft,  come  if  you  possibly  can;  gibt'S  — 

1  I.e.,  come  in  very  unceremoniously. 


136  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

ettuaS  3U  tun  ?  is  there  anything  at  all  to  do?  roemt  — n)ie  mogltd},  if  at 
all  possible. 

7.  tttan 1  [indecl.],  one,  a  person,  they,  people,  we,  you  ;  also  frequently 
to  be  rendered  by  a  passive  construction:  —  fagt,  it  is  said ;  rva%  toirb 

—  fagen  ?  what  will  people  say  ?  rao  get)en  ©ie  fjin,  roenn  —  fragen 
barf  ?  where  are  you  going  to,  if  one  may  ask  ?  —  farm  tr)ttt  tttd;13 
anoertrauett,  one  cannot  trust  him  with  anything  ;  —  rttft !   some  one  is 

calling;  —  flingle  groeimat !  ring  twice !  auf  bem  Sampfer  foatte  —  gute 
S3ebtenung,  we  had  good  service  071  the  steamer. 

8.  maud),  (1)  indecl.  before  ein,  and,  optionally,  before  an  adj., 
many  a :  —  ein  2Rann,  many  a  man ;  —  grof}e6  i£>au3,  many  a  large 
house.  (2)  decl.,  many  a :  — er  ^iingling,  many  a  youth  ;  — e<3  grofje 
i£au3,  many  a  big  house  ;  er  ergdr)lte  un3  nod)  — e3,  he  told  us  many  rnore 
things  ;  — e§  9Jlal  (or  — mat),  many  a  time. 

9.  obcnbrctn,  besides,  over  and  above,  in  the  bargain. 

10.  Jmffett,  (1)  fit,  be  fitted  for,  suit,  be  convenient:  ber  ©cftlitffel 
pafjt,  the  key  fits ;  fie  —  JU  emanber,  they  are  well  matched;  e3  pafjt 
tnir  nicfot,  fo  lange  gu  roarten,  it  does  not  suit  me  to  wait  so  long.  (2)  refl., 
be  proper  or  fitting:  bafj  pafjt  fid)  ttid)t,  that  is  not  proper. 

xi.  fofrf)  [indecl.  before  ein,  and,  optionally,  before  an  adj.],  such : 

—  einem  (or  einem  foIct)en)  $inbe  gefjorten  ©cfolage,  such  a  child  should 
have  a  whipping ;  — e,  bie,  those  who,  such  as. 

12.  ttJeWj    [indecl.    before    ein,    and,   optionally,    before    an    adj.], 

(1)  which,  who,  what:  berjentge,  — er,  the  one  who  ;  bie,  — e,  the  one  who. 

(2)  some,  any :  Sletftifte  ?  fiier  ftnb  — e  !  lead-pencils  ?  here  are  some  ! 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  Good  morning!  are  you  up  already?  2.  Yes,  but  I 
have  not  had  enough  sleep.  3.  When,  then,  did  you  go  to 
sleep?  4.  Empty  your  glass,  we  must  go  home.  5.  It  was 
settled  that  we  should  rise  at  five  o'clock  although  it  did  not 
suit  me.     6.  The  old  woman  became  a  burden   upon  the 

1  Notice/  The  lacking  dat.  and  ace.  of  man  are  supplied  by  the  corre- 
sponding cases  of  ein;  the  gen.  by  fein  or  a  circumlocution:  man  foUte  feinen 
gteunben  nidjt  melj  tun,  one  ought  not  to  hurt  the  feelings  of  one's  friends ;  bie 
©efunb&eit  (ctneS  Sftenfdjen)  Ijcingt  bauon  ab,  ba§  . . .,  one's  health  depends  upon 
his  . ..;  c8  tut  cincm  mot)I  511  ftorcu  u.  f.  to.,  it  makes  one  feel  pleasant,  ox  good, 
to  hear,  etc. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  I  37 

parish.  7.  You  don't  say  (2Bct3  ©te  nid)t  fagert)  1  8.  Do  not 
interrupt  me  any  more  ;  I  still  have  a  great  deal  to  tell. 
9.  What  would  people  say  if  they  heard  you  ?  10.  It  doesn't 
hurt  any  one  to  be  disappointed  (entttiitf <fyt).  11.  If  one  is 
prosperous  (SSenn'S  einem  gut  gefyt)  one  likes  to  tell  his 
friends  about  it.  12.  The  child  let  a  pitcher  fall.  13.  If  at 
all  possible,  I  shall  not  drop  the  matter.  14.  Put  that  some- 
where. 15.  He  wears  fine  clothes;  he  must  have  gotten 
them  from  some  quarter  (or  other).  16.  Could  you  lend  me 
a  little  money?  17.  That  handsome  watch  would  be  the 
thing  for  you.  18.  A  thing  of  that  sort  is  too  fine  for  me. 
19.  You  are  shrewd  enough,  you  know  that  it  does  not  pay 
to  blurt  a  thing  right  out.  20.  Many  a  one  does  not  value 
health  till  he  is  sick.  21.  One  does  not  value,  etc.  22.  Many 
do  not  value,  etc.  23.  How  does  your  suit  fit  you  ?  24.  How 
would  it  suit  you  to  get  up  at  three  o'clock  in  the  morning? 
25.  What  an  idea!  such  a  thing  has  never  come  into  my  head. 
At  that  hour  I  have  not  yet  had  my  sleep  out.  26.  I  asked 
him  whether  he  had  any  fine  horses ;  he  then  showed  me 
some  in  the  pasture.  27.  A  whipping  ((5d[)Iage,  pi.),  did  you 
say?  Yes,  Charlie  got  one  to-day.  28.  Ring!  29.  Where 
did  you  get  that  watch,  if  I  may  ask  ?  30.  Some  one  knocks. 
31.  Get  out  of  my  way,  you,  over  there!  32.  It  served  them 
right.     33.  How  did  you  get  along  in  Europe? 

B 

Review  Vokabularstudien  10,  11,  12  ;  then  write  a  connected 
composition  using  as  many  suitable  phrases  and  terms  as  you  can 
recall. 


2)ret5el)ttte  StyredjuBmtg 


5Reine  §err^aften,  roomit 
foflen  mix  un3  fyeute  befcpfit* 
gen? 

SKoUen  ©ie  ntd&t  fo  freunb= 
Itd^  fein,  un3  etr»a§  iiber  §tlf§= 
gettroorter  gu  fagen?  —  %lid)t 
wai)t,  (Soufme,  bir  roar's  recfyt  ? 

((Souftne,  bcrfttmmt.)       -JRtr    if! 

aHe3  egal,  fyeute  morgen. 

(«.  *u  ».,  icifc.)  ©ei  bod)  nidjt 
fo  oerfiimmt.  @3  fann  ja  nie= 
manb  ettoaS  bafiir,  baft  bu  nicfyt 
gut  gefd&lafen  fyaft. 

(^tofcffor.)  2Bie  beliebt  ? 
©ibt'S  ba  eiroas  imter  t>ier 
9lugen  abjumad&en  ? 

(a.)  Goufine  33.  fd&eint  Ijeut' 
ntd^t  gut  aufgelegt  $u  fein. 

2Ba§  ©ie  nid^t  fagen !  2Ba§ 
fef)It  benn  ?  ©ie  fyaben  fid) 
bodj)  auSgefd^Iafen  ? 


Ladies  and  gentlemen, 
what  shall  we  take  up  to- 
day ? 

Why  don't  you  tell  us 
something  about  the  auxilia- 
ries ?  —  That  would  suit  you, 
cousin,  wouldn't  it? 

(Cousin,  ill-humoredly.)     It    is    all 

the  same  to  me  this  morning. 

(A.  to  B.,  in  a  low  tone.)    Don't  be 

so  ill-humored.  It  is  nobody's 
fault  that  you  didn't  sleep 
well  last  night. 

(Professor.)  Pardon  me,  I  did 
not  understand.  Are  you  dis- 
cussing private  matters  ? 

(A.)  Cousin  B.  does  not 
seem  to  be  in  a  good  humor 
this  morning. 

You  don't  say  so  !  What 
can  be  the  trouble  ?  You 
certainly  had  a  good  sleep, 
did  you  not  ? 


i.  Womit  will  sich  die  Klasse  beschaftigen  ?  2.  Warum  war  der 
„Cousine"  alles  egal?  3.  Weshalb  war  sie  so  verstimmt?  4.  Was 
fragte  der  Lehrer  die  beiden  Damen  ?  5.  Welche  Antwort  erhielt  er 
auf  seine  Frage  ? 

'38 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


139 


(©.)  £)a3  abfd)eulid)e  SBetier ! 
©efturmt  unb  geregnet  bie  gauge 
;Kadjt,  unb  in  biefer  3a^s§= 
Sett! 

$el)ren  ©ie  fid)  bod)  nid)t 
an  ba§  ^Better.  2>a3  muf$  man 
nefymen,  roie'3  fommt. 

3$  laffe  mid)  nid)t  oft 
baoon  ftbren.  3$  ()aDe  nur 
ein  roenig  ^opfroeh,  in  golge 
baoon. 

33ielleid)t  fatten  ©ie  nicfyt 
gur  Piaffe  fommen  foUen.  ©ie 
finb  bod)  nidjt  3U  gufj  gefom= 
men? 

2ld)  nein!  bafur  fdf)rt  bie 
©trafjenbafyn  gu  bequem  an 
unferem  §aufe  oorbei. 

$bnnen  ©ie  bie  gange  ©trede 
Srambalm  fafyren  ? 

Wan  braud)t  nid^t  einmal 
umjufteigen. 

Sfam,  Ijoffentlidj  roirb'S 
S^nen  nidjtS  fdjaben. 

3  beroafyte !  3$  bin  \a  toarm 
ange^ogen  unb  trage  ©ummi- 
fdjufye.  2ludj  erfalte  itf)  micf) 
xx\6)t  leicfyt;  idf)  bin  ja  gefunb 
unb  ftarf;  gar  lein  ©tuben= 
fyoder. 


(B.)  It's  the  horrid  weather! 
Storm  and  rain  the  whole 
night  and  at  this  time  of 
year  ! 

Oh,  you  mustn't  mind  the 
weather.  One  has  to  take 
that  as  it  comes. 

I  do  not  let  it  disturb  me 
often.  I  have  a  little  head- 
ache from  it,  that  is  all. 

Perhaps  you  should  not 
have  come  to  class.  You 
did  not  walk,  I  hope. 

Oh  no  !  The  street-cars 
pass  our  house  too  conven- 
iently for  that. 

Can  you  ride  all  the  way 
in  the  car  ? 

Yes,  you  don't  even  have 
to  transfer. 

Well,  I  hope  it  will  not  do 
you  any  harm. 

O  dear,  no  !  I  am  dressed 
warmly,  you  see,  and  wear 
rubbers.  Besides,  I  don't 
take  cold  easily;  you  see  I 
am  healthy  and  strong;  no 
mollycoddle  about  me. 


6.  Warum  sollte  man  sich  nicht  an  das  Wetter  kehren  ?  7.  Fahren 
Sie  oft  StraDenbahn?  8.  Weshalb  schadete  es  „B."  nicht,  in  die  Klasse 
zu  kommen  ?     Was  sagte  sie  iiber  ihre  Gesundheit  ? 


140 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


2Ufn  iiber  bte  §ilfgcerben 
foil  id)  ^eute  fprecfyen?  23iel 
lafjt  fid)  ntd^t  bariiber  fagen. 
„@g  ift  eine  alte  ©efd&id&te." 

(S3.)  £)ag  mag  rool)l  fetn, 
„bod)  bletbt  fie  eroig  neu." 

SDen  §eine  tjaben  ©ie  aud(j 
fd)on  gelefen,  tt)ie  id)  t)5re. 

3Jlan  mug  rootyl.  §eine  ift 
mir  fogar  fefyr  lieb,  befonberg 
fcin  „33ud)  ber  Sieber".  2Bie 
b,ei)3t'gbod)?  .  .  . 

2Iug  alien  2ftard)en  roinft  eg 
§ert>or  mit  roeijjer  §anb, 
Xa  fingt  eg  unb  ba  fltngt  eg 
SBon  einem  gauberlcmb. 

Sie  finb  ja  gang  poettfd), 
graulein  23.,  beg  $opfroef)g 
ungeadjjtet. 

£)a§  ift  je$t  fo  giemlidf) 
oorbei.  SDocb.  bitte,  roenn 
©ie  bie  §ilfgoerben  befpredjen 
rooHen,  fo  bebienen  6ie  fid) 
beg  Gmglifcfyen.  ©rammattfcfye 
9tegeln  bleiben  einem  Ieid)ter 
im  ©ebadjjtnig,  roenn  fie  in 
ber  3Jiutterfprad>e  abgefafjt 
finb. 

■fta,  meinetroegen. 


So  I  am  to  talk  about 
the  auxiliaries,  am  I  ?  One 
cannot  say  much  about 
them.  "It's  the  old,  old 
story." 

(B.)  That  may  be,  but  "it 
remains  forever  new." 

You  have  read  your  Heine, 
I  see. 

Like  everybody  else.  And 
I  like  Heine  very  much, 
especially  his  Buck  der  Lie- 
der.     How  does  it  run  ?  .  .  . 

Out  of  old  stories  springing, 
I  see  white  waving  hands ; 

There's  singing  and  there's  ringing 
From  far-off  magic  lands. 

Why,  you  wax  quite  poetic, 
Miss  B.,  the  headache  not- 
withstanding. 

That  is  about  gone  now. 
But  if  you  are  going  to  dis- 
cuss the  auxiliaries,  won't 
you  please  use  English  ? 
Rules  of  grammar  are  re- 
tained much  more  readily 
when  they  are  couched  in 
one's  mother-tongue. 

Very  well,  if  you  wish  it. 


9.  Welche  Zeilen  von  Heine  fiihrte  „B."  an?     10.  Wiederholen  Sie 
die  Regeln  iiber  die  Hilfszeitworter   „sein",  „haben",  „werden." 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  141 

I.    ©ettt,  as  an  auxiliary,  is  to  be  used  with  — 

1.  fetn:  id)  bin  (roar)  geroefen,  I  have  (had)  been. 

2.  roerben :  bn  bift  (roarft)  geroorben,  you  have  (had)  become. 

3.  gefttjehen,  happen;  gelirtgen,  succeed:  e3  tft  gefcbehen,  /'/  has  hap- 
pened; e£  ift  mir  nicbt  gelungen,  /  did  not  succeed,  etc. 

4.  Intransitives,  especially  those  indicating  a  change  of  condition :  fie 
ift  geftorben,  she  died;  ift  baa  $tnb  eingefa)lafen  ?  has  the  child  gone  to 
sleep  ?  For  further  examples  of  such  intransitives  cf.  ermuben,  grow 
tired;  mxatxatn,  grow  poor  ;  erfranf  en,  be  taken  sick  ;  aufftehen,  arise; 
erroadjen,  awake ;  ertrtnfen,  drown,  etc. 

II.  Qabttt,  as  an  auxiliary,  is  to  be  used  with  — 

1.  Transitive  verbs:  id)  \)abt  fie  gefehen,  I  have  seen  them. 

2.  Reflexive  verbs :  baft  bu  bid)  mdfjt  gefdjamt  ?  were  you  not  ashamed? 

3.  Impersonal  verbs :  cergangene  -iftacbt  i)at  e3  gefajneit  (geregnet, 
gebonnert,  geftitrmt,  geblt^t,  etc.),  *'/  snowed  (rained,  thundered,  stormed, 
there  was  lightning)  last  night. 

4.  Modal  auxiliaries  :  er  bat  md)t  gehen  fonnen  (biirfen,  muffen,  etc.), 
he  has  not  been  able  (permitted,  obliged,  etc.)  to  go. 

5.  Many  intransitives,  especially  when  they  express  a  state,  a  condi- 
tion, or  a  continued  activity :  ber  $ranfe  bat  gut  gef d)lafen,  the  patient 
slept  well. 

Mermen    ©ie    ©oetljeS  Do    you    know    Goethe's 

„©d)tt)et3erlteb"  ?  Schweizerlied  ? 

•JKein.  No. 

@3  ift  im  2)taleft,  bodj  ift'§          It  is  in  dialect,  but  easy 

Ieid)t  $u  nerftefyen :  to  understand  : 

Ufm  33ergli  bin  i  gefdffe, 
£a  be  SBogle  gugefajant; 
£ant  gefunge,  bant  gefprunge, 
£ant'3  STCeftU  %ebaut 

11.  Wie  ubersetzen  Sie  :  (a)  she  has  been  sick;  (b)  thou  hast  been 
seen;  (c)  what  has  happened?  (d)  I  had  succeeded;  (e)  has  he  died? 
(/)  they  have  become  very  poor;  (g)  when  did  you  rise  this  morning? 
12.  Ubersetzen  Sie:  (a)  they  have  eaten  their  dinner;  (b)  where  have 
you  kept  yourself  (aufhalten)  ?  (c)  yes,  it  did  snow ;  (d)  they  wanted 
to  take  it  from  me ;  (e)  did  you  sleep  well  last  night  ? 


142  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

2>n  o  ©arte  bin  i  geftanbe, 

§a  be  %mbli  gugeftt)aut; 

£>ant  gebrummet,  bant  gefummet, 

§ant  $eU\  gebaut.  / 

Uf  b'  SBiefe  bin  i  gange, 
Sugt'  i  ©ummeroogte  a; 
£ant  gefoge,  bant  gefloge, 
©ar  i'  ftt)bn  hant'3  getan. 

Unb  ba  fummt  nu  ber  §anfel, 
Unb  ba  ^eig  i  em  froh, 
2Bie  fie'3  mad)e,  unb  tner  lafye 
Unb  mad)e'3  an  fo. 

3ft  ade§  flipp  unb  liar  ?  Is  it  all  plain  sailing  ? 

2)a§  mare  bod)  $u  tuel  gefagt.  That  would  be  saying  too 

2&arum     „f)dnt     gefprunge"?  much.     Why  put,  etc.  ? 
roarum  nid)t  „finb  gefprunge"? 

Sfyre  Srafie  erinnert  mid)  an  Your  question  reminds  me 

ben  le^ten  Stetl  meiner  @rfla=  of  the  last  part  of  my  expla- 

rung,  ndmlid) :  —  nation,  namely  r  — 

Many  verbs  of  motion  take  both  haben  and  fetn  as  auxiliaries.  The 
latter  is  required  when  a  limitation  of  place  —  to  or  from,  within  or 
over  which  —  is  indicated :  rotr  finb  naa)  §aufe  gegangen,  we  went  home. 
On  the  other  hand  „hcmt  gefprunge",  we  have  jumped,  is  correct  —  the 
verb  predicating  simply  the  act  of  jumping  or  running.1 

$)tefe  Sftegel  reid)t  »oHfom=  This  rule  covers  the  case 

men  au%.     Seften  &anf.  satisfactorily.     We  are  much 

obliged  to  you. 
SBitte  fef)r.  Not  at  all. 

13.  Ubertragen  Sie  das  „Schweizerlied"  ins  Schriftdeutsche.  14.  Wie 
wurden  Sie  (a)  he  has  traveled  a  great  deal ;  (b)  we  had  gone  (traveled) 
to  New  York  ubersetzen  ? 

iSRancfje  SBetben  erforbern  ftnfcen  in  93c,^ug  auf  bic  ftrngen  iuonn?  wie 
lange?  wie?  — (ein  bingegen  in  SBejiebung  auf  bie  fttageworter  roobtn? 
toobet?  wieweit?    Lyon-Heyse's  Schulgrammatik,  26.  Aufl.,  p.  339. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


H3 


III.   SBcrbCtt,  as  an  auxiliary,  is  used  with  — 

1.  The  infinitive,  to  form  the  future  and  future  perfect:  bu  roirft 
feben  (gefe&en  f)aben),you  will  see  {have  seen);  er  roirb  ge&en  (gegangen 
fein),  he  will  go  (have  gone). 

2.  The  infinitive,  to  form  the  "  conditional  "  mode.  Notice  that  the 
auxiliary  appears  as  roiirbe,  ttmrbeft,  etc.,  in  this  construction.    Cf.  p.  163. 

3.  The  past  participle,  to  form  the  passive  voice :  er  ift  Dtel  geliebt 
Uttb  duty  t)iel  ge&Ctfjt  tDOrben,  he  was  greatly  loved  and  greatly  hated;  e3 

ift  mir  gefagt  roorben,  /  have  been  told. 

5ldj,  §err  ^rofeffor,  geben 
6te  tm3  bodj)  nahere  2Iu3hmft 
ttber  biefe§  ieibige  $affiu.  3$ 
fyabz  tmmer  meine  Itebe  9?ot 
bamit. 


£)a3  fotlten  (Sie  bodj  md)t. 
3ruar  fyahe  id)  bte  (Srfaljrtmg 
fd)on  Ictngft  gemadjt,  baf$  bie 
Seibeformen  9tmerifanern  tnel 
ju  fc&affen  madden.  93erfud)en 
6ie  bag  folgenbe  ^ringip  arx^u- 
trjenben:  $)ie  £eibeform(ba§ 
^affto)  begeidfjnet  eine  oor 
fid)  gefyenbe  Sdttgfeit, 
nid)t  ein  SRefultat  ober 
Suftanb,  ber  t>on  ber  %a* 
ttgfeit  fyerriifyrt. 

Sbeoretifd)  fd)eintbiefe9ftegel 
Ieid)t  genug. 

greilid).  @3  fommt  nur 
barauf  an,  baft  man  fie  ridfjtig 


O  professor,  won't  you 
give  us  some  directions  about 
that  miserable  passive  ?  I 
always  have  a  peck  of  trouble 
with  it. 

You  ought  not  to  have  any. 
Still,  I  learned  long  ago  that 
Americans  do  have  trouble 
with  the  passive.  Try  to  ap- 
ply the  following  principle  : 
The  passive  indicates  an  action 
in  progress,  not  a  result  or 
condition  arising  from  that 
action. 


Theoretically  that  rule 
seems  easy  enough. 

To  be  sure.  It  is  mere- 
ly a  matter   of   applying   it 


15.  Ubersetzen  Sie :  (a)  we  shall  go  home;  (b)  we  would  go  home 
if...;  (c)  the  cow  was  being  milked.  16.  Welche  wichtige  Regeln  stehen 
auf  Seite  141  ?  17.  Ubersetzen  Sie  :  (a)  I  was  written  to  ;  (b)  he  was  told 
to  come  home ;  (c)  she  had  been  promised  a  new  dress. 


144 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


befolge.  $)a3  @ng,liftf)e  ift  in 
Segug  auf  ba3  ^affio  nicfyt  gang 
flar. 

SBielletd&t  feijlt  e§  ba. 

Reiner  2tnfid)t  nadj  ift  ba§ 
ber  gall.  3-  $♦/  fagt  man: 
the  door  was  shut;  the  kit- 
ten was  drowned;  Mary  was 
married,  etc. 

©inb  ba§  nid)t  tauter  2eibe= 
formen  ? 

3a  unb  nein;  benn  shut, 
drowned,  married  fbnnen  auti) 
al§  2Ibjef  tine  aufgefa^t  roer= 
ben.  3n  biefem  galle  miijjte  bie 
beutfdje  Uberfe^ung  fyeiften :  bie 
Sure  roar  gu  ober  gefcfyloffen ; 
ba§  Jlaijcfyen  roar  ertranft  (toi). 
SBerben  bie  $arti§ipien  aber  al3 
33erben  aufgefajjt,  fo  rourbe  bie 
Uberfe^ung  lauten:  bie  Xuxt 
rourbe  gugemacfjt;  baS  $a$s 
d>en  rourbe  ertranft. 

3n  biefem  2\tf)t  fyahe  id)'3 
nod)  nie  gefefyen. 

§alten  Sie  nur  an  biefem 
^ringip  feft.  @3  leitet  ©ie 
fiercer.  6ie  fyaben  gu  entfd)ei= 
ben,  ob  bag  ^artijip  al§  Slbjef = 
tin  ober  al3  33erb  gebraucfyt 
roirb. 

Stbjeftio,  ober  3^itroort ! 
Slbjeftio,  ober  .geitroort ! 


correctly.  English  is  not 
quite  clear  with  respect  to 
the  passive. 

That  may  be  the  difficulty. 

That  is  the  case  as  I  look 
at  it.  E.  g.,  we  say  "  the 
door,  etc." 


Those  are  all  passives,  are 
they  not  ? 

Yes  and  no;  for  "shut," 
"drowned,"  "married,"  can 
also  be  taken  as  adjectives. 
In  that  case  the  German 
translation  would  have  to  be 
bie  !£iire  roar,  etc.  But  when 
the  participles  are  regarded 
as  verbs,  the  translation  must 
read  bie  £iire  rourbe,  etc. 


I  never  looked  at  it  in  that 
light. 

Just  hold  fast  to  this  prin- 
ciple. It  will  guide  you 
safely.  You  have  always  to 
decide  whether  the  participle 
is  used  as  an  adjective  or  as 
a  verb. 

Adjective  or  verb !  Adjec- 
tive or  verb ! 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


145 


9tod)  em  2Bort,  unb  roir  finb 
gu  Qmbe.  @nglifcrje§  I  am 
told,  he  was  promised,  etc. 
fcmn  man  mcfjt  robrtlicb.  tiber= 
fe^en. 

2Barum  ntd)t  ? 

6ie  fefyen  bod),  baft  bag  6ub= 
jeft  in  biefen2Benbungen  etgent= 
ltd)  bag  inbirelte  Dbjeft  beg 
2lftiog  ift:  they  tell  me,  etc. 
£)ag  3)eutfdje  erforbert  aber, 
baft  bag  ©ubjeft  ber  Seibeform 
bag  birelte  Dbjeft  ber  2lftu>* 
form  fei. 

28te  itberfetjen  ©ie  benn  I 
am  told,  etc.  ? 

@troa  burdj:  man  fagt  mtr, 
ober,  eg  roirb  mir  gefagt. 


One   word   more   and  we 

have   finished.     English  "  I 

am   told,"   etc.   can    not  be 
translated  literally. 

Why  not  ? 

Don't  you  see  that  the 
subject  in  this  expression  is 
really  the  indirect  object  of 
the  active  verb:  "they  tell 
me"  etc.  Now  the  German 
requires  that  the  subject  of 
the  passive  voice  be  the 
direct  object  of  the  active. 

How  then  do  you  translate 
"  I  am  told,"  etc.  ? 

Perhaps  by  man  fagt  mir, 
etc. 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 
A 
verbs,  and  their  intransitive  com- 


The  following  more  common 
pounds,  require  fcitt  as  auxiliary 

1.  fcegeg'tten,  meet,  happen  to. 

2.  Mefbett     [ie-te],     remain, 
stay. 

3-  etlett,1  hasten. 

4-  etn'frfjfafett  [a;  xe-a],goto 

sleep,  fall  asleep. 

5.  fafy'ren  [a;  u-a],1  go,  ride 

{in  car,  carriage,  etc.). 

6.  fol'gett,  follow. 


7.  geuVgett  [a-u;  often  im- 
pers.;  takes  dat.  of  "agent"], 
succeed. 

8.  gefdje'Jjett  [ie ;  a-e],  happen, 

occur,  take  place. 

9.  glu'tfen  [also  with  haben; 
only  in  the  3d  pers. ;  usually  im- 
pers.],  be  successful. 

10.  fom'tttett  [a-o],  come. 


1  Also  with  Ija&en;  cf.  discussion,  p.  142. 


146  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

ii.  lau'fen  [au;  te-au],1  run.  19.  tretett  [tritt;  a-e],  tread, 

12.  paffie'rett,  happen,  occur.  step. 

13.  trci'fCtt,1  journey,  travel,  go.  20.  Derar'tttCtt,2   become  impov- 

14.  ren'nen  [rannte— gerannt],1      erished,  get  poor. 

run.  21.  t}ZV\)mi'QtXn,2dieofstarva- 

15.  fcin  [roar  —  gewefen],  A?.        /w«. 

16.  fprin'gen    [a-u],1  jump,  22.  toafyfen  [a;  u- a], grow. 

leap.  23.  tt>efd)ett  [i-t],  yield,  give 

17.  ftc^cn[ftanb — geftanben],1      up,  retreat. 

stand.  24.  tuer'bett  [raarb  or  tourbe  — 

18.  fter'ben  [i;  a-o],  die.  geroorben],  turn,  turn  out,  begetting. 

Peculiarities  in  the  use  of  Tenses  (adapted  from  Edgren- 
Fossler  German  Grammar) :  — 

1.  The  present  is  used — (a)  to  denote  a  present  act  or  condition 
continued  from  the  past  (what  has  been  and  is) :  id)  tooljne  fd)on  §TDet 
%afyve  t)ier,  /  have  already  been  living  here  two  years ;  rote  Icmge  ftttb 
©te  (fdjon)  in  2lmenfa  ?  how  long  have  you  been  in  America  ?  id)  fenne 
i^n  jeit  fetner  $tnbl)ett,  I  have  known  him  from  his  childhood ;  (b)  more 
frequently  than  in  English  to  express  a  near  future  action,  and  a  lively 
narrative:  td)  retfe  tttorgen  friif),  / shall  set  out  to-morrow  morning ;  in 
greet  £agen  bin  id)  juriicf ,  I  shall  be  back  in  two  days. 

2.  The  preterit  (imperfect)  is  used  to  denote  a  past  act  or  condition 
as  continued  from  the  past  (what  had  been  and  was)  :  er  roofmte  fd)0n 
Icmge  ba,  he  had  already  been  living  there  a  long  time  ;  id)  fannte  ijjjn 
fett  fetner  $tnbfyeit,  I  had  known  him  since  his  childhood. 

3.  The  so-called  perfect  tenses  (really  verb-phrases  with  f)aben  and 
fetn)  are  frequently  used  in  German  to  express  a  past  act  or  condition 
without  relation  to  other  acts  or  circumstances :  ©oft  f)(tt  bte  SBelt 
erfdjaffen,  God  created  the  world;  nrir  fyaben  geftern  im  ©arten  gefptelt, 
we  played  in  the  garden  yesterday. 

Furthermore,  good  usage  readily  admits  the  perfect  tense  in  the  nar- 
rative of  events  and  incidents  of  daily  life,  where  more  formal  discourse 
would  require  the  preterit  (the  real  tense  of  narration) :  geftem  tft  er  Jtt 
un3  getomtnen  unb  r)at  mir  ben  33rief  gebracfjt,  instead  of  geftem  fam 
er  ju  un§  unb  brad)te  mir  ben  93rief.    This  usage  is  perhaps  all  the 

1  Also  with  tjoben;  cf.  discussion,  p.  142. 

2  Cf.  I,  4,  p.  141. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  147 

more  common  when  the  speaker  relates  what  he  is  only  remotely  or 
indirectly  concerned  in  or  what  is  unconnected  in  his  mind  with  other 
circumstances  (hence  scarcely  admissible  in  dependent  clauses) :  geftem 
roar'g)  fd)recflid)  fait ;  id)  traute  mid)  faum  au3  bem  JiQaufe ;  ber  ©om= 
mer  ift  fefjr  fjetfj  geroefen ;  fie  ift  geftem  nic&t  in  ber  Piaffe  geroefen. 

4.  Future  and  future  perfect  phrases,  aside  from  expressing  futurity, 
are  sometimes  used  to  express  a  conjecture  :  er  roirb  root)!  fd)lafett,  he  is 
probably  sleeping;  bas  roirb  roohl  bein  Sruber  (geroefen)  fein,  that  is 

(was)  your  brother,  I  suppose.1 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  It  seems  that  he  has  met  with  a  misfortune.  2.  I 
have  been  young  and  now  I  am  (have  become)  old.  3.  Two 
years  ago  we  stayed  at  home  all  summer.  Father  had  just 
died,  and  we  did  not  know  what  would  become  of  us.  4.  What 
is  the  matter  with  the  children  that  I  do  not  hear  anything 
of  them  ?  Have  they  already  gone  to  sleep  ?  5.  Yes  ;  they 
did  not  have  their  sleep  out  this  morning.  6.  Little  Charlie 
has  hurt  himself;  he  fell  from  a  tree.  7.  What's  done  is 
done.  8.  Has  any  one  been  here  to-day  ?  9.  Do  you  think 
those  flowers  would  grow  if  I  planted  them  now  ?  1  o.  Scarcely. 
They  would  have  grown  if  you  had  planted  them  earlier ;  now 
it's  too  late.  n.  We  did  not  want  to  take  the  street-car 
(Xxambafyn  fasten),  since  the  distance  was  so  short.  12.  It 
has  happened  to  me  occasionally  that  after  buying  my  tickets 
I  forgot  to  take  them  along.  13.  Has  that  ever  happened 
to  you  too  (awd)  fdjon)?  14.  What  would  you  say  (to  it) 
if  I  made  you  a  proposition  (93orfd)Ia<i)  to  stay  at  home 
instead  of  going  to  Germany  this  fall  ?     15.  That  plan  would 

l  Many  illustrations  of  a  similar  use  of  the  future  and  future  perfect  can  be 
adduced  from  the  Scotch.  "  It  iss  not  goot  to  meddle  with  Moses,  and  John 
Carmichael  will  be  knowing  that "  (Ian  Maclaren,  A  Grand  Inquisitor)  5  "  He 
will  may  be  not  know  what  it  iss,  Moderator"  (Maclaren,  His  Bitter  Shame) ; 
"  She  hass  the  word,  and  God  will  hcf  smitten  the  pride  of  my  heart,  for  it  iss 
Simon  that  I  am"  (ibid). 


148  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

not  suit  me.  16.  It  would  have  suited  me  much  better  to 
wait  until  spring.  17.  They  would  have  starved — so  reduced 
to  poverty  were  they  —  if  you  had  not  come  to  their  aid. 

18.  There    was    thunder    and    lightning    the    whole    night. 

19.  What?  Did  it  rain  again?  It  has  never  rained  so 
hard  as  it  did  last  night.  20.  What  has  happened?  Has 
anything  happened  (paffiert)  to  him  ?  I  hope  not.  21.  How 
often  I  have  wished  that  she  would  come  back  !  22.  They 
have  not  been  able  to  pay  that  debt,  and  I  am  afraid  they 
never  will.  23.  Some  boys  jumped  over  the  fence  ;  if  you 
caught  them,  would  you  punish  them?  24.  Don't  ask  me 
what  I  should  do  (cmfcmgen)  with  them  before  I  've  got  them  } 
they  are  not  yet  caught.  25.  Well,  how  has  everything  turned 
out  (ablaufen)  ?  have  you  caught  them  ?  What  has  become  of 
the  boys?  26.  They  ran  like  rabbits;  I  did  not  succeed  in 
catching  them.  27.  Who  has  taken  care  of  the  child  since 
its  mother's  death  ?  28.  He  was  promised  a  good  position 
in  a  large  business  house.     29.  How  you  have  grown  1 

B 

1.  Ottf  QtttQt,  disposed:  gut  (jU  etro.)  —  fetn,  be  in  a  good  mood  {for 
something). 

2.  9fa'ge  [n.,  gen.  -3,  pi.  -en],  eye :  grofje  — n  tttctdjen,  be  astonished, 
open  one's  eyes  wide ;  bie  — n  anftrengen  (aufmadjen  or  aufftf)lagen, 
jumacfyen  or  fdjliefjen),  strain  {open,  close)  one's  eyes ;  jm.  etro.  an  ben 
— n  abfefyen,  anticipate  some  one's  wishes ;  etro.  tttl  —  befyalten,  keep 
one's  eyes  on  something ;  ein  —  auf  etro.  (ace.)  fyaben,  keep  an  eye  on  some- 
thing ;  bie  — n  gefyen  mtr  auf,  /  begin  to  see,  I  begin  to  understand ;  bie 
— n  fallen  mir  $U,  I  cannot  keep  my  eyes  open  ;  au3  ben  — n,  au3  bem 
©inn,  out  of  sight,  out  of  mind ;  jm.  ©anb  in  bie — n  ftreuen,  throw 
dust  in  some  one's  eyes  ;  unter  t)ter  — n,  privately. 

3.  bebau'em,  (1)  pity,  deplore:  er  ift  fef)r  JU— ,  he  is  greatly  to  be 
pitied.  (2)  regret,  repent:  \§  bebaure  fefjr,  nitt)t  fommen  ju  fonnen, 
/  regret  very  much  that  I  cannot  come  ;  bag  follft  bu  — ,  you  shall  repent 
of  it. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


149 


4.  fceftttbett  [a-U  ;  refl.],  be,  fare,  do:  flrie  —  ©te  fid)  ?  how  are  you? 
how  do  you  do  ?  TOO  —  ftd)  eigentltd)  %§xe  greunbe  ?  where,  really,  are 
your  friends  ? 

5.  Cgar,  equal,  alike :  ntir  tft'g  gang  — ,  I  don't  care,  it  is  a  matter  of 
indifference  to  me ;  btr  fantt'g  —  fein,  you  do  not  need  to  care. 

6.  ei'gentitft),  (1)  adj.,  true,  real,  intrinsic:  im  — en  ©ttttte  beg 
2Borteg,  in  the  real,  or  proper,  sense  of  the  word.  (2)  adv. :  toag 
foil  bag  —  ?  what  does  that  really  mean  ?  nmg  TOOllen  ©ie  —  ?  W/fca/, 
/>&<?«,  afr  ^<?»  really  want  ?  er  Ijetfjt  —  fo  Uttb  fo,  his  real  name  is  so 
and  so. 

7.  ($HM  [n.],  (1)  happiness.  (2)  fortune,  prosperity,  luck:  jnt.  —  JU 
cttt).  (jum  ©eburtgtag,  auf  ben  2Beg,  auf  bie  dhi\e)  rounfdjen,  wish  some 
one  success  in  something  {wish  one  many  happy  returns  of  the  day,  a  safe 
and  pleasant  journey) ;  ©efunbljett  ift  bag  grofcte  irbif  d)e  — ,  health  is 
the  greatest  earthly  blessing ;  —  Ijaben,  thrive,  be  successful,  be  in  luck, 
be  fortunate  ;  fetn  —  ntadjen,  make  one 's  fortune  ;  fetn  —  TOOllte  eg,  bafj 
.  ,  .  f  by  good  luck,  as  good  luck  would  have  it ;  er  fann  t)on  —  reben, 
he  can  consider  himself  lucky  ;  bag  —  nrirb  fid)  fd)0n  nod)  TOenben,  my 
{your,  etc.)  luck  will  surely  change ;  ju  feiltem  — ,  luckily  for  him  ; 
auf  gut  —  fyanbeln,  trust  to  luck ;  eg  auf  gut  —  roagen,  try  a  thing 
for  better  or  worse  ;  ntefyr  —  alg  SSerftanb  fyaben,  have  more  luck  than 
sense. 

8.  gliicfltd),  happy,  fortunate,  lucky:  ein  — er  ©ebanfe,  a  happy 
thought ;  fie  tft  —  angefontnten,  she  arrived  safely ;  alleg  ging  —  con 

ftatten,  all  went  off  well ;  — ertrjetfe,  fortunately. 

9.  $au&  [n.,  *&},  house,  household,  home:  in  unb  aufjer  bent — e, 

indoors  and  out ;  bag  —  fyitten,  stay  indoors  ;  t)On  —  aug,  originally  ; 
t)01t  —  aug  SSerntogett  fjafcen,  have  property  of  one's  own  {by  inherit- 
ance); nad)  — ,  home,  homeward;  ju  — e,  at  home;  — fatten,  keep 
house. 

10.  ^>crj  [n.,  -en],  heart,  mind:  eg  liegt  ntir  ant  — en,  it  is  uppermost 
in  my  mind ;  jnt.  eine  (Batyt  ang  —  legen,  urge  a  matter  upon  some  one  ; 
bag  $inb  roar  ntir  ang  —  geroadjfen,  I  loved  the  child  dearly ;  etro.  auf 
bent  — en  fyaben,  have  something  on  one's  mind ;  eg  tut  ifyr  roefj  untg  — , 
her  heart  aches  ;  id)  roetf},  ttrie'g  bir  Utttg  —  ift,  I  know  how  you  feel ;  id) 
fann  eg  ttidjt  iiberg  —  bringen,  I  cannot  find  it  in  my  heart,  or  I  cannot 
bring  myself,  to  .  .  . 

xi.  Srttttts  or  Straftett&aljtt  [f.]»  tramway,  street-car  {line)  :  ntit  ber 
—  fa^ren,  take  the  street-car. 


150  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

i.  But  to-day  you  are  in  a  good  mood,  are  you  not? 
2.  One  is  rarely  in  a  good  mood  when  one  has  n't  slept 
well.  3.  I  pity  her  sincerely  ;  I  know  how  she  feels.  4.  She 
regrets  not  to  be  able  to  come  to-day.  5.  We  were  so  tired 
that  we  could  not  keep  our  eyes  open  any  longer.  6.  How 
are  you  ?  I  hope  you  have  had  good  luck  in  your  under- 
taking. 7.  Have  they  gone  to  sleep  ?  I  could  tell  it  by 
looking  at  them  that  they  were  sleepy ;  they  could  not  keep 
their  eyes  open.  8.  "  Out  of  sight,  out  of  mind  "  is  a  prov- 
erb which  I  do  not  like.  9.  Shall  we  take  the  car,  or  is  it 
not  going  to  rain  ?  10.  I  hope  we  can  take  the  car  to  that 
place  (baljin).  11.  I  don't  care  at  all  whether  they  come 
or  whether  they  go.  12.  There  were  still  many  things  to 
be  discussed  before  we  separated.  13.  Really,  it  was  a 
matter  of  indifference  to  me  {or  I  did  not  care)  whether 
it  rained  or  not ;  I  had  to  stay  indoors  anyway  (jet  bod)). 
14.  She  could  not  bring  herself  to  it  to  let  the  child  go 
away.  15.  Certainly,  sir,  you  have  had  more  luck  than 
sense  ;  you  were  successful  in  amassing  property,  but  it  is 
not  your  fault.  16.  We  may  consider  ourselves  lucky  that 
we  did  not  meet  them.  17.  I  am  told  they  arrived  safely 
in  London.  18.  Has  anything  happened  to  her?  19.  Let 
us  try  it  for  better  or  worse.  20.  She  has  a  great  deal 
of  property  (from  her  parents)  of  her  own.  21.  I  wish  you 
a  safe  journey  ;  how  long  are  you  going  to  stay  over  there  ? 
22.  What  have  you  on  your  mind,  my  dear?  23.  Are  you 
all  well  at  home  ?  May  I  congratulate  you  on  your  birth- 
day to-day?  24.  I  cannot  find  it  in  my  heart  to  send  her 
away.  25.  Well,  let  us  go  home;  let's  take  the  street-car; 
if  we  have  good  luck  we  shall  arrive  in  time  (nod)  friify 
genug). 


SBter^eljttte  S^re^ilBung 

©uten  9ttorgen!     ©d)on  fo          Good    morning!     Up    so 

frufy  auf  ?     2)a3  fommt  gera&e  bright  and  early  ?     Just  the 

recfyt.     Sie  roiffen  jet :  „9ftor=  thing.    You  know  "  the  early 

genftunbe  fyat©olb  im^JJunbe."  bird  catches  the  worm."   We 

§eute  roollen  roir  un3  an  ben  will  venture  on  the  study  of 

$onjunftit)  ttmgen.  the  subjunctive  to-day. 

§offentIid)  berotifyrt  fid)  ba§          I   trust    the   proverb   will 

©prid)tt)ort  in  unferem  gatte.  hold  good  in  our  case. 

$ein  $m eifel  baruber !    2Bir         It  will ;  no  doubt  about  it. 

fangen  ofyne  roeitereS  an.  Let  us  begin  then  at  once. 

Sfcrgftittrate 

©in  better  burd)  bag  SBergtal  jiefjt 

$m  traurig  fnllen  %vab : 

„2la),  5ief)'  id)  jefct  roofjl  in  £iebd)en3  2(rm, 

Dber  jiety'  id)  tn3  bunlle  ©rab  V 

2)ie  Sergftimm'  2lntroort  gab : 

„%n%  bunfle  ©rab." 

Unb  metier  reitet  ber  SieiterSmann, 

Unb  feuftet  fd)tt>er  baju : 

„<5o  3ie^'  id)  benn  f)in  tn3  ©rab  fo  fritlj  — 

2Bof)Ian,  im  ©rab  ift  9to&'!« 

2)ie  Sergftimm'  fprad)  ba^u : 

„%m  ©rab  ift  9hu)'  1" 

2)em  9teiter3mann  eine  Srane  rottt 

SSon  ber  SOBange  fummernoU : 

„Unb  ift  nur  im  ©rabe  bie  !Ru^e  fitr  mid), 

©o  ift  mir  im  ©rabe  voofyl  \* 

S)ie  ©timm'  ernribert  Ijoljl: 

„3m  ©rabe  rooljl t" 


152 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


^rctd&tooH,  §err  ^rofeffor, 
prad)tr>otl !     3Son  n>em  ift'3  ? 

33on  §eine. 

(2i.)  $d)  ^citte  ba§  eigentlidf) 
rciffen  mitffen. 

(93.)  @g  ift  fdfjabe,  ba§  ©e= 
bidfjt  gur  @rflarung  gramma= 
ttfcfyer  SraSen  3U  benuijen. 

©anj  einoerfianben !  9hm, 
nun,  roir  rooften  nur  fonfta= 
tieren,  bafc  letn  eingtger  $ou= 
junftit)  barin  norfommt,  etrtfad^ 
roeil  nur  nnrflid&e  @reig  = 
niffe  angegeben  roerben. 

(si.)  @3  gibi  aber  bod)  eigent= 
ltd)  feme  SBergftmrme. 

2Ba§  fie  nidfjt  fagen !  3eben= 
falls  nimmt  ber  SDtd)ter  an, 
baf$  e3  foldfje  gabe.  2lKe§,  tr>a§ 
er  un§  erjafylt,  fajjt  er  al§  eine 
5tatfad)e  auf.  $)e3f)alb  be= 
bient  er  fidf)  be§  9R  o  b  u  §  b  e  r 
©ewife&eit,  ber  2BtrI  = 
Iidjfett. 

£)a§Ieu$tetun§ein.  Qahcn 
©ie  and)  fo  gute  Seifpiele  fiir 
ben  $onjunftto  ? 

^un,  roirroollenfefjen.  2Ba3 
fyalten  ©ie  r»on  biefem?  ©ie 
foflten'3  etgentlid)  auSroenbtg 
lernen.  *Dber  roar's  gu  r>iel 
oerlangt? 


Splendid,  professor,  splen- 
did !     By  whom  is  it  ? 
By  Heine. 
(A.)  I  might  have  known  it. 

(B.)  It  is  too  bad  to  use 
the  poem  for  illustrating 
grammatical  questions. 

I  quite  agree  with  you. 
Be  that  as  it  may,  we  only 
want  to  take  note  that  not  a 
single  subjunctive  occurs  in 
it,  simply  because  only  actual 
events  are  stated. 

(a.)  But  there  are  no  moun- 
tain-voices in  reality. 

The  idea !  The  poet  cer- 
tainly assumes  that  there  are. 
He  conceives  that  which  he 
narrates  to  be  an  actuality. 
For  that  reason  he  uses  the 
mode  of  certainty,  of  reality. 


We  begin  to  get  the  point. 
Have  you  equally  good  ex- 
amples for  the  subjunc- 
tive ? 

Well,  we  will  see.  What 
do  you  think  of  this  ?  You 
really  ought  to  learn  it  by 
heart.  Or  would  that  be 
asking  too  much? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  I  53 

2Bimftf)e 

20  a  r  ft,  2fttibd)en,  erne  ^erle  bu, 

©0  moc^t'  bag  9Jteer  idj  fein ! 

2)cmn  r  a u f  dj t '  unb  ft  ii  r  m  t '  e£  immer  ju : 

„2luf  eroig  bift  bu  mem." 

Unb  to  tir  e  ft  bu  ber  %au  im  £al, 

©0  m  6  d)  t '  bie  ©onn'  id)  fein ! 

SEBie  liip'  id)  bid^  mit  tjeifjem  Sftunb, 

Unb  eroig  to  a  r  ft  bu  mem. 

Unb  to  a  r  e  ft  bu  em  ticfjter  ©tern, 
©0  m  6  dj  t '  bie  9tad)t  id)  fein ! 
2)ann  TOtirft  bu  eroig  nar)  unb  fern 
■ftur  mir,  nur  mir  aUein. 
Unb  to  a  r  ft  bie  junge  @rbe  bu 
3>m  r)olben  -JJJaienfdjein, 
2)ann  f  tin b '  ia)  in  bir  ©liitf  unb  Sftur)' 
Unb  m  0  ct)  t '  begraben  fein. 

@3  lafet  fid)  nidjt  leugnen,  It  cannot  be  denied,  you 

aufS    SBeifpielfinben    t>erftet)en  are  an  expert  in  hunting  out 

©ie  fid).  illustrations. 

@3  freut  mid),  bafc  fie  3r)nen  I  am  glad  they  please  you. 
gufctgen.  Dfyne  mid)  auf  @in=  Without  entering  into  details, 
^elnfyeiten  etngulaffert,  mocfyte  I  should  just  like  to  say  that 
idj  nur  fagen,  ba($  ber  $onjunf =  the  subjunctive  is  the  mode  of 
tit)  b  e  r  9JI  0  b  u  §  b  e  §  &ub*  the  subjectively  possible,  of  the 
jeftirjs-Jftoglidjen,  b  e  3  conditioned,  of  that  which  is 
SBebtngten,  be§  ber  2Birf=  opposed  or  contrary  to  reality, 
lid&feit  @ntgegengefe£  =  also  of  the  desired.  For  ex- 
ten,  audj  be§  @rrr)unfcf)ten  ample,  you  hear  every  Sun- 
ift.  S.  S3.,  in  ber  $ird)e  day  in  church: 
fybren  ©ie  jeben  ©onntag :  — 

£)er  £err  fegne  bid)  unb  ber)iite  bid);  ber  £err  laffe 
leucrjten  fein  2Ingefid)t  iiber  bir  unb  f  e  i  bir  gnabig ;  ber  £err 
er  r)  e  b  e  fein  2lngefid)t  iiber  bid;  unb  g  e  b  e  bir  ^rieben. 


154 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


§err  ^rofeffor,  bag  $eutf$e 
in  biefem  ©egen  flingt  fo  feter= 
lid),  bafj  eg  mir  fd&roer  fdllt, 
©rammatif  gu  ftubieren. 

3$  gebe  gem  $u,  bajj  bie 
©rammaitf  nid^i  ber  roidjtigfte, 
nid)t  ber  fd)bnfte  Xeil  baran  ift. 
—  3e^t  aber  nod)  ein  SBeifniel, 
namlicfy  eine  ©telle  aug  ©cfyil= 
lets  „9Jtoria  ©tuart"  (I.  Slufg., 
7.  2Iuft.). 


Professor,  the  German  in 
this  benediction  sounds  so 
solemn  that  I  find  it  hard  to 
study  its  grammatical  struc- 
ture. 

I  willingly  grant  that  the 
grammar  is  not  the  most  im- 
portant or  the  most  beautiful 
part  of  it.  —  But  now  another 
example,  namely  a  passage 
from  Schiller's  Mary  Stuart, 
Act  I,  Sc.  7. 


%$  bin  bie  ©d)t»ad)e,  fie  bie  2ftad)t'ge.  —  2Bol)l, 
©te  b  v  a  u  d)  e  bie  ©eroalt,  fie  tote  mitt), 
©ie  b  r  i  n  g  e  ityrer  ©itt)erl)eit  bag  Dpfer. 
2)od)  fie  g  e  ft  e  f)  e  bann,  bafj  fie  bie  9ftatt)t 
Slllein,  nttt)t  bie  @erett)tigfeit  geiibt. 
9fttt)t  00m  ©efefce  b  0  r  g  e  fie  bag  ©tt)roert, 
©id)  ber  Derfyajjten  ^einbin  ju  entlaben, 
Unb  I  lei  be  nitt)t  in  fyetligeg  ©eroanb 
2)er  ro^en  ©tarfe  btuttgeg  @rful)nen. 
©old)  ©aufelfpiel  betriige  nttt)t  bie  2Belt! 
©rmorben  laffen  fann  fie  mid),  nid)t  ritt)ten ! 
©ie  g  e  b '  eg  auf,  mit  beg  2$erbred)eng  $riitt)ten 
2)en  j)eil'gen  ©d)ein  ber  Xugenb  ju  oereinen, 
Unb  roag  fie  ift,  bag  n>  a  g  e  fie  ju  fd)einen ! 


3n  biefer  ©telle  tritt  ttod& 
ein  anbrer  ©ebraud)  beg  £on* 
junfttog  beutltdj)  Ijeroor,  ni<$t 
roafyr  ? 

2)ag  fdjjetnen  ja  Smperatioe 
311  fein.  2Bemgfteng  fommen 
mir  biefe  ©ubjunftioe  alg  33e= 
fef)le  oor. 


In  this  passage  another 
use  of  the  subjunctive  comes 
out  very  prominently. 

They  seem  to  be  impera- 
tives, don't  they?  At  least 
these  subjunctives  seem  to 
me  to  be  commands. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


155 


©ie  Ijaben'3  gettoffen.     @3 

ift    eine    Slrt   ^mperatio,   ber 

§ortatiou3;   nut  let  $u  uber= 

fetjen — let  her  use  her  power, 

let  her  kill  me,  u.  f.  to.     ©0= 

eben  fdUt  mir  nod)   em  oaf= 

fenbeS  33eifpiel  ein.     33telletd)t 

ift'3  gfynen  befannt :  — 

©ttteS  ftt)tdt  fidt>  nttt)t  fur  2IHe ! 
©el)e  jeber,  toaS  er  tret  be, 
<S  e  t)  e  jeber,  too  er  b  lei  be, 
Unb  toer  ftebi,  bap-  er  tttd)t  f  a  11  e. 


You  have  hit  it.  It  is  a 
kind  of  imperative,  the  horta- 
tive ;  to  be  rendered  by  "let" 
—  "  let  her  use,  etc."  Just 
now  another  suitable  exam- 
ple occurs  to  me.  Perhaps 
you  know  it :  — 


©eten  ©ie  fo  gut  unb  toteber= 
fyolen  ©ie  btefe  Seilen. 

©efyr  gem.    2Barutn  ? 

@3  fdjeinen  nod)  anbere  $on= 
junftioe  barin  gu  ftetfen. 

(Set  Secret  ttrieberholt.) 

SDad^t'  ict;'g  bod^ !  Sretbe, 
b  lei  be,  falle:  rote  jtety'l 
batntt? 

Slufgepafjt  fyaben  ©ie;  bas 
muf  man  3^nen  laffen.  ©ie 
fefyen  ja,  biefe  SSerben  ftefyen 
tm  untergeorbneten  9Rebenfatje. 
—  $>odj  auf  biefe  grage  roollen 
nrir  un§  je|t  md)t  einlaffen. 
2Bir  tniiffen  nod)  eine  ©tunbe 
auf  btefert  ©egenftanb  oerroen= 
ben.  3>nbem  id)  ©ie  entlaffe, 
mod)t'  td)  nodj  eine  fyierfyer 
paffenbe  SBibelftetfe  anfufyren. 
(Srfennen  ©ie  biefelbe  ? 


Will  you  be  kind  enough 
to  repeat  these  lines  ? 

Gladly.     Why  ? 

There  seem  to  be  still  other 
subjunctives  in  them. 

(The  teacher  repeats.) 

I  thought  as  much  !  Sretbe, 
etc.     How  about  them  ? 

You  paid  close  attention ; 
that  cannot  be  denied.  You 
notice,  do  you  not,  that  these 
verbs  are  in  the  subordinate 
(dependent)  clause  ?  —  But 
we  will  not  discuss  that  point 
now.  We  shall  have  to  devote 
another  hour  to  that  subject. 
In  dismissing  you  let  me  cite 
a  passage  from  the  Bible  that 
fits  in  with  what  we  are  talk- 
ing of.    Do  you  recognize  it  ? 


i56 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


„9tta)t  bafj  td)  fdjon  ergriffen  f)  a  b  e  ober  fd>on  wollfommen 
f  e  i ;  id)  jage  if)m  aber  nad),  ob  id)  eg  aua)  ergreifen  mod)te." 


Slug  bem  ^tlipperbrief,nid)t 
wai)x  ? 

3Red)t  fo.  @g  ftnb  bie  t>err= 
lichen  2Borte  beg  Slpoftel  $aulug. 
9Senn  id)  mid)  mdf)t  irre,  ftefyen 
fie  im  brttten  $apitel. 

©obalb  id)  nad)  §auf  e  fomme, 
roerbe  idj  nad)fd)lagen.  ©uten 
sJJiorgen  unb  Slbieu,  mein 
§err. 

2Ibieu  !  $ommen  ©ie  gliid= 
ltd)  nad)  §aufe  unb  griiften 
©ie  3^e  roerten  ©Item  won 
mir. 

SDanfe,  roir  roerben'g  augrid()= 
ten.  —  §err  ^rofeffor,  rote  fagt 
man  bodj)  Merry  Christmas 
ober  Happy  New- Year  cutf 
Seutfd)  ? 

2ldr),  entfd)ulbigen  ©ie;  bag 
i)'atti  id)  S^nen  fd)on  langft 
fagen  follen.  ,,(34  rounfdfje 
S^nen)  grofylidje  -IBeiI)nad)ten 
unb  ein  gliidlidj  ^euja^r!" 

©Ieid)fallg !  —  3e£t  jmet 
2Bod)en  gerien  unb  2Beilmad)= 
ten  obenbrein.     §urra ! 

2luf  2Bieberfe^en ! 


From  the  Epistle  to  the 
Philippians,  is  it  not  ? 

Quite  right.  They  are  the 
magnificent  words  of  the 
apostle  Paul.  If  I  am  not 
mistaken,  they  occur  in  the 
third  chapter. 

I  shall  look  it  up  as  soon 
as  I  get  home.  Good  morn- 
ing and  good-bye,  sir. 

Good-bye !  I  hope  you 
will  get  home  all  right.  Give 
your  parents  my  best  regards. 

Thank  you,  we  will  do  so. 
—  Professor,  how  do  Ger- 
mans say  "  Merry  Christ- 
mas," etc.  ? 

Ah,  excuse  me ;  I  should 
have  told  you  that  long  ago. 
,,(3*  rounfdfje  3^nen)  grbt)Hd)e 
SSeifynadjten,"  etc. 

The  same  to  you  !  —  Now 
two  weeks  vacation  and 
Christmas  to  boot !    Hurrah  ! 

Good-bye  for  the  present ! 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  157 

VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  begra'&en  [a;  u-a],  bury,  hide  in  the  earth:  ber  ©olbat'  rourbe 

begrabett,  tt)0  er  fiel,  the  soldier  was  buried  where  he  fell. 

2.  ein'laffen  [ii ;  ie-a],  (1)  admit,  let  in.  (2)  refl.,  fid)  mit  jm.  — ,  take 
up,  or  have  dealings,  with  some  one ;  fid)  auf  einen  ©egenftanb  (eine  $rage, 
etc.)  — ,  enter  upon  a  subject  {undertake  to  answer  a  question,  etc.). 

3.  Clttlaffen  [d;  ie-a],  dismiss,  discharge:  —  roerbett,  be  dismissed. 

4.  erfen'nett  [erfannte  —  erfcmnt],  recognize:  2ln  oielem  Sac^en  er= 
fennt  man  ben  barren  (proverb),  immoderate  laughter  is  the  sign  of  a  fool. 

5.  irrcit,  (1)  go  astray.  (2)  be  wrong,  be  mistaken  :  tt)enn  id)  nid)t  trre, 
if  I  am  not  mistaken.  (3)  refl.,  be  mistaken :  bu  irrft  bid)  in  ifym,  you  are 
mistaken  in  him. 

6.  ttcbeit,  by  the  side  of,  alongside :  — an,  hard  by,  next  door  ;  — Ijet 
(gefagt),  by  way  of  parenthesis,  by  the  way,  by  the  bye. 

7.  nefjtnen  [nimmft,  nimmt;  nabm  —  genommen],  (l)  take  (away)  : 

in  ©mpfang  — ,  receive.  (2)  understand,  perceive :  e3  fomtttt  barauf  an, 
tt)ie  man'3  nimmt,  that  depends  upon  how  one  takes  it.  (3)  with  ace.  obj., 
2lbfd)ieb  — ,  take  leave:  ein  @nbe — ,  come  to  an  end;  fid)  bie  ^reibeit 
— ,  take  the  liberty  ;  ^\<x\  — ,  take  a  seat ;  <8>d)aben  — ,  come  to  grief ,  suffer 
an  injury  ;  an  ettt).  (dat.)  teil — ,  take  an  interest  in  something.  (4)  with 
an  adv.  or  an  adj. :  feft — ,  arrest;  mit  ettt).  (dat.)  fiirlieb  — ,  be  satisfied,  or 
put  up,  with  something;  eine  &ad)e  genau  — ,  be  particular  about  a  mat- 
ter;  uberbanb  — ,  gain  the  upper  hand,  spread,  prevail ;  jm.  ettt).  iibel 
— ,  be  offended  with  some  one  for  something ;  genan  genommen,  strictly 
speaking.  (5)  in  connection  with  a  prep. :  bei  jm.  ©tunben  — ,  take  les- 
sons of  some  one  ;  jn.  betttt  SBorte  — ,  take  some  one  at  his  word ;  jn.  Ut3 
®ebet  — ,  take  some  one  to  task,  question  some  one  closely  ;  fid)  in  ad)t  — , 
look  out,  be  careful ;  fid)  VOX  jm.  in  ad)t — ,  be  on  one's  guard  against 
some  one.  (6)  impers. :  es  nimmt  mid)  gar  nid)t  ttmnber,  lam  not  at  all 
surprised. 

8.  O'bcn,  above,  aloft,  upstairs,  at  the  top  :  t)On  — ,  from  above  ;  na&) 
— ,  upwards ;  nad)  —  geben,  go  upstairs;  bort  — ,  up  there ;  wetter  — , 
farther  up  ;  —  mobnen,  live,  or  lodge,  upstairs  ;  non  —  bi3  UXlttXl,  from 
top  to  bottom  ;  non  —  nad)  nnten,  downward. 

9.  fdjenfett,  give,  grant,  present:  jm.  ©lauben  — ,  believe  some  one ; 
ettt).  (ace.)  gefebenft  befommen,  get  something  for  nothing,  get  something 
as  a  present. 


158  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

10.  frfjtugcn  [a;  U-a],  strike,  beat,  punish:  auf — ,  rise  {in  price), 
open  (eyes,  book),  pitch  {camp,  tent) :  bie  £ebett£>mitiel  fdjlagen  auf,  pro- 
visions are  getting  dearer ;  <xb' — ,  (\)  fall  {in  price),  (2)  refuse,  deny: 
jm.  eitie  Sitte  Ctb — ,  refuse  a  request  to  some  one ;  nacfy' — ,  consult,  look 
up  (as  in  a  dictionary)  ;  §u' — ,  slam,  close  (violently). 

11.  trcifictt  [ie-ie],  (l)  drive,  push,  put  forth:  flatter — ,  put  forth 
leaves  ;  \n.  in  bie  ©nge  — ,  push  some  one  hard.  (2)  carry  on,  do,  follow 
(as  a  business) :  tt)Ct3  treibt  er  je£t  ?  what  is  he  now  engaged  in  ?  £)eutfd) 
((Sttglifdj)  — ,  study  German  (English);  Unfinn  (Unfug)  — ,  be  up  to 
some  nonsense  (mischief). 

12.  jic^ctt  [jog  —  gejogen],  I,  tr.,  (l)  draw,  pull:  bie  ©lode  — , 

ring  the  bell ;  ben  $orf  au3  ber  $lafd)e  — ,  draw  the  cork  out  of  the 
bottle.  (2)  breed,  rear,  raise,  cultivate:  ©d)Ctfe  (Slumen)  — ,  raise 
sheep  (cultivate flowers).  (3)  refl.,  extend,  stretch,  reach:  bie  ^afyrftrajje 
jiefjt  fid)  ben  S3erg  entlang,  the  wagon-road  runs  along  the  mountain  ; 
bie  <5ad)e  I)at  fid)  in  bie  Sange  gejogen,  the  affair  became  greatly  pro- 
tracted, or  has  become  very  tedious.  II,  intr.,  go,  march,  move,  change 
one's  residence:  ,,(53  jogen  brei  33nrftf)e(n)  rootyl  iiber  ben  Stfyein,"  three 
young  fellows  went  across  the  Rhine  ;  nad)fte3  ©emefter  —  ttrir  in  %\)tt 
9?ad)barfdjaft,  we  shall  move  into  your  neighborhood  next  semester.  Cf. 
(WS'jieljen,  move  out,  ein^ie^en,  move  in,  Utn'giefyett,  move,  change  one's 
residence. 

J3-  su'gefcett  [i;  a-e],  own  up,  admit. 

14.  99$etl)ttad)tett  [pl-»  takes  a  sing,  verb],  Christmas:  ju  — ,  or  cutf 
bie  20eif)nctd)t3feiertage,  for  the  (Christmas)  holidays ;  SBetfjnadjtSfe'rien 
[pi.,  takes  a  pi.  verb],  Christmas  vacation;  2Beif)nadjt3geftf>enfe  [pi-], 
Christmas  presents. 

IJbersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  I  should  not  have  recognized  her.  2.  How  many 
thousands  lie  buried  upon  the  battle-fields !  3.  I  was  told 
he  had  been  dismissed.  4.  We  should  have  been  more 
careful  had  we  known  that  there  was  any  danger.  5.  Then 
you  do  not  wish  to  enter  upon  that  question  (©ie  rrjollen  fid) 
dfo,  etc.).  6.  You  should  not  have  had  anything  to  do  with 
him.  7.  Would  you  take  part  in  that  meeting  if  you  were  in 
my  place  ?      8.  It  just  depends  upon  what  you  would  say 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  I  59 

and  do  there.  9.  (Lit.  rendering  of  the  German  version  of 
Matt.  xvi.  26:)  "What  would  it  avail  (fyiilfe)  man,  if  he 
gained  the  whole  world  and  yet  suffered  an  injury  in  his 
soul  ?  or  what  can  man  give,  that  he  may  again  ransom  (Ibfen) 
his  soul  ?  "    10.  I  was  afraid  they  would  recognize  me  by  my 

voice.    11.  Might  I  take  a  seat  by  (neben)  Mr. ?    12.  She 

wrote  me  she  was  studying  German  nowadays.  13.  "Were 
I  a  little  bird,  I'd  fly  to  thee."  14.  I  admitted  it  might  be 
so,  but  I  was  surprised  that  I  had  not  heard  of  it  before. 
15.  Some  one  told  me  he  was  living  up-stairs.  16.  I  should 
be  on  my  guard  against  him,  if  I  were  in  your  place. 
17.  Father  was  afraid  we  might  be  up  to  mischief,  but  he 
was  mistaken.      I  should  not  have  done  anything  of  that 

kind.     18.  I  read  in  the  newspaper  Mr. was  very  sick, 

that  he  had  taken  a  very  bad  cold.  19.  I  wish  I  might  have 
a  bicycle  presented  to  me.  20.  I  am  surprised  that  they  have 
not  risen  in  price,  seeing  that  (ba  bod),  etc.)  almost  every- 
thing else  has  risen.  21.  Let  him  deny  me  the  request  if  he 
wishes  (to  do  so).  22.  You  will  have  to  put  up  with  these 
beds.  23.  We  are  perfectly  satisfied  (i.e.,  we  gladly  put  up 
with  them);  we  could  sleep  on  a  rock,  if  necessary.  24.  He 
should  not  have  dismissed  the  poor  fellow.  25.  I  have 
been  told  from  my  childhood  up  that  one  can  tell  a  fool  by 
his  immoderate  laughter.  26.  Would  it  not  be  (3Sdre  e§,  etc.) 
better  if  you  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  people  up-stairs  ? 
27.  I  wish  Christmas  would  come  twice  a  year.  28.  Merry 
Christmas  and  happy  New- Year  (to  you)  !  29.  What  will 
you  do  during  the  Christmas  holidays  ? 

B 

©c^reiben  ©ie  etnen  2luffcu)  ii&er  bct§  Sterna :  9Jlcinc  933etljttad)t3s 
feiertage. 


Sihtfsejjnte  S^redjubimrj 


SBeltebt  e§  Sfynen,  fo  fafyren 
roir  mit  bem  %\)tma  fort,  vozl- 
d)e3  roir  oor  ben  2Beifmctd()i§= 
ferien  anfingen.  <5ie  fatten 
je$t  eine  ^eitlang  Jtufye  unb 
fonnen  urn  fo  fleifttger  arbeiten. 

Df)  geroifj !  9fad)t3  rodre  un§ 
lieber,  ate  mit  bem  ©tubium 
be§  rdtfelfyaften  $onjtmftir>§ 
fortgufafyren. 

SRatfetyaft?  $)a3  foUte  e§ 
bodfj  nid)t  mefyr  fein.  $)a§ 
^Pringip,  roorauf  biefer  9Jiobu§ 
berufyt,  ift  bod)  lettfjt  ^u  faffen. 
3d)  Tt>teberE)ole  ba§  fdjon  ©e= 
fagte :  —     . 

1.  @benf o  mie  ber  3rt  = 
bifatit)  ber  -IftobuS  ber 
©eroifcfyeit,  be§  Dbjefti»  = 
^tatfdd^Iicr)en  ober  bes 
i\t  3Q3irf Iidt)fett  2lufge  = 
fasten  ift,  fo  ift 

2.  2)er  ^onjunftio  ber 
9Jiobu3  ber  Ungeroijjfyeit, 
be3  ntd&t  aU  in  2Bir!lid)  = 
feit  (Sjtftierenben,  be§ 
<5ubjefttr>=9flbgUd)en. 


If  you  don't  mind,  we  will 
continue  the  subject  which 
we  began  before  the  holi- 
days. You  have  rested  up 
now,  and  can  study  all  the 
better  for  it. 

Certainly;  we  should  like 
nothing  "better  than  to  con- 
tinue the  study  of  this  mys- 
terious subjunctive. 

Mysterious  ?  It  should  not 
be  mysterious  any  longer. 
The  principle  which  is  at  the 
bottom  of  this  mode  is  easy  to 
grasp.  I  repeat  what  I  have 
already  said  :  — 

i.  fust  as  the  indicative  is 
the  mode  of  certainty,  of  that 
which  is  real  objectively,  or  of 
that  which  is  so  conceived,  in 
the  same  way  is 

2.  The  subjunctive  the  mode 
of  uncertainty,  of  that  which 
is  not  conceived,  of  as  an 
actuality,  of  the  subjectively 
possible. 


160 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


6l 


£)te  St^eorte  fdjetnt  un§  ein= 
guleucfyten.  3e^t  fommt'S  aber 
auf  bie  2tmoenbung  an.  2BeI= 
d^er  9Jlobu§,  g.  S3,,  ift  ber 
ridjtige  nad&  „bafj",  „roenn", 
unb  „ob"? 

3a,  im  §anbumbrefyen  Ia&t 
ficfy  fo  ettoag  ntd^t  entfcfyeiben. 
@3  fommt  barauf  an,  ma3  man 
eigentlidj)  fagen  mitt,  ©age 
id):- 


The  theory  seems  to  be 
clear  enough.  But  now  as 
to  the  application  of  it. 
Which,  for  instance,  is  the 
correct  mode  after  bafj,  roenn, 
and  ob? 

That  is  not  so  easy  to  de- 
cide offhand.  It  depends 
entirely  on  what  one  is  try- 
ing to  say.     If  I  say,  — 


1.  ^tt)  glctube,  baf;  er  nod)  am  2eben  tft,  ober 

2.  SDit  bejrcetfelft,  bafc  er  bio)  je  bejafylen  ttrirb,  ober 

3.  SBenn  ttrir  je^t  gefyen,  treffen  rctr  tfyn  nod),  ober 

4.  ©3  fragt  fta),  ob  bit  fommen  fannft  ober  nttt)t,  — 


fo  bejeuge  id)  eine  fubjeftioe 
©eroifcfyeit. 

©ie  toiffen  aber  bod)  nid)t, 
ob  er  nodf)  am  Seben  tft, 
ob  er  tfyn  be^afylen  roirb, 
ob  toir  ben  gafynargt 
nodf)  treffen  u.  f.  to. 

£)a§  gebe  id)  gem  gu ;  id)  faffe 
bie  5RbgIid)leit  aber  al3  eine 
Slrt  ©etoif$ett  auf,  unb  bafyer 
ber  9Jlobu§  ber  ©etoifjfyeit. 

Unter  toeldjen  Umftanben  be= 
bienen  ©ie  fid^  benn  ber  $on= 
junftio  bei  biefen  sIBortern  ? 

2Bie  fdjon  bemerlt,  ift  nur 
ber  ©inn  entfdjetbenb.  3ft 
etroaS  Ungetotffel,  etttm§,  toor= 
iiber  man  felbft  nod)  nid)t  im 


I  express  a  subjective  cer- 
tainty. 

But  you  do  not  know 
whether  he  is  still  alive, 
whether  he  will  pay  him, 
whether  we  can  still  find  the 
dentist,  etc. 

I  admit  that;  but  I  con- 
ceive of  the  possibility  as  a 
kind  of  certainty ;  hence  the 
mode  of  certainty. 

Under  what  conditions, 
then,  is  the  subjunctive  used 
with  these  words  ? 

As  I  have  already  re- 
marked, the  sense  alone  deter- 
mines that  point.  If  anything 
uncertain,    anything     about 


162 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


f laren  ift,  ober  audj  eiroaS  einer 
33orau3fe$ung  2Biberfpred)en= 
be§  im  ©piele,  fo  bebtent  man 
fi$  beSflonjunf  tu>8.  S.S8. :  — 


which  one  is  not  clear  himself, 
or  anything  contradictory  to 
an  assumption  made,  plays  a 
part  in  the  sentence,  the  sub- 
junctive is  used.     E.g.,  — 


1.  3$  fiirdjtete,  bajj  e§  le^te  9iatf)t  fajneien  roiirbe. 

2.  SBenn  roir  jefct  gingen,  trafen  rotr  ibn  noa). 

3.  Db  e^  ibm  Ueb  ware  ober  niajt,  toenn  nrir  fo  foat  artfamen,  ift  febr 
fraglidj  (doubtful). 

4.  ^a)  glaubte,  bafj  er  noa)  am  Seben  roare  (fei),  babe  mitt)  aber 
getaufttjt. 

5.  2)u  bep>etfelteft,  bafj  er  bio)  je  bejablen  roiirbe,  unb  bu  ^atteft  red)t ; 
er  bat  eg  nttt)t  getan. 

6.  SBenn  id)  nur  nmfjte,  ma§  noa)  au3  mir  roerben  rotrb ! 


SDanfe  befteng.  §offentita) 
urirb  e§  un3  gelingen,  an  biefem 
^rtngin  fefijufyalten. 

2)a§  nrirb  fo  nad)  unb  naa) 
fa)on  fommen.  tyfy  aber,  gur 
bequemen  Uberfta)t,  erlauben 
©ie  mir  bie  u>id)ttgften  ^knfte 
tabularifd)  gufammenjufteHen. 


Thank  you  very  much.  1 
hope  we  shall  succeed  in 
hanging  on  to  this  principle. 

That  will  come  all  in  good 
time.  — But  now,  for  conven- 
ient reference,  I  should  like 
to  sum  up,  in  tabular  form, 
the  most  important  rules  re- 
garding the  use  of  the  sub- 
junctive. 


$er  tonjunftto 

I.  ^rofen&fornten 

i.  SBcfc^le  unb  (Jrma^nungcn :  ge&en  nrir,1  let  us  go;  er  bleibe,1 
let  him  stay ;  „2)em  ©tt)idfal  leibe  fie  bie  gunge,  ©elbft  berjlo3,  obne 

1  The  hortatory  subjunctive  requires  that  the  verb  precede  its  object  except 
in  the  third  person  singular.  However,  the  more  usual  "  hortative  "  forms  are  : 
(ist  person  pi.)  Wit  roollcn  (ge&en,  bleiben,  effen,  etc.),  (3d  person  sing.)  er 
foil  (blciben,  geben,  effcn.  etc.). 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  163 

TOgefiibl,  Segleite  fie  mit  ibrem  ©cbtmmge  £eg  Sebeng  roecbfetooUeg 
©piel"  (©fillers  ^tocfe",  11.  418-421),  let  it  (the  bell)  lend  a  tongue  to 
fate,  and,  though  without  a  heart  or  feeling,  let  it  accompany  with  its 
motions  the  changing  lot  of  life. 

2.  233mtfd)e :  £eU  [fet]  bir  im  ©iegerfranj !  hail  [be]  to  thee,  crowned 
with  victory !  ber  §err  fegne  bid)  unb  behiite  bid) !  the  Lord  bless  thee 
and  keep  thee!  toobl  befomtn'g!  (lit.  may  it  do  you  good!),  to  your 
health  ! 

3.  ®0tt5effi0f(i*?e :  niemanb  fann  bir  belfen,  eg  fei  and)  toer  eg  fei, 
no  one  can  help  you,  no  matter  who  it  may  be  ;  roie  triel  er  aitC^  00n  feitten 
©Itern  geerbt  fyabe,  ift  bod)  alleg  braufgegangen,  however  much  he  may 
have  inherited  from  his  parents,  it  is  all  gone. 

II.  ^ttttwitalforntett 

(b.  h.  beg  perfdnlttfien  3eitroort3) 

1.  SBitnfdje  (oergeblidje) :  bait'  id)  boa)  mein  ©elb  gefpart!  would 
that  I  had  saved  my  money !    roenn  bu  nur  bei  mtr  geblieben  nmrft !  if 

you  only  had  stayed  with  me  ! 

2.  $?Ottbitumalfa*je  :  batt'  id)  mein  ©elb  gefpart,  fo  biitte  id)  jefct  ein 
eigen  £>eim  (or  toiirbe  id)  je£t  ein  eigen  §eim  baben1),  //  /  had  saved  my 
money  I  should  now  own  my  own  home ;  toaren  ©ie  bei  ntir  geblieben, 
(fo)  rcare  eg  nie  fo  roeit  gefommen  (or  roiirbe  eg  nie  fo  roeit  gefommen 
fein1),  if  y 02i  had  stayed  with  me,  things  would  not  have  turned  out  so 
badly. 

3.  ^otentialfttije :  (a) 2  er  biirfte  eg  oielleicbt  ntdjt  getan  baben,  he 
may  perhaps  not  have  done  it;  md)t  gerabe  bafi  itt)  etroag  bagegen  fyixtte, 
not  that  I  have  any  objections  to  it  precisely  ;  mir  TDCire  eg  fcbon  recbt, 
a  ber  .  .  .,  it  would  suit  me  well  enough,  but  .  .  . 

(b) 3  je^t  batten  roir'g  \a !  now  we  have  it,  sure  enough !  ba  roaren 
roir  tt)ieber  einmal !  well,  here  we  are  once  more  ! 

1  Infinitives  construed  with  ttmrbe,  ttmrbe  fein,  or  roiirbe  I)a6ett  form  the 
so-called  present  and  perfect  "  conditional."  These  phrases  are  substituted  at 
will  for  the  preterit  and  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  respectively,  though  their  use 
is  ordinarily  restricted  to  the  clause  that  contains  the  conclusion.  It  should  be 
observed  that  either  the  condition  or  the  conclusion  may  be  placed  first. 

2  The  "  diplomatic  "  subjunctive,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  renders  a  statement 
more  guarded  or  less  positive. 

3  The  "  confirmatory  "  or  "  exclamatory  "  subjunctive  has  a  tinge  of  familiarity 
in  it.     The  indicative  can  be  used  instead. 


164 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


@3  iff  un§  n>irfltd&  lieb,  2luf= 
fd)lu{j  iiber  bie  le^tert  groei 
$unfte  gu  befommen.  demerit 
fyaben  rmr  afynlicfye  2Benbungen 
fd)on  ofterS,  rrmfctert  ober  nid)i 
roofyin  bamit. 

©0,  bemerft  fyaben  ©ie  e§ 
fd)on  ?  9ta,  bag  freut  mid). 
@ntfd)ulbigen  ©ie  einen  2Iugen= 
bltd;  id)  mbd)te  mit  biefer 
gangen  $onjunfttt)frage  ein  fiir 
allemal  aufraumen. 

SSergetfyen  ©ie  giitigft,  id} 
tpollte  ©ie  ntd^t  unterbrecfyen. 

@3  bleibt  im3  nur  iibrig,  bie 
Seitfolge,  bie  fogenannte  con- 
secutio  temporum  —  fo  roeit  e3 
eine  gibt  —  511  befpred)en. 

@3  ware  mir  fe^r  lieb,  roenn 
©ie  biefeS  Sterna  auf  englifd) 
befyanbelten. 

2Bie  ©ie  rooOen,  mir  ift'3 
einerlei.     Sllfo :  — 

Direct  Discourse 


We  are  really  glad  to  get 
light  on  these  last  two  points. 
We  have  often  noticed  such 
phrases,  but  did  not  know 
what  to  make  of  them. 

You've  noticed  them,  have 
you  ?     Well,  I  am  glad  of  it. 

—  Excuse  me  just  a  moment ; 
I  should  like  to  dispose  of  this 
question  of  the  subjunctive 
once  for  all. 

Pardon  me;  I  did  not  mean 
to  interrupt  you. 

There  is  nothing  left  for 
us  to  discuss  but  the  subject 
of  the  sequence  of  tenses,  the 
so-called  consecutio  temporum 

—  so  far  as  there  is  one. 

I  should  be  very  glad  if 
you  would  treat  that  subject 
in  English. 

Just  as  you  please,  it  makes 
no  difference  to  me.  Well, 
then  :  — 

Indirect  Discourse 


The  subjunctive  preterit  (of  the  personal  verb)  is  required  in  indirect 
discourse  wherever  direct  discourse  requires  it ;  i.e.,  in  wishes  {impos- 
sible of  realization),  conditional  clauses,  potential  clauses ;  cf.  p.  163,  II, 
$rtiieritalformen. 

Optative:  2Bdre  icfi  bod)  bet  bit!  3d)  roiinfdje,  bctfj  id)  bet  bir  ware. 

§atte  er  nur  feine  ftinf  ©irme         $d)  roollte,  er  hatte  feme  funf 

beifammen  behalten !  ©tune  u.  f.  n>. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


I65 


Direct  Discourse 

Conditional:   <Qatte  id)  meitt  ©elb 

gefpart,  fo  Ibnnte  id)  mir  jefct 

ein  3iab  anfd)affen. 
Potential:   @3  mare  ju  miinfd)en, 

bafc  .  .  . 
@g  biirfte  mtrfltd)  etmag  an 

ber  ©att)e  fein. 


Indirect  Discourse 

@r  fagte  mir,  bafj  td)  mir  je^t 
ein  9tab  anfdjaffen  fonnte,  menu  id) 
mein  ©elb  gefpart  Ijcitte. 

©r  meinte,  eg  mare  ju  miinfd)en, 
bafi . . . 

3ttan  glaubt,  eg  biirfte  mirflid) 
etroaS  u.  f.  m. 


B 

The  subjunctive  present  (of  the  personal  verb)  is  required  in  in* 
direct  discourse  wherever  direct  discourse  requires  either  some  tense 
of  the  indicative  mode  or  the  present  of  the  subjunctive;  cf.  p.  162, 
I,  $rafen3formen. 


2Bo  roobnen  ©ie  ? 

2Bo  roohnteft  bu  (Baft  bu  ge* 

mobnt)  ? 
2Bo  roerben  ©ie  mobnen  ? 

2Cie  beifjen  ©ie  ? 

2Da§  roiKft  bu  ? 


3Inberfeit3  aber   fagt  man, 
8-S.:-1 

©ehen  ©ie  mit  ? 

©ie  biirfen  mttgeben. 


3d)  fragte  ibn,  mo  er  mobne 
(not  mobnte). 

3d)  fragte  ibn,  mo  er  gemobnt 
babe  (not  batte). 

3d)  fragte  ibn,  mo  er  mobnen 
merbe. 

9ftan  fragte  fie,  mie  fie  beifje 
(not  biefje). 

Wan  mirb  bid)  fragen,  ma%  bu 
molleft. 

3d)  fragte  ibn,  ma§  er  rcoUe 
(not  mollte). 

On  the  other  hand,  we 
say,  for  example, — 

3d)  fragte  ©ie,  ob  ©ie  tmt= 
gingen. 

3d)  fagte  3&nen,  ©ie  biirften 
mitgeben. 


1  These  examples  show  a  deviation  from  the  rule  as  formulated  under  B,  to 
the  extent  that,  where  the  difference  between  the  indicative  and  the  subjunctive 
is  not  brought  out  formally  in  the  theoretically  required  present  tense,  the 
preterit  is  substituted  if  the  principal  verb  was  a  preterit. 


1 66 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Direct  Discourse 

<Sie  geben  un3  beutfttjen  llnter= 
ri  d)t. 

©ie  fjaben  tnir  einen  ©efallen 
getan. 

60 ;  bamit  roare  btefe§ 
Sterna  beenbet.  §offentltdj 
rtmrbe  e§  3#nen  nidj)t  511  Jang* 
roeilig. 

©an^  im  ©egenietl,  §err 
^rofeffor.  2Btr  ftnb  S^nen 
511  grofjem  $)cmfe  t>erpflid^tet. 

SBitte  fetyr;  eS  ift  gern  ge- 
fdjefyen. 


Indirect  Discourse 

3$  fd^rieb  ifyv,  <5ie  g  a  b  e  n  un3 
beutfa)en  Unterria)t. 

3d)  ftt)riebu)r,  ©ie  fatten  mir. 
einen  ©efallen  getan. 

There  now  !  That  finishes 
the  chapter,  and  I  hope  that 
you  did  not  find  it  too  tedious. 

Quite  the  contrary,  profes- 
sor. We  are  greatly  obliged 
to  you. 

You  are  very  welcome.  It 
was  a  pleasure  for  me  to  put 
this  matter  before  you. 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  OUfljttftett  [a;  te-a],  (1)  hinder,  detain,  stop:  <Sie  miiffen  mia) 
nitt)t  Itinger  — ,  you  must  not  detain  me  any  longer.  (2)  refl.,  fid)  eintge 
3eit  bet  jm.  — ,  stay  for  some  time  with  some  one. 

2.  mtffjurcit,  stop,  discontinue:  Ijore  anf !  stop!  have  done  with  that! 
fyort'3  nod)  nia)t  auf  ?  isn't  it  stopping  yet?  ba  prt  boa)  alleS  auf !  well, 
that  beats  all! 

3.  OttfrountCtt  (etn  ftimmev),  put,  or  set,  {a  room)  in  order;  cf.  ab'= 
rautnen  (ben  £ifd>),  clear  {the  table);  aug'raumen  (eine  ©ajublabe), 
clear  out  or  empty  (a  drawer). 

4.  fceru'ljett  (auf),  rest  or  depend  (on):  ba§  mujj  auf  einem  ^rrtume 
— ,  that  must  be  a  mistake  ;  laffen  mix  bag  auf  fid)  — ,  let  us  not  inquire 
further  into  that. 

5.  Besalj'Ien  (in.  or  jm.  etn).),  pay:  er  roollte  mid)  einfad)  nid)t  — ,  he 
simply  did  not  want  to  pay  me  ;  btsafyle  iljm,  roa§  bu  if)m  fdjulbig  bift, 
pay  him  what  you  owe  ;  ba§  be',af)lt  fid)  nia)t,  that  doesn't  pay. 

6.  bejttJet'feftt,  <fo«*A  question:  eg  ift  nidjt  JU  — ,  it  is  not  to  be 
doubted,  it  is  unquestionable. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  167 

7.  fcor'gen,  (l)  borrow ;  cf.  33orgen  mad)t  ©orgen,  they  that  go 
a-borrowing  go  a-sorr owing.  (2)  familiar,  lend,  give  on  credit ;  cf.  ettt). 
(ace.)  Ctllf  ©org  beromtrtett,  ^  something  on  credit. 

8.  $)attf  [m.],  thanks,  acknowledgment:  jm.  —  abftatten  (fagen), 
*//<z«/£  .ww*  0«<r;  feinen  t)erbinblttt)ften  —  augfpredjen,  return  hearty 
thanks;  fcpnett  or  beften — !  many  thanks!  ©ott  fei— !  thank  God! 
thank  Heaven !  ©ie  baben  mid)  ju  grojjem  —  oerpfItd)tet,  you  have  put 
me  under  great  obligations. 

9.  erfjat'ten  [a;  ie-a],  (l)  keep  (in  condition):  trjor)l —  famen  roir 

in  SRero  §)orf  an,  we  arrived  in  New  York  safe  and  sound ;  ©ott  erbalte 
^ranj,  ben  ^aifer !  may  God  save  Emperor  Francis !  (2)  maintain, 
support;  eine  $amilie — ,  support  a  family.  (3)  receive:  beinen  33rtef 
Don  10.  b.  9ftg.  (beg  9Jionatg)  babe  id)  — ,  /  received  your  letter  of  the 
10th  inst. 

10.  gefjen  [ging  —  gegangen ;  fein],  (l)  go,  walk:  gu  $ufje  — ,  go 
afoot.  (2)  start,  leave,  be  in  motion:  bie  $oft  gebt  Vim  fed)g  U&r,  the 
mail  leaves  at  six  o'clock  ;  ber  2)ampfer  gef)t  morgen,  the  steamer  leaves 
to-morrow  ;  bie  Xitre  ging  f  oeben,  the  door  just  opened.  (3)  with  an  inf., 
betteln  — ,  go  begging;  fc&lafen  (fpajieren)  — ,  go  to  sleep  (^walking). 
(4)  with  adj.,  adv.,  or  prep. :  bie  Ur)r  gebt  nad)  (oor),  the  clock,  or  watch, 
loses  (gains) ;  jm.  an  bie  §anb  — ,  lend  a  helping  hand  to  some  one ; 
aufg  Sanb  — ,  go  to  the  country ;  faputf  — ,  go  to  pieces,  or  to  ruin  ; 
alleg  gebt  nad)  SBunfd),  everything  is  going  satisfactorily ;  oon  ftatten — , 
go  on,  or  move  on,  successfully ;  JU  ©mnbe  — ,  go  to  ruin.  (5)  impers., 
roie  gebt  eg  bir  tmmer  ?  how  is  everything  going  with  you  ?  fo  gebt'g  in 
ber  SBelt,  that  is  the  way  of  the  world ;  ^reunb,  id)  bin  gufrieben,  geb' 

eg  roie  eg  VOiXi" ,  friend,  I  am  contented  no  matter  how  things  go. 

11.  gcltcn  [i;  a-0;  rjaben],  (1)  be  worth  (price),  be  of  value:  roie 
niel  gilt  ber  SBeigen  hente,  what  is  wheat  worth  to-day  ?  (2)  bet,  wager : 
roag  gilt'g,  er  fommt  beute  nod)  ?  what  will  you  wager  he  will  come 
to-day  ?  (3)  be  held  in  esteem,  be  regarded :  er  gait  oiel  bet  £)0fe,  he  was 
greatly  esteemed  at  the  court ;  bei  ©ott  gilt  fein  2lnfehn  ber  ^erfon,  God 
is  not  a  respecter  of  persons.  (4)  be  valid,  apply,  hold  good :  bag  gilt  »0tn 
ganjen  SBolf,  this  is  true  of,  or  applies  to,  the  whole  people  ;  etro.  (ace.)  — 
laffen,  accept  a  thing  as  true  or  valid,  leave  undisputed ;  fid)  (etro.,  ace.) 
— b  mad)en,  assert  oneself  (urge  something).  (5)  —  (fur),  be  regarded  (as), 
pass  (for) :  er  gait  fiir  reid),  he  was  supposed  to  be  rich.  (6)  be  aimed  at : 
bag  gilt  bir,  that  is  aimed  at  you.  (7)  impers.,  concern,  be  at  stake:  eg 
gait  mein  alleg,  my  all  was  at  stake ;  jefct  gilt'gl  now's  the  time  I  now 
for  it  I 


168  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes  :  — 

i.  This  noise  must  stop.  2.  I  told  them  that  this  noise 
had  to  stop.  3.  How  long  are  they  going  to  stay  in  Dresden  ? 
4.  I  inquired  how  long  they  would  stay  in  Dresden.  5.  They 
telegraphed  they  had  arrived  safely  in  London.  6.  Thank 
God,  they  have  arrived  safely  !  7.  You  really  have  put  me 
under  great  obligations.  8.  We  wrote  to  them,  they  had 
put  us  under  great  obligations.  9.  I  should  go  if  my  life 
were  at  stake.  10.  What  will  you  wager  the  train  leaves 
(fafyrt  ah)  at  five  o'clock?  11.  Would  that  it  had  turned 
out  differently  (au^fctftert)  !  12.  I  wish  it  had  turned  out 
differently.  13.  I  know,  God  is  no  respecter  of  persons. 
14.  The  Bible  says  God  is  no  respecter  of  persons.  15.  I 
doubt  if  Mr.  N.  can  ever  pay  his  debts.  16.  I  do  not 
believe  that  Mr.  N.  ever  pays  his  tailor.  17.  I  asked  him 
whether  he  wanted  to  come  along.  18.  Do  you  want  to  come 
along?  19.  How  much  have  you  paid  for  your  overcoat? 
20.  You  ask  me  how  much  I  paid  for  my  overcoat.  21.  We 
should  go  with  you  if  you  did  not  stay  so  long.  22.  Now 
let  us  clear  the  table.  23.  I  asked  her  whether  she  would 
not  be  good  enough  to  clear  the  table.  24.  You  say  you 
did  not  receive  the  package  (bag  ^ktfet') ;  I  do  not  see  to  what 
error  that  can  be  due  (auf .  .  .  berufyert  farm).  25.  He  would 
not  be  able  to  maintain  his  family  on  such  a  salary.  26.  But 
now  we  must  go  to  sleep,  for  to-morrow  we  have  to  get  up 
early.  27.  He  is  regarded  as  a  very  rich  man;  how  much 
there  is  to  that  I  don't  know.  28.  I  shall  tell  the  pro- 
fessor that  we  had  a  good  time  (t)ie(  SSergniigen)  during  the 
holidays.  29.  How  long  are  they  going  to  stay  with  (bet) 
you  ?  30.  When  she  wrote  the  last  time  she  thought  they 
would  stay  at  least  a  fortnight.  31.  Is  everything  moving 
successfully  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  169 

B 

12.  Ijer,  (1)  here,  hither  {towards  speaker):  (Mb — !  {let's  have)  money ! 
—  bctmit !  let's  have  it!  (2)  t)Ott  .  .  .  — ,  from  :  t)Ott  bort  — ,  from  that 
place  ;  t)OU  altera — 1  from  of  old;  OOttje — ,always,from  time  immemorial, 
all  along;  tt)0  fiaft  bit  bag  —  ?  w/5^r<?  did  you  get  that?  (3)  Uttt  .  .  .  — , 
around,  all  about .  .  . ;  l)ittter  ...  — ,  behind  .  .  .  ;  foul  unb  — ,  back  and 
forth,  to  and  fro  ;  tueit — ,  from  a  distance.  (4)  since,  ago:  eg  ift  fd)on 
lange — ,  it's  long  since  ;  nod)  feine  fiinf  SJJinuten  — ,  not  five  minutes  ago. 
(5)  in  compounds  the  adverb  usually  indicates  ''direction  towards  "  : 
fyier — ,  hither;  — ctb,  — Uttter,  down;  — auf,  up;  — eitt !  come  in! 
— aug,  out ;  — Uttt,  about ;  — fyolen,  fetch  hither,  bring  hither;  — futttmett, 
come  hither  ;  too  f Ottttttft  bu  —  ?  where  do  you  come  from  ?  TOO  ttittttttft 
bu  alt  bettt  ©etb  —  ?  where  do  you  get  all  your  money  ?  — rti&ren,  be 
caused  by  ;  bag  rii&rt  baoott  — ,  bafj .  .  .,  that  is  owing  to  ...  ;  cf.  — fagen, 
recite  ;  — geben,  give  away. 

13.  je,  (1)  always,  ever:  Iafjt  er  fid)  —  bei  %fynen  feben  ?  does  he  ever 
call  at  your  house?  (2)  with  distributive  sense:  —  Jtrjei,  two  by  two ; 
id)  begablte  i^nen  —  fiinf  2ftart*,  J  paid  each  of  them  five  marks  ;  — nad)= 
bem,  that  depends.  (3)  with  comp. :  —  langer,  —  (or  befto)  lieber,  etc., 
the  longer,  the  better. 

14.  lenjett,  [te-te],  {l)lend.  {2)  borrow;  cf.  Seibfoaug, pawnbroker's 
shop  ;  Setbbibltutbef,  circulating  library. 

15.  tya'rett,  economize,  lay  by  money,  save,  spare:  bte  SJlitbe  batten 
6ie  fid)  erfparett  f  Otttten,  you  could  have  spared  yourself  that  trouble  ; 

cf.  ©parbanf  or  ©parfaffe,  savings-bank. 

16.  fte'fjen  [ftanb —  geftanben ;  haben],  (l)  stand:  nrie  er  gefit  unb 
ftebt,  just  as  he  stands  or  is;  man  roeifj  nxdjt,  mo  einem  ber  $opf  ftebt, 
one  does  not  know  what  to  make  of  all  this  ;  —  bleibett,  remain  stationary. 
(2)  be:  eg  ftebt  gefd)rteben,  it  is  written;  in  ber  3etfwtg  — 1  be  in  the 
newspaper  ;  tttt  beften  Sllter  — ,  be  in  one 's  best  years.  (3)  fit,  become  : 
ber  neue  2tnjug  ftebt  mir  gut,  the  new  suit  fits  me  well.  (4)  answer,  go 
security,  be  responsible :  id)  ftebe  bafitr,  /  take  the  responsibility,  I  will 
warrant.  (5)  with  an  adj.  or  adv.:  aufredjt  — ,  stand  erect ;  gut  (or  fd)5tt, 
etc.)  — ,  {crops)  look  well ;  gut  (fd)Ied)t)  mit  jttt.  — ,  be  on  good  {bad) 
terms  with  some  one;  eg  foil  bir  teuer  p  —  fommen,  you  shall  pay 
dearly  for  this.  (6)  with  a  prep. :  auf  bem  ©piele  — ,  be  at  stake ;  in 
$tammen  — ,  be  on  fire ;  in  SSerbinbung  mit  jm.  — ,  have  business 
relations  with  some  one.  (7)  impers.  :  eg  ftebt  ganj  orbetttlitf)  mit 
ibm,  he  is  doing  fairly  well;  ttrie  ftebt'g  mit  ^brer  ©efunbbeit  ?  how 


170  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

is  your  health?   tme  gefit'3  unb  roie  ftefot'S?  how  is  everything?  how 
are  you  ? 

17.  ftcr'bett  [i ;  ct-o ;  fein],  die:  etneg  feltgen  £obe§— ,  die  a  happy 
death;  cm  eiuer  tenfhett  (einem  tfieber)  — /  die  of  a  sickness  {of  a  fever). 

18.  fcerlie'rett  [0-0],  lose:  „©nt  oerloren,  roenig  oerloren ;  Wlut  r»er= 
loren,  Diet  oerloren ;  ©tyre  oerloren,  atfeg  oerloren",  to  lose  property  is  to 

lose  but  little  ;  to  lose  courage  is  to  lose  much  ;  honor  lost,  all  is  lost ;  mel 
3eit  haben  mix  nict)t  gU  — ,  we  have  not  much  time  to  lose. 

19.  SSerftanb  [m.],  understanding,  sense:  ber  gefunbe  (^enfcfyen) — , 
sound  common  sense;  bei  BOllem — e  fein,  be  of  sound  mind;  jn.  um 
ben  —  bringen,  drive  one  out  of  his  mind ;  ba  fte^t  einem  ber  —  fttU, 
/  am  completely  at  my  wits'  end,  I  am  completely  nonplused. 

20.  tuiffen  [1,  3,  toeifj,  2,  roetfjt ;  ttmfjte  —  gettmftt],  (l)  know,  under- 
stand: fotriel  id)  voeify,  for  aught  I  know,  as  far  as  I  know  ;  nid)t  bajj 
id)  roiifste,  not  that  I  know ;  ber  better  roollte  nid)t3  mebr  oon  il)m  — , 
father  did  not  want  to  have  anything  more  to  do  with  him  ;  er  mill  nid)t3 
baoon  — ,  he  pretends  to  know  nothing  about  it  (or,  also,  will  not  listen 
to  it,  or  have  anything  to  do  with  it)  ;  jn.  —  tctffen,  send  word  to  some 
one  ;  ettt).  (ace.)  JU  —  belommen,  find  out  something,  learn  something ; 
ettt).  (ace)  CtUSi  ©rfa^mng — ,  know  something from  experience;  id)  TDCift 
tttir  feinen  SWat,  /  know  not  what  to  do.  (2)  manage,  contrive:  ber 
©efangene  rouble  JU  entfommen,  the  prisoner  managed  to  escape. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  I  should  not  go  there  if  I  did  not  have  to.  2.  Could 
you  lend  me  five  dollars  ?  I  would  pay  them  back  next 
week.  3.  You  should  have  saved  your  money,  you  should 
have  worked.  It  is  written  :  If  any  will  not  work,  neither 
let  him  eat  (2Ber  ...  ber  foil  .  .  . ).  4.  If  I  were  in  your 
place  I  should  talk  the  matter  over  with  him  and  I  should 
tell  him  what  I  thought  about  it.  5.  We  should  like 
to  stay  a  while.  6.  We  did  not  wish  to  stay  any  longer. 
7.  We  were  told  he  was  doing  well ;  how  much  there  is  to  it 
I  do  not  know.  8.  What  would  you  do,  what  could  you  do, 
if  your  house  were  on  fire  (tm  33ranb  ftitnbe *)  ?     9.  I  wish  I 

1  The  older  form  of  the  subjunctive. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  171 

had  studied  law  (ware  2lbt)ofat  geroorben).  10.  I  will  warrant 
your  suit  would  fit  you  better  if  my  tailor  had  made  it. 
11.  You  really  ought  to  know  better  than  to  go  to  Mr.  N's ; 
I  do  not  think  that  he  understands  his  business.  12.  I 
should  think  you  had  lost  time  and  money  enough  now. 
13.  They  wrote  to  us  he  had  died  of  a  fever.  14.  She 
would  be  very  glad  if  we  were  to  drop  in  some  evening. 
15.  If  I  knew  where  he  was  to  be  found  I  should  go  and 
visit  him.  16.  What  would  you  do  in  (an)  my  place  ? 
17.  We  must  find  him,  be  he  where  he  may.  18.  I  heard 
long  ago  that  he  was  very  poor ;  there  might  be  something 
to  it,  he  was  always  very  extravagant  (t)erfd)roenberifd)). 
19.  Peace  be  with  you!  20.  Let  us  go!  Let  him  stay! 
21.  That  man  never  insures  his  house;  some  day  he  may 
have  to  pay  dearly  for  it.  22.  It  seems  that  he  is  threatened 
with  pneumonia  (Stmgenentgimbung) ;  at  any  rate  he  must 
keep  to  his  bed  for  a  few  days.  23.  " '  Hadst  thou  stayed, 
I  must  have  fled  ! '  That  is  what  the  Vision  said."  24.  Who 
can  tell  me  who  wrote x  these  lines  and  where  they  occur  ? 
25.  I  thought  Longfellow  wrote1  them.  26.  I  believe 
Longfellow  wrote1  them.  27.  Some  one  asked  me  whether 
I  knew  that  Longfellow  wrote1  them.  28.  May  I  ask  you 
where  you  got  your  money  ?  29.  I  asked  him  where  he 
got  his  money. 

l  Use  compound  tense ;  cf .  German  tenses,  p.  146,  3. 


Sedjseljttte  SpredjiUmttg 


3^un,  mcinc  SDamen  imb 
§erren,  fyaben  ©ie  ficlj  er^oli  ? 

©o  letblidjj;  mit  ber  3ett 
roerben  roir  un§  fd)on  an  ben 
ridjjttgen  ©ebraudj)  be§  $on= 
jtmftioS  geroofynen. 

Dfyne  ^roeifel.  SDodf)  fyeute 
raotlen  nrir  nid)t  ©rammatif 
treiben.  2Bit  tootten  lieber  ein 
raentg  ©pafj. 

(Stoerftanben ! 

Sefen  ©ie  bie  „gliegenben 
©latter"  guroeilen  ? 

(si.)  ©efjrfelten;  nrirbefoms 
men  fie  nidfjt  oft  gu  ©efid&t,  unb, 
aufridjjtig  gefagt,  finben  mir  fie 
eiroaS  fdjjroierig. 

(93.)  3$  mufj  geftefyen,  mir 
fd&einen  bie  2Bi£e  mandf)mal 
iibertrieben. 

@3  fommt  nur  barauf  an,  rote 
man's  nimmt.  $a§  2iatag§= 
leben  fpiegelt  fid)  giemlid)  getreu 
im  ©Iatte. 

Unb  roirflicf},  roie  fdjon  ge= 
fagt,  finbe  id)  tie  9Iu3briide,  bie 


Well,  ladies  and  gentle- 
men, have  you  recovered  ? 

Pretty  well ;  in  time  we 
shall  no  doubt  become  fa- 
miliar with  the  correct  use 
of  the  subjunctive. 

Undoubtedly.  But  let  us 
not  discuss  grammar  to-day. 
Let  us  rather  have  a  little 
amusement. 

Agreed ! 

Do  you  occasionally  read 
the  Fliegende  Blatter  ? 

(a.)  Very  rarely;  we  do 
not  see  them  often,  and,  to 
be  honest  with  you,  we  find 
them  rather  hard  to  under- 
stand. 

'  (B.)  I  must  confess  the 
jokes  seem  to  me  rather 
forced  at  times. 

It  all  depends  on  the  point 
of  view.  Every-day  life  is 
reflected  rather  faithfully  in 
the  paper. 

And  really,  as  I  said  before, 
I  find  the   expressions  that 


7^ 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


173 


bctrin  oorfommen,  etroctS  fdjtoer ; 
tt)at>rfd^einlid)  gu  ibtomatifd). 

GsbenbeSfyalb  empfefyle  id) 
Sfynen,  ba§  SBlatt  oon  Sett  gu 
^eit  gu  lefen.  §ter  t)a6e  id) 
einige  ^roben : '  — 


occur  in   it  rather  difficult; 
too  idiomatic,  I  suppose. 

That  is  just  the  reason 
why  I  advise  you  to  read  the 
periodical  from  time  to  time. 
Here  are  a  few  specimens:  — 


$atf)eberMute 

^rofeffor:  gutter,  ©ie  haben  mem  SBertrauen  fdjnobe  (basely) 
getdufc&t;  id)  roerbe©ie  ntcht  mehr  cmfehen, —  aber  im  2luge  bebaU 
ten  roerbe  id)  ©ie  oon  jefct  an!" 


©ie  fefyen,  bie  §erren  $rofeffo= 
ren  muffen  immer  fyerfyalten. 

2Bat)rfd)einIic^  madden  fie  fid) 
nid)t  t)tel  barauS. 

©elbftoerftdnblid)  md)t;   ba 


fatten  fie  oiel  gu  tun. 
gefdHt  gfmen  biefeS? 


2Bte 


You  see  the  professors  al- 
ways catch  it. 

I  dare  say  they  don't  mind 
it  much. 

Of  course  not ;  they  would 
have  their  hands  full  if  they 
did.     How  do  you  like  this  ? 


§t)ptvbtl 

$rof  ef  f  or:  „...  2)u,  2lnna,  roie  rotir'3,  roenn  rotr  tmfere  filberne 
Sjbocfojeit  nid)t  feoarat,  fonbern  mit  ber  golbenen  jufammen  feiern  roiirben, 
bamit  td)  ntc&t  fo  oft  geftort  roerbe!" 


©at  nid)t  fdjlimm.  ©eien  ©ie 
fo  gut  unb  geben  ©ie  un§  nod) 
einige  gum  beften.  ©oldje  ©pdfje 
gefaften  un§  auSgegetdjnet. 

9hm,  toie  ©ie  rooEen.  liber 
^rofefforen  ? 

3rgenb  toelc|e,  bie  Sfynen 
einfaEen. 


That  is  n't  half  bad.  Please 
treat  us  to  a  few  others. 
These  jokes  please  usgreatly. 

Very  well.  Shall  it  be 
something  on  professors  ? 

Any  you  please,  any  that 
occur  to  you. 


1  Instead  of  the  usual  question-and-answer  exercise  let  the  student  repeat  as 
many  of  these  snatches  of  conversation  as  possible. 


174.  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

Sfom:  —  Well:  — 

£f»fi 

2)er  §err  ^rofeffor  oergiftf  fe^r  oft  im  $affeef)au§  feincn  $affee  gu 
jafylen.  2U3  if)m  bieS  rcieber  einmal  paffiert,  madjt  u)n  bie  ^eltnerin 
barauf  aufmerffam. 

„yiun,"  ernribert  er  gutmiitig,  „id)  jaf)Ie  bod)  oertyaltntSmajjig 
E)dufig !" 

Stud)  nid^t  iibel!  „»erf)alts  That  isn't  so  bad  either  ! 
n  i  §  m  &  f$  i  g  fyaufig  ! "  "  comparatively  often !  " 

•    ftortfdjrttt 

wSft  S^  ©entail  nod)  immer.  jo  gerftreut  (absent-minded),  $rctu  $ro* 
feffor  ?    Safjt  er  immer  nod)  feinen  Sftegenfcfyirm  fteljen  ?" 

„D  nein,  er  bringt  jefct  wenigftenS  einen  fremben  mit  §eim!" 

£>a3  ift  \a  famo§ !  Isn't  that  capital ! 

2)a  fyabe  id)  nod)  etroaS  $f)n=  Here's  another  like  it :  — 


Smntcr  3erftreut 

^rofefforin:  „yiimm  f)ter  ben  9iegenfd)irm  mit;  im  ©iiben  jiefyt 
ein  ©emitter  auf  I* 

^Profeffor:  „2)cmn  gib  mir  gleid)  nod)  einen  — im  Often 
jietyt  autf)  einS  auf!" 

@3  ift  bodj)  gut,  baft  e§  ^rofef-  I  tell  you  it's  fortunate  that 

forenunb  —  9ftegenfd)irme  gibt.  there  are  professors  and  — 

umbrellas. 

<3ie    nefymen'S   bem    SBlatte  You  surely  are  not  offended 

bod)  md)t  iibel,  bafj  bie  ^$rofef=  with  the  paper  for  having  it 

foren  fo  oft  fyerfyalten  miiffen  ?  in  for  the  professors  so  often  ? 

3  betoafyre  !     SSarum  bod)?  O  my,  no  !    Why  should  I  ? 

2)ie   ©tubenten   lommen  aud(j  The  students  don't  fare  any 

nicfyt  beffer  toeg,  nicfjt  einmal  fo  better ;  not  even  so  well,  in 

gut.  fact. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


175 


SBitte,  geben  ©ie  im§  einige  Won't  you  please  give  us 

$roben.  a  few  samples  ? 

3)a  fyabe  ictj  etroaS  £reffen=  Here  is  something  to  the 

beg :  —  point :  — 

©ttfjere  JRedjttttttg 

©tubiofu3:  „...  Slifo  gegen  flaffa  (cash)  loftet  ber  2utaug?" 

©ri)neiber:  wgunfeig  2ftarf./y 

©  t  u  b  i  0  f  u 3  :   „Unb  bet  Siatengaljtung  (paying  by  installments)?" 

©tt)neiber:  „§imbert  Ttaxi ©ie  tniiffen  aber  in  biefem 

galle  funfjig  2Jiarf  ana  a  I)  I  en  (pay  down)  !" 


§ct,  fya,  fya!  SDaran  farm 
man  beutfdje  ©tubenten  erfen= 
nen.     $)a3  ift  nid)t  iibel! 

(StroaS  parteitfdfj?  SDie  beut= 
fcfjen  ©tubenten  finb  ntcrjt  bie 
ein^igen,  bie  ifyre  Sftecfjnungen 
(©djulben)  nicrjt  be^afylen. 

9ttd)t3  fiir  ungut;  fo  roar'3 
ja  mcr)t  gemeint.  ©ie  glauben 
bocfj  nictjt,  bafj  id)  ©totf=2lmeri= 
faner  bin  ? 

©eroifj  nid)t.  %<$  fenne  3r)re 
liberalen  2Infid)ten.  —  §err  9?., 
©ie  mieten  ein  moblierteS  3^s 
met,  nicrjt  tnarjr  ?  3Ser  ift  3*)*e 
§au3nrirttn  ? 

3d)  raohne  bei  grau  9JUtfler 
in  ber  Sangenftra^e.  Sin  gan$ 
nett  eingeridjtet,  mit  allem  $0= 
tigen  nerferjen,  fogar  mit  einer 
©tubierlamne. 


Ha,  ha,  ha!  That's  the 
German  student  true  to  life. 
That  isn't  bad! 

Aren't  you  a  little  partial  ? 
German  students  are  not  the 
only  ones  who  do  not  pay 
their  bills  (debts). 

You  mustn't  be  offended; 
I  didn't  mean  it  that  way. 
You  certainly  do  not  think 
that  I  am  a  narrow-minded, 
provincial  American  ? 

Certainly  not.  I  know 
your  liberal  views.  —  Mr.  N., 
you  rent  a  furnished  room, 
do  you  not  ?  Who  is  your 
landlady  ? 

I  am  rooming  at  Mrs. 
Muller's  on  Long  Street.  Am 
nicely  fixed  and  provided 
with  everything  necessary, 
even  a  student  lamp. 


176 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


2Bab.rfd)etnitd)  Ijat  gijr  Dnfel 
fie  QEjnen  gugefd^tcft? 

•ftetn,  id)  fyabe  fie  mir  felbft 
angefd^afft. 

©te  braucfyen  alfo  feme  „2ln= 
tegung"? 
2lnregtmg  room  ? 
■Jhm,  fybren  ©te :  — 


Did  your  uncle  send  it  to 
you? 

No,  I  bought  it  myself. 

You  don't  need  any  "in- 
centive," do  you  ? 
Incentive  to  what  ? 
Well,  see  here  :  — 


3tnregMttg 

D  n !  e  I  (jur  fraugnrirtin  feineS  9?effen);:  „9?a,  bat  bie  gefanbte  Btu- 
bierlampe  tneinen  IWeffen  gum  ©tubium  cmgeregt? 

SBirtin:  „©enrifj,  er  begamt  fofort  ju  ftubieren  —  to  a  3 
er  bamit  an  fang  en  foU!" 

$)tenfmtabd)en  befommen  na-  As  you  would  expect,  the 
titrltdj  aud)  tfyrett  ehjltdjen  %e\l  servant-girls  get  their  fair 
gutmiittger  ©aitre.  share  of  kindly  satire. 

$eruttglutfie  2lu3rebe 

„Wlatie,  auf  bem  $la»ier  liegt  ber  ©taub  »on  minbeftenS  fecbs 
SBoc&enl" 

„2lber,  gnabige  *  $rau,  b  a 3  ift  boa)  bie  ©a)ulb  t>on  meiner  Morgan* 
g  e  r  i  n !    3$  bin  ja  erft  b  r  e  t  3Boa;en  bier  \* 

2Bteber   ein   gbeal   gerftbrt,         Another    ideal    smashed, 

§err    ^rofeffor.      %tf)    bad^te  professor.     I   thought  Ger- 

namltd),  bie  beutfcfyen  35ienft=  man  servants  left  nothing  to 

boten  lieften  md)t3  gu  toitnfd)en  be  desired. 
Ubrtg. 

Seijt  ift  ba3  2ad)en  an  mir.  Now  it's  my  turn  to  laugh. 

•Bfoin   Sieber,    ©te    trren   fid)  My  dear  fellow,  you  are  way 

l  A  mode  of  deferential  address.  The  terms  gnabiger  #etr,  ©nnbige, 
gttabigcS  graulein,  etc.,  are  in  more  general  use  than  English  "your  grace." 
They  are  not  restricted  to  addressing  the  nobility. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


177 


geroaltig.  Slber  „3rren  iff 
menfc&lid)."  3$  tt>erbe  biefeS 
2)tenftboten=3:f)ema  nid)t  wetter 
oerfolgen.  3$  kfc  Sfynen  lieber 
nod)  einigeg  vox:  — 


off  the  track.  But  "To  err 
is  human."  I  shall  not  pur- 
sue this  servant-girl  question 
any  further.  Let  me  rather 
read  a  few  more  "  drives." 


3m  Born 

©  r  (in  bie  $ud;e  f)tneinrufenb) :  „3ft  ber  $aff ee  f erttg  V 
©  i  e :  „@r  fod)t  immer  nod)  nid)t  !" 

@r:    „3mmer  nod)  ntc^t ? I  .  .  .  2)onnerroetter,  il)r   f eib  ja  gu 
2)ritt  in  ber  $  U  d)  e  (and  yet  there  are  three  of  you)  !" 


©in  ungebulbiger  ©fyemann, 
bem'3  preffierte,  etroaS  roarmeS 
in  ben  9J?agen  gu  befommen. 
Ubelnefymen  fann  man's  ifym 
md)t.  9Ber  mag  roofyl  in  ber 
$ud;e  geroefen  fein  ? 

2Bal)rfd)einlid)  feine  ©djroie= 
germutterunb  eine  6d)toagerin. 

@3  mag  roofyl  fein. 


You  cannot  blame  an  im- 
patient husband  who  is  in  a 
hurry  to  get  something  warm 
into  his  stomach.  Who  do 
you  suppose  was  in  the 
kitchen  ? 

Probably  his  mother-in-law 
and  a  sister-in-law. 

It  may  be. 


^Soefte  unb  $rofa 

„@rinnerft  bu  bid)  nod),  $arl,  rote  id)  bid;  auf  btefer  SBanf  getroffen 
f)abe  unb  bu  an  beinen  $nbpfen  abgejcujlt  l)aft,  ob  id;  bid;  Hebe  ober 
nid)t  ?    2In  fo  roaS  benift  bu  fteute  ntmmer  I* 

„2)asu  fe&len  ntirje^t  audj  bie  £nopfe  am  3iocf!" 


(«.)  @r  fjcttte  feine  $nbpfe 
ja  felbff  annafyen  fonnen. 

£)a3  rodre  bod)  etroaS  gu  oiel 
geforbert.  Sine  grau  foltte 
ifyrem  -DJtann  bocl)  bie  ftnopfc 
annafyen. 


(A.)  He  should  have  sewn 
his  own  buttons  on. 

That  would  be  asking  too 
much.  A  woman  should  cer- 
tainly sew  on  the  buttons  for 
her  husband. 


i;8 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


(95.)  graucn  finb  oft  gu  be= 
fdjaftigt.  £)a§  erotge  $od)en, 
SRctyen,  8efud)abftatten,  $e= 
fud)empfangen  u.  f.  to. ! 

3$  tx>et§  rooE)I,  ba§  ift  leine 
$leinigfeit.  3JJand^maI  fyaben 
fie  ifyre  §anbe  ju  oou\ 


(B.)  Women  are  often  too 
busy.  This  everlasting  cook- 
ing, sewing,  making  calls, 
receiving  callers,  etc. ! 

I  know  well  enough  that's 
no  small  matter.  Often  they 
have  their  hands  too  full. 


$erfd)na£pt  (A  Give-away) 

%xau  Softer:   „3ft  bie  gnabige  $rau  ju  fpredjen  ?" 

%  e  p  i :   „9tfein  —  gntibige  $rau  bebauert  \" 

%xau  2)  o  f  t  o  r  (roelc^e  corner  bie  $rau  dial  am  $enfter  gefe^en) : 
„©agen  <Sie  nur  meinen  Xiamen ;  roenn  %vau  Wat  fyoxt,  bafj  ia)  ba  bin, 
nrirb  fie  mia)  ftcr)er  annefymen  \" 

$ept:  „2lber  rair  tyaben  ©ie  ja  gerabe  fommen  feEjen!" 


©ie  finb  fefyr  bogfyaft,  £err 
^rofeffor. 

Ibitte  urn  33er$etyung;  bofe 
ift  ba3  ja  gar  nid^t  gemeint.  — 
©oil  idjj  Sfynen  no$  etroa§  iiber 
baS  „*{ko£entum"  oorlefen  ? 

$ro$entum  ?  9Dftt  biefem 
2Bort  bin  idj)  nod&  nid&t  be= 
fannt;  roa§  bebeutet  e3  eigent= 

Rdjit 

©in  „$rofc"  ift  ein  ©elb= 
menfd),  ber  mit  feinem  9teiaV 
turn  prafylt  imb  im§  Slrmen 
imponieren  roiH. — 9hm,  toaS 
i<$  fagen  tooUte,  bag  $rot= 
gentum  nrirb  audj)  bfterS  ge= 
f)5rig  gegeijselt.  ©efyen  ©ie 
mal:  — 


You  are  horrid,  professor. 

Pardon  me,  I  didn't  mean 
to  be  bad.  —  Shall  I  read  you 
something  about  Protzentum  ? 

Protzentum  ?  That  is  a 
new  word  to  me ;  what  does 
it  mean  ? 

A  Protz  is  your  Mr.  Money- 
bags, a  man  boasting  of  his 
wealth  and  trying  to  fill  us 
poor  fellows  with  awe.  — 
Well !  I  was  going  to  say  that 
Protzentum  is  also  frequently 
satirized  as  it  deserves.  See 
here  now :  — 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


179 


„§err  ^ommerjienrat,1  %fyxe   $a$e   fd^eint   and)   feine   2Jiaufe  311 
fangen!" 
,,-ifta,  fjat  bie'3  notroenbtg?" 


6e!ft#gefifl 

„ .  .  .  2#r  ©a*ten  ift  prad)ttg,  £err  ^ommeraienrat .  .  .  unb  bte  &err= 
UdjeSuft!" 

„3a,  meine  Suft  ift  gut  !" 

©te  rooHen  £>oftor  roerben, 

ntd^t  roafyr,  §err ? 

3a,  roenn  aHeS  gut  gefyt. 

©d)on.     £a  fyahe  id)  einen 
2Bt$,  ber  fcpn  auf  ©ie  pafct. 


You  intend  to  be  a  doctor, 
do  you  not,  Mr. ? 

Yes,  if  everything  goes  all 
right. 

Very  well.  Here  is  a  little 
jibe  at  you. 


(Sinwcifjung 

2lpotf)efer  (gum  neuen  Seating) :  „ . . .  Unb  bag  ift  aqua  destillata 
(distilled  water).  2)a3  geben  nrir  ben  ^attenten  in  gang  oer^roeif  ei- 
t e n  fallen  —  wenn  nrir.  namlid)  ein  Siejept  abfolut  n  i  a)  t  lefen 
fonnen!" 


(si.  unb  95.)  §a,  E)a,  f)a ! 

@3  lommen  abet  aud)  ernftere 
©egenftdnbe  gur  ©pradje  in  ben 
„gliegenben  Slattern."  ©a 
b,ab'  id),  3.  SB.,  ein  nmnber* 
fd)bne3  IleineS  ©ebidjt  t)on  £>. 
Slmrnan. 


(A.  and  b.)    Ha,  ha,  ha  ! 

But  the  Fliegende  Blatter 
also  contains  more  serious 
matter.  Here  I  have,  for 
instance,  a  beautiful  little 
poem  of  H.  Amman. 


1  The  title  SRat,  councilor,  adviser,  is  an  honorary  distinction  bestowed  upon 
people  who  are  preeminent  in  their  profession.  Thus  there  are  Sommer'3ienrate, 
SBaurfite,  93etgrate  (the  equivalent,  say,  of  "Director  of  Mines"),  ®ircfjen=, 
©tfjul*,  Suftigrate,  etc. 


i8o 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


2tbenb 

SBenn  Winter  ben  blauen  Sergen 
2)ie  6onne  niebergebt, 
2)ann  lauten  bie  ©locfenblumen 
3m  2Balbe  bag  ©ebet. 

2)er  £iifter,  ber  fie  jiefiet, 
£)a3  ift  ber  Slbenbhaud), 
©3  laufd)en  $alm  unb  ©rafer, 
Unb  jebeS  SBlati  am  ©traud). 

Unb  alle  $ogel  fajroeigen 
2lnbad)tig  itn  grunen  £ag — 
35 a  legt  fief)  bin  gu  fterben 
2)er  miibe,  holbe  Xag. 


Evening 

Whene'er  behind  yon  mountains 
There  sinks  the  sunset's  gold, 
Then  rings  the  chime  of  bluebells 
A  prayer  throughout  the  wold. 

The  sacristan,  eve's  zephyrs. 
These,  as  they  kiss  the  lea, 
Hush  them  all  into  silence, 
Stalk,  grass,  or  bush  or  tree. 

And  all  the  birds  are  silent 
As  evening  draweth  nigh, 
And  beauteous  Day,  now  weary, 
It  lieth  down  to  die. 


25a3  fmben  rmr  aufterorbent= 
lid)  anmuttg. 
©ie  geigen  guten  ©efefymad. 


We  find  that  very  pretty. 


You  show  good  taste. 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 

i.  2tr$i  [m.  HI,  physician,  doctor:  einen  —  fommen  laffen,  send  for 
a  doctor ;  —  roerben,  study  medicine,  turn  physician,  become  a  physician. 

2.  bringen  [bracbte  —  gebracht],  (1)  escort,  take,  carry:  man  bradjte 
ibn  nad)  £aufe,  he  was  brought  home ;  einen  Srief  auf  bte  $oft  — ,  mail 
a  letter,  take  a  letter  to  the  post-office  ;  93efd)eib  — ,  bring  information  or 
answer.  (2)  give,  bring:  §ilfe — ,  give,  or  afford,  help.  (3)  yield,  pro- 
duce: ba^  bringt  ©liicf,  that  will  bring luck  ;  etro.  (ace.)  fertig — ,  accom- 
plish, or  manage,  something,  be  equal  to  a  task.  (4)  with  adv.  :  er  bringt 
eS  nod)  babvn,  bafi . . .,  he  will  yet  succeed  in  ... ;  etro.  (ace.)  jufammen — , 
accumulate  (property,  etc.)  ;  etro.  (ace.)  jnftanbe  — ,  succeed  in  doing,  or 
accomplish,  something ;  er  roirb  e3  nte  roeit  — ,  he  will  never  make  any 
great  headway.  (5)  with  prep. :  an  Sorb  — ,  put  on  board  ship  ;  an  ben 
XaQ  — ,  bring  to  light ;  ettO.  (ace.)  auf9  Xapct  — ,  bring  something  upon 
the  carpet,  i.e.,  introduce  a  topic  in  conversation  ;  jn.  anf  ailbere  ©ebanfen 
— ,  induce,  or  cause,  some  one  to  change  his  mind ;  etro.  (accj  atlS  jm. 
tyerauS — ,  worm  something  out  of  some  one  ;   auSeinanber — ,  separate  ; 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  l8l 

ettt).  (ace.)  in  Drbnuttg — ,  arrange,  ox  put,  something  in  order;  in  bie 
gjiobe  — ,  set,  or  start,  the  fashion  ;  Ungltid  itber  jn.  — ,  bring  down 
misfortune  on  some  one ;  er  fonnte  e3  nidjt  iiberS  £>erj  — ,  ba£  . . .,  he 
could  not  bring  himself  to  ...;  jn.  Uttl  ba%  ©einige  — ,  rob  some  one  of  his 
property ;  jn.  Utn  ben  SSerftanb  — ,  drive  some  one  mad;  eine  ©adje 
Uttter  25atf)  unb  $ad)  — ,  bring  something  under  shelter,  house  something ; 
ein  aftabdjen  unter  bie  §aube  — ,  marry  off  a  girl ;  er  fann  e3  nie  baju 
— ,  bafj  .  .  .,  he  will  never  succeed  in  ...  . 

3.  citt'fittben  [Ct-U],  refl.,  arrive,  appear,  turn  up:  um  jefjn  U£)r 
fatten  fie  jttt)  noa)  nidjt  eingefunben,  at  ten  o'clock  they  had  not  yet 
arrived. 

4.  empfefy'lett  [ie;    Ct-O],   (1)  commend,   recommend:   —  ©ie   mid) 

3>f)rer  ^ran  ©emafylin  !  present  my  respects  to  Mrs.  /  present  my 

respects  to  your  wife  I  (2)  refl.,  bid  adieu,  take  leave:  (id))  empfefjle 
mid) !  good  day  !  etc. 

5.  fet'ew,  (1)  keep,  celebrate,  observe,  solemnize:  ioocfyjeit — ,  wed,  be 
married ;  ben  ©eburtStag  — ,  celebrate  one's  birthday.  (2)  rest  from 
work,  be  idle :  nidjt  lang  gefeiert !  do  not  stand  idle !  cf.  $eiertag,  holi- 
day ;  ^-eierabenb,  curfew-time,  quitting-time. 

6.  fcr'tig,  ready,  finished,  ended:  ettt).  (ace.)  —  bringen,  finish,  or 
manage  to  do,  something. 

7.  for'bern,  demand,  ask :  rjat  er  nod)  an  bid)  ju  —  ?  does  he  still 

have  claims  against  you  ? 

8.  gera'ten  [a;  ie-a;  f  ein] ,  (1)  fall  or  get  (into):  an  ben  tlnrediten 

— ,  mistake  one's  man  ;  in  Ungliid  (in  ©tt)Ulben)  — ,fall  into  misfortune 
(get  into  debt)  ;  in  SSergeffen^eit  — ,  fall  into  oblivion  ;  tn3  ©tod en  — , 
come  to  a  standstill,  stop  (as  of  business).  (2)  prosper,  turn  out  well:  e3 
mill  mir  nia)t  — ,  /  do  not  seem  to  have  any  success  with  it ;  Ijeuer  finb 
bie  $elbfrud)te  gut  — ,  the  crops  are  very  good  this  year ;  nngeratene 
$inber  I)  a  ben,  have  spoiled  children. 

9.  ^otfj'jett  [f.]f  marriage,  wedding:  —  feiern  (or  fyalten,  fjaben, 

tttadjen),  wed,  get  married,  marry. 

10.  tmponie'ren  (jm.),  impress  (some  one);  er  Toollte  mir  — ,  he 

wanted  to  strike  me  with  a  sense  of  his  own  importance. 

11.  $flffa  [f.],  cash,  ready  money:  gegen  — ,  (for)  cash;  cf.  also 
$affe,  cash,  ready  money :  bei  —  fein,  be  in  cash,  have  ready  money  ; 
augenblidlid)  bin  id)  nid)t  bei  — ,  I  am  hard  up  just  at  present. 

12.  tttht/beften3f  at  least,  to  say  the  least. 

13.  prafy'tett,  boast,  brag;  cf.  ^rat)I'E)an3  [m.],  swaggerer,  braggart; 
Spratylerei'  [f.],  bragging. 


182  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

14.  redj'ttett,  reckon,  cipher,  count,  figure  :  Ctuf  jrt.  (ettt).) — ,  count  on 
some  one  (something)  ;  ettt).  (ace.)  ailg — ,  to  figure  out  something. 

15-  ^edj'mntg  [f.]»  (!)  reckoning,  calculation:  jm.  einen  ©tridj  burcf) 
bte  —  madden  (^ietjen),  frustrate  some  one's  designs;  bie  —  ofyne  ben 
SBirt  madden,  reckon  without  one's  host ;  bie  —  fttmmt,  the  balance 
squares,  or  tallies.  (2)  account,  bill :  offene  —  bei  einem  $aufmann 
Ijaben,  have  an  open,  or  running,  account ;  jm.  bie  —  au^mad^en,  render 
a  statement  (of  indebtedness)  to  some  one  ;  eine  —  begleitf)en,  settle,  or  pay ', 
a  bill. 

16.  tflU'frfjett,  exchange,  barter,  swap. 

17.  tfltt'fdfjeit,  deceive,  disappoint :  fttf)  — ,  be  mistaken,  be  deceived ; 
cf.  prellett,  swindle,  dupe,  take  in,  cheat;  betrugen,  defraud,  cheat, 
dupe. 

[Instead  of  the  usual  translation  write  original  sentences,  using, 
as  far  as  possible,  the  above  vocabulary.] 


SieBjeljnte  ©^redjiUmng 


Wlit  ben  grammattfcfyen  ©tu- 
bten  roaren  toir  je^t  fo  gtetnltdf) 
gu  @nbe.  @3  bleiben  nur  nodf) 
etntge  gragen  iibrig,  auf  bie  roir 
ndfyer  etngefyen  mitffen. 

3$  fann  mir  toofyl  etnbtl= 
ben,  roorauf  ©te'3  abgefeljen 
fyaben;  auf  ben  ©ebraud)  be§ 
SnfmttbS  unb  be§  *Parttgip3, 
nid)t  voafyx  ? 

9fttdjttg.  £)iefe  greet  $un!te 
bitrfen  n)ir  nid^t  oergeffen.  ©te 
finb  tmnter  ein  „©tetn  beS 
SInftofceS"  fur  3Mc$tbeutfd&e. 

3a,  ba§  roiffen  toir  au3  eig= 
ner  @rfafyrung,  leiber!  2Bie 
fietyt'S  benn  mit  bem  gitrtoort 
„gu"  t>or  bem  Snfinitit)  ? 

Cental) '  rote  tm  @nglifd)en. 
2)ic  betben  ©oradfjen  betfen  ftdj) 
fo  giemlitf)  in  biefer  §tnftd)t. 

Sldj),  un§  fommt'g  ntd&t  fo 
oor  ! 

93tetteicfyt  fyaben  ©ie  bie 
grage  nod^  nie  genau  befefyen. 


We  have  about  finished 
our  study  of  grammar.  There 
remain  only  a  few  points 
which  require  a  more  detailed 
study.  - 

I  think  I  know  what  you 
have  in  mind.  You  are 
thinking  of  the  use  of  the 
infinitive  and  the  participle, 
are  you  not  ? 

Quite  right.  We  must  not 
forget  to  discuss  these  two 
subjects.  They  are  always  a 
"stumbling-block"  for  those 
not  German-born. 

Yes,  we  know  that  from 
our  own  sad  experience ! 
What  about  the  preposition 
gu  before  an  infinitive  ? 

English  usage  is  nearly 
the  same  as  German.  The 
two  languages  correspond 
quite  closely  in  that  respect. 

Alas,  it  doesn't  seem  so 
to  us ! 

Perhaps  you  have  never 
considered  the  matter  closely. 


183 


1 84 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


£)en  SSerfudj  fyctben  n>ir  rootyl 
fcfyon  gemacfyt,  fatten  aber  feinen 
guten  @rfolg. 

SDann  roollen  nur'3  nod)  ein= 
mal  t)erfud)en.  ^m  atlgemeinen 
fyalten  Sie  fid^  an  bie  folgenben 
Sftegeln :  — 

1.  3Me  beutfdjen  ^tlfSgeit* 
roorter  be§  ^JJlobuS,1  namlidj) 
biirfen,  fbnnen,  mogen, 
muff  en,  f  o  1 1  en,  roollen, 
tmb  autf)  laffen  bulben  fein 
„5u"  oor  bem  folgenben  3nfini= 
tit) :  roir  biirfen  mitgefyen  ;  lafj 
ben  SBogel  fliegen;  bu  mufst 
bid)  in  adjt  neljmen ;  id)  mocfyte 
ilm  gern'fefyen  u.f.ro.  25ie 
englifdjen  modal  auxiliaries 
roerben  jet  eben  fo  fonftruiert, 
nidjjt  roafyr  ? 

2.  5Rad^  r)ei^en,  fjelfen, 
Iefyren,  lemen,  madden, 
nennen,  in  getoiffen  2Ben= 
bungen  aud)  nacfy  rraben2(5.33., 


We  have  tried  to,  but  with 
poor  success. 

Let  us  try  again,  then.  In 
general,  keep  the  following 
rules  in  mind  :  — 

i.  The  German  modal  aux- 
iliaries, viz.,  biirfen,  fbnnen, 
etc.,  and  also  laffen,  do  not 
admit  gu  before  a  following 
infinitive :  roir  biirfen  mit= 
gefyen,  etc.  ("we  are  per- 
mitted to  go  along  ;  let 
the  bird  fly;  you  must  be 
careful ;  I  should  like  to  see 
him,  etc.").  English  "  modal 
auxiliaries,"  as  you  know, 
are  construed  in  the  same 
way. 

2.  After  fyeifjen,  etc.,  and 
in  certain  expressions  also 
fyaben  (e.g.,  bu  fyaft  gut  reben, 
lacfyen,  "  it  is  easy  enough  for 


1  In  this  connection  it  is  important  to  observe :  — 

a)  That  German  has  developed  the  full  conjugation  of  its  modal  auxiliaries  in 
all  tenses,  both  indicative  and  subjunctive  (er  faun,  tounte,  ttrirb  fonnen,  bat  ge~ 
fonntor  Eonnen,eta;  cr  tonne,  fdnnte,  roerbe  fontten,  fiiitte  gefount  or  founen,eta). 

b)  That  English,  not  having  done  so,  supplies  the  lacking  forms  either  by  a 
paraphrase  —  e.g.,  I  can,  but  I  shall  be  able  ;  I  must,  but  I  had  to  ox  -was  obliged, 
etc.  —  or  by  shifting  the  "  tense-idea  "  from  the  main  to  the  complementary  verb, 
e.g.,  I  could  have  gone  —  id)  ftdttc  gel) en  tonnen;  you  should  have  stayed '=  <Sie 
batten  Bleioen  folleit.     Cf.  p.  197,  fool-note  3. 

2  |>a6en,  in  the  sense  of  "  have  to,  be  obliged  to,"  requires  3U:  ISr  Ijat  biel  ju 
tun,  fie  fodtte  noc&  Diet  ju  etad&len,  etc. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


I85 


bu  fyafi  gut  reben,  Iacf)en)  iff 
„gu"  ntd&t  gulaffig. 

(Sinige  SBetfpiele,  bitte. 

■JUm:  idfj  fyiefs  tfyn  gefyen, 
Ijalf  ifym  arbeiten,  lefyrte  fie 
ftngen,  macfyte  ba§  $ferb  Iau= 
fen,  ba§  nenne  idf)  tangen 
u.  f.  Tt>. 

2)er  engltfc^e  ©pracfygebraudfj 
lajjt  fid)  ja  roieber  gum  33er= 
gleid)  fyerbeigiefyen. 

Unftreitig.  yjlafyen  ©ie  nur 
red)t  rnel  ©ebraudj)  r>on  ber  r>er= 
gleid^enben  -Dfatfyobe ;  eg  lolmt 

£>arf  man  Sfynen  ein  ©e= 
ftanbniS  ablegen,  §err  ^profef= 
for? 

28ie©ierooHen.  3a/™ad)en 
©ie  mid)  gu  3^rem  33eid)t= 
oarer. 

$)ie  englifdje  ©rammatif  roar 
mir  immer  ein  oerroorreneS 
SRatfel,  bis  id)  Seutfd)  trieb. 

©ie  finb  nicfyt  ber  (Srfte,  bem 
in  biefer  23egiet)ung  ein  Stdjt 
aufging. 

3.  (Sin  $5rtfintttx>  —  eigent- 
Iter)  ein  ^artigip  pra[en§,  roie 
e3  ba§  @nglifd)e  fet)r  r)iibfcr) 
nad)roeift  —  ber  oon  ben  33er= 
ben:  r)oren, fer)en,bleiben, 
fiifylen,    fafjren,    ger)en, 


you  to  talk,  to  laugh  "),  gu  is 
not  admissible. 

A  few  examples,  please. 

Well,  id)  t)tef$,  etc.  ("I 
bade  him  go,  helped  him 
work,  taught  her  to  sing, 
made  the  horse  run,  that  is 
what  I  call  dancing,  etc."). 

English  usage  again  offers 
many  parallels. 

Unquestionably.  Be  sure 
to  make  great  use  of  the 
comparative  method ;  it  pays. 

May  I  make  a  confession, 
professor  ? 

If  you  want  to.  Yes,  make 
me  your  father  confessor. 

English  grammar  was  al- 
ways a  confused  riddle  to 
me  till  I  studied  German. 

You  are  not  the  first  one 
to  get  new  light  in  this  re- 
spect. * 

3.  An  infinitive  —  really  a 
present  participle,  as  English 
shows  very  nicely  —  depend- 
ing upon  the  verbs  r)oren, 
fet)en,  etc.,  is  used  without 
gu :  3$  Voxz  jemanb,  etc.  ("  I 


1 86 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


retten  abfyartgt,  roirb  ofme 
„ju"  f  onftruiert :  3d>  fybre 
jemanb  bie  Xreppe  fyerauffom* 
men(b) ;  bleiben  <5ie  bodjj 
fi$en(b)  u.  f.  to. 

SSieber  ein  ©tein  oom  §er= 
gen.  SDiefeS  SSortgefiige  war 
mir  langft  ein  9tatfeL 

Utib  bod)  ift '3  einfad),  roenn 
mart's  —  roeifj. 

3a,  rote  atteS  itbrige. 

4.  ©rtbltd)  ifi  ntcfyt  ju  oer= 
geffen,  bafe  ber  ate  ©ubjeft  ge= 
braud)te  3rtfinittr>  ofyne  „§u" 
ftefyt,  e§  roare  bertn  ba§  er 
tm  abfoluten  Slugruf  ftiinbe. 
3.35. :  „9tttd)  fjin^ufiifjren, 
folcfyen  ©pott  mit  mir  $u  trei  = 
bert !"  ruft  ©lifabetfy  aits  in 
ber  „sIftaria  ©tuart."  Sonft 
aber  ift  bet  bem  als  ©ubjeft 
gebraudjten  ^rtfirtttto  „$u"  md)t 
julaffig:  ^terben1  ift  md)t3, 
bod)  lebert  itrtb  ntdjt  fefyert, 
bag  ift  ein  Unglitrf!"  „<Ss  ift 
beffer  Unrest  leiben/als  Urt= 
red)t  Uin." 

2)tefe  9tegelrt  flarert  oieleS 
auf.      @&    fommt    je$t    nur 


hear  some  one  coming  up 
the  stairway ;  remain  seated, 
etc."). 


Another  load  off  my  mind. 
This  construction  has  been  a 
puzzle  to  me  this  long  time. 

And  yet  it  is  simple  enough 
if  one  —  knows  it. 

Yes,  like  everything  else. 

4.  Finally,  it  must  not  be 
forgotten  that  the  infinitive, 
when  used  as  subject,  is  con- 
strued without  §u  unless  used 
absolutely  in  exclamations. 
E.g.:  9J?id)  fyin^ufitfyren,  etc. 
("  to  lead  me  thither,  to  make 
me  such  an  object  of  deri- 
sion !  ")  Elizabeth  exclaims 
in  Maria  Stuart.  But  other- 
wise ju  is  not  admissible 
before  infinitives  used  as 
subject:  ©terben  ift  nid)t3, 
etc.  ("  to  die  is  nothing,  but 
to  live  and  not  see  is  a  calam- 
ity !  "  "  better  suffer  wrong 
than  do  wrong"). 

These  rules  clear  up  a 
great  deal.     It  is  now  only  a 


1  However,  when  an  infinitive  subject  folloivs  its  object  or  predicate  3U  is 
frequently  employed :  feinc  Sdjulben  au  be^ahlen  ift  ctneg  SReufdieit  etfte^Jflidjt; 
es  fdflt  ciner  Gutter  nicfit  fefnuer,  ifitc  ftinbet  $u  Iteben,  etc. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


I87 


barauf   an,    fie   ridjtig    an$u= 
roenben. 

SDabei  mufs  man  fid)  eben  in 
adf)t  nefymen,  bi§  fie  einem  $ur 
©eroo^n^eit  gemorben  finb. 


^eijt  aber  nod)  etma§  2Bid)= 
iigeS,  efye  mir  unfre  grammati= 
fcfyen  ©tubien  gur  ©eite  legen. 
@3  fragt  fidj):  wie  foK  man 
englifdje  ^artijipialgefiige  in3 
SDeutfd^e  Uberiragen? 

@§  mar  un§  fd)on  langft 
bamm  gu  tun,  Sluffcfylufj  t)ier- 
iiber  gu  befommen. 

SDa  fomme  id)  Sfynen  \a  eben 
recf)t.  „$ommt  3^/  fommt 
Wat,"  mie  man  fagt.  Qvoax 
fyaben  mir  biefen  ©egenftanb 
fd)on  einmal  berii^rt,  roenn  mir 
red)t  ift — in  ber  gefynten  ©predf)= 
iibttng. 

3d)  erinnere  midj)  ntdjt  mefyr 
baran. 

!T?aturItcr)  nid)t!  mie  follten 
©ie  aud)  ?  —  2Bir  moflen  bie 
§auptpun!te  nodjmal  burd)ne()= 
men.  93ergeffen  ©ie  nid)t,  baft 
ba§  gmeite  ^artijip,  bag  foge= 
nannte  Participium  pe?-fectum, 


question    of    applying   them 
correctly. 

Well,  great  care  is  required 
in  that,  of  course,  until  one 
comes  to  follow  them  as  a 
matter  of  habit. 


But  now,  before  we  lay 
our  grammar-studies  aside, 
I  must  mention  another  im- 
portant matter.  The  ques- 
tion is,  how  shall  English 
participial  constructions  be 
rendered  in  German? 

We've  always  wanted  to 
have  that  question  settled. 

Then  my  programme  just 
suits  you.  "  All  things  come 
to  him  who  waits"  is  an 
old  saying.  True,  we  have 
touched  on  this  topic  once 
before,  in  the  tenth  Conver- 
sation Exercise,  if  I  am  not 
mistaken. 

I  do  not  remember  about 
that. 

Of  course  not !  why  should 
you  ?  Let  us  go  over  the 
main  points  once  more.  Do 
not  forget  that  the  so-called 
perfect  participles  of  the 
modal  auxiliaries,  as  well  as 


i88 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


ber  §tlf3t)erben  beg  9ftobu§, 
f orate  ba§  non  tjetfjen,  \)t\- 
fen,  I)  o  r  e  n ,  fefyen  unb 
I  a  f  f  e  n ,  nad)  einem  3nfinitit> 
felbft  bie  gorm  etneg  folcfyen 
annimmt.1  Sllfo  fagt  man: 
id)  fyahe  eg  ifyn  fagen  fyoren, 
tun  fefyen;  er  fyat  ung  nidjt 
gefyen  laffen;  rmr  fyaben 
ntdfjt  nadf)  §aufe  gefyen  biir  = 
fen;  „3fyr  roiftt,  baft  ifyr  mid) 
fyabt  ermorben  laffen  too  lien" 
u.  f.  ro. 

Suroeiien  bebtent  man  fid) 
aber  bodf)  audj  beg  ^arttgtpg, 
felbft  rcenn  etn  Snfintttt)  »or= 
angefyt? 

^a,  gumetlen ;  bod)  giefyt  ber 
©pradjgebraud)  bie  anberegorm 
vox. 

2Bie  fcfyon  gefagt,  roir  fyaben 
unfre  liebe  SRot  nut  ber  2Sieber= 
gabe  beg  englifcfyen  ^ktrtigipg. 

©elbftoerftanblid).  S5erglei= 
djen  ©ie,  roag  id)  je£t  fage, 
mit  bem  fd)on  fritter  ©efagten 
(©.  106).  @ngltfd(je  ^arttgt^ 
pialroenbungen  iiberfe^t  man 
entroeber  burdj)  beutfdfje  3ReIa= 
tiofcr$e,  ober  man  bebient  fidj 
aud)  ber  ^arti^ipten,  bie  aber 


those  of  the  verbs  r)eijjen, 
r)elfen,  etc.,  when  they  come 
after  an  infinitive,  assume 
the  form  of  an  infinitive. 
Accordingly  we  say:  \^  fyahe 
eg  ilm  fagen  fybren,  etc.  ("I 
heard  him  say  it,  saw  him 
do  it ;  he  did  not  let  us  go  ; 
we  were  not  allowed  to  go 
home ;  you  know  that  you 
wanted  to  have  me  murdered, 
etc."). 

And  yet  the  participle  is 
occasionally  employed  even 
if  an  infinitive  precedes,  is  it 
not? 

Yes,  occasionally ;  but  com- 
mon usage  prefers  the  other 
form. 

As  I  have  already  said, 
rendering  the  English  parti- 
ciple into  German  gives  us 
no  end  of  trouble. 

Of  course  it  does.  Com- 
pare what  I  say  now  with 
what  has  been  said  before 
(p.  1 06).  English  participial 
constructions  should  be  trans- 
lated either  by  German  rela- 
tive clauses  or  by  participles, 
which,    however,    must  then 


1  Sutterlin,  die  deutsche  Sprache  der  Gegemvart,  §  253. 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


189 


bann  al§  fleftierte  SBeiroorter 
ftefyen :  bie  au§  9tot,  2Beij$  unb 
33Iau  §ufammengefe£te  ameri= 
fanifd)e  glagge ;  bie  oon  9Jtar= 
coni  guerft  nrafttfdb.  angeroanbte 
brab,tlofe  STelegrapfyie ;  ober, 
bie  amerifanifcbe  glagge,  bie 
au§  9ftoi,  2Beif$  unb  SBlau  gu= 
farmnengefe^t  ift  u.  f.  to. 

SDiefe  $unfte  finb  un§  je£i 
noKfommen  flat. 

*Run,  bann  fbnnen  mir  un§ 
\a  mtt  etroaS  (Scferoierigerem 
befd)dftigen,  ndmlidb.  mit  ben 
oerfcbJebenartigen  2i  b  n  e  r  b  i  = 
a  I  f  a  £  e  n.  33ergleid&en  ©ie 
folgenbes :  — 


be  used  as  inflected  adjec- 
tives: bie  ctuS  9ftot,  etc.  ("the 
American  flag,  made  up  of 
red,  white,  and  blue ;  wire- 
less telegraphy,  first  applied 
practically  by  Marconi,  etc."). 


These  points  are  now  per- 
fectly clear  to  us. 

Well,  then  we  can  take  up 
something  more  difficult,  I 
mean  the  various  kinds  of 
adverbial  clauses.  Note  these 
comparisons  :  — 


1.  She  came  to  me  weeping,  TO  e  i  n  e  n  b  fctttt  fie  JU  mir. 

2.  It  being  Sunday,  we  went  to  church,  ba  eg  ©Otttttag  TOOT,  gtngen 
toir  natt)  ber  $ird)e. 

3.  Calling  him  by  name,  I  held  my  hand  toward  him,  tttbem  id)  l&n 
betm  Xiamen  nannte,  foielt  id)  tbm  bie  iQcmb  entgegen. 

4.  Having  seen  all  I  cared  for,  I  left,  n  a  d)  b  e  m  id)  alleS  gefeben 
batte,  TOorum  e3  mir  ju  tun  war,  ging  id)  fort. 

5.  I  recognized  him  without  ever  having  met  him  before,  id)  erfctUttte 
tbn,  obne  tbn  je  oorber  getroffen  ju  baben. 

6.  Some  one  took  my  umbrella  without  my  knowing  anything  about 
it,  jemanb  nabm  mir  ben  3*egenfd)irm,  ohne  bafj  id)  etioaS  bacon 
ttmftte. 

7.  The  boy,  not  seeing  me,  jumped  over  the  fence,  ber  $nabe,  ber 
mid)  nid)t  fab,  fprang  iiber  ben  3aun- 


SDtefen  ©dijen  nadfj  ift  ber 
beutfcfye  9?eben=  ober  audb>  etn 
3ftelattt)fa£     ber     gerr>b^nlid^e 


From  these  examples  it 
appears  that  German  depend- 
ent constructions — including 


190  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

SSertreter  ber  engltfcfyen  fyaxtu     relative    clauses  —   usually 
gtpialfonftruftion.  take   the    place    of    English 

participial  constructions, 
©ic    fyaben   fid)   bie   ©acfye  It  must  be  admitted  you 

genau  befefyen,  ba3  mu|  man     have  considered  the  matter 
Sfynen  Iafjen.  carefully. 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


1.  nb'ljmtflCU  [a;  t-a],  lit.,  hang  down,  slope  down  :  non  etro.  (jm.)  — , 
depend  on  something  (some  one). 

2.  btt&tyvtn,  (1)  touch,  handle  (lightly).  (2)  hint  at,  allude  to,  men- 
tion :  bte  redjte  ©atte  — ,  touch  the  right  chord. 

3.  fcetf'en,  (1)  cover:  ber  £tftt)  i(t  gebedt,  the  table  is  set,  or  dinner  is 
ready.  (2)  refl.,  fid)  — ,  be  equal,  coincide:  biefe  2lu£briide  —  fid),  these 
expressions  are  equivalent,  or  synonymous. 

4.  brutf'eit,  print,  publish  :  —  Iafjen,  put  into  print,  bring  out. 

5.  britrf'Ctt,  (1)  press,  squeeze:  jm.  bte  £>attb  — ,  shake  hands. 
(2)  pinch  (of  shoes) :  ein  jeber  roeifj,  roo  iE)tn  ber  <Stt)ul)  briidt,  every  one 
knows  where  the  shoe  pinches  him.  (3)  weigh,  bear  heavily  upon : 
<Stt)ulben  brtidten  mitt)  bamalS,  debts  weighed  heavily  on  me  then. 
(4)  refl.,  (a)  squeeze :  fitt)  in  eine  @de  — ,  squeeze  into  a  corner ; 
(b)  decamp,  make  oneself  scarce :  brttde  bid)!  get  out  of  this  !  begone! 
make  yourself  scarce  ! 

6.  but  belt,  (1)  bear,  suffer,  endure.     (2)  tolerate. 

7.  crfm'ben  [a-u],  invent,  contrive :  er  f)at  ba3  ^uloer  ntd)t  erfnnben, 
he  did  not  invent  gunpowder,  i.e.  he  has  n't  an  over-supply  of  intelligence  ; 
cf.  ©rfinbung,  invention. 

8.  cf'fen  [t;  a-gegeffen],  eat:  %\x  2ftittag  (Slbenb)  — ,  to  dine  (take 
supper) ;  er  ifjt  jefct  bei  un3,  he  boards  with  us  now ;  roa3  fyaben  ©te  5U 
—  ?  what  have  you  got  to  eat  ?  if}  bid)  bod)  fatt !  do  eat  your  fi 11 ! 

9.  erjftte'rett  [p.p.  -iert'],  (1)  exist,  (2)  subsist,  have  the  means  of 
living.  Cf.  ©rrftenj',  subsistence,  means  of  support :  er  f>at  immer  nod) 
feine  fitt)ere  — ,  he  still  has  no  sure  means  of  livelihood. 

10.  faij'rcit  [a;  u-a]:  I,  intr.  (fcin),"  (1)  move  quickly:  ausi  bent 
SBette  — ,jump  out  of  bed ;  man  mbtt)te  au%  ber  §aut  — ,  it  is  enough  to 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN  191 

drive  one  crazy ;  ber  ©ebanfe  fn&r  mir  burd)  ben  $0»f,  the  thought 
flashed  through  my  mind ;  er  ful)r  in  bte  $leiber,  he  jumped  into  his 
clothes.  (2)  go  in  a  vehicle:  nad)  ber  ©tabt  (auf§  Sanb)  — ,  drive  to 
town  {into  the  country)  ;  fpagierett  — ,  take  a  {pleasure)  drive ;  auf  bet 
©ifenbaf)n  — ,  go,  or  travel,  by  rail,  take  a  train.  (3)  —  laffen,  let  slip, 
relinquish :  lafj  feme  ©elegenfyeit  — ,  don't  let  an  opportunity  slip. 
II,  tr.  (fyaben),  drive,  haul :  <Qen  (£)Olg)  — ,  haul  hay  {wood). 

11.  ©eftanb'ttt^  [n.],  acknowledgment,  confession:  tin —  ablegen, 
make  a  confession. 

12.  geftcfjcn  [geftanb  —  geftanben],  confess,  acknowledge,  admit: 

Offen  geftanben,  to  tell  the  truth,  frankly,  candidly. 

13.  fom'men  [fam  —  gelommen;  fein],  (1)  come:  ber  foH  mir  nur 

— !  just  let  him  come!  etn).  (ace.)  —  laffen,  send  for  something,  order 
something.  (2)  happen,  occur :  n)ie  lommt  e3,  bafj .  .  .  ?  how  does  it  hap- 
pen that. .  .  ?  (3)  with  an  adj.  or  adv. :  meine  Ufir  ift  mir  abfianben 
gefommen,  I've  lost,  or  mislaid,  my  watch  ;  \n\.  %n  nctfie  — ,  injure,  or 
hurt,  some  one's  feelings  ;  hex  ettt).  gU  furj  — ,  be  the  loser  by  something, 
get  the  worst  of  something ;  roenn'3  food)  fottttttt,  at  the  utmost;  ©ie  — 
mir  gerabe  red)t !  you  are  just  the  one  I  want  to  see  !  (4)  with  a  prep., 
go,  get,  come :  an£  2td)t  — ,  come  to  light ;  aneinanber  — ,  get  to  quarrel- 
ing ;  anf  etn).  (ace.)  — ,  hit  upon  something,  think  of  something ;  au3  ber 
2ftobe  — ,  go  out  of  fashion  ;  au3  bent  §aufe  — ,  get  out  of  the  house ; 
foittter  etn).  (ace.)  — ,  discover  something,  "get  on  to"  something ;  in  ©Ctttg 
— ,  be  set  going,  be  set  on  foot,  start  up  ;  gliitflid)  nad)  £>CW3  — ,  come  home 
safely ;  um  fein  Sermijgen  — ,  lose  one's  property ;  fid)  ettt).  (ace.)  §U  fd)ul= 
ben  —  laffen,  be  guilty  of  something ;  etc. 

Ubtrsetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  To  err  is  human,  to  forgive  divine.  2.  To  borrow 
causes  sorrow.1  3.  To  love  our  fellows  (9Jtitmenfd)en)  is  our 
duty.  4.  Poor  Margaret  says  in  Faust,  "  It  is  so  wretched 
to  be  obliged  to  beg."  5.  "  To  be  called  the  head  of  a  free 
people,  ...  let  that  be  thy  pride,  of  that  nobility  do  thou 
boast."  6.  True,  I  have  not  been  able  to  do  it,  yet  to  will 
and  not  to  be  able  is  this  time  better  than  to  be  able  and 
not  to  will.     7.   It  is  more  blessed  to  give  than  to  receive. 

1  Keep  the  rhyme. 


192  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

8.  Suffer  the  little  children  to  come  unto  me  (Sctffet,  etc.). 

9.  Just  wait!  I'll  teach  you  to  make  faces.  10.  It  was 
easy  enough  for  you  to  laugh;  nobody  told  you  to  go  to 
bed.  1 1.  Will  you  help  me  set  the  table,  please  ?  12.  They 
heard  something  coming  up-stairs  very  softly.  13.  Just  keep 
your  seat  (remain  seated).  14.  It  was  not  to  be.  15.  You 
yourself  should  have  brought  out  the  book  long  since. 
16.  The  young  man  did  not  want  to  depend  upon  his  father 
any  longer.  17.  I  wonder  whether  it  is  as  easy  to  have  an 
assured  subsistence  in  the  Old  World  as  in  the  New. 
18.  For  a  considerable  time  (Iangere  gett)  the  patient  was 
not  permitted  to  eat  meat.  19.  He  does  not  know  whether 
he  should  have  the  article  printed  or  not ;  what  do  you 
think  of  it?  20.  If  I  could  take  him  by  the  hand  and  look 
into  his  eyes  once  more,  I  should  be  satisfied.  21.  Last 
week  Mrs.  F.  helped  Mrs.  G.  bake  cakes.  22.  Did  you  see 
that  dog  jump  over  that  fence  (ber  S^un)  ?  23-  We  don't 
want  to  hear  or  see  anything  of  the  whole  matter  (bie 
©efd)td)te).  24.  Just  confess  it,  you  did  not  dare  to  let  the 
affair  come  to  light.  25.  Tell  her  to  come  back  soon  ;  she 
ought  to  help  do  the  housework.  26.  Ought  we  not  to  have 
gone  long  ago  (fatten  .  .  .  foHen)  ? 


B 

14.  (ctbCtt  [Ittt  —  gelitten]  :  I,  tr.,  (1)  endure,  put  up  with,  suffer: 
^linger  — ,  suffer  hunger,  be  starving.  (2)  allow,  suffer :  bie  ©ac^e  litt 
feinen  2Iufftf)Ub,  the  matter  admitted  of  no  delay.  (3)  like,  bear,  brook: 
id)  fann  if)n  ttidjt  — ,  /  cannot  bear  him.  II,  intr.,  suffer:  an  einer 
5tranff)eit  — ,  suffer  from  a  sickness. 

15.  IciftCtt,  do,  render,  perform  :  33tirgfdjaft  — ,  give  bail,  give  security  ; 
jm.  einett  2)ienft  — ,  do  some  one  a  service  ;  einen  ©ib  — ,  take  an  oath  ; 
einer  $erorbnimg  $0lge  — ,  obey,  or  conform  to,  an  order  or  regulation  ; 
jm.  @efeUfd)aft  — ,  accompany  some  one,  bear  some  one  company  ;  ©rofjeS 
— ,  do,  or  perform,  great  things  ;  2Biberftanb  — ,  offer  resistance. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  193 

16.  mcincn,  (1)  think,  say :  mag  —  ©ie  baju  ?  what  do  you  think 
of  it  ?  man  follte  — ,  one  would  think ;  rote  —  <Sie  ?  what  did 
you  say?  (2)  mean  {to  say),  intend:  mag  —  <Ste  bamit  ?  what  do  you 
mean  by  that?  eg  tOOLX  ttitt)t  brjfe  gemeint,  no  harm  was  meant,  or 
intended. 

17.  *J$oft  [f.]>  post,  post-office :  einen  33rief  auf  bie  —  brtngen,  mail  a 

letter ;  mit  foeutiger  (umge^enber)  ^oft,  by  to-day's  mail  (return  mail)  ; 
cf.  ^oftamt,  post-office;  'poftanmeifung,  money-order ;  ^Boftbampfer, 
mail  steamer. 

18.  %XZ\§  [m.,  -e],  (1)  price,  fare:  fefte  — e,  fixed  prices  ;  ju  jebetn 
— e  logfajlagen,  sell  at  any  price.  (2)  /r/z<?.-  einen  —  augfc&retben  (s«= 
erfennen),  offer  (award)  a  prize. 

19.  9fJebe  [f.],  (1)  speech,  discourse:  \m.  in  bie  —  fallen,  interrupt 
some  one  in  his  speech  ;  eg  ift  nid)t  ber  —  TDert,  it  isn't  worth  men- 
tioning;  eine  —  batten,  make  a  speech.  (2)  account,  responsibility : 
jn.  gur  —  ftellen,  call  some  one  to  account,  demand  an  explanation  of 
some  one. 

20.  rcifen  [fiaben  and  fein;  cf.  p.  \\z\,  journey,  go,  travel:  mit  ber 

$oft  (©ifenba^n)  — ,  travel  by  stage  (rail) ;  liber  Lincoln  — ,  go  by  way 
of  Lincoln;  jnm  33ergniigen  — ,  make  a  pleasure  trip  ;  roann  reifi  tbr  ? 
when  are  you  going  to  start?  cf.  reifefertig,  ready  to  set  out,  or  start ; 
Sieife  [f.],  voyage,  trip  ;  ^eifegepatf,  baggage. 

21.  tttfCtt  [ie-u],  call,  shout :  jn.  —  taffen,  send  for  some  one  ;  um 
£>ilfe  (jur  Drbnung)  — ,  call  for  help  (to  order) ;  jm.  etro.  (ace.)  tng 
©ebdtt)tni§  — ,  remind  some  one  of  something. 

22.  fdjehten  [ie-ie],  (1)  shine,  (2)  seem:  eg  fajeint  thm  gut  jn  geben, 

he  seems  to  be  getting  on  nicely. 

23.  toerben  [2,  rotrft,  3,  mirb;  roarb  (rtmrbe)  —  geroorben],  (1)  be- 
come, come  to  be,  come  into  being:  eg  merbe  £itf)t,  let  there  be  light ;  mag 
nidjt  ift,  !ann  nod)  — ,  what  is  not  may  yet  come  to  pass ;  aug  nicbtg  roirb 
ni<$)t$,from  nothing  nothing  comes  ;  mirb  etttmg  aug  ber  ©acbe?  is  any- 
thing going  to  come  of  that  matter  ?  baraug  mirb  ntctjtg  !  that  is  out  of 
the  question!  it  cannot  be  allowed!  (2)  grow,  turn,  turn  into,  become : 
with  pred.  noun  :  23auer  ($aufmamt,  ©olbat',  etc.)  — ,  become,  or  turn, 
farmer  (merchant,  soldier,  etc.);  with  pred.  adj.:  rot  — ,  blush,  turn 
red ;  {ran!  — ,  be  taken  sick ;  alt  — ,  get  old,  etc.  (3)  impers. :  mir 
rourbe  iibel,  I  felt  sick,  became  nauseated ;  eg  mirb  fitt)  geigen,  ob  .  .  ., 
we  shall  see  whether  .  .  . ;  baraug  mirb  nicblg,  that  will  not  do,  I'll  not 
have  that. 


194  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

i.  Have  you  seen  anybody  going  toward  the  post-office  ? 
2.  Not  that  I  know  of.  3.  Shall  we  go  or  shall  we  stay  ?  We 
might,  indeed,  go  some  other  time.  4.  Thou  shalt  honor  thy 
father  and  thy  mother.  5.  Thou  shalt  not  steal.  6.  Thou 
shalt  love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself.  7.  A  prize  having  been 
offered  for  the  best  essay  (5Iuffa£,  m.),  we  decided  to  become 
competitors  (-iftttberoerber).  8.  A  boy  threw  a  stone  at  (nctd)) 
a  dog.  Being  called  to  account  about  it,  he  said  that  he  did 
not  mean  any  harm.  9.  Having  posted  the  letter,  I  sat  down 
wondering  what  would  become  of  me  in  that  strange  town 
if  the  money-order  did  not  reach  me.  10.  Not  having  seen 
them  for  a  long  time,  I  naturally  inquired  what  had  become 
of  all  my  old  acquaintances.  11.  Traveling  solely  for 
pleasure,  we  are,  naturally  enough,  not  in  any  great  hurry. 

12.  Do  not  interrupt  me  now.  I  wish  to  know  first  of  all 
(guaHererft)  what  has  become  of  our  trip  to  the  country. 

13.  Having  become  very  rich  in  the  mean  time  (unterbeffen), 
he  did  a  great  deal  for  his  poor  relatives.  14.  What  he  did 
for  those  is  not  worth  mentioning.  15.  I  heard  some  one 
call  for  help;  run  quickly  and  see  what's  up.  16.  Having 
mailed  the  letter  in  which  I  called  him  to  account  for  his 
behavior  (Setragen,  n.)  towards  me,  I  became  more  quiet. 
17.  Not  being  able  to  do  anything  great,  he  sits  down  and 
does  nothing  at  all.  18.  When  in  Germany,  one  can  save 
himself  a  great  deal  of  annoyance  (UncmrtefymlicPeiten,  pi.) 
by  conforming  to  the  police  regulations.  19.  One  can  often 
hear  old  soldiers  relate  how  the  bullets  whizzed  (faufen) 
about  their  heads  in  battle.  20.  A  boy,  shooting  at  a 
dozen  sparrows  sitting  on  a  tree,  killed  six  of  them.  What 
became  of  the  others  ?  Answer  :  They  flew  away.  21.  I  do 
not  like  to  travel  by  rail ;   I   much  prefer  to  go  by  stage 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  195 

because,  going  much  slower,  one  can  enjoy  the  landscape 
so  much  more.  22.  I  would  not  travel  by  stage  at  any 
price.  23.  Having  made  his  speech,  he  bowed  and  sat 
down.  24.  How  is  he  getting  along?  25.  As  far  as  I 
know,  he  is  doing  well.  26.  I  should  sell  that  house  at 
any  price  ;  the  rent  (3Jiiete,  f.)  you  draw  from  it  is  not  worth 
mentioning.  27.  When  traveling  in  a  foreign  country,  one 
really  ought  to  know  the  language  in  order  to  understand 
the  land  and  the  people.     Don't  you  think  so  too  ? 


Stdjtjeljttte  ©jwedjulmnj} 


23orige3  -3M  beriifyrten  ©ie 
einen  fyodjft  roid)tigen  ©egen= 
ftcmb  —  bie  §ilf3t>erben  beg 
9Robu§.  ^Diirften  roir  ©te 
ntd)t  erfudj)en,  un3  nafyere  2lu3= 
funft  iiber  beren  SBebeutung 
urtb  ©ebraudfj  gu  erieilen? 

2Bie  Srmen  beliebt.  3d) 
rooflte  eine  ©tunbe  barauf  t>er= 
roenben,  bodj)  fyeute  ^atte  id) 
etroa§  anbere$  im  ©trine. 

9hm,  rote  ©ie  rooUen. 

3Rein,  mem  §err ;  roenn  ©ie 
311  roeiterem  ©tubium  ber 
§ilf3t>erben  aufgelegt  finb,  fo 
rooUen  roir  un§  baran  mad)en. 
@rlauben  ©ie,  baft  idf)  beren 
§auptbebeutungen  burd)  geeig= 
nete  Seifpiele  !Iar  madje. 

Sitte  fefjr.  @3  liegt  un§ 
niel  baran,  ber  ©ad&e  auf  ben 
©runb  3u  !ommen. 

2Bie  ©ie  fefyen  roerben,  er= 
forbern  biefe  SSerben  t»erfcr)ie- 
bene  SBertreter  im  @nglifdf)en. 


The  last  time  you  touched 
upon  an  extremely  important 
subject  —  the  modal  auxilia- 
ries. May  we  not  ask  you 
to  give  us  more  detailed  infor- 
mation about  their  meaning 
and  use  ? 

If  you  care  to  have  me.  I 
intended  to  devote  an  hour 
to  that  subject,  but  to-day 
I  had  something  else  in 
mind. 

Well,  as  you  please. 

On  the  contrary,  if  you 
are  in  a  mood  for  the  fur- 
ther study  of  the  auxiliaries, 
we  will  take  up  that  subject. 
Permit  me  to  bring  out  their 
principal  meanings  by  suita- 
ble examples. 

If  you  only  will,  please. 
We  are  quite  anxious  to 
get  to  the  bottom  of  this 
matter. 

You  will  see  that  these 
verbs  have  various  equiva- 
lents in  English. 


196 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  197 

Stiffen1 

1.  ©r  barf  e§  roiffen.    2.  25ie  Gutter  aber  barf  niajtS  baoon  boren. 

3.  2Jian  barf  fid)  ja  nicbt  mebr  mit  ibm  auf  ber  ©trafje  feben  laffen. 

4.  @r  biirfte  fid)  md)t  nmnbern,  roentt'3  ibm  fcblecbt  ginge.  5.  ©te 
biirfen  ja  tvur  fagen,  roa§  ©ie  rooUen.  6.  £)arau<o  biirfte  nod)  triel 
UnangenebmeS  entfteben.    7.  ©ie  biirfte  e3  roobl  gefagt  baben.2 

SDie  foremen  un§  ntd^t  gu  These  do  not  seem  to  give 
otel  9ftiit)e  gu  geben.  us  a  great  deal  of  trouble. 

•JUm,  werfudjen  nnr'3  roeiter.         Well,  let  us  try  further. 

ft?  *  it  e  a 

1.  @g  fann  ja  fein,  bafc  bent  fo  ift.  2.  9ftan  fann  eg  ibm  etgentlid) 
nicbt  iibet  nebmen.  3.  2Bir  fatten3  ben  33rief  nid)t  lefen  fonnen,  roenn 
nrir  and)  gerooilt  fatten.  4.  $ann  fie  ®entfd)  ?  5.  <Sie  fann  nid)t3  nnb 
rata  nttf)t3  fonnen.  6.  £)u  t)dtteft  ntcbtS  bafiir  fonnen  (idiom),  you  could 
not  have  helped  it. 

5lud)  biefe  33eifptele  leudjten         These  examples,  too,  are 

tm3  etn.  clear  enough. 

©oH  tdj  mit  „tnogen"  fort=         Shall     I     continue     with 

fasten  ?  mogen  ? 

33itte  fefjr.  If  you  please. 

3)to0en 

1.  2)a3  $tnb  mag  feme  Gutter.  2.  @3  mocbte  fein  SButterbrot  nicbt. 
3.  @r  mag  feben,  mo  er  etroaS  5U  effen  befommt.    4.  $cb  gebe  nicbt  bin, 

1  Instead  of  the  usual  question-and-answer  exercise,  the  student  should  be 
requested  to  translate,  analyze,  and  commit  to  memory  as  many  of  these  typical 
phrases  as  possible  and  construe  the  modal  auxiliaries  with  different  infinitives. 
See  Siebzehnte  Sfrechilbung. 

2  For  this  use  of  the  subjunctive  see  p.  163,  ^otentialfa^e. 

8  According  to  footnote  i,b,  p.  184,  this  is  to  be  rendered  "  We  could  not  have 
read,"  etc.  "  With  most  verbs  the  time-thought  is  expressed  in  the  principal 
verbs;  but  with  defective  verbs  (modal  auxiliaries)  it  often  happens  that  the 
burden  of  expressing  time  falls  upon  the  complementary  verb."  Davenport  and 
Emerson,  Principles  of  Grammar ;  p.  196. 


198  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

mag  toerben  toag  roill.  5.  3$  fyatte  eg  niajt  feEjen  mogen.  6.  9ftag  fie 
aua)  noa)  jo  frfjon  fein,  id)  mbajte  fie  boa)  niajt  jum  9Mbe.  7.  2Bir 
mbajten  (gem)  naa)  §aufe.  8.  Sftbge  ber  £immel  bid)  befd)it$en  unb 
fufyren.  9.  £)er  Sefyrer  mod)te  toof)l  feine  £anbe  ooll  fyaben  mit  bem 
Sungen. 

9ftit    biefem    „mogen"    fyat         This  mogen  bothers  us  ter- 

man  feine  liebe  Wot.     @g  mug  ribly.     It  seems   to   be  the 

toofyl   bag    fdjtoierigfte    §ilfg=  worst  of  all  the  auxiliaries, 
geitroort  fein. 

3   benmfyre !    „TOffen"    ift         O  dear,  no !  9ftiiffen  is  just 

ebenfo   fcfylimm.      ©eljen   ©ie  as  bad.     Just  see  :  — 
mal:  — 

SMffett 

1.  3Kcm  tut,  roag  man  mug.  2.  £>u  mugt,  bu  magft  tooUen  ober  niajt. 
3.  ©ie  mugten  baruber  laajen.  4.  ©erabe  im  ftarfften  Sftegen  mugte 
mtr  ber  SBinb  ben  <Sd)irm  aug  ben  Jptinben  reigen.  5.  £)er  $rembe 
mug  n>oI)I  rtic^t^  gegeffen  fyaben.  6.  @r  fommt  genrig,  eg  miigte  benn 
fein  bag  ifyn  ehoag  baran  Ijinbert.  7.  $d)  fyabe  fdjon  utel  tun  mitffen, 
roag  mir  niajt  gefiel.    8.  „$ein  2Kenf  dj  mufj  miiffen." 

©ie  fyaben  gang  re$t,  §err         You  are  quite  right,  pro- 

^rofeffor.     „9fluffen"  ift  eben=  fessor.   Miiffen  is  just  as  bad 

fo  fdjltmm  roie  „mogen."  as  mogen. 

S)ie  llbrigen  finb  nid^t  tnel         The  others  are  not  much 

beffer;    g.  33.,  fet)en  ©ie  bag  better;  examine,  for  instance, 

nad)fie :  —  the  following :  — 

SoUen 

1.  £)u  foUft  beinen  3Sater  unb  beine  Gutter  etyren.  2.  2Wan  foil  nid)t 
fagen  fbnnen,  bafj  id)  mir  nitf)t  aUe  mbglid)e  TCI)e  gegeben  fyabe.  3.  3$ 
fjatte  eg  eigentlid)  ntd)t  tun  follen.  4.  SBenn  eg  nun  gar  regnen  follte, 
mag  roiirben  roir  bann  anfangen?  5.  Uub  bag  foil  man  fogar  noa) 
betounbem!  6.  ©ollten  fie  oielleiajt  boa)  reajt  Ijaben?  7.  <perr  unb 
$rau  9i.  follen  in  Sregben  (getoefen)  fein.  8.  3Sag  foil  id)  t)ier  ?  2Bag 
foil  bag  Reigen  ?    9.  ^efjut'  bid)  ©ott,  eg  f)at  nia)t  foHen  fein." 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


199 


liefer  6cr|  fommt  mix  gang 
befannt  t)or,  wo  fyaben  ©ie  ih,n 
her? 

2lu3  ©d&effel'S  „Xrottipeter 
t)on  ©affingen". 

©ang  rtd)tig;  icf)  fonnte 
mid)  augenbltcflicb.  mcf)t  entftn= 
nen,  mo  id)  eg  fdfjon  gefyort  ober 
gefefyen  fyattt. 

3u  guter  £e$t  roollert  roir 
nod)  bag  eigentiimltcfifte  §tlfg= 
getttt)ort  betrac&ten.  ©eben  ©ie 
ad&t:  — 


This  last  example  has  a 
familiar  ring  to  it;  where 
did  you  get  it  ? 

It  is  from  Scheffel's  Trotn- 
peter  von  Sdkkingen. 

Quite  right;  for  the  mo- 
ment I  could  not  remember 
where  I  had  heard  or  seen  it. 

In  conclusion,  let  us  ex- 
amine the  most  peculiar  of 
the  modal  auxiliaries.  Pay 
close  attention :  — 


SBoUett 

1.  @r  rcollte  eg  nun  einmal.  2.  2$  nmKte,  eg  ware  nid)t  fo  marm. 
3.  2Bir  mollten  eg  gem  tun,  menn'g  nur  moglid)  ware.  4.  ©ag'  mir, 
mag  bu  etgentlid)  millft.  5.  @r  begegnete  mir,  obne  eg  ju  molten. 
6.  2Bag  nrill  bag  fagen,  roenn  id)  bitten  barf  ?  7.  2Bo  moHen  ©ie  bin  ? 
8.  SSenn  er  burcbaug  fort  miH,  fo  !ann  id)  ibn  nid)t  fatten.  9.  ©ie 
miffen  alfo  nid)t,  mo  er  hinaug  mill  (what  he  is  driving  at)  ?  10.  @r  ift 
retch,  man  fage,  wag  man  mill.  11.  @g  mollte  ung  beinahe  fchetnen,  alg 
ob  .  .  .  .  12.  2Bag  mollte  id)  bod)  eben  fagen  ?  13.  ©g  mill  ja  fd)on 
9?ad)t  merben.  14.  Wan  mill  ibn  gefehen  haben  (it  is  rumored  that 
some  one  saw  him).  15.  @g  mill  mir  md)t  recht  gelingen  (somehow  I 
do  not  seem  to  succeed).  16.  @g  Bat  mir  nid)t  (red)t)  gelingen  mollen 
(somehow  I  did  not  seem  to  succeed).  17.  2)ag  mill  oiel  fagen  (that  is 
saying  a  great  deal). 


Ung  fd)tutnbelt  t)on  aHem 
bief  em .  £)ag  2Bort  erf  orbert  ja 
jebegmal  eine  anbere  SSenbung 
im  (Snglifcfiert. 

$)ag  lafst  fid)  ntc^t  anbern. — 
(Sbenbegfyalb  ift  eg  notroenbtg, 


We  are  getting  dizzy  from 
all  this.  The  word  seems 
to  require  a  different  render- 
ing in  English  in  every  in- 
stance. 

That  can't  be  helped. 
For  that   very  reason   it  is 


200 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


bctjj  6ie  mxt  biefen  2lu§= 
briicfen  einigermajjen  befannt 
roerben. 

„@inigermaj3en" ;  ja,  ba 
fyaherx  ©ie'3  getroffen. 

9la,  na!  <5ie  finb  ja  gang 
niebergefcfylagen.  ©oil  id) 
Sfynen  einige  ©c§mirren  t>or= 
lef  en  ? 

2Benn  ©te  fo  gut  fein  tooHen. 
—  9JUt  biefen  §Uf3oerben 
fommt  man  ja  bocfy  nur  worn 
9ftegen  in  bie  Straufe. 

©o  gefafyrltd)  ift  bie  <5atf)t 
bo$  nidjt.  9tot  ©ebulb! 
3Wf  o :  — 


necessary  to  become  some- 
what acquainted  with  these 
expressions. 

"Somewhat";  yes,  there 
you  have  hit  it. 

Oh,  come  now!  You  are 
quite  discouraged.  Shall  I 
read  you  some  jokes? 

If  you  will  be  so  kind. — 
Studying  auxiliaries  seems  a 
case  of  continual  jumping 
from  the  frying-pan  into  the 
fire. 

Oh,  it  is  n't  so  bad  as  all 
that.  Just  be  patient.  See:  — 


Slttfttiipfung  (An  Opening) 

§err:  „£>arf  id)  $#nen  trielletdjt  meinen  9iegettfd)irm  anbieten, 
gnabigeS  $raulein?" 

%x  a  u  I  e  i  n :  „2)anfe,  to)  fyahe  ja  felbft  einen  I" 

§  e  v  v  i  „2>a,  —  abev  ber  ift  boa;  511  !lein  fur  .  .  .  5  ro  c  t." 


@ar  nid^t  fd^Iimm.     Sitte, 
no<$  eiroaS  $)erarttge3. 


That   isn't   bad.      Please 
give  us  some  more  like  it. 


(Sine  moberne  #od)3ett3retfe  (An  up-to-date  Wedding-Trip) 

Sunge  ^rau:  „D  mein  guter  Slrttyur,  TOenn  bit  e3  roiifjteft,  rote 
glitdlid)  itt)  ntit  btr  bin  I" 

2Jiann:  „%a,  ja!  3d)  rooUte,  aud)  id)  fyatte  etne  fo  gate  $artte 
gemadjt  rote  bu!" 

Saffen  fid)  beutfd)e  grauen  Do  German  women  put  up 
folcfye  Semetf  ungen  gefaUen  ?        with  such  remarks  ? 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  201 

3e   rnt !      3>n   ben  glitter*         I  suppose  so.     People  are 

roocfyen  nimmt  man's  rtic^t  fo  not  so  particular  during  their 

genau.  —  2Ba§  fallen  ©ie  »om  honeymoon.  — What  do  you 

nacfyften?  think  of  this  ? 

Enfant  terrible 

„ .  .  .  2llfo  am  SRittroodE)  Slbenb  foHen  nrir  fommen  I  * . .  SIber  urn 
roelttje  £eit  erroartet  un§  beine  Hebe  2Jiama  ?" 

„23a3  roeifj  id)  nid)t!  SDie  Wlama  ljat  nur  gefagt:  fie  mod)t'  bie 
©efd)id)te  fo  balb  rate  moglid)  log  fein !" 

3a,  fo  gel)t'3  martdjmal.  Yes,  that 's  often  the  way. 
SBtelletdjt  mar  bie  „grau  But  perhaps  "mamma "  was 
■3Jkma"  etroaS  unpafj.  not  feeling  very  well. 

3tt  ber  3crftreut^eit  (Absent-mindedness) 

$  r  o  f  e  f  f  o  r  (ber  ftatt  feineS  neuen  9iegenf  d)trm3  ben  ©onttenfd)irm 
feiner  $rau  mitgenommen) :  „9fterfrourbig,  vote  ftein  ber  <Sd)irm  ift !  .  .  . 
Oolite  er  etroa  oom  Sftegen  eingegangen  (shrunk)  fein  ?  \" 

£)a§     ift     gelungen  !      £)ie         That 's  a  good  one !     The 

armen  ^rofefforen  miiffen  tut*  poor    professor    is     always 

mer  fyerfyalten.  catching  it. 

D  \a,  man  mujj  e§  fi$  eh^n         Is  n't  he  !    One  has  to  grin 

gefaEen  laffen.  and  bear  it. 

$er  Seruljtttte  (Fame) 

•fteuer  2)iener:  „. .  .Unbroannfte^enbergnabige^errmorgengauf?" 
$  x  o  f  e  f  f  o  r :  „£)a  bitrfen  ©ie  nur  im  ^onoerfationSlerifon  (encyclo- 
pedia)  nad)fefien  \" 

©a,  J)a,  fya  !     £)a§  ift  m>$  Ha,  ha,  ha  !     That 's  bet- 

beffer.  ter  than  the  last  one. 

9to,  menn  ©ic  ft<$  fo  amu=  Well,   if   you  enjoy  it  so 

fieren,   fo  gebe   id)   nod^  ein§  much,  I  shall  give  you  still 

gum  beften.  another. 


202  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Kit  iff  irf)t3lo3  (Inconsiderate) 

©iubiofuS:  „2Ba3,  ©ie  fiinben  mir  bie  SBormung  (give  notice  to 
leave),  roetl  id)  ©ie  nid)t  begaf)It  Ijabe  .  .  .  ba  fatten  ©ie  mid)  bod)  erft 
ft e i g e rn  (raise  the  rent)  miifjen  t* 

3>e£t  nod)    etrten   red)t  gut*  Now  a  real  good-natured 

miitigen,  barm  fyoren  nrir  auf.       one,  and  then  we  shall  stop 

for  to-day. 

3e  nadjbem  (That  depends) 

„2Bie  lange  mitfjte  metn  ^un^e  bet  SO^en  lernen  ?" 

„2)ie  Setyrgett  rtd)tet  fid)  ganj  nad)  bem  Sefjrgelb,  roeld)e3  ©ie  fur  ifm 
beaten  molten  1  3a^en  ®*e  10°  9ftarf,  fo  braud)t  er  blofi  ein  £$<*&*  ju 
lernen,  geben  ©ie  mir  aber  200  Wlavt,  bann  f  bnnen  ©ie  irm  gleidj  roieber 
nad)  §aufe  nefymen  \" 

3>ei3t  aber  fommen  ©ie  gut         But  now  good-bye. 
nad)  §aufe.     2Ibieu ! 


VOKABTJLARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


i.  ab'ncljmett  [2,  nimmft,  3,  nimmt;  nalmt  —  genommen] :  I,  tr., 

(1)  take  {off):  ben  &ut  — ,  take  off  one's  hat;  ben  Xtfd)  — ,  clear  the 
table  ;  jm.  ein  $8erf»retf)ett  — ,  exact  a  promise  from  some  one.  (2)  refl. : 
ftd)  —  laffen,  have  one's  picture  taken.  II,  intr.,  decrease,  diminish, 
decline:  meine  Xage  nefymen  ab,  my  days  are  getting  fewer  and  fewer  ; 
nad)  bem  21.  %\\v\  neEjmen  bie  £age  roieber  ah,  after  the  21st  of  fune 
the  days  become  shorter ;  bag  $ieber  tyat  bebeutenb  abgenommen  (naa> 
gelaffen),  the  fever  has  gone  down  considerably. 

2.  ab  fcl)CU  [ie;  a-e],  (1)  look  off  ox  away :  t)0n  etro.  — ,  leave  some- 
thing out  of  consideration,  not  take  into  account;  baoon  abgefeljen,  aside 
from  that;  abgefefyen  banon,  bafc  .  .  .,  aside  from  the  fact  that  .  .  ., 
let  alone  that ....  (2)  catch  the  knack,  learn  by  observing:  bag  \)0.i  er 
mir  abgefefyen,  he  learnt  that  by  seeing  me  do  it.  (3)  idiomatic :  e3  auf 
etro.  (ace.)  abgeferjen  fyaben,  have  something  in  view,  aim  at  something, 
have  a  design  upon  something. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  203 

3.  ftffo  [conj.],  accordingly,  hence,  then,  consequently  :  —  ift  (or  eg  ift 
— )  feme  £>offnung  corbanben  ?  there  is  then  no  hope,  is  there  ?  ©ie 
rooflen  —  (or  —  molten  ©ie)  nicbt  mitgeben  ?  jtf«  don't  wish  to  go  along 
then,  do  you  ?  eg  ift  —  toabr,  mag  id)  pre  ?  it  is  true,  then,  what  I 
hear  ? 

4.  an'sitttbeit,  light,  kindle,  set  on  fire :  giinbe  bie  Samoe  an,  light  the 
lamp ;  cf.  ein  §euer  anmacfyen,  Jta^  a_/?r<>. 

5.  5tu3ffttttft  [f.]»  information:  um  natjere  —  bitten,  ash  for  particu- 
lars ;  —  erteilen,  give  information. 

6.  fcefmbett  [a-u],  (l)  find,  judge,  deem :  —  ©ie  fo  etroag  paffenb 

(ratfam,  fiir  gut)  ?  do  you  consider  such  a  thing  proper  {advisable,  good)  ? 
(2)  refl.,  be :  TOO  unb  ttrie  befinbet  er  fid)  ?  where  is  he  and  how  is  he  ?  er 
befinbet  fid)  fe&r  roobl,  he  is  very  well ;  n)ie  —  ©te  fidf)  ?  how  are  you  ? 
how  do  you  do  ? 

7.  fceft,  best:  man  tut  am  — en,  one's  best  course  is,  it  is  best;  ettt). 
(ace.)  mm  — en  geben,  stand  {give)  a  treat  of  something;  \n.  mm  — en 
baben,  chaff,  ox  fool,  some  one. 

8.  Sett  [n.,  gen.  -eg,  pi.  -en],  bed:  ein  $inb  m  —  tun,  put  a  child  to 
bed;  bag  —  bitten,  be  confined  to  one's  bed ;  fid)  m  —  legen,  go  to  bed; 
bag  —  madden,  make  the  bed. 

9.  SBrtt'ber  [m.  "ex],  (1)  brother :  mein  letblicber — ,  my  own  brother  ; 
fo  t)iel  ift  bie  ©acbe  UUter  Sriibem  mert,  it  is  a  bargain,  it  is  very  cheap  ; 
ein  luftiger  — ,  a  jolly  good  fellow.  (2)  2tmtg — ,  colleague  ;  SBaffen— , 
comrade  in  arms  ;  cf.  ©tiefbruber,  stepbrother. 

10.  ftin'bigCtt  (limben),  auf  !iinb(ig)en,  give  notice  of  leaving  quarters 
{service) :  jm.  feine  2Bobmmg  — ,  give  some  one  warning,  or  notice  to  leave 

{a  lodging) ;  bag  2)tenftmabcben  bat  ibrer  £errin  gefiinbigt,  the  servant 

gave  notice  {that  she  would  leave). 

11.  (ttffcu  [a;  ie-a]  :  I,  without  accompanying  infinitive,  (1)  leave 
off,  keep  from,  leave  undone,  let  alone,  desist:  lafj  bag  !  don't  {do  that)  ! 
let  it  alone !  bag  $inb  fonnte  bag  SBeinen  nicbt  — ,  the  child  could  not 
keep  from  crying.  (2)  oon  fid)  — ,  give  up,  yield:  ©ut  unb  S3lut  fiir  eine 
©acbe  — ,  give  up  one's  all  for  a  cause  ;  <Qaare  —  muff  en  (fig.)>  be  fleeced, 
be  cheated.  (3)  give,  yield  up,  let .  .  .  have:  ©te  taffen'g  mir  m  biefem 
^Preife,  nicbt  ttmbr  ?  you  will  let  me  have  it  at  this  price,  will  you  not? 
er  lafjt  mir  leine  9htbe,  he  gives  me  no  rest;  er  ift  ein  $acbmann,  bag 
mufj  man  ibm  — ,  he  is  an  expert,  there's  no  denying  that.  (4)  leave : 
TOO  foaben  ©ie  3>bre  'ftwu  gelaffen  ?  where  have  you  left  your  wife  ? 
(5)  in  connection  with  a  preposition,  leave,  let,  etc.  :  bie  §ctnbe  t)0U  ettt). 


204  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

— ,  keep  one's  hands  off  something  ;  eht).  a\X%  ben  SpSttben — ,  let  something 
slip  out  of  one's  hands;  jn.  Ctu3  ben  Slugen — ,  lose  sight  of  some  one; 
ClUe3  beittt  alien  — ,  leave  everything  as  before ;  jn.  \m  ©tidje  — ,  leave, 
or  forsake,  some  one;  jn.  in  3htE)e  — ,  leave  some  one  alone,  not  bother 
some  one. 


Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

i.  Can  you  tell  me  what  they  are  aiming  at?  2.  One's 
best  course  is  not  to  have  anything  to  do  with  them.  3.  How 
do  you  sell  those  pictures  ?  I  am  willing  (rmUenS)  to  give 
you  a  quarter  of  a  dollar  for  them  ;  can  you  let  me  have  them 
at  that  price  ?  4.  Our  class  had  their  picture  taken  yester- 
day afternoon.  5.  I  should  like  to  learn  how  to  do  that 
by  watching  you  (abfefyen).  6.  The  strength  of  the  patient 
is  waning  daily,  I  fear.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  he  eats 
nothing,  he  is  getting  weaker  and  weaker  because  he  can't 
sleep.  7.  In  Germany  it  is  customary  to  tip  one's  hat  when 
one  meets  an  acquaintance.  8.  You  should  have  lighted  the 
fire  sooner.  9.  May  I  ask  you  how  your  father  is  ?  Thank 
you,  he  is  very  well.  10.  I  fear  that  if  I  ask  the  girl  to 
make  the  beds  more  carefully,  she  will  give  me  notice  of 
leaving.  11.  They  say  (foil)  he  is  in  Canada.  His  cred- 
itors (©Iaubiger)  really  should  have  known  that  he  was  fool- 
ing them  when  he  promised  to  pay.  12.  There  is,  then,  no 
hope  of  getting  anything  out  of  him.  13.  I  cannot  give 
you  any  particulars  about  it ;  I  only  know  he  is  no  longer 
at  D.  14.  I  was  confined  to  my  bed  for  two  weeks,  but 
now  I  am  all  well  again.  15.  Where  have  you  left  the  little 
ones?  You  should  have  brought  them  with  you.  16.  You 
have  now  a  fine  pair  of  skates ;  if  I  were  you  I  should  not 
let  them  get  out  of  my  hands.  You'll  lose  them  if  you  do. 
17.  What  are  you  driving  at?  You  want  to  chaff  me,  do 
you  not  ?  how  could  I  skate  (©d)Iittfd)uf)  Iaufen)  if  I  followed 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  205 

your  advice  ?  18.  He  is  a  jolly  good  fellow  ;  he  has  treated 
us  to  many  a  good  anecdote.  19.  Take  good  care  of  the 
children;  don't  let  them  get  out  of  your  sight.  You  had 
better  take  water  and  a  lunch  (3mMJ3,  m.)  along.  20.  Good 
morning,  colleague  (§err  College),  how  are  you  this  morning  ? 
21.  Thank  you,  I  am  very  well.  22.  That  young  man  will 
be  fleeced  yet.  I  see  what  he  is  aiming  at,  but  he  ought  to 
know  that  the  mountebank  (9Jtarftfd)reier)  has  a  decided 
advantage.  23.  He  is  an  expert;  there's  no  denying  that. 
24.  It  is  not  the  custom  ((Sitte,  f.)  in  America  to  tip  one's  hat 
to  gentlemen  unless  they  are  accompanied  by  (oon)  ladies. 

B 

11.  loffCtt  (continued) :  II,  with  accompanying  inf.,  with  or  without 
an  ace.  noun  object,  (1)  let,  allow,  permit:  bag  $euer  auggebett  — ,  let 
the  fire  go  out ;  jn.  mctC&en  — ,  let  some  one  have  his  way,  not  interfere 
with  some  one.  (2)  cause  to,  order,  have  done,  "have  ":  em  Sjbaug  bauen  — , 
have  a  house  built ;  bie  2Bafd)e  befurgen  — ,  have  the  washing  attended 
to;  fid)  (dat.)  bag  §aar  (or  bie  £>aare)  fdmeiben  — ,  have  one's  hair  cut; 
ftd)  (dat.)  ettD.  febttfen  — ,  send  for  something ;  nicbtg  ttterfen  — ,  not  give 
away,  not  betray  ;  ettD.  (ace.)  bleiben  — ,  let  something  alone,  leave  some- 
thing undone ;  laffen  ©te  bag  gut  fein,  never  mind  {doing)  that;  jn. 
griifjen  — ,  send  greetings  to  some  one  ;  ettt).  liegen  (fieben)  — ,  let  some- 
thing lie  {stand).  (3)  impers. :  eg  Idftt  fid)  md)t  leugnen,  it  cannot  be 
denied ;  eg  Itifjt  fid)  ja  letcbt  benfett,  of  course,  one  can  easily  imagine. 

12.  fiuft  [f.,  *e],  air,  atmosphere,  breeze,  breath:  frifebe —  fd)opfett, 
draw  breath,  take  an  airing ;  jn.  an  bie  —  fe^en,  turn  some  one  out ; 
etm.  (ace.)  aug  ber  —  gretfen,  assert  without  the  shadow  of  a  foundation, 
make  up  out  of  whole  cloth  ;  in  bte  —  fprengen  (fltegen),  blow  up  {explode); 
fetnem  §erjen  —  macben,  unbosom  oneself,  ease  one's  mind. 

13-  SJJal  [n.,  -e],  (l)  time:  bag  erfte  — ,  the  first  time;  mancfieg  — , 

many  a  time ;  ntd)t  ein  etn^tgeg  — ,  not  a  single  time,  not  once ;  JU 
nneberbultett  — en,  time  and  again,  repeatedly ;  ein  —  itber  bag  anbre, 
repeatedly,  one  time  after  another.  (2)  written  mat  in  adverbs,  time; 
tVCK-,  %XQt\',  breimal,  once,  twice,  thrice;  „@m —  ift  fein — ",  once  does  not 
make  a  habit,  one  time  does  not  matter ;  ein  anber — ,  another  time  ;  gum 
le^ten — ,  for  the  last  time  ;  nod)  ein — ,  once  more  ;   auf  etn — ,  all  at 


206  PRACTICAL   GERMAN 

once  ;  aUe — ,  roenn  er  fommt,  every  time  he  comes  ;  ein  fur  alle — ,  once 
for  all.  (3)  with  weak  stress,  really  for  etnmctl :  fomm  —  fier  !  come 
here  !  fag'  mir  — !  do  tell  me  I  e<5  ift  —  fo,  well,  that's  the  way  it  is 
{there's  no  help  for  it). 

14.  %\tofy  [m.,  V|,  (1)  place,  room  :  gibt'3  nod)  —  ?  is  there  any  more 
room  ?  e3  fiaben  alle  — ,  there  is  room  for  all ;  —  ba  !  make  way  there  ! 
—  finbert  (macfiert),  find  {make)  room ;  bag  ift  boa)  nid)t  am — e!  surely 
that  is  not  permitted  or  allowed.  (2)  seat:  nebmen  <Sie — !  be  seated, 
take  a  seat!   ift  biefer  —  frei ?    is  this  seat  taken? 

15.  ridj'tett,  (1)  raise,  erect:  in  bie  i£Obe  (or  auf=)  — ,  lift  up,  raise. 
(2)  turn,  direct,  address  {speech,  letter,  etc.)  :  eine  SBitte  art  jn.  — ,  make 
a  request  of  some  one;  feine  2lufmerffamfeit  auf  etro.  (ace.)  — ,  direct 
one's  attention  to  something.  (3)  refl.,  direct,  be  governed :  fid)  nad)  etlt). 
(jttt.)  — ,  take  one's  cue  from  something  {some  one) ;  ridjte  bid)  bamatt)  ! 
act  accordingly. 

16.  frijOU,  (1)  already, very,  even:  —  lange  (or  Idngft),  long  since,  long 
ago;  —  friifier,  before  this,  before  now;  —  am  nad)ften  £age,  the  very  next 
day ;  —  ber  ©erud)  ift  mir  gltroiber,  the  very  odor  is  repulsive  to  me ; 
roie  lange  finb  <Sie  —  in  2lmeri!a  ?  how  long  have  you  been  in  America  ? 
tt)a3  fiabt  ir)r  —  roieber  ?  what  is  the  matter  with  you  now  ?  (2)  indeed, 
no  doubt,  surely:  er  roirb  bid)  —  begafilen,  he  will  pay  you,  no  doubt ; 
id)  roerbe  e3  —  ferttg  bringen,  /shall  manage  that  all  right ;  roir  roerben 
ben  2Beg  —  finben,  we'll  surely  find  the  way  ;  —  gut!  all  right!  mir 
roare  eg  —  recftt,  it  would  suit  me  well  enough  ;  —  begroegen,  for  this 
reason,  if  for  no  other.     (3)  roenn  — ,  ob— ,  even  if,  although. 

17.  Umgmtg  [m.],  association,  intercourse  :  —  mit  jm.  baben,  associate 
with  some  one  ;  cf .  bie  Umganggformen,  the  forms  of  social  intercourse, 
good  manners;  bie  UmgangSf prac&e,  language  of  everyday  life,  colloquial 
speech. 

18.  UltUaf;  (unpafjltd)),  indisposed,  unwell,  ailing:  cf.  unroobl,  unwell; 
franfltd),  sickly. 

tfbersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  If  it  were  not  so  cold,  I  should  like  to  have  my  hair 
cut.  2.  What!  you  left  him  standing  in  the  rain?  3.  It 
cannot  be  denied,  it  is  human  nature :  the  more  one  has 
the  more  one  wants.  4.  You  can  preach  to  me  some  other 
time.     5.  He  thinks  that  one  should  always  take  the  cue 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  207 

from  one's  superiors.  6.  I  shall  tell  the  truth,  come  what 
will.  7.  May  I  request  you  to  direct  your  attention  this 
way?  I  have  asked  you  once  before.  8.  We  beg  your  par- 
don, we  shall  act  according  to  your  wish.  9.  What!  here 
already?    be  seated.     I  have  not  yet  breakfasted.     10.  I 

have  not  yet  heard  Miss sing ;  they  say  she  has  a  fine 

voice,  n.  Mr.  N.  is  quite  unwell.  Excepting  his  family, 
he  does  not  associate  with  any  one.  12.  Don't  worry,  he 
will  get  well,  no  doubt.  13.  How  long  would  one  have  to  be 
in  Germany  to  become  accustomed  to  the  colloquial  speech? 
14.  That  depends;  you  would  find  it  very  easy.  15.  I  wish 
I  could  try  it.  16.  The  landlord  (§au3roirt)  had  to  turn  him 
out ;  undoubtedly  he  will  find  lodgings  (Untetfommen)  some- 
where. 17.  When  are  we  to  be  there?  At  nine  o'clock; 
some  people  will  be  there  even  before  that.  18.  There  is 
plenty  of  room  here  ;  come  over  here  and  look  !  19.  A  boy 
picked  up  a  piece  of  hot  iron,  but  let  it  fall  without  the  black- 
smith's telling  him  that  it  was  hot.  20.  "One  time  does  not 
matter,"  said  the  mouse,  and  —  was  caught.  21.  I  shall 
govern  myself  accordingly,  rest  assured  (fd)on).  22.  Every 
time  I  see  him  I  have  to  listen  to  a  story  which  more  than 
likely  has  not  the  shadow  of  a  foundation.  23.  W7hen  he 
begins  his  story  the  next  time,  I  shall  tell  him  "Never  mind 
(doing  that) !  I  have  heard  Baron  Munchausen  (SJftmdj'fyaufen) 
stories  before."     It  is  to  be  hoped  he  will  act  accordingly. 

24.  That  would  not  be  the  proper  thing,  if  for  no  other  reason 
than  that  he  is  older  than  you  (fdjon  be^roegen  md)t,  roeil,  etc.). 

25.  All  right !  26.  Could  you  tell  me,  sir,  whether  any  seats 
are  still  (nod))  to  be  had?  27.  He  could  have  told  (it)  me 
if  he  had  wanted  to. 


Stfemtseljttte  Styredjit&mtg 


Sftargarete 

Sa,  unfre  2Birtfc&aft  ift  nur  flein, 
Unb  bod)  roill  fie  oerfeben  fein. 
2Btrbabenfeine9Jtagb;  mujjfodjen, 

fegen,  ftrtcfen 
Unb  nabn,  unb  laufen  frii^  unb 

fetfi; 
Unb  nteine   Gutter  ift  in   alien 

©tiicfen 
©o  af Jurat ! 
Mcbt  bafj  fie  juft  fo  febr  fid)  einju* 

fd)ranfen  bat ; 
2Bir  fbnnten  unS  roeit   eb'r   al3 

anbre  regen: 
SWein  SBater  fointerliejj  ein  bubfd) 

33ermogen, 
©in  §au3d)en  unb  ein  ©artcben 

t>or  ber  ©tabt. 
Sod)  bab'  id)  jefct  fo  jiemlia;  ftiUe 

$age; 
9Mn  SBruber  ift  ©olbat, 
9ftetn  ©cbroeftercben  ift  tot. 
Sa)  batte  mit  bent  £inb  roobl  meine 

Hebe  ««ot ; 
2)od)  iibernabm'  irf)  gem  nod)  ein= 

ntal  alle  $lage, 
©o  lieb  roar  mir  bag  $inb. 


ftauft 

@in  ©ngel,  roenn  bir'3  glid) ! 


Margaret 

Yes,  for  our  household  small  has 
grown, 

Yet  must  be  cared  for,  you  will 
own. 

We  have  no  maid  :  I  do  the  cook- 
ing, sweeping,  knitting, 

The  sewing,  early  work  and  late, 
in  fact ; 

And  mother,  in  her  notion  of 
housekeeping, 

Is  so  exact ! 

Not  that  she  needs  so  much  to 
keep  expenses  down : 

We,  more  than  others,  might  take 
comfort,  rather: 

A  nice  estate  was  left  us  by  my 
father, 

A  house,  a  little  garden  near  the 
town. 

But  now  my  days  have  less  of 
noise  and  hurry ; 

My  brother  is  a  soldier, 

My  little  sister  's  dead. 

True,  with  the  child  a  troubled 
life  I  led, 

Yet  I  would  take  again,  and  will- 
ing, all  the  worry, 

So  very  dear  was  she. 

Faust 
An  angel,  if  like  thee  ! 


203 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


209 


Sflargarete 

%tf)  jog  e§  auf,  unb  foetid)  liebt' 

eg  mid). 
@3  roar  nad)  meine§  $Bater3  £ob 

geboren ; 
Stte  3Jiutter  gaben  rotr  oerloren, 
©0  elenb  roie  fie  bamal§  lag, 
Unb  fie  erfoolte  fid)  febr  tangfam, 

nad)  unb  nad). 
S)a    !onnte   fie   nun   nid)t   bran 

benfen, 
S)a§    arme   2Btirmd)en   felbft   ju 

tran!en, 
Unb  fo  erjog  id) '3  ganj  aHein, 
3Rit  mitf)  unb  SBaffer ;  fo  roarb'3 

mein. 
2luf    nteinem   2lrm,    in    nteinem 


SBar'3  freunbltd),  jaooelte,  roarb 
grojj. 


Margaret 

I  brought  it  up,  and  it  was  fond 

of  me. 
Father  had  died  before  it  saw  the 

light, 
And  mother's  case  seemed  hope- 
less quite, 
So  weak  and  miserable  she  lay ; 
And  she  recovered,  then,  so  slowly, 

day  by  day, 
She  could   not  think,  herself,  of 

giving 
The   poor  wee  thing  its   natural 

living ; 
And  so  I  nursed  it  all  alone 
With  milk  and  water;  'twas  my 

own. 
Lulled  in  my  lap,  with  many  a  song, 
It  smiled,  and  tumbled,  and  grew 

strong. 


2)u  haft  gerotfj  ba3  reinfte  ©liitf 
empfunben. 


Faust 

The  purest  bliss  was  surely  then 
thy  dower. 


Sftargarete 

2)od)    aud)    geroijj    gar    tnandje 

fd)tt)ere  ©tunben. 
2)e3  ^leinen  SBiege  ftanb  gu  9?ad)t 
3ln  nteinem  SSett;  e§  burfte  faum 

fid)  regen, 
SBar  id)  erroad)t ; 
SBalb  mufjt'  id)'3  tranfen,  balb  e3 

ju  mir  legen, 
SBalb,  roenn'3  nid)t  fd)roieg,  00m 

Sett  aufftefin, 
Unb  tanjelnb  in  ber  hammer  auf 

unb  nieber  gefin, 


Margaret 

But  surely,  also,  many  a  weary 
hour. 

I  kept  the  baby's  cradle  near 

My  bed  at  night :  if  't  even  stirred, 
I  'd  guess  it, 

And  waking,  hear. 

And  I  must  nurse  it,  warm  beside 
me  press  it, 

And  oft,  to  quiet  it,  my  bed  for- 
sake, 

And  dandling  back  and  forth  the 
restless  creature  take, 


210 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


Unb  friif)  am  £age  fd)on  am  2Bafd)= 

trog  fte&n ; 
S)ann  auf  bem  2Jiar!t  unb  an  bem 

§erbe  forgen, 
Unb  immerfort  rate  fieut  jo  morgen. 
2)a  gebt'3,  mein  Sperr,  ntd)t  immer 

mutig  gu ; 
2)od)   fdjmetft   bafiir    bag  ©ffen, 

fd)metft  bie  3ftu&. 


SDiefer  ^affuS  t)om  „gauft" 
foE  un3  fo^ufagen  al§  Seitftern 
in  ber  fyeutigen  Seftion  bienen. 

2)ann  tnollen  ©ie  rootyl  t)om 
§au§fyalten  fprecfyen? 

3a;  ein  notroenbiger  £eil 
unfereS  irbifdjen  $>afein§. 

Saffen  ©ie  bag  Iteber.  2Bir 
§erren  roiffen  nicfyts  banon,  unb 
bie  3)amen  tnollen  nidjtg  banon 
nriffen. 

(Sine  ber  $amen.)      ©efyr   lie= 

bengroitrbig,  aufjerft  3unor!om= 
menb,  ber  §err  -ft.,  nid)t  roa^r, 
§err  ^rofeffor? 

$efyren  Ste  fid)  nidjt  an  ifyn ; 
er  rootlte  nur  mitreben. 

(Sunset  £ert.)       335fe    tt)ar'3 

nid)t  gemeint;  bod)  fagte  mtr 
ein  alter  SBefannter,  ein  3ung= 
gef  eHe,  grauen  jeien  geneigt,  fid) 


Then   at   the  wash-tub  stand,  at 

morning's  break ; 
And    then     the     marketing    and 

kitchen-tending, 
Day   after   day,  the    same   thing, 

never  ending. 
One's   spirits,   sir,    are    then    not 

always  good, 
But  then  one  learns  to  relish  rest 

and  food. 

This  quotation  from  Faust 
is  to  serve  as  a  guiding  star, 
as  it  were,  for  to-day's  lesson. 

You  wish  to  speak  about 
housekeeping,  I  should  judge. 

Yes,  housekeeping  is  a 
necessary  part  of  our  mun- 
dane existence. 

You  had  better  not  do 
that.  We  gentlemen  know 
nothing  about  that  subject, 
and  the  ladies  do  not  want 
to  know  anything  about  it. 

(One  of  the  ladies.)       Mr.   N.  is 

very  kind  and  polite,  is  he 
not? 

Do  not  mind  him ;  he 
merely  wanted  to  share  in 
the  conversation. 

(Young  gentleman.)       I    did    not 

mean  to  give  offense ;  yet  an 
acquaintance  of  mine,  an  old 
bachelor,  told  me  that  women 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


2ir 


$u  r>erlteben,  uerloben,  r>erf)ei= 
raten,  aber  .  .  . 

£)a§  fdjjeint  ja  eine  neue 
SSerfion  be§  F«m,  vidi,  vici  gu 
fetn.  —  ©eben  ©te  ntdjts  auf 
biefeS  aber.  $efyren  ©te  ficfy 
nicfyt  baran,  roa§  ein  oerfauerter, 
tjertrodtneter,  uernagelter  3ung= 
gefelle  iiber  §au§fyaltung3ange= 
Iegent)eiten  fagen  mag. 

■Jhm,  mein  greunb  \)<xi  fcfyon 
triele  @rfafyrungen  gemad)t,  fyat 
ftdj)  fcfyon  t)iel  umgefefyen.  @r 
metnt  .  .  . 

9htn,  roag  meint  er  bettn? 
$)af$  ba3  eroige  £o$en,  %i\d)- 
betfen,  £tftf)abraumen,  ©efd^trr- 
roafdjen,  $efyren,  gegen,  215= 
ftauben,  Settmadjen,  SBafcfyen, 
SBugeln,  yiafyerx,  $leiberau§= 
beffern,  ©ttcfen,  ©tricEen,  33e= 
fucfyempfangen  unb  =abftatten 
ein  Settles  fei?  3ft  er  ber 
9fleinung  ? 

$)a§  ntdjt  gerabe.  £)od)  in 
ber  guten  alten  Sett,  bet>or  man 
fo  r>iel  von  graueneman§ipa= 
tion  fyorte,  .  .  . 

2Saren  bie  grauen  fetne  bef= 
feren  §au§plterinnen,  al3  fie 
e§  je£t  finb.  3™  ©egentetl, 
meiner  2lnft<$t  nacf)  itbertrtfft 


liked  to  fall  in  love,  become 
engaged,  and  get  married, 
but  .  .  . 

This  seems  to  be  a  new 
version  of  Vent,  vidi,  vici. 
Do  not  pay  any  attention  to 
this  but  Do  not  mind  what 
a  soured,  shriveled,  stupid 
old  bachelor  says  about 
household  affairs. 

Well,  my  friend  has  had  a 
large  experience,  has  looked 
about  a  great  deal.  He 
thinks  .  .  . 

Well,  what  does  he  think  ? 
That  the  everlasting  cooking, 
setting  the  table,  clearing  off 
the  table,dish-washing,sweep- 
ing,  scrubbing,  dusting,  bed- 
making,  washing,  ironing, 
sewing,  mending,  embroider- 
ing, knitting,  receiving  and 
returning  calls,  is  an  easy 
thing  ?     Is  that  his  opinion  ? 

Not  exactly  that.  Yet  in 
the  good  old  times,  before 
one  heard  so  much  about  the 
emancipation  of  woman,  .  .  . 

Women  then  were  no  bet- 
ter housekeepers  than  they 
are  now.  On  the  contrary, 
in  my  judgment,  the  present 


212 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


bie    fjeutige    ©eneration    bie 
friifyeren. 

Bit  fdfjemen  em  fef»r  entljufi= 
aftifdfjer  grauennerefyrer  gu  fein. 

©foret  bie  Bremen !  fie  flecfiten  unb 

toeben 
£>immlifcfie    SWofen    inS     irbifd^e 
/  &eben. 

din  ©d)itterfdje§  2Bort,  ein 
roafyreg  SSort.  £)e§l)alb  ent= 
fd^ulbigen  ©ie  midf),  menu  ic^ 
gu  guter  Seiji  einige  gang  aHtag= 
lidfje  ©ad^en  befpredjje  —  tnenn 
ftd)  bie  $amen  bafiir  interef= 
fteren. 

„9Inna,  fjaben  <5ie  bie  SBetten 
fd)on  gemacfyt?" 
,  ,,-iftein,    iclj    rooUte    frifd)e§ 
SBettgeug  fyintun." 

„6ie  ftnben  23etttud)er  unb 
^iffenuberguge  in  ber  $ommobe. 
. .  .  @3  fdjabet  nidf)t§,  roenn  <5ie 
bie  33etten  etnftroeilen  unge= 
mad^t  Iaffen.  .  .  .  §dngen  ©ie 
bie  moflenen  unb  bie  gefteppien 
SDedEen  an  bie  £uft." 


generation  excels  the  former 
ones. 

You  seem  to  be  an  enthu- 
siastic admirer  of  women. 

To     women     do    homage ;     they 

brighten  the  hours, 
They    twine    into    earth-life    the 

loveliest  flowers. 

A  saying  of  Schiller,  a  true 
saying.  Excuse  me,  then,  if 
I  discuss  a  few  commonplace 
subjects  (to  end  up  with), 
provided,  of  course,  that  the 
ladies  are  interested  in  them. 


Commonplace  things 

"  Anna,  have  you  made 
the  beds  ? " 

"No,  I  intended  to  put  on 
fresh  lirfen." 

"  You  will  find  sheets  and 
pillow-cases  in  the  bureau. 
.  .  .  It  will  do  no  harm  if 
you  leave  the  beds  unmade 
for  the  present.  .  .  .  Air  the 
blankets  and  the  quilts." 


„@3  flingelt.  ©pringen  ©ie 
tapferanbteSur.  (Sofriihjann 
icb.  feinen  33efudf)  empfangen." 


"  There  goes  the  bell.  Run 
to  the  door,  quick.  I  cannot 
receive  callers  so  early." 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  21  3 

,@3  roar  em  £err,  ber  §errn         M  A  gentleman  wished  to 
— fpred)en  rooltte.    Sc^fagte     see  Mr. .    I  told  him  he 


ifym,  er  ware  uerreift  bt3  nacfyfte  was  out  of  town  this  week." 
2Bod)e." 

„2Ba3  fonnte  er  rooKen?"  "I  wonder  what  he  wanted." 

.     „@rfagte,ernmrbeemanber=  "He  said  he  would  call 

mctl  Borfpredjen."  again." 


„%xau  ,   modjten   <5ie         "  Mrs. ,  do  you  want 

etroctS  t)om  ©emitfefycmbler?''  anything  from  the  vegetable 

man  ? " 

„S3rauc^en  voix  etroag?   2Ba§  "Do  we   need   anything? 

fyat  er?"  What  has  he  ?  " 

„©urlen,    ©alat,    9ftetttdf)e,  "  Cucumbers,  lettuce,  rad- 

©pargeln,    @rbfen    unb    @rb=  ishes,   asparagus,   peas,  and 

beeren."  strawberries." 

„2Bte  uerfctuft  er  bie  @rb=  "  How   does    he    sell    his 

beeren?"  strawberries  ? " 

„£)rei  6cl)ad)tem  fiir  fiinf=  "Three  boxes  for  a  quarter." 
unbgrocmjtg  Gents." 

„©ut;  roir  moKen  mal  @rb=  "Very  well,   let   us   have 

beeren   mit   ©cfylctgfafme.     @3  strawberries    with    whipped 

ift    bodjj    nodfj    etroaS    $ud)en  cream.     There  is  some  cake 

iibrig?"  left,  is  n't  there?" 

„2Barum     feine      @rbbeer=  "Why  not  have  a  straw- 

torte?"  berry  shortcake  ?  " 

„2Bie  ©ie  roollett.     $irfd)en  "As    you    please.     Cher- 

finb  rxaturltd^  nod^  nicr)t  geittg?"  ries,  of  course,  are  not  yet 

on  the  market." 

„3d)  mitt  mal  nctdjfrctgen "  I  '11  ask.  .  .  .  We  ought 

$artoffeln  foHten  trjir  aucf)  be=  to  order  potatoes,  too.     The 

fteflen.  ©ie,  welcr)e  tmr  bct§  letjte  last  ones  we  got  are  almost 

9M  belamen,  ftnb  balb  aHe."  all  gone." 


214 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


„§ctben  ©te  bct§  raollene 
llntergeug  fdjon  n>eggelegt?  e3 
tft  roafyrfcfyetnlid)  etxva%  etn= 
gelaufen  (eingegangen),  tft'3 
ntd)t?" 

,,3$  glaube  faum.  £)a§ 
SRegenroafjer  ^ai  gefyolfen.  ©oil 
id)  fie  in  ben  $letberfd)ranf 
tun?" 

„3«.  3ft  <*udj  «tte§  red&t 
trorfen?" 

„£)te  SSafdje  tying  ja  ben 
gangen  9tad)mtttag  an  ber 
Seine." 

„2)en  ©cfyranf  fatten  ©te 
recfyt  auSltiften  foUen.  %un 
©te  ba§  Seinengeug  in  bie 
$ommobe." 


"  Have  you  laid  away  the 
woolen  underwear?  it  prob- 
ably shrank  some,  did  it 
not  ?  " 

"  I  scarcely  think  so.  The 
rain-water  helped.  Shall  I 
put  it  into  the  clothes-press? " 

"  Yes.  Are  you  sure  every- 
thing is  thoroughly  dry  ?  " 

"  The  clothes  hung  out 
on  the  line  the  whole  after- 
noon." 

"You  should  have  given 
the  clothes-press  a  good  air- 
ing. Put  the  linen  into  the 
bureau." 


3m  $auffaben 

„9Bomit  fann  tdj  3$nen 
btenen,  grau  9W" 

„2)iirfte  id)  ©te  bemiifyen, 
tmr  einige  §erbftftoffe  Dor^u* 
getgen?" 

„$)iefer  farrierte  2BoKen= 
fioff  tft  ein  red)t  tyitbfcfyea 
3Wufter." 

„2Bte  oerfaufen  ©te  ba3?" 

„yim  fedt)S  ^Slaxl  fiinfgig  ben 
TOeter.  ©te  fefyen  ja,  e3  ift 
boppelte  SBreite." 


Shopping 

"  What  can  I  do  for  you, 
Mrs.  N.  ?  " 

"  May  I  trouble  you  to 
show  me  some  of  your  fall 
goods  ? " 

"  This  checkered  woolen 
is  a  real  pretty  pattern." 

"  How  do  you  sell  it  ?  " 
"  Only  six  marks  fifty  (pfen- 
nigs) a  yard.     It  is  double 
width,  don't  you  see?" 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


215 


„3d)  bxaufye  fo  fieben  b\% 
atyt  9fleter,  nid)t  roafyr,  fur 
Satiie  (pr.  tal'je)  unb  SRocf?" 

„@§  lommt  barauf  an,  in 
roelc^er  ga^on  (pr.  faffon')  ©te 
bag  $letb  madden  laffen." 

„§aben  ©te  t>telleicf)t  ,Gf)tc' 
fyier?  9JJeine  Sodfjter  mad^te 
mid)  auf  ein  djarmanteg  §erbft= 
foftum  aufmerffam." 

„@tnen  Stugenblicf !  SDie 
£)ame  ba  fd)lagt  eben  nad) 
einem  SJhtfier." 


„@rlauben  ©te,  bafj  id)  3§™n 
btefe  gemufterte  ©etbe  getge. 
■ftid)t  nm^r,  e3  ifi  ein  elegantes 
gabrifat?" 

„3a,  eine  jungere  ^erfon 
raiirbe  e§  gut  fieiben.  giir 
mta)  tft'3  $u  fyeE.  ©te  fyaben 
bod)  aud)  bunflere?" 

„©enrif3 ;  rote  umrbe  3fynen 
biefe§  paffen?  ©oltbe  2Bare, 
ein  ^tad^tmufter,  rote  ©te 
fe&en." 

„3u  roeldjem  $retfe  t>er= 
f  auf  en  ©te  ba§?" 

„S)a3  fommt  ztxvaZ  fyofyer, 
—  ad^t  9ftarf  per  9fteter ;  bod) 
fonnen  ©te  an  ber  ©arnierung 


M  It  will  take  about  seven 
or  eight  yards,  will  it  not, 
for  the  waist  and  skirt  ?  " 

"  It  depends  in  what  style 
you  have  the  dress  made  up." 

11  Do  you  happen  to  have 
Chic  here?  My  daughter 
called  my  attention  to  a  very 
pretty  fall  costume." 

"Just  a  moment!  The 
lady  over  there  is  just  look- 
ing through  it  for  a  pattern." 


"Allow  me  to  show  you 
this  figured  silk.  Is  n't  it 
really  a  fine  piece  of  goods? " 

"  Yes ;  it  would  look  well 
on  a  younger  person.  For 
me  it  is  a  little  too  light. 
You  have  something  darker, 
of  course  ? " 

"Certainly;  how  would 
this  suit  you  ?  The  genuine 
article,  an  elegant  pattern,  as 
you  see." 

"  How  do  you  sell  that  ?  " 

"  That  comes  somewhat 
higher —  eight  marks  a  yard; 
but    you    can    save    in    the 


2l6 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


fparen.  £>a§  $Ieib  roiirbe  fidf) 
gang  einfad)  gemad)t  am  beften 
auSnefymen." 

„3m  gangen  genommen,  giefye 
id?  biefeS  ©tiitf  $affimir  »or. 
@3  tragt  ftdfj  red)t  gut.  2Bie 
fyocf)  fommt  bag?" 

„$rei  TOarf  adfjtgig.  @3 
ift  aber  prima  Dualitat.  2Bie 
oiel  ift  Sfynen  gefaUig?" 

„<5ieben  $Reter  roerben  roofyl 
au3reicf)en,  —  madjt  alfo  — 
fecfySunbgroangig  Wiaxi  fedjgig." 

„9fftd)tig ;  gafylen  ©ie  an  ber 
£affe,  bitte.  —  @ntfd)ulbigen 
©ie  .  .  .  3$re  SXbreffe,  roenn 
id)  bitten  barf.  SDer  £auf= 
burfdje  nrirb'3  ^\)mn  fogleidj) 
fytnau3brmgen." 

„grau    ,    $onigftraf$e 

3Rr.  19." 

„$)anfe  nerbmblicljft ;  fpre= 
§m  <Sie  ein  anbermal  roieber 
t>or." 


trimmings.    The  dress  would 
look  best  if  made  very  plain." 

"  On  the  whole,  I  prefer 
this  piece  of  cashmere.  It 
wears  very  well.  What  do 
you  ask  for  it  ?  " 

"  Three  marks  eighty.  But 
it  is  an  extra  quality.  How 
much  do  you  want  ?  " 

"  I  presume  seven  yards 
will  do  —  that  makes,  then, 
—  twenty-six  marks  sixty." 

"  That  is  correct ;  pay  at 
the  office,  if  you  please.  — 
Excuse  me  —  what  is  your 
address,  if  I  may  ask  ?  The 
delivery-boy  will  take  it  out 
to  your  house  at  once." 

"Mrs.    ,      19    Konig- 

strasse." 

"  Thank  you  very  much  ; 
come  in  again." 


SSor  allem  bag  33eft 

3ft  ein  <£erj,  fyeiter  unb  feft, 

@in  gefunber  Seib, 

®in  Hebe*  SOBeib 

Unb  ein  HeineS  (Sigen ! 

2Ser  bag  fjat,  mag  fia)  freuen  unb  fdEjroeigen. 

3oJ)anne8  Stojan. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


217 


VOKABULARSTUDIEN  UND  UBERSETZUNGEN 


A.  $ie  Wtaf)l%eittn  (meals) 
STfienbeffett  [n.],  supper:  aum— , 

to,  or  for,  supper;  cf.  jU  2lbenb 
effen,  take,  or  ra/,  supper. 

%X\\\\'\\M  [n.,  -c],  breakfast:  juttt 
— ,  to,  ox  for,  breakfast ;  cf.  frtiij= 
ftitdEen,  eat,  or  &*/£<?,  breakfast. 

aWit'tagcffCtt  [n.],  dinner ;  cf.  gu 
■Jftittag  effen,  <#«*. 


B.  #lcifcf)rtttcn  (meats) 
Sluf  fd)nttt  (or  falter  — )  [m.],  cold 

{sliced')  meat. 
23ccfftca!  (pronounce  as  in  Eng.) 
[n.,  -g],  beefsteak. 

83ra'ten  [m.],  raw/:  SttnbS-  or 
JRinber^  ($al&3*,  ©d&roetnes,  ?pu= 
ter=,  ©anfe=,  ©ntcn=)— ,  r«w/ 
beef  {veal,  pork,  turkey,  goose, 
duck). 

8atb8*    (§ammtU)Utt\ttr    [*.], 

z^a/  cutlets  {mutton-chops). 

$letfd>  [n.],  w^/:  3tinb=  (£alb;, 
©a)n>eine=,  <Qammel=) — ,  beef 
{veal,  pork,  mutton). 

@(JjaTrtWdjett  [pi.],  sparerib. 

©tffttt'fett  [m.,  —  ],  ham. 


C.  ®emitfe  U*f.!t>«  (vegetables, 
etc.) 

Sty'fd  [m.,*], apple:  —  fto£e,  «///*- 
dum p lings  ;    — mug   [n.],  #///<?- 


SSee're    [f.,   -n],    berry:    @rb— , 

strawberry ;  3Ji00g — ,  cranberry; 
2ftoo3beerfauce  (pr.  fo'fce),  rra«- 
berry-sauce. 

SSoJj'ne  [f.,  -n],  <k<*«. 
(grbfe  [f.,  -n],  pea. 

C&htr'fe  [f-,  -tt],  cucumber. 

$artoffel  [f.,-n]  ,/*/&*>;  —  falaf, 
potato-salad;     gefiampfte   — n, 

mashed  potatoes. 

JReftid)  [m.,  -e]  or  Ofabte^djen 

[n.,  — ],  radish. 
©afaf  [m.],  lettuce,  salad. 


D.  (s$etranfc  (drinkables) 

93tcr  [n.],  &«». 
$affee  [m.],  *^r. 

Stmona'bc  [f.],  lemonade. 

mm  [*•]. «#*• 

<So>f  ofa'be  [f-]»  chocolate. 
XCC  [m.],  taz. 
2Bcitt  [m.],  w/z'«*. 


E.   Q3etfrf)tefeette3  (miscellane- 
ous articles) 

Suftcr  [£.].  butter:  — brot  [n.], 

bread  and  butter. 
©Cfro'rcttc^)  [n.],  ice,  ice-cream. 
Sht'djen  [m.,  —  ],  cake. 
©afj'ne    [£.],    cream:    ©tf)lag,— , 

whipped  cream. 
©Mt'ce  (pr.  fo'fje)  [f.],  sauce,  gravy. 
©au'erlratlt  [n.],  sauer-kraut. 

©em'mel  [t,  -n],  ra7. 


218 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


F.  metber  imb  28afrf>e 

U*  f»  lo.  (clothes  and  laundry, 
etc.) 

83o'bett  [m.],  floor. 
^a'tttenfcfinetberin  [f.,-nen],  dress- 
maker. 

^C'tfc  [f.,  -n],  cover  {of  bed,  etc.): 
bieroollene — ,  blanket;  gefteppte 
— ,  quilt. 

^a^Ott'  (pronounce  as  in  Fr.)  [f.], 
style. 

©arme'rung,  ©antttttr'  [f.],  trim- 

ming(s). 
£emb  [n.,  -en],  shirt. 
$Ietb  [n.,  -et],  dress,  clothes. 
^ra'gCtt  [m.,  — ],  collar. 

9Jtanf rfjet'te  [f.,  -n],  shirt-cuff. 

9Wu'ftcr  [n.,  — ],  pattern. 
fljotf  [m.,  V|,  **»*,  <r<w/. 
©toff  [m.,  -e],  goods,  material. 
XaxVU  (pr.  tal'je),  [f.,  -n],  w/V/. 
Xafdjenturfj    [n.,   *er],    (pocket-) 

handkerchief. 
Sep'Jrid}  [m.,  —  ],  «r<zr/*/,  r«£\ 
Utt'terjeug  [n.],  underwear. 

2Bafc^attftatt    [f.,  -en],   (/«*/«■) 

laundry. 
SBa'fdje  [f.]»  wax//,  laundry:  frifd)e 
— ,  *7<?tf#  linen. 

SBft'fdjevitt  [f.,  -nen],  233afd)frau 

[f., -en],  washwoman,  laundress. 


G.  (trimmer  itttb  ft  tiriK 
(dining-room  and  kitchen) 

©a'oel  [f.,  -n],  /or*. 
©ttttfl  [m.,  ut],  course. 
©ebcd/  [n.,  -e],  cover,  plate. 


®efdjmr/  [n.],  </m^(«):  bag  — 
roafdjen,  w^j-^  M<?  dishes. 

Siiffel  [m.,  — ],  jr/«?«;  ber  £ee— , 
teaspoon. 

9Bef'fer  [n.,  — ],  knife. 

O'fCtt  [n.,  — ],  stove,  oven. 

©Ci'tcntift^  [m.,  -e],  sideboard. 

Scrtlict'tC  [f.,  -tl],  napkin. 

©tufil  [m.,  V],  t*a*v 

©ttp'pe  [f.]»  j<w/. 

Saf'fe  [f.,  -n],  cup. 

%t\'\tX  [m.,  — ],% plate. 

$tfd)  [m.,  -e],  taM? :  bei  — e  ftfcen, 

be  at  the  table ;  cf.  bag  — turf), 

the  table-cloth. 


H.  3eittt»bttCt  (verbs) 

ob'raumctt,    <-/*zr   <?^  (of    table, 

etc.). 
att'nefimett,  accept,  assume. 
an'jttttbett,  light,  kindle. 
OebtC'nett,  serve,  wait  on :  —  ©ie 

fid),  help  yourself. 
fccmu'fjett  (|n.),  trouble  some  one: 

biirfte  ttf)  ©te  —  ?  might  I  trouble 

you  ? 

fcefor'gen,  attend  to:  bag   <Qattg 

(einen  ©ang)  — ,  keep  house  (do 

an  errand) ;  bie  £inber  — ,  look 

after  the  children. 
befterictt,  order,  give  an  order  (for 

something). 
be'tfett,  cover :  ben  $tfd)  — ,  set  the 

table;  cf.  ben  £ifd)  abraumen, 

clear  the  table. 
Cttt'fabett,  ask,  invite. 
cf'fcn,  eat :  fid)  f  att  — ,  eat  one's  fill, 

satisfy  one's  hunger. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN  219 

for'bertt,  ask,  demand.  ftfjett,  sit,  fit :  ber  3foc!  fi|t  mir 

fra'gett,  ask,  inquire.  nrie  angegofjen,  that  coat  fits  me 

flet'bett,  clothe,  dress,  be  becoming:  like  a  glove. 

bag  fleibet  <5ie  aber  fa)on!  ^a/  fpei'fen,  dine,  eat:  umnrieoiel  U^r 

looks  well  on  you !  ttrirb  (ju  9fttttag)  gefpeift?  w^ 

UClj'ntCtt,  take,  help  oneself  to  (some-  time  is  dinner  served  ? 

thing) :  —  ©ie  Sutter,  help  your-  ftar'fett,  starch. 

self  to  butter.  tJOr'jtefyCtt  (or  Iteber  fyabett) ,  prefer. 

ptat'ttn  or  tm'geftt,  iron,  "do  up."  ticrUc'bctt  [ftd)],  fall  in  love  (in, 

rei'tfjett  or  fan'gCtt,   pass    {bread,  with). 

etc.).  Dcr^ei'ratClt    [fid)],  get  married; 

fdjme'tfen,  taste:  nrie  ftfmtecft'S  ?  cf.  Ijeiraten,  marry. 

how  does  it  taste  ?  are  you  enjoy-  511  Iflltgcit   [intr.]   AW/»   oneself  (at 

ing  your  meal  ?  tdj  lief;  e3  mir  table):  langen  <Sie  nur  gu,  /**/ 

gut  — ,  /  ate  heartily.  help  yourself. 

Ubersetzen  Sie  folgendes :  — 

1.  You  may  set  the  table  now.  2.  Can  the  table  be 
cleared  off  now  ?  3.  After  you  have  washed  the  dishes 
put  them  in  the  sideboard.  4.  How  many  courses  were 
served  (fertnert)?  5.  I  should  like  another  cup  of  coffee. 
6.  Help  yourself  to  butter.  7.  Do  you  take  cream  in  your 
coffee  ?  8.  You  want  some  of  this  whipped  cream  on  your 
strawberries,  don't  you  ?  9.  Ask  the  (vegetable)  man  whether 
he  has  peas,  beans,  or  radishes.  10.  What  shall  we  order 
for  dinner?  roast  beef  or  turkey?  n.  I  should  prefer  tur- 
key with  cranberry-sauce.  12.  If  our  friend  M.  were  here 
now  he  would  order  sparerib  and  sauer-kraut.  13.  For  sup- 
per we  usually  have  cold  meat,  sometimes  a  potato-salad. 
14.  May  I  trouble  you  for  the  salt?  15.  Have  you  already 
ordered  ?  16.  I  wish  I  knew  how  apple-dumplings  are  made. 
17.  After  meals  it  is  customary  to  say  to  one's  table- 
companion  gefegnete  ^Rctfyljeit!  or  simply  ^ftar^eit !  18.  Did 
you  enjoy  your  dinner?  19.  Waiter  ($ettner),  bring  me 
some  roast  veal  with  gravy,  mashed  potatoes,  cold  turkey, 


220  PRACTICAL  GERMAN 

cucumbers,  bread,  and  coffee.  20.  What  else  would  you  like 
(rotire  .  .  .  gef&Eig)?     21.    Strawberries,  ice-cream,  and  cake. 

22.  What  do  you  wish  to  drink,  tea,  coffee,  or  lemonade? 

23.  I  prefer  chocolate,  if  you  have  it.  24.  We  were  invited 
to  dinner  at  (bei)  Mrs.  N's.  I  tell  you,  my  good  fellow,  it 
was  a  great  affair  (SIffatre,  f.).  My  wife  tells  me  she  never 
saw  anything  like  it  (S)erctrtige3).  25.  I  think  they  had  laid 
twenty  covers.  26.  I  should  like  another  roll  and  some  (nodj) 
etroa3)  butter,  if  you  please.  27.  Help  yourself.  28.  You 
must  eat  enough  to  satisfy  you.  29.  Will  you  hand  (retaken) 
me  a  spoon  and  a  knife  ?  30.  Put  the  chairs  around  the 
table.  31.  May  I  trouble  you  for  a  fork  ?  32.  It  is  getting 
dark ;  it  is  time  to  light  the  lamp.  ^^.  Did  you  have  covers 
enough  last  night,  or  shall  I  fetch  you  another  blanket? 
34.  You  don't  need  to  send  your  laundry  away ;  the  girl 
can  attend  to  it.  35.  Of  course  she  cannot  do  them  up  as 
nicely  as  the  laundry.  36.  May  I  ask  for  another  blanket  ? 
I  was  cold  (mid)  fror)  last  night.  37.  She  was  married  when 
I  knew  her.  They  say  she  had  fallen  in  love  with  her  hus- 
band at  first  sight  (9lnbltdf,  m.).  38.  Your  dress  is  cut  in 
the  latest  style  (nctd)  ber  neuften,  etc.) ;  what  dressmaker  do 
you  have  ?  39.  I  like  this  pattern  ;  I  wonder  what  kind  of 
goods  it  is. 


gtoctttjtgftc  <S))retf)fi&Mtg 


9flit  ber  Ijeutigen  Seftion 
fyoren  voir  einftroeilen  auf .  3$ 
farnt  ©ie  t>erftd)ern,  e§  fyat  mir 
grof$e  greube  gemadfjt,  gfyre 
gortfcfyritte  gu  beobadfjten. 

@3  tut  un§  fe^r  leib,  bafc 
biefer  $ur§  fcfyon  gu  @nbe  ift. 
©ie  fyabert  bag  ©tubium  fo  in= 
tereffant  gemad&t. 

Sfam,  TOtfje  Ejabe  id)  mir 
natiirlidj  gegeben,  e§  fyat  fidjj 
aber  gelofynt. 

2Bir  finb  gljnen  fel)r  ban!= 
bar,  fe^r  uerbunben. 

SBitte,  hxtk,  e§  ift  gem  ge= 
fdjefyen.  §offentlidj  firtbert  ©ie 
mandjmal  ©elegenljeit,  beutfd) 
3u  fpredfjen. 

%fy  rt)oUte,xt)\x  fonntert  biefen 
$ur3  fortfe^en. 

2Jlomentan  ift  ba§  nicfyi  tun* 
lidj),  benrt  idj  bin  311  befcfyaftigt. 
UbrtgenS  Ibrtrten  ©ie  au§  bem 
Sefert  guter  moberner  23iirf)er 
grofcert  9Ru£en  gtetjen. 

2Ba§  tniirben  ©ie  im§  emp= 
fet)len  ? 


To-day's  lesson  is  the  last, 
for  some  time  at  least.  I 
can  assure  you  it  has  given 
me  great  pleasure  to  watch 
your  progress. 

We  are  sorry  that  this 
course  is  over.  You  have 
made  this  study  so  inter- 
esting. 

Well,  I  have  tried  hard, 
but  it  has  been  worth  the 
trouble. 

We  are  very  grateful  to 
you,  greatly  obliged. 

Don't  mention  it;  I  did  it 
very  gladly.  I  hope  you  will 
find  opportunity  to  speak 
German  occasionally. 

I  wish  we  could  continue 
this  course. 

For  the  present  that  is  not 
feasible,  for  I  am  too  busy. 
However,  you  can  get  a  great 
deal  of  benefit  from  the  read- 
ing of  good  modern  books. 

What  would  you  recom- 
mend? 


222 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


3a,  roa3  foil  id)  fagen?  @§ 
mangelt  nicfyt  an  guten  SBucfyern, 
bie  einem  bag  2llltag§leben  r>or= 
fitfyren.  ©djaffen  ©ie  fidf),  g.  33., 
©erftacferg  „3rrfaf)rten,"  ©ei= 
bel§  „2ebered)t  §iifmdf)en," 
„2ang,  lang  tft'3  fyer,"  §elene 
©toffs  „2We  gttnf,"  §an3 
gfotofog  „2ipriltt>etter"  unb 
anbereS  bergleidfyen  an. 

2Ba3  ^alten  ©ie  non  ben 
fleinen  £)ramen  t>on  DJiofer? 

2Iu3gegeidmet.  ©etne  „$op= 
niderftrafje,"  forme  ber  „23tblis 
otfydax"  finb  gar  nid)t  iibel. 
2lud)  ©iinbe§  „grau  2Bityel* 
mine"  roiirbe  ©ie  intereffieren. 

2)a§  foil  eiroa3  fd)toiertg  fein, 
rote  tcfj  I)dre. 

9ttd)t  befonber3.  @r  bebient 
fid}  ber  taglid()en  Umgang3= 
fpracfye;  ba  fommen  aHerlei 
2lu3brucfe  oor,  mit  benen  ein 
©tubent,  ber  nur  ©oetl)e,  £ef= 
fing  unb  ©driller  lieft,  natiirlid) 
auf  gefpanntem  gufte  ftefyt. 

$)a3  oerfieljt  fid)  ja  oon  felbfi. 
SBielleicijt  bracfyten  roir  e§  fertig, 
©tinbe  gu  lefen. 

3roeifel3oEme !  Sefen  ©ie 
9Jiarf  Xroain  gem?  —  3$  fa™ 
3fynen  anfefyen,  graulein  31., 


It 's  hard  to  know  where 
to  begin.  There  is  no  lack 
of  good  books  which  deal 
with  everyday  life.  Get, 
for  instance,  Gerstacker's 
Srrfafyrten,  etc.,  and  others  of 
that  kind. 


What  do  you  think  of 
Moser's  little  dramas  ? 

They  are  excellent.  His 
Kopnickerstrafie,  and  his  Bib- 
liothekar  ("librarian")  too, 
are  not  at  all  bad.  Stinde's 
Frau  Wilhelmine  would  also 
interest  you. 

I  am  told  that 's  a  bit 
difficult. 

Not  especially.  He  uses 
everyday,  colloquial  terms ; 
of  course  many  expressions 
occur  which  strike  as  unfa- 
miliar a  student  who  reads 
only  Goethe,  etc. 

That  would  be  only  nat- 
ural. Perhaps  we  could  man- 
age to  read  Stinde. 

Undoubtedly  you  could ! 
Do  you  like  to  read  Mark 
Twain  ?  —  I  can  tell  by  your 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


223 


bafj  ©ie  ifyn  gem  fyaben.  $a 
nu,  ©ttnbe  ift  ctvoa  rote  -3ftarf 
£roatn.  ©ein  §umor  ift  fefyr 
frifd)  unb  angiefyenb. 

2So  fann  man  ba§  23ud)  be= 
lommen? 

£affen  ©te  ftcfy'§  won  irgenb 
einer  grbfceren  SBud^anblung 
fommen.  -JBeldje  ©jemplare 
finb  roofyl  immer  auf  Sager. 


$e£i  aber,  $u  guter  Setjt, 
tnodjte  tdj  Sfynen  eine  giemlidj 
lange  Stfte  beutfdjer  ©prtdj= 
robrter  biftteren.  3$  fage 
„beutfdjer,"  obgleidj  manege  au§ 
anbern  ©pradjen  ftammen. 

SSa§  foUen  rotr  bamit  aw- 
fangen  ? 

28a3  ©te  rooften.  Sememe, 
e§  roitrbe  fid)  lofynen,  bie  beften 
bacon  au^roenbtg  §u  lernen. 
2)en  $)eutfd)en  finb  fie  natitrltdj 
gelauftg  gemtg.  9lotf)  etroag. 
2Benn  trgenbroie  mbgltd),  fo 
ftetten  ©ie  23ergleid)e  mit  ben 
©pridjrobrtern  anbrer  9tattonen 
an.  @§  ift  t)bd^ft  intereffant, 
gu  fefyen,  rote  melafttg,  rote  ner= 
^roeigt  biefer  „93aum  ber  @r= 
fenntni*"  ift. 


looks,  Miss  A.,  that  you  like 
him.  Well,  Stinde  is  some- 
what like  Mark  Twain.  His 
humor  is  very  fresh  and 
taking. 

Where  can  one  get  the 
book  ? 

Order  it  of  any  of  the 
larger  book  firms.  They  are 
likely  always  to  have  some 
copies  in  stock. 


But  now,  just  to  wind  up 
with,  I  should  like  to  dictate 
a  pretty  long  list  of  German 
proverbs  to  you.  I  say 
"German,"  although  many 
came  from  other  languages 
originally. 

What  are  we  to  do  with 
them  ? 

What  you  please.  I  think 
it  would  pay  to  learn  the  best 
ones  by  heart.  Naturally 
enough,  the  Germans  are 
quite  familiar  with  them. 
Another  thing.  If  at  all 
possible,  make  comparisons 
with  the  proverbs  of  other 
nations.  It  is  exceedingly 
interesting  to  see  how  rami- 
fied, how  wide-branching,  this 
"  tree  of  knowledge  "  is. 


224 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


Sidj  oerftelje  ©ie  nid^t  red)t. 
2Bie  foHen  nut  bie  ©ad)e  an- 
gefyen? 

Stout,  |.  33.  J)at  ber  SDeutfd^e 

fein :  „@f)rlid)  todfyrt  am  lang= 
ften."  £)a3  ftimmt  bodj)  gang 
nett  ju  nnferem  Honesty  is 
the  best  policy.  Dber  fagt 
er:  „$eber  ift  fi$  felbft  ber 
nad)fte"  ober  and),  „3)a3  §emb 
ift  mir  ndfyer  ate  ber  ^Kod,"  fo 
fann  man's  bodf)  rec^t  fd^on  mit 
bem  englifcfyen  Charity  begins 
at  home  »ergletd)en. 

©often  roir  nn3  auf§  @ng= 
iifd)e  befdjjranfen? 

2Bte  ©ie  molten.  —  2Benn 
3$nen  bie  nbtigen  §ilf§mittel 
gu  ©ebote  ftefyen,  fo  fbnnen 
©ie  audfj  nod)  anbere  ©pracfyen 
oergletd)en.  2)a  faUt  mir  ge= 
rabe  ein  red)t  netted  33eifpiel 
ein.  SDte  £)eutfd)en  unb  bie 
©gotten,  toenn  tdj)  mid)  nid)t 
irre,  fagen  etma§  oon  einer 
Sarenfyaut,  bie  nidjt  oerfauft 
roerben  follte,  e^e  ber  33ar,  ber 
(Sigenuimer  befagter  §aut,  ge= 
fangen  ift.  Sftun  fyat  ber  ©na- 
rtier  benfelben  ©ebanfen,  toenn 
er  fagt  —  idj  uberfe^e  — : 
„;ftenne  ober  gal)Ie  mid)  nid)t 
als  Dlioe  bi§  id^  eingefyeunft 


I  don't  understand  you 
quite.  How  shall  we  go  at 
the  matter? 

Well,  for  example,  the  Ger- 
man has  his  (SfyrUd),  etc. 
That  certainly  corresponds 
to  our  "  Honesty,"  etc.  Or, 
if  he  says  geber,  etc.,  one  can 
assuredly  compare  it  with 
English  "  Charity,"  etc. 


Shall  we  confine  ourselves 
to  English? 

Just  as  you  please.  —  If 
you  have  the  proper  means 
at  command,  you  can  com- 
pare other  languages,  too. 
A  very  neat  example  occurs 
to  me  right  here.  The  Ger- 
mans and  the  Scotch,  if  I 
am  not  mistaken,  say  some- 
thing about  a  bear-skin  which 
ought  not  to  be  disposed  of 
before  the  bear,  the  owner  of 
the  aforesaid  skin,  is  caught. 
Now  the  Spaniard  has  the 
same  thought  when  he  says 
—  I  translate  —  9?enne  mid), 
etc.  ("  don't  count  me  an 
olive  till  I  am  picked  ")•   The 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


225 


bin."  Slttdj  ber  §oKdnber  mit 
feinem  —  id)  iiberfe^e  nneber — : 
„©cfyrete  nicfyt  feting!4  big 
fie  im  9ie$e  finb"  fann  ^ier  an= 
gefiib.rt  roerben. 

§err  ^rofeffor,  bag  ndd)ft= 
liegenbe  ift  Sfynen  gan^  ent= 
gangen. 

2Bot)i  moglid).     2Bag  ift'g? 

Don't  count  your  chickens 
before  they  are  hatched. 

SBrctuo,  brauo !  bag  fyaben 
©tc  gut  gemad)t.  —  23ielleid)t 
ware  eg  ratfam,  bie  eigentiim= 
listen  gu  iiberfe^en.  2Benn 
id)  meine  Stfte  fo  burcfyfefye,  mitt 
mir'g  faft  fd)etnen,  alg  ob  Ijier 
unb  ba  Heine  ©djroierigfeiten 
ftedten.  @g  mag  ja  fein,  bafj 
id)  micb.  irre.  IJuerft  wotlen 
wiv  bte  Sifte  —  eine  aiemtidj 
lange  —  mal  burd)Iefen,  bann 
molten  mir  fefyen,  vok  tnele 
S^nen  im  $opfe  geblieben  finb. 
3Uf  0 :  — 

l.i  met  SInfang  ift  fdjroer. 

2.  2lHeg  ju  feiner  $eit. 

3.  2lH3ufa)arf  tnadjt  fd^arttg. 

4.  Slrbeit    maajt    bag    Seben 

5.  Slrgroofin  riedjt  ben  Sraten, 
e&e  bag  £atb  gefd&lad&tet  ift. 


Dutchman,  too,  with  his  —  I 
translate  once  more  —  ©d)reie 
nid)t,  etc.  ("  don't  shout  her- 
ringtill  they  are  in  the  net") 
can  be  cited  here. 

Professor,  the  most  famil- 
iar escaped  you  entirely. 

Quite  possibly.  What  is  it  ? 
"  Don't  count,  etc." 

Good,  good  !  that  was  well 
done.  —  Perhaps  it  would  be 
advisable  to  translate  the 
most  peculiar  ones.  When 
I  look  over  my  list  it  almost 
seems  to  me  as  if  little  diffi- 
culties were  lurking  here  and 
there.  Possibly  I  am  mis- 
taken. First  of  all  let  us 
read  the  list  —  a  rather  long 
one  —  once  through  ;  then 
we  shall  see  how  many  of 
them  you  retained :  — 

6.  2luf  einen  groben  $lofc  ge= 
prt  ein  grober  $ett. 

7.  2lufgefd)oben  ift  nidjt  anfge* 
fyoben. 

8.  2uigbem9iegettittbie£raufe. 

9.  2lug  ben  Slugen,  ang  betn 
©inn. 


l  Instead  of  the  usual  question-and-answer  exercise,  let  the  students  recite  as 
many  proverbs  as  possible. 


226 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


10.  2lu§  frember  Seute  Seber  tft 
gut  jRiemen  fdmeiben. 

11.  2iu«o  ftinbern  toerben  Seute. 

12.  2lu3  md)ts  mirb  nid)t3. 

13.  23alb  geben  tyeijtf  boppelt 
geben. 

14.  33et)aupteniftntd)tbemeifen. 

15.  Set  9tad)t  finb  alle  $a&n 
grau. 

16.  33effer  mad)en  ift  bie  befte 
33ufee. 

17.  SBefjer    umgefefjrt  al3  un= 
rerfjt  gefafyren. 

18.  SBeffer  Unred)t   leiben   al3 
Unrest  tun. 

19.  SBorgen  maajt  ©orgen. 

20.  £)a3  §emb  ift  mir  nal)er  al3 
ber  9locf. 

21.  2)er  93rei  mirb  nid)t  fo  I^etfs 
gegeffen,  mie  er  aufgetragen  mirb. 

22.  £er  $rug  get)t  jo  lang  jum 
SBaffer,  bis  er  brid)t. 

23.  2)er  SBeg  sur  $blle  ift  mit 
guten  $orfafcen  gepflaftert. 

24.  £>oppelt  genafyt  f)'dlt  beffer. 

25.  2)reimal  au^jie^en  ift  fo  gut 
at3  einmal  abbrennen. 

26.  ©l)rlid)  maf)rt  am  Idngften. 

27.  (Signer  $erb  ift ©olbeSmert. 

28.  ©ile  mit  SBeile. 

29.  ©in  bltnbeS  $ufm  finbet  jiu 
metlen  and)  ein  £om. 

30.  ©in  jeber  ift  feineS  ©ludcS 
©djmteb. 

31.  ©in  9ftann  ein  SBort,  ein 
2Bort  ein  9JJann. 


32.  Sine  ©cfymalbe  mad)t  nod) 
feinen  ©ommer. 

33.  ©inem  leeren  2Jiagen  ift 
nid)t  gut  prebigen. 

34.  ©nbe  gut,  alle3  gut. 

35.  ©S  ift  nia)t  alieS  ©olb,  mas 
glangt. 

36.  ©3  ift  nid)t3  fo  fein  gefpon 
nen,  e3  fommt  boa)  enblicfy  an  bie 
©onnen. 

37.  $rage  nta)t,  ma3  anbre 
madjen,  ad)t'  auf  beine  eignen 
©adjen. 

38.  f^rii^  iibt  fid),  ma3  ein  2J2ei= 
fter  merben  milt. 

39.  $ur  ben  Xob  ift  fein  tfraut 
geraad)fen. 

40.  ©ebrannte  ilinber  fd)euen 
ba3  $euer. 

41.  ©ott  oerlafjt  feinen  2)eut? 
fd)en. 

42.  ©ut  2)ing  mill  s3Beite  fiaben. 

43.  ©ut  oerloren,  menig  oer- 
loren ;  2)Jut  oerloren,  oiel  oerloren ; 
©tyre  oerloren,  alle3  oerloren. 

44.  <£>ab4d)  ift  ein  beffrer  $ogel 
al3  $att=id). 

45.  %m  Sriiben  ift  gut  fifdjen. 

46.  %xxen  ift  menfajlid). 

47.  S^ocm  ba3  ©eine. 

48.  ^ebem  barren  gefdllt  feine 
£appe. 

49.  $eber  ift  fid)  felbft  ber 
9tad)fte. 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


227 


50.  $eber  toeifj,  too   it)m  ber 
©d)ul)  britd't. 

51.  ^ebeg  SBarum  f)at  fein  £)ar= 
urn. 

52.  2>e  Iteber  $tnb,  je  fd^arfre 
9tute. 

53.  2>e  wefjr  man  l)at,  je  meljr 
man  mill. 

54.  Swnger   ©pteter    (©d)lem= 
mer),  alter  Settler. 

55.  $eine  9Jofe  oljne  £)ornen. 

56.  $leiber  madden  2eute. 

57.  £ommt  £eit,  fommt  SRat. 

58.  Steber  btegen  al3  bredjen. 

59.  £iigen  fyaben  furje  Seine. 

60.  2Jtan  muft  bag  @ifen  fdjmte- 
ben,  folang  eg  toarm  ift. 

61.  2Ran  foil  bag  £inb  md)t  mit 
tern  33abe  au3fd)ittten. 

62.  2ftan  foil  ben  Xag  ntd)t  oor 
bem  Slbenb  loben. 

63.  2Rand)er  fajtagt  ben  ©acf 
unb  meint  ben  ©fel. 

64.  Tlit  grofjen  £>erren  ift  ntdjt 
gut  $irfd)en  effen. 

65.  9Jiit  SBblfen  mujj  man  \)eu- 
len. 

66.  2Jiorgenftunb  l)at  ©olb  im 
2Jhmb. 

67.  Watf)  bem  9tegen  fdjeint  bie 
©onne. 

68.  9^aa)  getaner  Slrbeit  ift  gut 
ml)  en. 

69.  9ieue  Sefen  feljren  gut. 

70.  9iot  le^rt  beten. 


71.  $aft'  id),  fo  roft'  tdj,  fagt 
ber  ©ajliiffel. 

72.  Steben  ift  ©ilber,  ©d)toei; 
gen  ift  ©olb. 

73.  9iom  ift  ntd)t  an  einem 
£ag  erbaut  toorben. 

74.  ©ajufter,  bleib'  bei  beinem 
Seiften. 

75.  ©teter  £ropfen  f)bf)lt  ben 
©tetn. 

76.  ©tille  Gaffer  griinben  tief. 

77.  Unrest  ©ut  gebetljet  nid)t. 

78.  Unrest  ®ut  fommt  nitt)t 
auf  ben  britten  ©rben. 

79.  Unter  ben  Slinben  ift  ber 
(Sindugige  $ontg. 

80.  $erfprect)enunbl)altenftel)et 
fein  bei  Sung  unb  2llten. 

81.  Siele  $opfe,  oiele  ©tnne. 

82.  SSorgetan  unb  nadjges 
badjt,  t)at  mandjen  in  grofj  £eib 
gebradjt. 

83.  2Ba3  bem  einen  reajt  ift,  ift 
bem  anbem  billig. 

84.  2Ba§  ein  £afen  merben  mill, 
fribnmt  fid)  bei  geiten. 

85.  2Bas>  §tin3d)en  nid)t  lernt, 
lernt  §>an$  nimmermetyr. 

86.  2Ba3  man  nidjt  im  $opfe 
l)at,  muf}  man  in  ben  Seinen 
l)aben. 

87.  2Ba3  nid)t  ift,  fann  nod) 
toerben. 

88.  SBeit  baoon  ift  gut  oorm 
©drnjj. 


228 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


89.  2Benn  bag  $tnb  ertrunfen 
ift,  bedtt  man  ben  SBrtmnen  ju. 

90.  2Ber    anbern    eine    ©rube 
grabt,  ftiUt  felbft  f)inein. 

91.  3Ber  ben  ten   effen  will, 
mu^  5uec[t  bie  9Gujj  fnatfen. 

92.  2Ber  ben  pfennig  nidjt  efjrt, 
ift  be^  Xaler3  niajt  roert. 

93.  2Ber    ben    ©cfjaben    f>at, 
brauajt  nid)t  fur  ©pott  ju  forgen. 

94.  2Ber  bie  2lugen  nic^t  auf= 
tut,  mu^  ben  33eutel  auftun. 


95.  2Ber  $e$  angreift,  befubelt 
ficf>. 

96.  3Ber2Binb  faet,  roirb  ©turm 
ernten. 

97.  2Cer  gule^t  (att)t,  laa)t  am 
beften. 

98.  3Bie  bie  ©aat,  fo  bie  Srnte. 

99.  3QBte  geroonnen,  fo  serron= 
nen. 

100.  2Bie    man '3    treibt,     fo 
geljt'3. 


<5o;  fc^tetben  <5ie  mix  je£t 
gelegerttlidj  einen  freten  5(uffa# 
iiber  irgenb  ein  6eUebtge3 
©pricfyroort. 

2Iuf  2Bteberfe(jen ! 


There  now !  when  you 
have  time,  write  me  an  origi- 
nal composition  on  any  prov- 
erb you  please. 

I  hope  we  shall  meet  again 
before  long. 


REFERENCE  LIST  — GERMAN 


The  number  or  numbers  following  the  words  indicate  the  pages 
where  they  are  discussed. 


abfabren,  95 
abgeben,  18 
abfyangen,  190 
ablegen,  95 
abnebmen,  202 
abraumen,  218 
abfeben,  202 

2la)t  (afyt  geben,  etc.),  18 
abnlicb,  63 
aI3,  39 
alfo,  203 
an,  75 

—  unb  fur  ficb,  39 
anbieten,  95 
2lnerbieten,  95 
anfangen,  18 
angeben,  95 
angenebm,  63 
anboren,  109 
anfommen,  39 
annebmen,  64 
anfcbaffen,  39 
anficbtig  (raerben),  62 
Slntroort  (geben),  66 
antroorien,  65 
anjieben  (ficb),  87 
anjunben,  203 
drgern,  39 
2lr5t,  180 


attf  fallen,  122 
aufgelegt  (fein),  148 
aufbalten,  166 
aufboren,  166 
aufpaffen,  18 
aufraumen,  166 
auffteben,  135 
2Iuge,  148 
21ugenblicf,  109 
au3  (prep.),  50  ;  (adv.),  135 
auSeinanber,  122 
auSfinben,  95 
au§geben,  39 
aufbalten,  28 
2Iu3funft,  203 
au3latf)en,  7 
au^feben,  87 
aufjer,  50 
au^ieben,  87 

bebauern,  48 

bebienen,  7,  64 

bebiirftig,  62 

befinben,  203 

begegnen,  65,  145 

begraben,  157 

bejjilflia)  (fein),  66 

bei,  ©preajiibung,  48,  49 

beiftimmen,  87 


229 


230 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


befannt,  28,  63 

befommen  (be  becoming),  65 ; 

(get,  receive),  76 
belieben,  87 
bemadjtigen  (ftcfy),  65 
bemerfen,  18 
bequem,  63 
bereuen,  109 
beruljen,  166 
berufyren,  190 
beftfjaftigen,  110 
befinnen  (fid)),  39 
beforgen,  95 
befpred)en,  19 
beft,  203 
beftetlen,  122 

SBefuc^  (abftatten,  etc.),  110 
befndjen,  110 
33ett,  203 
beaten,  166 
besroeifeht,  166 
binnen,  50 
bitten,  29 
bleiben,  122, 145 
borgen,  167 
bofe,  87 
braud)en,  18 
bringen,  180 
SBruber,  203 

2)anf,  167 
banfbar,  63 
banfen,  29,  65 
Saner,  29 
becfen,  190 
btenen,  65 
brucfen,  190 
brucfen,  190 
bnlben,  190 
burfen,  197 


eben,  96 
egal,  149 
eigentlid),  149 
eilen,  145 
etnbilben,  110 
einfallen,  87 
einfinben  (fid)),  181 
eintg,  76 
einlaben,  110 
etnlaffen,  157 
einlendjten,  18 
einfd)lafen,  135, 145 
einoerftanben,  7 
einroenben,  88 
empfefylen,  181 
entlaffen,  157 
entfa)nlbigen,  96 
entfinnen  (fid)),  65 
er barmen  (ftd)),  65 
©rfatyrung,  88 
erfmben,  190 
erfyalten,  167 
erinnern  (ftd)),  18,  65 
erfalten  (fid)),  40 
erfennen,  157 
erhtnbigen  (fid)),  29 
©rfunbignng,  29 
erfd)einen,  65 
effen,  190 
etroa3,  135 
erjftieren,  190 

fa^ig,  62 
faf)ren,  145,  190 
fallen,  135 

fef)len,  40,  65 
feiern,  181 
$erien,  18 
fertig,  7,  181 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


231 


ftolge  (letften),  66 
folgen,  65, 145 
forbern,  181 
fort,  122 
fremb,  63 
freuen  (fid^),  65 
fruftftiiden,  88 
fiifyren,  96 
fiircfyten,  7 

©ang,  96 
ganj,  7 
geben,  76 
gebraudjen,  29 
gefallen,  65 
©efailen,  77 
gefyen,  167 
gefjordjen,  66 
gefyoren,  8,  65 
geljorfam,  63 
gelaufig,  123 
gelegen  (fotnmen),  63 
©elegen^eit,  98 
©elegenfyeit3t)erfauf,  98 
geltngen,  8,  145 
gelten,  167 
geniigen,  66 
geraten,  181 
gem  (fyaben,  etc.),  77 
gefcf)ef)en,  18,  66,  145 
©eftanbmS,  191 
geftetyen,  191 
gettmljr,  62 
geroifj,  62 
geroot)nen,  18 
glauben,  29,  66 
©lauben  (fcfyenfen),  66 
gleitf),  63 
gleicfyen,  66 


mna,  149 

gliicfen,  145 
glutflid),  149 
©otteSbtenft,  110 
gut,  63 
©utadjten,  88 

§aar,  29 

tyctben  (as  aux.),  141 

§au3,  149 

fjetfjen,  9 

fyelfen,  66 

i)ex,  169 

§er3,  149 

fcodjaeit,  181 

£ut,  41 

ljuten,  41 

imponieren,  181 
ttnftanbe  (fein),  123 
^nterefje,  30 
inter effter en,  20 
irgenb,  135 
irren,  157 

je,  169 

tfaffa,  kaffe,  181 
faufen,  123 
fetyren,  9 
$etyrt  matfjen,  9 
fotnmen,  145,  191 
fonnen,  197 
funbig,  62 
limb (tg)  en,  203 

laffen,  203,  205 
laufen,  146 
leib,  20 
ieiben,  192 


232 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


leiljen,  169 
leiften,  192 
lieb,  88 
lieber,  98 
ttegen,  9 
log,  30,  62 
Suft,  205 
Suft,  41 
luftig,  21 

tnadjen,  98 
mad)ttg,  62 
3Kat  (=mal),  205 
man,  136 
mand),  136 
mangeln,  66 
metnen,  193 
tninbeftenS,  181 
tnit,  50 
mogen,  197 
miibe,  62 
3Kitf)e,  124 
tniiffen,  198 
SWut,  98 

nad),  51 
no|,  HO 
neben,  157 
netymen,  157 
neibtfd),  63 
mcf>t3,  99 
Slot,  77 
nbtig,  52 
nii^en,  66 

oben,  157 
obenbrein,  136 

^Jartie,  124 
^affagier,  88 
paffen,  66,  136 


paffieren,  41, 146 
pfufd&en,  124 
$fuf$er,  124 
$(<$,  206 
$0%  193 
prafylen,  181 
«Prei3,  193 
premier  en,  41 

retfjnen,  182 
SReijnung,  182 
redjt,  10 
SRebe,  193 
Heife,  193 
reifefertig,  193 
reifen,  146,  193 
rennen,  146 
teuen,  110 
rttf)ten,  206 
rufen,  193 

fatt,  62 
©djabe(n),  21 
fd)aben,  21,  66 
fcfcaffen,  124 
fcfyamen,  65 
foremen,  66, 193 
jtfjenfen,  157 
fd)Iagen,  158 
fd)meid)eln,  66 
fdjon,  206 
©djulb,  21 
fdmlbig,  62 
farcer,  63 
fdjnrierig,  52 
fetn  (as  aux.),  141 
feit,  52 
ftdjer,  62 
fold),  136 
follen,  198 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


233 


fparen,  169 
fpagteren,  88 
©pajtergang,  88 
fpringen,  146 
ftetjen,  146,  169 
fterben,  146,  170 
ftoren,  77 
©trafjenbaljtt,  149 

Sag,  41 
taufrfjen,  182 
tauten,  182 
Xxambafyn,  149 
trauen,  66 
traumen,  77 
treffen,  52 
tretben,  158 
treten,  146 
treu,  63 
tun,  31 

ubet,  21 
iibertegen,  42 
iibertreiben,  78 
urn,  78 
Umgang,  206 
ttmgefyen,  99 
tmpafs,  206 
unter,  79 

cerarmen,  146 
werbanfen,  99 
t)erben!en,  99 
SBergnugen,  124 
Derfyalten,  21 
t)erE)imgern,  146 
©erlaffen,  10 
rerlteben  (ftcf)),  125 
uerliebt,  125 
uerlieren,  170 


»erpfufdjen,  125 
SSerftanb,  170 
oerfte^en,  125 
oertragen,  79 
Deqeifyen,  21 
SBerjeifjung,  21 
oon,  52 
»or,  79 
Dorfyaben,  79 
t)or^anben  (fein),  42 
Borfommen,  10 
t)orfpred)en,  110 

toadjfen,  146 

toef),  42 

toeidjen,  146 

2BetJ)nad)ten,  158 

roeld),  136 

loerben  (as  aux.),  143 ;  193 

roert,  62 

nrillfommen,  63 

roiffen,  170 

roofynen,  31 

raoUen,  199 

tt)unber(nef)men),  31 

nmnbern,  31 

Beit,  31 

gietyen,  158 

jiemlirf),  88 

8U,  53 

jubringen,  42 

jugeben,  158 

Bugluft,  79 

5ured)t,  110 

giirnen,  66 

jitfagen,  125 

jufetyen,  42 

juftanbe  (fommen,  etc.),  125 

junmlen,  42 


REFERENCE   LIST  — ENGLISH 


The  numbers  following  the  word  or  phrase  locate  their  German 
equivalents  in  the  Vokabularstudien — the  larger  indicating  the  page,  the 
smaller  the  vocable  involved.  For  the  sake  of  greater  completeness  a  few 
expressions  are  added  though  they  do  not  occur  in  the  vocabularies. 


a-borrowing :  They  that  go  —  go 
a-sorrowing,  167  7 

about  (around),  um,  78  11 ;  (approx- 
imately), ungefdfir ;  (towards), 
gegen ;  all  — ,  169  12 ;  talk,  etc., 

—  something,  iiber  etn)ct3  fnre= 
d)en,  etc. ;  be  —  to,  96  7 ;  bring 
— ,  125  19;  how  —  ?  21  19,  78  11 

above  (over),  iiber  ;  from  — ,  157  8 ; 

—  everything,  79  14 
absent,  be,  40  9 
acclimated,  become,  19  12 
accompany  some  one,  192  15 
accomplish  something,  125  19 
according  to,  51  6 
accordingly,  203  3 ;  act  — ,  206  15 
account,  call  to,  193  19;  on  —  of, 

79  14 ;  not  taking  into  — ,  202  2 
accumulate  property,  180  2 
accustomed,  be  or  become,  19  12, 

75  l 
achieve,  125  19 
aching,  be,  42  18 
acknowledge,  191  12 
acknowledgment,  191  11 
acquainted,  63  16  ;  make  — ,  28  2 


act  (behave),  31  12 ;  —  in  accord- 
ance with,  206  15 

adieu,  bid,  181  4 

admit,  jugeben,  158  13 ;  geftehen, 
191 12;  einluffen,  157  2 

ado,  without  any  more,  99  17 

afford :  I  cannot  —  it,  id)  f cttttt  e3 
riitf)t  erfc&nringen,  or  meine  9ftit= 
tel  erlcwben  e3  mir  nicbt;  — 
help,  180  2 

afoot,  7  6,  53  12 

afraid,  be,  make  some  one,  7  5 ;  be 
—  of,  79  14 

after  (prep.),  51  6 ;  one  —  another, 
78  11 ;  (adv.)  soon  — ,  bulb  b(tr= 
ctuf;  not  long  — ,  nicbt  Icmge 
nctcbber ;  (conj.),  nac&bem. 

age,  at  the,  50  5 

ago,  79  14,  169  12,  206  16 

agree,  beiftimmen,  87  4 ;  befom= 
men,  65  n ;  oertragen,  79 13 ;  be 
— d,  7  3,  76  3 ;  — d  !  7  3, 122  4 

agreeable,  63  15 ;  if  —  to,  88  12 

agreement,  come  to  an,  76  3 

ahead,  oorauS,  t)oran ;  go  — !  53  12 

ail,  40  9,  65  15 

aim,  jielen ;  ubfe&en,  202  2,  167  11 

air,  205  12 


235 


236 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


airing,  take  an,  88  14,  88  15,  205  12 

alas !  42  18 

all,  all ;  —  at  once,  205  13 ;    any 

at  — ,  135  6 ;  not  at  — ,77;  noth- 
ing at  — ,  99  17 ;   if  that  is  — , 

99  17 ;  —  right !  206  16 
allow,  erlauben ;  lafjert,  205  11 
allude  to,  190  2 

almost,  beinabe ;  urn  ein  £aar,  29  9 
alone  (undisturbed),  leave  or  let, 

203  11,  205  11 
along,  all,  169  12 ;  get  —  together, 

79  13 ;  how  are  you  getting  —  ? 

rote  ge&t  e3  bir  (^bnen)?  fail  to 

get  — ,  122  5  ;  go  — ,  50  5 
alongside  of,  157  6 
already,  206  16 
although,  206  16 
always,   immer ;   je,  t)0tt  je  ber, 

169  12,  169  13 
amiss,  go,  96  9 ;  take  — ,  21  18 
among,  79  12 

amount  to  something,  30  11,  50  1 
angry,  be,  66  32,  87  6 
announce,  28  2 ;  funb  gebert,  76  4 
annoy,  39  5 
another,  one   after,  51  6 ;    —   (in 

addition),  nott)  ein. 
answer,  65  9;  — for(standfor),169l6 
answer,  give,  76  4  ;  bring  — ,  180  2 
anticipate,  junorf ommen ;  —  one's 

wishes,  148  2 
any,  136  12;  —  at  all,  135  6;   — 

one  (body),  jemcmb. 
anything,  135  6 ;  —  but,  99  17  ;  not 

— ,  99  17;  —  more,  nod)  etroaS. 
apart,  122  2 
apologize,  31  12 
appear  (make  one's  appearance), 

65  14;  (look),  872;  (seem),  6629 


appearance,  judge  by,  51  6 

apply  (hold  good),  167  11 

appointment,  make  an,  122  3 

approve,  9  10 

army,  enter  the,  79  12 

around,  78  11 ;  all  — ,  169  12 

arrange  (put  in  order),  180  2 

arrest,  157  7 

arrive,  39  2,  181  3  ;  —  by  mail,  etc., 

50  5 
as,  39 1 ;  —  if,  —  though,  39  1 ;  — 

well  as,  96  7 
ashamed,  be,  65  8 
aside,  lay,  31  12 ;  —  from,  202  2 
ask    (demand),    181  7;    (inquire), 

29  6;    (invite),   110  7;    (request, 

implore),  29  3 
asleep,  be  or  fall,  135  3,  145  4 
assent  (agree),  87  4 
assert  one's  opinions,  98  15 
assist  some  one,  79  12 
associate  with,  18  2,  99  18,  206  17 
astonished,  be  greatly,  148  2 
at  (place),  75  1  ;  Sprechubung,  bet, 

48 ;  (time),  78  11 ;  (price),  78  11 ; 

—   times,  ju  Qtxitw  \    —  wnat 

price?  jurDelchem^retfe?  —  best, 

beftenfctUS ;  —  home,  ju  <pcutfe ; 

— least,  roenigften^;  —  all  events, 

cmf  alle  $tiUe ;  —  any  rate,  auf 

jebert  %aU ;   any  —  all,  135  6 ; 

not  —  all,  ganj  unb  gar  nicbt. 
atmosphere,  205  12 
attend    to    something,    95  6 ;     — 

school,  110  5;  —  church,  110  8 
attention,  pay,  18  1,  19  4 
attentive,  be,  19  4 
aware,  be,  62  4 
away,    122  5  ;     give  —  (betray), 

205  11 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


237 


B 

bachelor,  remain  a,  122  4 

back:  turn  one's  —  upon  some  one, 

911 
back,  guriicf  ;  —  and  forth,  169  12 
bad,  it  is  too,  21 16 ;  not  half  — ,21 18 
baggage,  193  20 
bail,  go  or  give,  192  15 
balance  squares,  182  15 
bargain,  in  the,  139  9 ;  that's  a  — , 

122  4,  203  9 ;  —  sale,  98  13 
be  (aux.),  141 ;    (do,  fare),   149  4, 

203  6 ;   —  in  one's  best  years, 

169  16;  cf.  being, 
bear  (stand,  endure),  28  l,  79  13 ; 

(suffer),  192  14 ;  (tolerate),  190  6 
bearable,  be,  79  13 
bearings,  find  one's,  110  12 
beat,  158  10;  that  — s  all !  166  2 
become,  141 ;  (turn,  get,  get  to  be, 

grow,  etc.),  193  23 
becoming,  be,  65  11,  169  16 
bed,   203  8 ;   be  confined   to  one's 

— ,  41  11;  get  out  of  the  wrong 

side  of  the  — ,  135  l 
befall,  39  2 
before  {prep),  79 14 ;  —  this,  206  16 ; 

(adv.),  as  — ,  51  6;  leave  every- 
thing as  — ,  203  11 
begging,  go,  167  10 
begin,  18  3,  95  4 ;  now  it  — s,  30  11 
begone !  190  5 
behave,  21  19,  31  12 
behind  (prep.),  fiinter,  169 12 ;  nad), 

51  6  ;    (adv.),  fitttten  ;   from  — , 

52  11 

being  a  doctor,  etc.,  39  l 
believe,  29  8,  66  22 
belong,  8  8,  65  18 


beloved,  88  12 

below  (prep.),  79 12 ;  (adv.),  unten  ; 

from  — ,  52  : : 
benefit,  be  of,  66  26 
beside  :  be  —  oneself,  50  2 
besides    (excepting),    50  2;    (over 

and  above),  136  9 
best,  it  is,  203  7 
bet,  167  11 
better :  think  —  of  a  thing,  39  7 ; 

the  sooner  the  — ,  98  14  ;  try  for 

—  or  worse,  149  7 
between,  groif  cben ;  —  (among),  79 12 
bill,  make  out  a,  182  15 
birth,  by,  52  11 
blame,  one  cannot,  99  20 
blame  :  lay  the  —  upon,  21  17 
blessed  :  the  —  Virgin,  88  12 
blessing,  149  7 
blood,  cause  bad,  76  4 
blow  up  (explode),  205  12 
blunder,  make  a,  96  9 
blurt  out,  135  5 
blush,  193  23 

board  with  some  one,  190  8 
board  (ship),  put  on,  180  2 
boast,  181  13 

body  :  sick  in  —  and  soul,  75  1 
borrow,  167  7,  169  14 
botch,  124  11 

both,  betbe  ;  —  ...  and,  96  7 
bother,  77  8 ;  don't  —  me,  122  4, 

203  11 
bottom,  $8uben  [m.];  from  top  to 

— ,  157  8 
bound :  be  —  to  do  something ;  cf. 

rooUen,  199 
brag,  181  13 
breakfast,  eat,  88  10 
breed  (raise),  158  12 


238 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


bring,  180  2 ;  —  oneself  to  do 
something,  180  2,  149  10 

brooms  :  new  —  sweep  clean,  9  11 

brother,  203  9 

bungle,  124  11 

burden,  be  or  fall  a  —  to  some 
one,  135  5 

bury,  157  l 

business,  do,  98  15 ;  what  —  is  it 
of  yours  ?  95  4 ;  is  none  of  my 
— ,  124  12 ;  follow  as  a  — ,  158 11 

busy,  be,  79  15,  110  4 

but :  no  one  — ,  39  1  ;  anything 
— ,  99  17 

buy,  39  3,  123  8 

by,  bei,  Sprechiibung,  48,  49 ; 
("  agent  "),  con,  52  11 ;  ("  prox- 
imity "),  an,  75  l  ;  ("  proxim- 
ity "),  neben,  157  6  j  ("difference 
in  comparison"),  um,  78  11; 
("distributive"),  je,  169  13;  un- 
derstand — ,  79 12  ;  send  —  mail, 
burd)  bie  $oft  fc&itfen ;  day  — 
day,  Sag  flir  £ag ;  little  —  little, 
rtad)  unb  nad) ;  —  the  way,  bei= 
laufig  gefagt ;  six  ...  —  eight, 
fed)3  .  .  .  breit,  ad)t  .  .  .  lang ; 
—  the  pound,  pfunbroeife. 

bye,  by  the,  157  6 


calculation,  182  15 

call  (shout),  193  21 ;  (name),  9  10  ; 

be  — ed,  9  10 ;  some  one  is  — ing, 

136  7 
call,  make  a,  110  5,  110  11 
can  (be  able),  fonnen,  197  ;  laffen, 

205  11 
capable,  62  3 ;  be  —  of,  123  7 


capital :  that  is  —  !  8  9;  a  —  fel- 
low, 7  7 
care  :  I  do  not  —  much,  39  2  ;  — 

greatly,  31  12 ;  I  do  not  — ,  63  22, 

149  5 
care :  take  —  not  to  do  a  thing,  41 11 
careful,  be,  18  1 
carpet,  bring  upon  the,  180  2 
carry  on  (as  a  business),  158  11 
cash,  181  11 
catch  the  knack,  180  2 ;  —  me  doing 

it !  41  11 
catch,  be  a  good,  124  10 
cause  something  to  be  done,  205  11 ; 

be  — d  by,  169  12 
cause,  be  the,  21  17 
cautious,  be,  18  l 
celebrate,  181  5 
ceremonious,  be,  98  15 
certain,  62  5 
chance  (happen),  52  10 
chance,  seize  a,  98  12 ;  take  one's 

— s,  39  2 
change  money,  ©elb  roecfofeltt;  — 

(alter)  anbern  ;  —  one's  clothes, 

87  1 ;  —  one's  residence,  158  12 
charge  (ask,  demand),  181  7 
charge  :  take  —  of,  64  l ;  be  in  — 

of,  95  6 
cheat,  182  17 
cheer,  be  of  good,  98  16 
cholera,  die  of,  75  I 
chord,  touch  the  right;  190  2 
Christmas,  158  14 
church,  after,  51  6;  go  to  — ,53  12 
circumstances,  what  are  the  ?  21  19 
claim  (rDOlIen),  199 
claim  :    lay  —  to,  98  15  ;    give  up 

one's  — ,  135  5;  have  — s  against, 

1817 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


239 


clear  the  table,  etc.,  166  3 

cloth,  make  up  out  of  whole, 
205  12 

clothes,  ready-made,  7  4 ;  second- 
hand — ,  29  7 

coffee,  like  to  drink,  77  6 

cold,  take  a,  40  8 

colleague,  203  9 

colloquial  speech,  206  17 

come,  191  13,  145  10 ;  —  in  !  169  12 ; 

—  (be  a  descendant),  50 1  ;  noth- 
ing will  —  of  this,  96  10 ;  will  — 
out  all  right,  98  15 ;  is  anything 
going    to  —  of    this?    193  23; 

—  to  mind,  87  7 ;  —  off  (take 
place),  ftattfinben. 

comfortable,  63  17 

command  (bid),  9  10 

commence,  18  3 

commend,  181  4 

comrade  in  arms,  203  9 

company,  124  10;   bear  some  one 

— ,  192  15 
complain,  one  can't,  88  16 
completely,  7  7,  29  9 
conceited,  be,  110  6 
concern,  95  4 ;  be  — ed  about,  9  12, 

31  12,  39  2 
condition,  be  in  a  bad,  122  3 ;   on 

— ,  79  12 
confess,  191  12 

confession,  make  a,  95  2,  191  11 
confidence,  have,  66  31 
confined  :  be  —  to  one's  room,  etc., 

41  11 
conform  to  a  regulation,  192  15 
conscience,  with  a  good,  50  5 
consent,  give  one's,  76  4 
consequence,  be  of  no,  99  17,  135  2 
consequently,  203  3 


consider   (deliberate  upon),   39  7; 

you  may  —  yourself  lucky,  52  11 
considerable,  88  16 
consideration,  leave  out  of,  202  2 
consult  dictionary,  etc.,  158  10 
consumption,  be  sick  with,  135  2 
content,  to  one's  heart's,  62  10 
continue,  122  5 
continuously,  122  5 
contrive  (manage),  170  20 
control :  get  —  of,  65  3 
convenient,   63  17,   63   21 ;    be  — , 

66  27 
coolly  (nonchalantly),  99  17 
cost,  sell  at  any,  193  18 
count,  182  14;  (number),  gdblen. 
country,  live  in  the,  31  13,  167  10 
courage,  98  16 
course,  96  11 ;  be  a  matter  of  — , 

125  17 
cover,  190  3 

cracked  (crazy),  be,  10  13 
crazy,  enough  to  drive  one,  190  10 
credit,  buy  on,  123  8 
crops  stand  well,  181  8 
cross,  be,  135  l 
cross  (pass  over),  41  13 
cue,  take  one's,  206  15 
cultivate  (flowers,  etc.),  158  12 
cut,  have  one's  hair,  205  11 


dabble,  124  11 

damage,  66  28 

damp,  110  9 

danger,  there  is,  42  17 ;  one's  life  is 

in  — ,  62  12 ;  there  is  no  — ,  77  7 
dare,    I  —  say,    29  8 ;     (venture), 

roagen. 


240 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


day,  41  15 ;  for  the  last  few  — s, 
52  9;  every  other  — ,  78  11 ; 
good  —  !  181  4 

dealings  :  have  —  with  some  one, 
18  2,  124  12,  157  2 

dear  (beloved),  88  12 

death,  tired  to,  62  9 

debt,  21  17;  run  into  — ,  98  15; 
get  into  — ,  181  8 

deceive,  betriigen ;  tctufcften,  182  17 

decide  in  one's  favor,  10  13 

decrease,  202  1 

defraud,  182  n 

delay,  admit  of,  192  14 

delighted,  be,  124  13 

deliver  (parcels,  etc.),  18  2,  122  3 

demand,  181  7 

deny,  158  10;  there's  no  — ing, 
203  11 

depend,  abfictngen,  190  i  ;  an!om= 
men,  39  2 ;  Itegen,  9  12 ;  —  on 
some  one,  10  14 ;  that  — s,  169  13 

deplore,  148  3 

design :  have  a  —  upon,  202  2 

desire,  41  12 

detain,  166  l 

detect  (by  listening),  109  l 

die,  146  18, 170  17 ;  (perish),  78  11 

difficult,  52  8,  63  25 ;  find  some- 
thing — ,  135  5 

diminish,  202  l 

dine,  53  12,  190  8 

dinner,  after,  51  6;  what  time  is 
—  served  ?  fpeifen,  219 

direct  one's  attention  to,  206  15 

directions,  in  all,  50  6 

disappointed,  be,  182  17 

discharge,  157  3 

discontinue,  166  2 

discover,  191  13 


discuss,  19  6 

disgrace  some  one,  98  15 

dismiss,  157  3 

disposed,  be,  21  14,  148  l 

distance,  from  a,  52  11,  169  12 

distress,  77  7 

disturb,  77  8 

do,  tun,  31  12;  madjen,  98 15;  an= 
fcmgen,  18  3 ;  fc&affen,  124  12 ; 
how  do  you  —  ?  149  4 ;  that  will 
not  — ,  193  23  ;  not  know  what 
to  — ,  1 70  20  ;  —  some  one  a  serv- 
ice, 192  15 ;  —  a  favor,  77  5;  — 
tell  me !  206  13  ;  be  — ing  fairly 
well,  169  16 ;  cf.  done. 

doctor,  180  l ;  send  for  a — ,  51  6 

done  (finished),  7  4 ;  have  —  with, 
7  4;  be  —  for,  19  11 ;  there's 
nothing  to  be  — ,  18  3,  98  15 

doubt,  166  6,  75  1 ;  no  — ,  206  16 

downwards,  157  8 

drain  (empty  completely),  135  2 

draught  (of  air),  79  16 

draw  (pull),  158  12 

dread :  a  burnt  child  — s  the  fire, 
88  9 

dream,  77  9;  I  never  — ed  of  such 
a  thing,  87  7 

dress,  87  1 

drinking,  water  for,  53  12 

drive,  treiben,  158 11;  fabren, 
190io 

drop  an  object,  135  5;  —  in  (call), 
110  11 

dry-shod,  7  6 

duped,  be,  182  17 

duration,  29  17 

dust :  throw  —  into  one's  eyes, 
148  2 

duty,  do  one's,  31  12 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


24I 


each,  (em)  jeber;  —  (distributive), 

169  13 
ear,  be  all,  7  7 
earnest,  be  in,  98  15 
Easter,  at,  53  12 

eat,  190  8 ;  —  up,  135  2  ;  —  heart- 
ily, ftd)  fcbmetfen  laffen,  219 ;  — 

breakfast,  etc.,  217 
economize,  169  15 
employ,  110  4 
encourage  some  one,  98  16 
end :    that  — s  it,  122  4  ;  where  is 

this  to  —  ?  96  10 
end,  come  to  an,  157  7 
endeared,  become,  88  12 
endure,  cmS&alten,  28 1 ;  nertragen, 

79  13  ;    bulben,   190  6  ;    leiben, 

192  14 
engaged  (busy),  befdjaftigt ;  —  (to 

be  married),  nertobt ;  be  —  in, 

158  11 
enlist  (in  army),  79  12 
enough :  good  —  for  him,  19  11, 

6621 
enter  (a  room),  eitttreten  ;  —  one's 

head,  77  9  ;  —  upon  a  subject, 

157  2 
entertain  a  thought,  99  18 
entire,  7  7 
envious,  be,  63  24 
equal,  63  22,  149  5 
equivalent,  be,  190  3 
errand,  attend  to  an,  95  6,  96  11 
esteem,  be  held  in,  167  11 
even  (adj.),  96  7 ;  —  if,  206  16 
ever,  169  13 ;  for  — ,  ouf  immer ; 

scarcely  — ,  faft  nte ;   —  since, 

feitber ;  be  she  —  so  handsome, 


fei  fie  and)  nod)  fo  fd)on ;  —  so 
much,  tner  roeifj  nrietriel. 

everything,  how  is  ?  167  10,  169  16 

evident,  it  is,  9  12,  19  8,  41  15 

evil,  21  18 

exaggerate,  78  10 

except,  50  2 

exchange,  182  16 

excursion  (picnic,  etc.),  124  10 

excuse,  96  8 

exist,  42  17,  190  9 

expend,  39  6 

experience,  from,  88  9 ;  learn  by 
— ,  21  16 

expert,  be  an,  125  17 

explain,  122  2 

explanation,  demand  an,  193  19 

explode,  205  12 

extant,  be,  42  17 

eye,  48  2 

F 

face  about,  9  11 

face,  shut  the  door  in  one's,  74  14 

facts,  what  are  the  ?  21  19 

fail,  40  9,  96  9  ;  —  (to  pass),  burd)= 

fatten,  ftecfen  bletben,  122  4 
faint  away,  135  5 
fairly,  88  16 

faith  :  have  —  in  something,  75  l 
fall,  135  5 ;  —  asleep,  135  3 ;  —  in, 

87  7;  —  in  love,  125  14 ;  —  in 

price,  158  10 ;  let  —  (drop),  135  5 
familiar,  befannt,   28  2;   gelaufig, 

123  6 
fancy  (imagine),  110  6 
fashion,  be  out  of,  50  l ;  start  the 

— ,  180  2  ;  get  out  of  — ,  191  13 
fast,  my  watch  is,  167  10 
father :  like  — ,  like  son,  135  5 


242 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


fault,  21  17 ;  it  is  not  my  — ,  9  12 ; 

shall  not  be  my  — ,  40  9 
favor,  do  one  a,  31  12,  77  5 
fear,  7  5,  79  14 
feel  (touch),  fiiblen,  berubren,  190  2 ; 

—  (be),  fid)  fiiblen,  fid)  befmben, 

149  4 ;  —  (mental  states),  98  16, 

149  10 
fellow :  a  fine  —  you  are  !  10  13 
fetch,  169  12 
figure  out,  182  14 
fill,  eat  one's,  62  10 
find,  95  5 ;  —  out,  88  9 
fire,  be  on,  169  15  ;  start  a  — ,  203  4 
fit,  paffen,  136  io;  ftefoert,  169  16  ; 

fifeen,  219 
fixed  price,  193  18 
flash  across  one's  mind,  190  10 
flatter,  66  30 
fleeced,  be,  203  n 
fluent,  7  4 ;  — ly,  123  6 
follow,  65  16 

fond :  be  —  of,  63  23,  88  12 
fool  some  one,  203  7 
fool,  be  nobody's,  135  5  ;  sign  of  a 

— ,  157  4 
footing,  be  on  a  good,  7  6 ;   miss 

one's  — ,  96  9 
for,  fur ;    (goal,  aim),  nad),  51  6 ; 

(price),  um,  78  11  ;  —  all  that, 

trofcbem ;  —  aught  I  know,  fo 

triel  id)  toeifi ;  —  fear,  cw3  $urd)t ; 

if  it  were  not  —  her  (him,  etc.), 

roenn  fie  (er,  etc.),  nid)t  wave. 
forgiveness,  21  20 
forsake  (abandon),  203  11 
fortunate,  149  8 ;  — ly,  53  12,  149  8 
fortune,   make    one's,    etc.,   98  15, 

149  7 
frankly,  191  12 


fret  (be  vexed),  39  5 

frighten  greatly,  98  15 

from,  t>on,  52  ll  ;  au3,  50  1;  VOX, 

79  14 ;  come  — ,  169  12 
front  on,  9  12 

front,  from  in,  52  11 ;  in  —  of,  79  14 
frustrate  plans,  etc.,  182  15 
funny,  21  14 
fuss,  make  much,  98  15 


gain  time  (watch),  167  10 

gay,  21  14 

get,  cmfdjaffen,  39  3  ;  (obtain),  be- 
fommert,  76  2 ;  (turn,  become, 
grow),  roerben,  14624;  (come,  go) 
fommen,  191  13;  —  the  worst 
of  a  bargain,  191  13 ;  —  (take) 
something  away  from  some  one, 
78  li ;  —  married,  fid)  i>erbeira= 
ten  ;  cf.  also  98  15, 181  9  ;  —  up 
(rise),  135  1  ;  —  into  difficulty, 
etc.,  181  8 ;  where  did  you  — 
that  ?  169  12  ;  —  out  of  this ! 
190  5 

gift,  receive  as  a,  157  9 

give,  76  4  ;  —  pleasure,  124  13  ; 
—  a  present,  157  9 ;  —  notice  to 
leave  quarters,  etc.,  203  10;  — 
one  no  rest,  203  ll 

glad,  be,  angenebm  fetn,  63  is ; 
fid)  freuen,  65  7 ;  lieb  fein,  88  12 ; 
SBergniigen  madjen,  65  7;  — ly, 
77  6 

glance  at,  31  12 

gloves,  95  4 

go,  gehen,  167  10  ;  fabren,  145  5 ; 
retfen,  193  20;  — on  (continue), 
122  5 ;  —  on  (gloves,  etc.),  95  4 ; 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


243 


—  down  (subside),  202  l ;  —  at 
something  the  wrong  way,  18  3 ; 

—  to  bed,  203  8  ;  —  to  sleep, 
145  4;  let  fire  —  out,  205  11 ; 
nothing  is  — ing  on,  30  11 

good,  be  no,  99  17 
governed  :  be  —  by,  206  15 
gracious  :  good  —  !  88  12 
gradually,  51  6 
grant,  76  4 
grateful,  63  18 
greetings,  send,  205  11 
grief,  come  to,  21  18,  157  7 
ground  floor,  on  the,  53  12,  96  7 
grow,    roadmen,   146  22;   tuerben, 

193  23 
guard,  be  on  one's,  18  l,  41  11 ;  be 

on  one's  —  against,  157  7 ;   be 

on  your  —  !  41  10 
guilty,  be,  21  17,  191  13 


habit,  lay  aside  a,  95  2 

hair,  29  9 

hand  (pass),  29  3 

hand,  have  on  (plan  doing),  79  15 ; 

have  in  —  (be  busy  with),  79  12 
handle  money,  etc.,  99  18 
happen,    gefcfoefien,    19  11,    66  21 ; 

naffteren,  41  13;  treffen,  52io; 

fommett,  191  13 ;  do  you  —  to 

have?    hahen  ©ie  etroa   (vieU 

leic&t)?  he  — ed  to  go,  etc.,  juf(U= 

ligerroetfe  gtng  er,  etc. 
happiness,  149  7 
happy,  149  8 
hard    (difficult),    52  8,  63  25  ;    find 

something  — ,  135  5  ;  be  —  up, 

181  11  ;  —  by,  157  6 


hardihood,  have  the,  123  7 

harm  some  one,  20  13 

harm,    does    not    do    any,    21  15; 

what's   the  —  ?   66  28 ;    intend 

no  — ,  87  6 
hasten,  145  3 ;  —  after,  7  6 
haul,  190  10 
have,  fictben,  141 ;  (cause),  laffen, 

205  11  ;  —  to  (be  obliged),  mufs 

fen,   198 ;   let's  —  it !    169  12  ; 

I'll  not  — that!  193  23 
headway,  make,  180  2 
health,  how  is  your  ?    169  16  ;  to 

your  — !  65  11 
heart,  149  10  ;  lose  — ,  98  16 ;  take 

to  — ,  20  13 
heaven  knows !  88  12  ;  thank  —  ! 

167  8 
heels,  follow  on  one's,  7  6 
help,  66  24  ;  —  out  of  a  difficulty, 

79  12 ;    —   oneself    (at    table), 

bebierten,  218;  julangen,  219; 

nefimen,  219 
help  :  there's  no  —  for  it,  205  13 
hence  (consequently),  203  3 
henceforth,  122  5 
here  :  come  —  !  205  13 
hesitate,  would  not,  123  7 
hinder,    166  1 ;     not  —  a    thing, 

19  11 
hint,  take  a,  125  17  ;  —  at,  190  2 
hit,  52  10;  —  at,  30  11  ;  —  upon, 

191  13 
hither,  169  12 
hold  good,  167  11 
holiday,  19  10,  158  4 
hollow  (cheeks,  etc.),  87  7 
home,   51  6;   at  — ,   53  12;   make 

oneself  at  — ,  63  17 
honor  lost,  all  is  lost,  170  18 


244 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


hope,  give,  98  15 

hoped,  it  is  to  be,  fioffentlid),  or 

53  12 
horseback,  on,  53  12 
host,  reckon  without  one's,  182  15 
house  (shelter)  something,  180  2; 

be  well  — d,  31  13 
house,  149  9 
humor,  Saune  [/.] ;  Sftut,  98  16 ;  be 

in  bad  — ,  21  18 
hunger,  die  of,  146  21,  79  14 
hurry,  41  14,  145  3 
hurt,  fchaben,  21 15 ;  web,  tun,  31 12, 

42  18 


imagine,  110  6 

immaterial,  be,  31  12 

implore,  29  3 

importance,  be  of  no,  135  2 ;  feel 
one's  — ,  110  6,  10  13 

important,  be,  9  12 

impress  some  one,  181  10 

in,  in  ;  an,  75  1 ;  %\x,  53  12 ;  —  and 
of  itself,  39  4 ;  —  the  morning, 
am  aJtorgen ;  —  the  street,  auf 
ber  ©trafje ;  —  the  meantime, 
vnpnfcben;  —  time,  nut  ber 
3eit,  friit)  genug ;  it  is  kind  — 
her,  e3  ift  giitig  non  ifir ;  study 
—  the  University,  auf  ber  Um= 
nerfttcit  ftubieren  ;  teach  —  the 
high  school,  an  ber  $ocbfc&ule 
lehren 

inch  :  every  —  a  man,  10  13 

inclined,  feel,  21  14 

income,  live  beyond  one's,  39  6 

indebted,  be,  62  11 

indisposed,  206  18 


indoors  and  out,  149  9 

infatuated,  be,  125  15 

influenced,  be,  76  4 

information,  203  5 

injure,  21  15,  191  13 

injury,  do  an,  21  15;  suffer  an  — , 
21  16,  157  7 

inquire,  29  6 ;  will  not  —  further 
into  that,  166  4 

inroad,  make  an,  87  7 

intelligence,  not  have  an  over- 
supply  of,  190  7 

intend,  nor&aben,  79  15 ;  tneinen, 
193  16 

intention,  have  no  ill,  87  6 

intercourse,  206  17 

interest,  take  an,  157  7,  30  10 

interfere  :  not  —  with,  205  11 

interrupt,  77  8 ;  —  one's  speech, 
135  5,  193  19 

introduce  some  one,  28  2 ;  cf.  also 
corftellen 

invade,  87  7 

invent,  190  7 

invitation,-have  a  standing,  110  7 

invite,  29  3,  110  7 

irritate,  39  5 


jealous,  be,  63  24 
join  (in  singing,  etc.),  50  5 
joke,  98  15 ;  take  a  — ,  125  17 
jolly,  21  14 

journey,  wish  one  a  safe,  149  7 
judgment  (opinion),  88  11 
jump,  146  16,  190  10 
just,  gerube,  eben,  96  7 
justify,    rcdjtfertigen ;    entfcbulbt* 
gen,  96  8 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


245 


keep  (retain),  bebctlten ;  —  an  eye 
on  something,  148  2 ;  —  (in  con- 
dition, maintain,  support),  exfyaU 
ten,  167  9 ;  —  (celebrate),  feiern, 
181  5 ;  —  one's  seat,  122  4 ;  — 
away  from,  122  4;  — house,  96 10, 
149  9 ;  —  going  (a  business,  etc.), 
96 11 ;  —  to  one's  room,  bed,  etc., 
41  11 ;  —  from,  203  11 
kick,  7  6 
kill,  78  11 ;  funny  enough  to  —  a 

cat,  53  12 
kindle  (start)  a  fire,  203  4 
kindness,  it  is  doing  a,  19  11 
knack,  catch  the,  202  2 
knocks,  learn  by  hard,  21  16 
know,    rotffen,     170  20;     (be    ac- 
quainted with),  fennen ;  —  how 
to  do  a  thing,  125  17 ;   —  men 
(the  world),  99  18 ;  make  oneself 
— n,  76  4 ;  be  well  — n,  28  2 


labor :  have  one's  —  lost,  124  9 

lack,  feblen,  40  9 ;  mcmgetn,  66  25 

lament,  42  18 

land,  by,  53  12 

last  come,  —  served,  10  13 

laugh  at,  7  l 

lay  aside,  95  2  ;  —  claim  to,  98  15 

lead,  96  10 ;  —  one  to  think,  98  15 

leap,  146  16 

learn,  lemen  ;  (find  out),  88  9 

least,  at,  181  12 

leave,  laffen,  203  11 ;  —  off,  203  ll ; 
take  — ,  157  7 ;  181  4 ;  —  (for- 
sake), 10  14 ;  cf .  left. 


left :  be  —  over,  42  17 ;  be  —  lying, 

9  12 
lend,  borgen,  167  7 ;  —  a  helping 

hand,  167  10  ;  leiben,  169  14 
lessons,  take,  157  7 
let,  203  11,  205  11 ;  —  that  alone  ! 

9  12;  —in  (admit),  157  2 
level,  96  7 

liberty,  take  the,  157  7 
library,  circulating,  169  14 
lie  (be  situated),  9 12;  —  in  wait  for, 

19  4  ;  as  much  as  — s  in  me,  75  l 
life,  all  my,  41  15 
lift  up,  206  15 
light  a  fire,  etc.,  203  4 
light,  come  to,  41  15 ;  bring  to  — , 

180  2;  let  there  be  — !  193  23 
like,  gem  baben,  ^gern"  with  any 

verb,  77  6 ;  (wish),  belteben,  87  5 ; 

gefallen,  65  17 ;  lieb  fein,  88  12 ; 

mogen,  197;  cf.  liking, 
like,  be  (look),  63  14 
liking  :  have  a  —  for,  53  12,  77  5 
linen,  put  on  fresh,  87  l 
listen  to,  76  4,  109  l ;  will  not  — 

to  it,  170  20 
little  (small),  fleitt ;  (in  quantity), 

roemg  ;  a  —  while  ago,  79  14 ;  — 

by  — ,  51  6 ;  a  —  more,  noti}  em 

roenig. 
live  (reside),  31  13;  as  long  as  I 

— ,  41  15 
livelihood,  have  a  (be  established 

in  business,  etc.),  190  9 
look,  auSfeben,  87  2 ;  —  after  (at 

tend  to),  beforgen,  95  6 ;  —  after 

(watch,  guard),  bitten,  41  ll ;  — 

out  (be  careful),  aufnaffen,  19  4 ; 

fid)  in  acbt  nebmen,  157  7;  ad)t 

geben ;  —  up  (as  in  a  dictionary), 


246 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


158  10 ;  the  crops  —  well,  169  16  ; 

dress,  etc.  — s  well,  fleiben,  219 
looks,  to  judge  by,  51  6 
loose,  30  10 
lose,  170 18  ;  watch  — s  time,  167  10; 

—  one's     property,     78  11;  — 

heart,  98  16 ;  cf.  lost, 
loser,  be  the,  191  13 
lost,  give  up  as,  76  4 
love,    fall    in,    125  14 ;    be   in  — , 

125  15;  —  lightens  labor,  41  12 
luck,  have  good,  149  7 ;  — ily,  53  12, 

149  7 ;  be  — y,  149  7 ;   consider 

oneself  — y,  52  11 
lying,  be  left,  9  12 


mad,  drive  one,  180  2 

mail  a  letter,  etc.,  18  2,  180  2 

mail,  arrive  by,  50  5 ;  mail-steamer, 
193  17 

maintain  (support),  1679;  — (assert) 
something,  auf  etro.  beftehen. 

make,  98 15  ;  —  answer,  76  4 ;  —  out 
a  bill,  182  15  ;  —  away  with  one- 
self, 20  13  ;  not  know  what  to  — 
of  a  thing,  75  1,  169  16 

manage  to  do  something,  7  4,  17020 

many  a,  136  8 

march,  158  12 

marriage,  124  10,  181  9 

married,  be  or  get,  98  15,  181  9 ; 
cf.  also  fid)  cerheiraten. 

marry,  98  15 ;  cf.  also  betrctten  ;  — 
well,  124  10 ;  —  off,  180  2 ;  cf. 
married. 

marvel,  31  15 

master  (control),  65  3 

mastery,  get  the,  62  8 


match  some  one,  63  22 ;    be  well 

— ed,  136  10 
match,  make  a  good,  124  10 ;  meet 

one's  — ,  10  13 
matter,  what  does  it  ?  21  15,  31  12; 

that  does  not  — ,  99 17 ;  one  time 

does  not  — ,  205  13 
matter  :  the  —  stands  thus,  21 19 ; 

what  is  the  —  ?  40  9 ;  be  a  —  of 

course,  125  17 ;  be  a  settled  — , 

135  2 
may  (have  a  right),  biirfett,  197  ; 

mbgen,  198 
mean,  193  16 ;  what  does  this  —  ? 

9  10 
meantime,  in  the,  79  12 
meet,    treffen,    52  10 ;    begegnen, 

65  10,  145  1 
mention,  erroahnen ;  don't  —  it  (you 

are  welcome  to  it),  19  11,  23  3 
mess,  make  a,  125  16 
might :  with  —  and  main,  7  6 
mind  (pay  attention  to),  9  11 ;  I  do 

not  —  it,  39  2  ;  never  —  !  122  4, 

205  11 
mind,    be    of    the    same,    170 19; 

change  one's  — ,  39  7;    change 

some  one's  — ,  180  2  ;  come  into 

one's  — ,  87  7 ;   ease   one's  — , 

205  12 ;  have  a  good  —  to,  76  2 ; 

have    something   on    one's  — , 

149  10 ;   put  some  one  in  —  of 

something,  19  9  ;   turn   over  in 

one's  — ,  42  16,  110  12 
mingle  with  people,  79  12 
miscarried,  letter  was,  96  9 
mischief,  be  up  to,  15S  11 
misfortune  :  bring  —  upon,  180  2; 

fall  into  — ,  181  8 
miss  one's  way,  96  9 ;  be  — ing,  40  9 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


247 


mistake  one's  man,  181  8 ;  be  — n, 

ftdj  irren,  157  5,  taufcben,  182  17 
mistake,   make    a,    einen    $ebler 

madden ;  cf.  also  96  9  ;  must  be 

a  — ,  166  4 
moment,  109  2 
money,  ©elb  [«.];  have  ready  — , 

181  11 ;  money-order,  193  17 
mood,  Semite  [/.] ;  be  in  a  good  — , 

148  1 
morning,  in  the,  75  l 
move  (one's  lodging,  etc.),  87  3 ;  — 

in,  out,  158  12 
much :  so  —  the  better,  etc.,  78  11 
must,  miiffen,  198 


name,  what  is  your?  9  10;  may  I 
ask  you  your  —  ?  29  3 ;  know 
by  — ,  5 1  6 ;  have  a  good  — , 
96  10 

nauseated,  become,  193  23 

necessary,  52  7 ;  it  is  — ,31  12 

necessity,  in  case  of,  53  12,  77  7 

neck,  fall  about  one's,  78  11 

need,  brcwc&en,  19  7 ;  notig  baben, 
52  7 ;  mangeln,  66  25 

need,  9tot,  77  7 ;  — y,  62  2 

news,  get,  76  2 

newspaper,  be  in  the,  169  16 

next  to  nothing,  99  17 

nicety,  to  a,  29  9 

nick :  in  the  —  of  time,  109  2 

noise,  on  account  of,  79  14 

nonplused,  be,  170  19 

nonsense,  be  up  to  some,  158  11 

nose,  lead  by  the,  96  10 

nothing,  99  1 7 ;  there's  —  to  him, 
30  11 ;   it  is  —  to  me  (I  don't 


care),  95  4 ;   have  one's  trouble 

for  — ,  124  9 ;  from comes, 

99  17 ;  get  for  — ,  157  9 
notice,  19  5 
notice:  give  — ,  befannt  mad)en, 

28  2 ;  fiinbtgen,  203  10 
notion,  have  a  good,  41  12  ;  what 

queer  — s  you  take  !  87  7 
now  for  it!  167  11 
nowadays,  41  15 


oath,  take  an,  192  15 

obedient,  63  20 

obey,  folgen,  65  16;  gebord)en, 
66  19 ;  —  an  order  or  regulation, 
192  15 

object',  88  8 

ob'ject :  be  the  —  in  view,  96  7 

objection,  have  an,  88  8 

obligation,  be  under,  banfen,  65  12; 
oerbcmfen,99i9;  put  under —,ju 
grofcem  2)anf  »erpflicbten,  167  8 

obliged,  be,  mttffen,  198 

oblivion,  fall  into,  181  8 

observe  (notice),  bemerfen,  19  5  ; 
(celebrate),  fetem,  181  5 

occasionally,  42  21 

occupy  oneself  with,  18  2,  110  4 

occur  (take  place),  gefdjeben,  19 11 ; 
(happen),  rjorrommen,  10  15 ;  it 
— s  to  me,  87  7 

o'clock,  at  what?  78  11 

odd,  strike  one  as,  122  1 

of,  au3,  50  1 ;  oon,  52  11 ;  cor, 
79  14;  Mr.  N.  —  Chicago,  §err 
•ft.  atl3  (Sfoicago  ;  —  an  old  fam- 
ily, ou3  enter,  alten  ^amilie ;  die 
—  a  sickness,  an  einer  $ranfbett 


248 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


fterben,  75  1 ;  fear  — ,  $urd)t 
»or  ;  one  year  —  age,  em  %at)V 
alt;  —  necessity,  notroenbiger= 
roetfe. 

off,  we  must  be,  122  5 ;  hats  — ! 
<Qttt  ctb !  be  well  —  (lucky),  gut 
bran  fein;  (rich),  roo&l&abenb 
fein. 

offended,  be,  21  18,  157  7 

offer,  95  3 ;  —  resistance,  192  15 

old,  from  of,  169  12 

on,  an,  75  i  ;   (upon),   auf ;   bet, 

Sprechiibung,  48,  49;  unter, 
79  12 ;  itber,  etc. ;  —  earth,  auf 
@rben ;  —  a  visit,  auf  33efud) ; 

—  one's  mind,  auf  bent  Sperjen ; 

—  Thursday,  am  2)onner3tag ; 

—  time,  (noa))  friib  genug ;  — 
condition,  unter  ber  33ebingung ; 
lecture  —  a  topic,  iiber  einen 
©egenftanb  lefen;  shame  — 
you !  ©djanbe  iiber  bid) !  etc. 

once,  all  at,  50  5  ;  —  for  all,  205  13 ; 

just  — ,  nur  eirnnal. 
one,  man,  136  7 
open  eyes  wide,  148  2 
opinion  (judgment),  88  11 
opportune,  come,  63  21 
opportunity,  98  12;  let  slip  an  — , 

190  10 
order  goods,  etc.,  122  3 
order,  put  in,  110  12;  (of  a  room), 

166  3;  in  —  to,  78  11 
ought,  follen,  198 
out,  135  2 ;  —  of,  au3,  50 1 ;  aufjer, 

50  2 
outcome,  what  is  to  be  the  ?  96  10 
outdoors  and  in,  149  9 
outing,  have  an,  124  10 
outside  of,  50  2 


over,  iiber ;  —  and  above,  136  9 ; 

begin  —  again,  18  3 
overdo,  78  10 
owe,  62  11;  (be  under  obligation), 

99  19  ;  cf.  owing, 
owing:  be  —  to  (caused  by),  169  12 
own  up,  -mgeben,  158  13 ;  geftehen, 

191  12 


painful,  be,  42  18 

pains,  take,  76  4,  124  9 

pardon,  21  20 ;  beg  your  —  !  96  8 

parenthesis,  by  way  of,  157  6 

part,  do  one's,  40  9 

particular:  be  —  about  a  matter, 
157  7 

particulars,  ask  for,  203  5 

pass  (palm  off),  39  6 ;  —  (spend) 
the  time,  42  19  ;  —  some  one, 
an  jm.  norbeigehen,  75  l ;  »affte= 
ten,  41  13 ;  come  to  — ,  135  4, 
193  23 ;  —  (the  butter,  bread, 
etc.),  reidjen  or  langen,  219;  — 
(an  examination),  ba§  (Sjamen 
maajen,  or  bie  ^riifung  beftefyen  ; 
—  something  around,  ettt).  ber= 
umgeben  laffen. 

passenger,  88  13 

past  (over),  oorbei ;  urn,  78  n 

pay,  166  r>;  you  shall  —  dearly,  169 16 

people,  man,  136  7 

perish,  78  11 

permission,  get,  76  2 

permit,  205  11;  that  is  not  —ted 
(proper),  206  14 

physician,  180  1 

pick  a  quarrel,  18  3 

picture  :  have  a  —  taken,  202  l 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


249 


pieces,  go  to,  167  10 

pinch,  at  a,  77  7 

pinch  :  the  shoe  — es,  190  5 

pitch  camp,  158  10 

pity,  148  3 

pity,  it  is  a,  21  16 ;  take  —  on,  ftd) 

cmnebmen,  64  1 ;  fid)  erbctrmen, 

65  5 
place  (put,  set),  31  12 
place,  take,  19 11 ;  —  (room),  206 14 
plain  (evident),  be,  9  12,  41  15 
plan,  79  15 

play,  jpielen  ;  (theater),  76  4 
pleasant,  63  15 
please,  gefallen,  65  n;    belteben, 

87  5 ;  do  as  you  — ,  31  12  ;  do  it 

to  —  me,  53  12 ;  if  you  — ,  29  3 
pleasure,  Suft,  41  12 ;  $ergniigen, 

124  13 ;   take  a  —  trip,  124  13, 

193  20 
plight,  be  in  a  bad,  21  18 
point,    carry   one's,    10  13 ;     from 

which  — ,  52  11 ;   be  on  the  — 

of,  96  7 
poor,  146  20 
possibly,  135  6 
posted,  be,  62  6 
post-office,  193  17 
precisely,  96  7 
predicament,  be  in  a,  122  3 
prefer,  DorjteEjen ;   cf.  also  lieber, 

98  14 
present  (give),  157  9 
present,  receive  as  a,  157  9 
press  (squeeze),  190  5 
pretend,  31  12 
pretty  (tolerably),  88  16 
price,  at  any,  78  11,  193  18 
pride  oneself  on,  110  6 
print,  190  4 


private  lessons,  give,  76  4 

privately,  79  12 

prize,  193  18 

procure,  39  3 

prodigy,  imagine  oneself  to  be  a, 
3114 

promenade,  88  14 

promise,  125  18;  cf.  also  nerfnrecben. 

promise,  exact  a,  202  1 

promotion,  fail  of,  122  4 

proper,  be,  geboren,  8  8 ;  paffen, 
136  10  ;  am  pa^e  fern,  206  14  ; 
cf.  fid)  fcbtcfen. 

property,  lose  one's,  191  13 

prosper,  181  8 

protracted,  be,  158  12 

provisions  rise  in  price,  158  10 

provoked,  be,  fid)  argent,  39  5 ; 
jitrnen,  66  32 

publish,  190  4 

pull,  158  12 

purchase,  123  8 

purpose,  answer  the,  66  20 ;  not 
answer  the  — ,  31  12,  65  13 

put,  bringen,  180  2;  (place)  ftellen ; 
(lay)  legen ;  tun,  31 12;  —  some- 
thing into  one's  head,  jemctttb 
ernmS  in  ben  $o»f  fefcen ;  —  in 
mind,  erinnem ;  —  in  order,  in 
Drbnung  bringen ;  —  into  one's 
pocket,  in  bie  £afd)e  ftecfen ;  — 
in  -an  appearance,  erfdjetnen,  or 
fid)  einfinben,  181  3 ;  —  in  good 
humor,  in  gute  Scwne  nerfe^en ; 
—  on  (clothes),  anjieben,  87  1 ; 
(hat,  cap,  glasses),  auffefeen;  — 
up  with  (be  satisfied  with),  fur- 
Iteb  nebmen,  157  1 ;  (endure), 
letben,  192  14 ;  — up  (at  a  place), 
einfebren,  abfteigen. 


250 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


quality,  not  one  redeeming,  29  9 

quarrel,  pick  a,  18  3 

quarreling,  be,  9 12 ;  get  to  — ,  191 13 

question  (doubt),  166  6 ;  —  closely 
(take  to  task),  157  7 

question,  put  a,  31  12;  be  a  — 
whether,  39  2 ;  that  is  out  of  the 
— !  193  23 

quit,  aufboren ;  —  work  (at  sun- 
down), 98  15 

quite,  ganj,  7  7 ;  red)t,  10  13 ;  jiem= 
lid)  (fairly,  considerably),  88  16 

quitting-time,  181  5 


R 


rail,  travel  by,  190  10 ;  before  the 

days  of  — roads,  76  4 
rain,  it  looks  like,  87  2 
rather,  Ueber,  98  14 ;  etroael,  135  4 ; 

jiemlid),  88  16 
reach  (arrive),  39  2;  (find),  52  10 
readily,  123  6 
ready,  7  4 ;  make  a  room  (etc.)  — , 

110  12  ;  dinner  is  — ,  190  3 
really,  149  6 
reason,    for   that   very,   96  7 ;    for 

some  —  or    other,    135  6 ;    for 

this  —  if  for  no  other,  206  16 
recall  (to  mind),  39  7,  193  21 
receive,  befommen,   76  2 ;    erhal= 

ten,  167  9;  in  ©mnfang  nebmen, 

157  7 
recite,  169  12 
recognize,  157  4 
recollect,  fid)  entftnnen,  65  4;  fid) 

ertnnew,  65  6 
recommend,  181  4 


reflect    (think),   42  16 ;     —  honor 

upon,  98  15 
refuse,  ftcb  roeigern  ;  —  a  request, 

158  10 
regard  (look  upon),  anfeben ;  — 

as  necessary,  etc.,  52  7;  be  — ed, 

167  11 
regards,  give  or  send  one's,  123  3, 

205  11,  52  11 
regret,    bereuen,    109  3;     reuen, 

110 10;    bebcmern,   148  3;    leib 

tun,  20  13 
regrets,  send  one's,  96  8 
rejoice,  65  7 

release,  geb,en  laffen,  ^76 
remain,  122  4 
remark,  19  5 
remember,  fid)  erinnern,  19  9 ;  fid) 

entfinnen,  65  4 
remind,  19  9 
remove,  124  12 
repeatedly,  205  13 
repent,  109  3 
reprove,     tabeln ;     jured)troeifen, 

110  12 
reputation,  have  a  good,  96  10 
request,  make  a,  206  15 
require,  19  7 
resemble,  dbnltd)  feb,en  (or  fein), 

63  14 ;  gleidjen,  66  23 
resistance,  offer,  192  15 
respect :  have  —  for,  79 14  ;  present 

one's  — s,  181  4 
respecter :  God  is  no  —  of  persons, 

167  11 
responsibility,  take  the,  169  16 
returns :    many  happy  —  of   the 

day !  149  7 
rid  of,  30  11 ;  —  oneself  of,  124  19 
riddance,  good,  21  16 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


251 


ride  (horseback),  reiten  ;  (carriage, 

etc.),  145  5 
right,  10  13 ;  all  — ,  206  16 
ring  (door-bell),  158  12,  136  7 
rise  (get  up),  135  l ;  (in  price),  158 10 
rival  some  one,  63  22 
room  (live  at),  31  13 
room  (space),  206  14 
rub,  there's  the,  9  12 
ruin,  go  to,  167  10 
rule,  as  a,  51  6 
run,  rennen,  146 14 ;  Icmfen,  146 11 ; 

cf.  also  fpringen ;  —  into  debt, 

98  15 ;  —  away  (abscond),  98  15  ; 

—  across  (meet),  65  10 
run,  in  the  long,  29  5 
rush,  be  in  a,  41  14 


safe,   62  12 ;     be  —  from,    79  14 ; 

— ly,  glucflid),  149  8 ;  voofylexfyaU 

ten,  167  9 
same  :  it  is  all  the  —  to  me,  63  22 ; 

be  still  the  — ,  96  7 
satisfactorily,     everything     went, 

167  10 
satisfied,    jufrieben ;    fatt,   62  10 ; 

be  — ,  10  13 
save  (economize),  169  15 ;  —  one- 
self trouble,  124  9 
savings-bank,  169  15 
say,  they  (people),    fieiftett,   9  10 ; 

man  fagt,   136  7 ;   folten,  198 ; 

what  did  you  —  ?  (sir?  ma'am  ?), 

87  5 
scarce,  make  oneself,  190  5 
seat,  take  a,  157  7,  206  14 
second-hand  goods,  29  7 
security,  give,  192  15 


see  that  you  .  .  . !  98  15 ;  begin  to 

— ,  148  2 ;  —  whether  (threaten- 
ing), 193  23 
seem,  fcbetnen,  66  29 ;  norfommen, 

10  15 
send,  fenben,  fcfoicfen  ;  —  for,  51  6 ; 

fommen  laffen,  191  13 
sensation,  create  a,  98  15 
sense  (reason),  170  19 
separate,  122  2 ;  180  2 
serve  (wait   on),  7  2;   it  — d  him 

right,  10  13,  19  11 
service,    divine,    110  8 ;    do   a  — , 

192  15 
set  the  table,  190  3 ;  —  to  work, 

anfcmgen,    18  3 ;    —  in    order 

(room,  etc.),  110  12 
settle  (agree),  135  2;  —(bill),  182 15 
shake  hands,  190  5 
shelter,  bring  under,  180  2 
shine,  193  22 
short :  be  —  of,  40  9 ;  become  — er, 

202  1 
shrewd,  be,  135  5 
sick,  be  taken,  76  2,  193  23;  begin 

to  feel  — ,  21  18 
sickness,  die  of  a,  170  17 
sight :  out  of  —  out  of  mind,  148  2; 

get  —  of,  62 1 ;  lose  —  of,  203  11 ; 

after — ,  51  6 ;  see  the  — s,  110  5 
similar,  afinltd),  63  14 ;  gleid),  63  22 
sin  against,  71  1 
since  {prep.),  fett,  529;  (adv.),f)et, 

169  12;   fd)on,  206  16;   a  short 

time  — ,  79  14 
size,  small  of,  52  11 
slam,  158  10 
slander  some  one,  98  15 
sleep,  go  to,  135  3 
sleep  :  have  one's  —  out,  135  2 


252 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


slip,  let,  190  10 

slow,  my  watch  is,  167  10 

snag,  strike  a,  21  18 

some,  135  6, 136  12 ;  —  one,  irgenb 

einer ;    irgenb   jetncmb,   135  6 ; 

—  bread,  etc.,  (etnmS)  93rot,  etc., 

135  4 
something,    135  4;    —   or    other, 

135  6 ;   there  must  be  —  to  it, 

75  l 
somewhere,  135  6 
sooner  (rather),  98  14 
sore  throat,  etc.,  42  18 
sorry,  I  am,  20  13 
sort,  of  this,  135  4 ;  be  out  of  — s, 

135  1 
sound :  be  of  —  mind,  170  19 
sparing  :  be  —  of,  99  18 
speech,  make  a,  193  19 
spend   (money),   39  6 ;    —  (time), 

42  19 
spite  some  one,  20  13 
spoil,  125  16;  have  — ed  children, 

1818 
spokesman,  be,  96  10 
sport :  make  —  of,  21  14 
spot,  on  the  very,  75  1 
spread  (prevail),  157  7 
squeeze,  190  5 
stage,  travel  by,  193  20 
stake,  be  at,  167  11 
stand,    ftefoen,    169  16;     (endure), 

aug&alten,  28 1 ;  nertragen,  79 13 
standstill,  come  to  a,  181  8 
start,  abfabren,  95  1 ;  fid)  auf  ben 

3Beg  macfoen,  98  15 ;  (set  a-going), 

96  11;  —afire,  203  4 
starvation,  die  of,  146  21 
starve,  192  14 
statement  (bill),  render  a,  182  15 


stay  (remain),  122  4 ;  —  (lodge, 

be  a  guest),  166  1 
step,  146  19 
step,  take  a,  31  12 
stick  to  the  truth,  122  4 
stiff  with  cold,  79  14 
stop  (detain),  166  1  ;  (discontinue), 

166  2 ;  —  that  !  122  4 
stopping,  without,  122  5 
strain  one's  eyes,  148  2 
strange,  63  19 
street-car,  take  the,  149  11 
stretch,  at  one,  122  5 
strictly  speaking,  157  7 
strike,    treffen,    52 10 ;    fc&lagen, 

158  10 ;  —  oddly,  122  1 
stuck,  be  or  get,  122  4 
study,  158  11 
style,  live  in,  7  6 
succeed,   gelingen,   8  9 ;   juftanbe 

bringen,  125  19 
success,  wish  one,  149  7 ;  be  — f  ul, 

8  9,  145  9,  149  7 
such,  136  11 

suffer,  bulben,  190  6 ;  letben,  192  14 
suffice,  66  20 
suit,  gefaUen,  65  n  ;  paffen,  136  10; 

recbt  macfoen,  10 13 ;  bequem  fein, 

63  17 
supper,  take,  190  8,  217 
support  (maintain),  167  9 
sure,  62  5 
surprised,  be,  31  14,  31  15;  cf.  also 

erftaunt  few. 
survive,  122  4 
swagger,  181  13 
swap,  182  16 
sweep,  9  11 

swing,  be  in  full,  96  11 
synonymous,  be,  190  3 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


253 


T,  to  a,  29  9 

table,  set  the,  190  3 ;  sit  at  — ,  53  12 
take,  bringen,  180  2 ;  nebmen, 
157  7;  (n)eg)fchaffen,  124  12;  — 
amiss,  99  20 ;  —  care,  18  l  ;  — 
a  cold,  40  8 ;  —  off,  au^teben, 
87  3 ;  abnehmen,  202  1 ;  —  place, 
ftattfmben,  or  gefajeben,  19  11 ; 

—  pleasure  in,  41  12 
talk  over,  19  6 
Tartar,  catch  a,  21  18 

task,  be  equal  to  a,  180  2 ;  take 
some  one  to  — ,  157  7 

taste,  be  to  one's,  125  18;  accord- 
ing to  my  — ,  51  6 

terms,  be  on  good  (bad),  fief)  ceio 
trctgen,  79  13 ;  ftefyen,  169  16 

test,  stand  the,  28  1 

than,  39  1 

thank  some  one,  29  4,  65  12,  167  8  ; 

—  (be    under    obligation)    for, 
9919 

thankful,  63  18 

thanks,  give  or  return,  167  8 

the  .  .  .  the  (comparison),  169  13 

then  (accordingly),  203  3 

there  is  (are,  were,  etc.),  76  4  and 
footnote 

thing,  such  a,  135  4 

think,  benfen,  glauben,  29  8;  mei? 
nett,  193  16  ;  —  a  matter  over, 
42  16 

throat,  have  a  sore,  42  18 

through  (occasioned  by),  50  1 

time  :  at  — s,  42  21  ;  be  in  — ,  red)t; 
jeitig  {or  friih  genug)  lommen 
{or  fein) ;  by  my  — ,  nad)  meiner 
Ubr. ;   for  some  —  past,    52  9 ; 


for  a  — ,  eine  geitlcmg ;  for  the 
first  — ,  205  13  ;  have  a  —  of 
it,  77  7;  have  a  good  — ,  fief; 
amiifieren,  or  trie!  SSergniigen 
baben ;  have  good  (happy)  — s, 
eine  fd)one  (glucilidje)  gett  t)er= 
leben  ;  no  —  is  to  be  lost,  41  14  ; 
—  is  up,  78  11;  what  —  have 
you  ?  roie  triel  Ubr  baben  <Sie  ? 

tip  the  hat,  79  14 

tired,  62  9 

to,  ju,  53  12  ;  rtad),  51  6 ;  an,  75  1 ; 
Utn  (in  order  to),  78  11 ;  —  and 
fro,  169  12 

to-day,  a  week  from,  41  15 

tolerably,  88  16 

tolerate,  190  6 

too,  53  12 

top:  from  —  to  bottom,  157  8 

topic,  introduce  a,  180  2 

topsy-turvy,  9  11 

touch,  190  2 

towards,  gegen ;  auf . . .  lo3, 30 11 ; 
nacb,  51  6;  511,  53  12 

train,  take  a,  190  10 

tramway,  149  11 

travel,  190  10,  193  20 

tread,  146  19 

treat,  bebanbeltt ;  —  some  one 
badly,  21  18 

treat,  give  a,  203  7 

trespass  upon  some  one's  ground, 
124  11 

trip,  make  (take)  a,  98  15,  193  20 

trouble  oneself  greatly,  29  9 ;  may 
I  —  you  for  .  .  .  ?  29  3 

trouble,  3Riifie,  124  9 ;  9iot,  77  7 ; 
give  — ,  124  12 ;  take  the  — ,  76  4; 
one  has  —  enough,  88  12;  what 
is  the  —  ?  40  9 


254 


PRACTICAL   GERMAN 


true,  63  26 ;  be  —  (hold  good),  167 1 1 

trust,  66  31,  136  7 

turn,  fehren,  9  n ;  (get),  roerben, 
193  23 ;  —  up  (appear),  181  3 ; 
—  into  money,  98  15 ;  —  out 
well,  1818;  —  over  in  one's 
mind,  110  12;  —  some  one  out 
of  doors,  205  12 

turn,  now  is  your,  75  1 


unbosom  oneself,  205  12 

uncanny :     there's    something    — 

about  that,  10  13 
under,  79  12 
understand,    125  17;    begin   to  — 

("  catch  on  "),  148  2 
understanding,  170  19 
undisputed,  leave,  167  11 
undone,  leave,  122  4,  205  11 
undress,  87  3 
united,  76  3 

unquestionable,  it  is,  166  6 
untied,  30  11 
unwell,  206  18 
up,  157  8 ;  time  is  — ,  78  11 ;  what's 

—  ?  30  11  ;  be  —  to  something, 

158  11 
uppermost :   be  —  in  one's  mind, 

149  10 
up-stairs,  157  8 
upwards,  157  8 
urge  against,  88  8 ;  —  upon  one, 

149  10 
use :  make  —  of,  fid)  bcbienen,  7  2  ; 

gebraucben,  29  7 ;  there's  no  — 

talking,  122  4 
usual,  go  as,  96  11 
utmost,  at  the,  191  13 


vacation,  SSaf ana'  [/.] ;  $erien,  19 10 

vain,  be  in,  78  11 

valid,  be,  167  11 

value,  be  of  no,  99  17 

very :  the  —  next,  206  16 ;  for  the 

—  reason,  96  7 
vex,  39  5 ;  be  — ed,  39  5 
view,  have  in,  202  2 
visit,  110  5 
voyage,  193  20 

W 

wager,  what  will  you  ?  167  11 

wail,  42  18 

wait :  lie  in  —  for,  19  4 

walk  (gait),  96  11 ;  take  a  — ,  88  14, 

88  15 
walker,  be  a  good  (bad),  7  6 
walking,  go,  167  10 
want  (desire),  roollen,  199;  mogen, 

197 
wanting,    be,   fehlett,  40  9  ;    man- 

geln,  66  25 
warrant,  I  will,  169  16 
washing :    have  —   attended    to, 

205  11 

watch,  aufpctffen,  194;  (witness),  ju= 
fehen,4220;  (guard),  fiuten,41  n 

watch  loses  time  (is  slow,  etc.), 
167  10 

water,  by,  53  12 

way:  be  in  a  bad  —  (condition), 
21  18;  by  the  — ,  157  6;  find 
one's  — ,  110  12;  let  him  have 
his  — ,  205  ll ;   make  —  there  ! 

206  14 
weary,  62  9 


PRACTICAL  GERMAN 


255 


wedding,  181  9 

week :  a  —  from  to-day,  14  15 

weigh  upon,  190  5 

welcome,  63  27 ;  you  are  —  (in  re- 
ply to  an  expression  of  thanks), 
19  11 

well,  all  went  off,  149  8 ;  as  —  as, 
96  7 ;  very  — ,77 

wet,  110  9 

when  {interrogative),  roattn ;  (if), 
roenn ;  (con/.,  with  pret.  and 
pluperfect  only),  al§,  39  1 

which,  136  12 

whipping,  should  have,  136  11 

whole,  7  7 

wicked,  87  6 

willy-nilly,  21  18 

wish,  roiinfd)en ;  belteben,  87  5 

with,  mit,  50  5 ;  —  (on  account  of), 
79  14 ;  —  all  his  faults,  tro$  aller 
feiner  $ehler  ;  be  angry  —  some 
one,  auf  jemanb  (ace.)  bofe  or 
er3iirnt  fein;  it  rests  —  you, 
e3  bemgt  non  ^bnen  ab  ;  live  — 
some  one,  bei  jemanb  (dat.) 
roobnen  ;  stiff  —  cold,  ftarr  nor 
$ctfte ;  weep  —  joy,  nor  $reube 
roeinen. 


within    (time),    50  4 ;     from    — , 
52  11 

without,  ohne ;  from  — ,  52  11 

wits  :  be  at  one's  — '  end,  170  19 

woe  is  me  !  42  18 

wonder:  one  — s,  31  14 

work,  that  won't,  99  17 

work,  sit  at,  75  l 

world,  for  all  the,  78  11  ;  that  is 
the  way  of  the  — ,  167  10 

worm  something  out  of  a  person, 
180  2 

worry  :  don't  —  over,  20  13 

worst:  the  —  is  over,  52  8;  get 
the  —  of,  191  13 

worth,  roert,  62  13;  be  — ,  167  11 ; 
be  —  the  trouble,  124  9 

wrong,  imrecht ;  be  —  (mistaken), 
157  5;  get  out  of  bed  on  the 
—  side,  135  l;  go  at  a  thing 
the  —  way,  18  3  ;  there's  some- 
thing —  about  it,  10  13 


years,  be  in  one's  best,  169  16 
yield  (retreat),  146  23 ;  —  up  (give), 
203  11 


ANNOUNCEMENTS 


INTERNATIONAL 
MODERN     LANGUAGE     SERIES 

Note.  — The  prices  in  the  left-hand  column  are  for  semi-flexible  cloth  binding; 
those  in  the  right  for  stiff  cloth  or  paper  binding. 

GERMAN  List    Mailing    List    Mailing 

price      price      price      price 

Auerbach:  Brigitta.     (Gore)         $0.35        $0.40    $0.50        #0.55 

Bernhardt:  Krieg  und  Frieden 35  -4°         -5°  -55 

Carruth's  German  Reader        50  .55 

Dippold  :  Scientific  German  Reader 75  .80 

Du  Bois-Reymond:  Wissenschaftliche  Vortrage.    (Gore)  .50  .55 

Ernst :  Flachsmann  als  Erzieher.     (Kingsbury)     ...         .40  .45 

Ford:  Elementary  German  for  Sight  Translation       .     .        .25  .30 

Freytag:  Die  Journalisten.     (Gregor) 

Freytag:  Doktor  Luther.     (Goodrich) 45  -5°        -60  -7° 

Freytag:  Soil  und  Haben.     (Bultmann) 50  .55        .60  .70 

Gerstacker:  Germelshausen.     (Lovelace) 30  -35 

Goethe:  Egmont.     (Winkler) 60  .65 

Grandgent:  German  and  English  Sounds .50  .55 

Grillparzer:  Sappho.     (Ferrell) 45  .50 

Hauff :  Tales.     (Goold) .     .        .50  .55        -7°  .80 

Heine;   Die   Harzreise,  with  Selections  from  his  Best 

Known  Poems.     (Gregor) .40  .45 

Keller:  Dietegen.     (Gruener) 25  .30 

Kleist :  Prinz  Friedrich  von  Homburg.     (Nollen)     .     .        .50  .55 

Lessing:  Emilia  Galotti.     (Poll) 50  .55        .60  .70 

Lessing:  Minna  von  Barnhelm.  (Minckwitz  and  Wilder)        .45  .50 

Luther:  Deutschen  Schriften,  Auswahl  aus.     (Carruth)  1.00  1.10 

Minckwitz  and  Unwerth :  Edelsteine 35  .40        .50  .55 

Mueller :  Deutsche  Gedichte        .4°  -45 

Niese  :  Aus  danischer  Zeit.     (Selections.)     (Fossler)     .        .35  .40        .45  .50 

Riehl :  Burg  Neideck.     (Wilson) 25  .30 

Rosegger:  Waldheimat.     (Fossler) .     .        .35  .40        .50  .55 

Schiller  and   Goethe :    Correspondence.      (Selections.) 

(Robertson) .80  .90 

Schucking :  Die  Drei  Frier.     (Heller) 30  .35 

Seeligmann :  Altes  und  Neues 35  .40        .40  .45 

Seume:  Mein  Leben.     (Senger) .60  .65 

Storm:  Geschichten  aus  der  Tonne.     (Brusie)  ....  .60  .65 

Storm:  Immensee.     (Minckwitz  and  Wilder) 30  .35        .45  .50 

Super:  Elementary  German  Reader .40  .45 

Van  Daell :  Preparatory  German  Reader .40  .45 

Von  Sybel:  Die  Erhebung  Europas  gegen  Napoleon  I. 

(Nichols) .60  .66 

Zschokke  :  Der  Zerbrochene  Krug 25  .30 

SPANISH 

Gald6s :  Dona  Perfects..     (Marsh) 1.00  i.ro 

Gil  y  Zarate  :  Guzman  el  Bueno.     (Primer)      ....  .75  .80 

Moratin:  El  Sfde  las  Ninas.     (Ford) .50  -55 

Valera:  El  Pajaro  Verde.    (Brownell) .40  -45 

In  ordering,  please  specify  if  the  new  binding  is  desired. 


GINN    &    COMPANY    Publishers 


INTERNATIONAL 
MODERN   LANGUAGE   SERIES 

Note.  —  The  prices  in  the  left-hand  column  are  for  semi-flexible  cloth  binding ; 
those  in  the  right  for  stiff  cloth  or  paper  binding. 


FRENCH  List    Mailing 

About:  La  Mere  de  la  Marquise  et  La  Fille  du  Cha-    price    *rice 

noine.    (Super) $0.50        $0.55 

Aldrich  and  Foster :  French  Reader 50  .55 

Augier:  La  Pierre  de  Touche.    (Harper) 

Boileau :  Dialogue,  Les  HeVos  de  Roman.     (Crane)  .     . 

Bourget:  Extraits.    (Van  Daell) 

Colin  :  Contes  et  Saynetes 40  .45 

Daudet:  La  Belle  Nivernaise.    (Freeborn) 25  .30 

Daudet :  Le  Nabab.    (Wells) 50  .55 

Daudet:  Morceaux  Choisis.    (Freeborn).     .     .     .     „    .         .50  .55 

Erckmann-Chatrian :  Madame  TheVese.    (Rollins)    .     .        .50  .55 

Fortier:  Napoleon:  Extraits  de  Mdmoires  et  d'Histoires 

Herdler:  Scientific  French  Reader 60  .65 

Hugo:  Notre-Dame  de  Paris.    (Wightman) 80  .85 

Hugo:  Quatrevingt-Treize.     (Boi'elle) 

Labiche :  La  Grammaire  and  Le  Baron  de  Fourchevif. 

(Piatt) 35  .40 

La  Fayette,  Mme.  de:  La  Princesse  de  Cleves.     (Sledd 

and  Gorrell) 

Legouve-  et  Labiche:  La  Cigale  Chez  les  Fourmis.  (Van 

Daell) " paper 

Lemaitre,  Jules:  Morceaux  Choisis.    (Melte)  .... 

Leune:  Difficult  Modern  French 

Lvqujens:  Places  and  Peoples 

Luquiens :  Popular  Science 

Melld:  Contemporary  French  Writers 50  .55 

MeVimie  :  Colomba.    (Schinz) 40  .45 

Michelet:  La  Prise  de  la  Bastille.  (Luquiens)  paper 
Moireau:  La  Guerre  de  l'Inddpendance  en  AmeVique. 

(Van  Daell) paper 

Moliere :  L'Avare 40  .45 

Moliere:  Le  Misantrope.    (Bocher)      ....     paper 

Moliere:  Les  Pr^cieuses  Ridicules.    (Davis) 50  .55 

Montaigne :  De  l'Institution  des  Enfans.  (Bocher)  paper 

Musset,  Alfred  de :  Morceaux  Choisis.    (Kuhns)  ...        .60  .65 

Paris:  Chanson  de  Roland,  Extraits  de  la 

Potter:  Dix  Contes  Modernes 30  .35 

Racine:  Andromaque.    (Bocher) paper 

Renard :  Trois  Contes  de  Noel.    (Meylan)  .     .     paper 

Rostand :  Les  Romanesques.    (Le  Daum)    ......        .35  .40 

Sainte-Beuve :  Extraits.    (Effmger) 35  .40 

Sand:  La  Famille  de  Germandre.    (Kimball) 30  .35 

Sand:  La  Mare  au  Diable.    (Gregor) -35  -4° 

SeVigne,  Madame  de,  Letters  of.    (Harrison) 50  .55 

Van  Daell :  Introduction  to  French  Authors  .... 
Van  Daell :  Introduction  to  the  French  Language  .  . 
Van  Steenderen :  French  Exercises      ....     paper 

In  ordering,  please  specify  if  the  new  binding  is  desired. 


List 

Mailing 

price 

price 

$0.60 

$0.70 

•75 

.85 

•75 

•85 

.60 

.65 

•75 

.85 

.60 

.70 

•So 

•55 

•75 

•85 

.60 

.70 

•45 

.50 

.60 

.70 

.20 

•25 

.90 

1. 00 

•75 

.85 

•75 

.85 

.60 

.70 

•75 

.85 

.20 

•25 

.20 

•25 

.56 

.65 

.20 

•25 

•75 

.85 

.20 

•25 

.80 

.90 

.60 

.70 

•45 

•50 

.20 

•25 

.15 

•17 

•50 

•55 

.50 

.56 

•£ 

•75 
.90 

1. 00 

1. 10 

•15 

.20 

GINN    &    COMPANY    Publishers 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 


WILL  B 
THIS    BO|3 
WILL  I 
DAY     AN 
OVERDU 


RETURN 

PENALTY 

FOURTH 

TH     DAY 


MAY  10   1948 
iSMai'5; 


14  1""' 


K"W 


AUG  10  1Q52  Ly 


-2M 


Rec^jveo 


UN24,68>12M 


^" 


j&£ 


5^ 


25Sep'MSC 


— :._ 


SEP  161963 


UN  161970  8  9 


REC'D  LD  M 


15  70 -10AM  °  5 


LD  21-100m-12,,-13(879Gs) 


YB  38923 


M125422 


PFBH? 
Ft 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


I  :>j<   r« ■  •■» 


